HARVARD UNIVERSITY. ii m LIBRARY MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY. vT AUG 9 1915 MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. \()L. VI. 1913-1914. W. J. HOLLAND, Editor PITTSBURGH. Published by the Authority of Board of Trustees of the CAENEGIE INSTITUTE. PRESS OF THE NEW EBA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER. PA, PREFATORY NOTE. The Sixth Volume of the Memoirs is composed of papers dealing exclusively with fossil and recent fishes. This is the result of mere chance. The various papers dealing with these animals happened to be ready for publication and were taken up and incorporated in the volume as they were presented by their authors. From an ichthyological standpoint the amount of information contained in the pages of this book is very great, and the results of the researches embodied in its pages mark a decided advance in our knowledge of the subjects treated. No less than fifty-four species of recent fishes are described as new to science, and there are thirteen species of fossil fishes which are for the first time described. Several new genera have been erected by the authors who have contributed to the volume. The authors represented in these memoirs are all recognized as leaders in their respective fields. It may be proper to call attention to the fact that the paper upon the fishes of Japan by Dr. David Starr Jordan, the prince of American ich- thyologists, is stated by him to be his final contribution to his favorite science, to the study of which he has devoted forty years of his busy and successful life. Fol- lowing the example of Linnaeus he gives to the last species, for which he furnishes a name, the specific designation of hona-nox, "Good night!" (cf. p. 306). It is with sentiments of profound regret that his friends realize that Dr. Jordan feels the necessity for bringing his ichthj^ological researches to an end. Trusting that this volume of the Memoirs may do much to promote the inter- esting science with which it deals, the Editor sends it forth with a certain feeling of satisfaction as he reviews the laborious hours which were spent by him in pre- paring its pages for publication. No matter how carefully an author may have prepared his manuscript, experience reveals that there are always in these days of typewriters errors inadvertently made in transcription, which call for correction. In the preparation of the publications of the Carnegie Museum the Editor for many years has made it his first duty to carefully read the manuscript, noting all minor errors whether in composition or punctuation, and designating the style of type to be used, thus preparing the manuscript for the printer. He has also supervised the preparation of the illustrations and the arrangement of the figures upon the iii IV PREFATORY NOTE. plates, in many cases with his own hands retouching photographs or correcting minor errors in drawing. After that, it has been his duty to read both the galley- and page-proofs as they have come to his hands, and finally to index the different volumes before having them bound up in permanent form. It is needless to say that this work has necessitated constant labor and unremitting attention to minute details. The Editor does not indulge in these observations at this point for the purpose of calling attention to the part which he has necessarily been com- pelled to take in this work, but for the purpose of expressing to the authors whose productions have passed through his hands the hope that they have not found occasion to quarrel with his activities. In the performance of his editorial duties the Editor has kept before himself as his constant aim the revelation of the exact thought of his friends, the authors, in the form of correct English. He has always striven to express the exact meaning intended to be conveyed by the writer, even when he has seen fit (as has frequently been the case) to radically modify the verbiage employed, to transpose words and paragraphs, or to eliminate unnecessary repetition. W. J. Holland. Carnegie Museum, November 14, 1914. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Prefatory Note iii Table of Contents v List of Figures in Text vii List of Plates xiii Errata and Corrigenda xvi Memoir I. A Catalog of the Fishes known from the Waters of Korea. David Starr Jordan and. Charles W. Metz 1 Memoir II. The Lantern-Fishes of Japan. Charles H. Gilbert 67 Memoir III. The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Max Mapes Ellis 109 Memoir IV. Record of the Fishes Obtained in Japan in 1911. David Starr Jordan and William Francis Thompson 205 Memoir V. Catalog of Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum. Part II. Supple- ment to the Catalog of Fishes from the Upper Eocene of Monta Bolca. C. R. Eastman 315 Memoir VI. Catalog of Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum. Part III. Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Cerin, France. C. R. Eastman 349 Memoir VII. Catalog of Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum. Part IV. De- scriptive Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Solenhofen, Bavaria. C. R. Eastman 389 Index 425 Vlll LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT. Neopercis snyderi Jordan & Starks 41 Dilrema iemmincki Bleeker 42 Neodilrevm ransotineti (Steindachner) 43 Semicossyphus reiiculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes 43 Stephanolepis japonicus (Tilesius) 44 Pseudomonacanthus unicornu (Basilewsky) 45 Spheroides borealis Jordan & Snyder 46 Hexagrammus aburaco Jordan & Starks 48 Sebastodcs guntheri Jordan & Starks 49 Sebasiodes trinttatus Hilgendorf 51 Sebastichthys elegans (Steindachner) 51 Trachydermus fasciatus Heckel 52 Furcina ishikawce Jordan & Starks 53 Bero elegans (Steindachner) 53 Thysanophrys crocodilus (Tilesius) 54 Ctenogobius bernadoui (Jordan & Starks) 55 Aboma tsushimoe Jordan & Fowler 56 Chcenogobius macrognathus (Bleeker) 56 Chloea sarchynnis Jordan & Snyder 56 Pterogobius elapoides (Giinther) 57 Chasmichthys dolichognathus (Hilgendorf) 57 Tridenliger bifasciatus Steindachner 58 Ranulina fimbriidens Jordan & Starks 58 Tcenioides abbotti Jordan & Starks 58 Callionymus valenciennesi Schlegel 59 Verasper moseri Jordan & Gilbert 59 Platichthys stellatus (Pallas) 60 Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres) 61 Areliscus rhomaleus Jordan & Starks 63 Enedrias nebulosus (Schlegel) 64 Dinogunnellus grigorjewi (Herzenstein) 64 Enchelyopus gilli (Jordan & Starks) 64 Lophius litulon (Jordan & Sindo) 65 Electrophorus electricus (Linnseu's) 114 Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus 117 Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider) 121 Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes) 125 Eigenmannia iroscheli (Kaup) 131 Steaiogenys elegans (Steindachner) 132 Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner) 134 LIST OF FIGUEES IN TEXT. IX Rhamphichthys rosiratus (Linnaeus) 137 Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus (Miiller & Troschel) 141 Sternarchorhamphus miilleri (Steindachner) 143 Orthosternarchus tamandua (Boulenger) 144 Sternarchus albifrons (Linnseus) 145 Sternarchus bonapartii Castelnau 150 Sternarchella schotti (Steindachner) 151 Porotergus gimheli Ellis 153 Sternarchogiton nattereri (Steindachner) 155 Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters) 156 Anal musculature: Eigenmanni virescens (Valenciennes) 160 Regenerated tail: Gymnotus carapo (Linnseus) 179, ISO Split tail: Gymnotus carapo (Linnseus) 180 Normal tail: Gymnotus carapo fLinnseus) 180 Regenerated tail of Sternarchorhamphus miilleri (Steindachner) 183 Normal tail and one-fourth of caudal peduncle of same 183 Regenerated tail of Sternarchus honaparti Castelnau 184 Regenerated tails of Sternarchus hasemani Ellis 185. Double tail of Sternarchella schotti (Steindachner) 185 Section showing location of air-bladder in Gymnotus carapo Linnasus 186 Air-bladder of Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider) 187 Air-bladders of Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes) 189 Air-bladders of Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner) 189 Injuries used in experiment on Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider) 190 Deania eglantina Jordan & Fowler 208 Liobagrus reini Hilgendorf 213 Gnaihopogon gracilis (Temminck & Schlegel) ; G. mayedce (Jordan & Snyder) 215 Acheilognathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler 222 Tanakia oryzce (Jordan & Scale) 231 Leptocephalus nystromi Jordan & Snyder 233 Leptocephalus riuJnuanus Jordan & Snyder 233 Leptocephalus erebennus Jordan & Snyder 234 Leptocephalus anago (Temminck & Schlegel) ~ r 234 Leptocephalus megastomus (Giinther) 234 Ophichthys asakusce Jordan & Snyder 235 Macrorhamphosus sagifue Jordan & Starks 237 I so flos-maris Jordan & Starks 238 Atherion elymus Jordan & Starks 238 Atherina tsurugce Jordan & Starks 239 Holocentrus spinosissimus (Temminck & Schlegel) 239 X LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT. Caristius japonicus Smith & Pope 244 Amia semilineata (Temminck & Schlegel) 247 Amia kiensis (Jordan & Snyder) 247 Epinephelus morrhua (Ciivier & Valenciennes) 249 Epinephelus megachir Richardson 250 Epinephelus epistictus (Temminck & Schlegel) 250 Lutianus russelli Bleeker 253 Lutianus vitta (Quoy & Gaimard) 253 Euthyopieroma virgatum (Houttuyn) 254 Banjos banjos (Richardson) 256 Spams latus Houttuyn 257 Girella mezina Jordan & Starks 257 Girella punctata Gray 258 Girella melanichthys (Richardson) 258 Lepidaplois perditio (Quoy & Gaimard) 261 Cirrhilabrus temmincki Bleeker 262 Stefhojulis terina Jordan & Snyder 262 Stethojulis trossula (Jordan & Snyder) 263 Heniochus macrolepidotus (Linnaeus) 265 Rudarius ercodes Jordan & Fowler 267 Brachaluteres ulvarum Jordan & Snyder 267 Spheroides chrysops (Hilgendorf) 269 Sebastodes tokionis Jordan & Starks 272 Helicolenus emblemarius Jordan & Starks 274 Scorpcena izensis Jordan & Starks 274 Paracentropogon rubripinnis (Temminck & Schlegel) 275 Apistus evolans Jordan & Starks 275 Aploactis aspera Richardson 276 Erosa erosa (Langsdorf) 276 Minous monodactylus (Bloch & Schneider) 277 Furcina osimce Jordan & Starks , 277 Vellitor centropomus (Richardson) 278 Onigocia spinosa (Temminck & Schlegel) 278 Inegocia japonica (TUesius) 279 Hoplichlhys gilberti Jordan & Richardson 279 Lepidotrigla japonica (Bleeker) 284 Lepidotrigla abyssalis Jordan & Starks 284 Peristedion orientate Temminck & Schlegel 285 Eviota abax (Jordan & Snyder) 286 Ctenogobius virgatus Jordan & Snyder 287 LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT. XI Mugilogobms abei (Jordan & Snyder) 287 Aboma snyderi Jordan & Fowler 288 Cryptocentrus filifer (Cuvier & Valenciennes) 288 Pterogobius zacalles Jordan & Snyder 289 Chceturichthys sciistius Jordan & Snyder 290 Doryptena tanegashimce Snyder 290 Clariger cosmurus Jordan & Snyder 291 Leucopsarion petersi Hilgendorf 291 Luciogobius elongatus Regan 292 Parapercis ommatura Jordan & Snyder 292 Ariscopus iburius Jordan & Snyder 293 Callionymus lunatus Temminck & Schlegel 294 Calliurichthys japonicus (Houttuyn) 294 Calliurichthys doryssus Jordan & Fowler 294 Zacalles bryope Jordan & Snyder 298 Salarias andersoni Jordan & Starks 298 Bryosternma otohime Jordan & Snyder 299 Zoarchias veneficus Jordan & Snyder 299 Ernogrammus hcxagrammus (Temminck & Schlegel) 299 Otophidium asiro Jordan & Fowler 301 PseudorJiombus misakius Jordan & Starks 306 Scceops kobensis Jordan & Starks 308 Xystrias grigorjewi (Herzenstein) 309 Limanda angustirostris Kitahara 309 Dexistes rikuzenius Jordan & Stai'ks 310 Aseraggodes kobensis (Steindachner) 311 Aviate japonica (Temminck & Schlegel) 311 Zebrias zebrinus (Temminck & Schlegel) 311 Antennarius nox Jordan 313 Diagram showing the structure of rostrum in Acanthocybmm, Histiophorus, Xiphias, and Xiphiorhynchus 322 Tail of Urosphen attenuata Eastman 326 Amphistium paradoxum Agassiz 331 Mene novcB-hispanice Eastman 347 Geological Section in the vicinity of Cerin, France 350 Detached splenial dentition of a Pycnodont fish from Cerin, France, provisionally referred to Microdon itieri Thiolliere . . . 372 Surface view of dermal denticles of Scyllium sp 395 Dapedius politus Leach 403 Mesodon macropterus. (After A. S. Woodward.) 408 ^jj LIST OF FIGURES IN TEXT. Oyrodus hexagonm (Blainville) . (After E. Hennig.) 409 Hypsocormus insignis Wagner \slhenocormus retrodorsalis Eastman Asihenocormus retrodorsalis Eastman. Anterior dentition Restoration of Leptolepis duUa. (After A. S. Woodward.) - LIST OF PLATES Plate I. Zunasis cJdnensis (Basilewsky) ; Spirinchus verecundus Jordan & Metz, II. Acanthorhodeus asrnussi Berg; Rhodeus chosenicus Jordan & Metz; Pseudo- perilampus hondce Jordan & Metz. III. Parapelecus eigenmanni Jordan & Metz; Pseudaspius bergi Jordan & Metz; Pseudaspius modestus Jordan & Metz. IV. Stromateoides argenteus (Euphrasen). V. Stromateoides echinogaster (Basilewsky). VI. Siniperca scherzeri Steindachner ; Epinephelus ionthas Jordan & Metz. VII. Scicena japonica (Temminck & Schlegel) ; Scicena iharce Jordan & Metz. VIII. Spheroides basilewskianus (Basilewsky); Pleurogrammus azonus Jordan & Metz. IX. Sebastodes ijimce Jordan & Metz; Zebrias fasciatus (Basilewsky); Areliscus hollandi Jordan & Metz. X. Sebastodes schlegeli (Hilgendorf) ; Chasmichthys gulosus (Sauvage) ; Ctenogobius si7nilis (Gill). XL Dasyscopelus orientalis Gilbert; Diaphus glandulifer Gilbert. XII. Diaphus anteorbitalis Gilbert; Diaphus gigas Gilbert. XIII. Diaphus latus Gilbert; Diaphus sagamiensis Gilbert. XIV. Lampanyctus jordani Gilbert. XV. Gymnotid eels of South America: Generic relationships, parallelisms, and convergences. XVI. Dorsal and lateral views of skull of Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus. XVII. Dorsal and lateral views of Rhamphichthys rostratus (Linnseus). XVIII. Dorsal and lateral views of skull of Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). XIX. Anatomical details of structure of Gymnotids. XX. Outlines (showing all injuries found) of Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes), Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider), Eigenmannia macrops (Bou- lenger), Gymnotus carapo (Linnajus). XXI. Outline of Eigenmannia macrops (Boulenger) normal; maximum regeneration found in E. macrops; maximum regeneration found in E. virescens (Val- enciennes) ; three injuries on a 500 mm. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider). XXII. Eigenmannia macrops (Boulenger); E. troscheli (Kaup); Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters) ; Sternarchus leptorhynchus Ellis. XXIII. Sternarchus hasemani Ellis; Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis; Porotergus gimbeli Ellis. XIV OF PLATES. XXIV. Alepocephalus umbriceps Jordan & Thompson; Nansenia ardesiaca Jordan & Thompson; Oncorhynchus amsou (Brevoort); Gnathopogon ishikawce Jordan & Thompson. XXV. Acheilognathus tabira Jordan & Thompson; Acheilognathus moriokce Jordan & Thompson; Acanthorhodius atremius Jordan & Thompson. XXVI. Acanthorhodius sciosemus Jordan & Thompson; Rhodeus kurumeus Jordan & Thompson; Pseudaspius airilaius Jordan & Thompson. XXVII. Myrus uropterus Temininck & Schlegel; Hemirhamphus japonicus Brevoort; Ectenias brunneus Jordan & Thompson ; Icticus ischUnus Jordan & Thompson. XXVIII. Caristius macropus (Bellotti); Amia sialis Jordan & Thompson. XXIX. Cephalopholis boninius Jordan & Thompson; Franzia nobilis (Franz). XXX. Franzia ardens Jordan & Thompson; Plectorhynchus pica (Cuvier & Valen- ciennes) ; Xyrichthys sciistius Jordan & Thompson. XXXI. Iniistius dea (Temminck & Schlegel) ; Pseudomonocanthus nigromaculatus (Tanaka) ; Sebastodes owstoni Jordan & Thompson. XXXII. Sebastodes flammeus Jordan & Starks; Sebastodes joyneri (Giinther); Thy- sanichthys evides Jordan & Thompson. XXXIII. Tilesina gibbosa Schmidt; Brachyopsis rostratus (Tilesius). XXXIV. Careproctus gilberti Jordan & Thompson; Careproctus burkei Jordan & Thomp- son. XXXV. Chelidonichthys ischyrus Jordan & Thompson; Aionosus geneionemus (Hil- gendorf ) ; Sicyopterus japonicus (Tanaka) . XXXVI. Synchiropus ijimce Jordan & Thompson; Calymmichthys xenicus Jordan & Thompson. XXXVII. Ateleopus japonicus Bleeker; Lycodes tanaka; Jordan & Thompson; Spec- trunculus radcliffei Jordan & Thompson. XXXVIII. Coryphcenoides bona-nox Jordan & Thompson; Macrourus asper Giinther. XXXIX. Tarphops oligolepis (Bleeker). XL. Aulopus japonicus Giinther; Ishikauia steenackeri (Sauvage). XLI. Solenostomus cyanopterus (Bleeker); S. paradoxus (Pallas); Urocampus rikuzenius Jordan & Snyder. XLII. Sciwna mitsikurii (Jordan & Snyder) ; Neobythites sivicola (Jordan & Snyder). XLIII. Trygon muricata (Volta). XLIV. Rhamphosus rasirum (Volta). XLV. Eobolhus minimus Agassiz; Cyclopoma micracanthum Agassiz; Artiphistium bozzianum Massolongo; Pterygocephalus paradoxus Agassiz; Gobius micro- cephalus Agassiz. XLVI. Ephippus rhombus Blainville; Eolabroides szajnochoe Zigno. XLVII. Odonteus sparoides Agassiz; Cyclopoma micracanthum Agassiz; Zanclus brevirostris Agassiz. LIST OF PLATES. XV XLVII.A. Mene rhombea (Volta). XLVIII. Lepidotus Icevis Agassiz ; Undina grandis Eastman. XLIX. Histionotus falsani Thiolliere; Notagogus inimontis Thiolliere. L. Notagogus inimontis Thiolliere; N. ornatus Eastman. LI. Leptolepis dubia (Blainville) ; Ophiopsis macrodus Thiolliere; Belenostomus tenuirostris Agassiz. LII. Microdon bernardi (Thiolliere). LIII. Microdon wagneri (Thiolliere). LIV. Microdon egertoni (Thiolliere); M. sauvanausi (Thiolliere). LV. Caturus furcatus (Agassiz); Belenostomus muensteri Agassiz. LVI. Pholidophorus similis A. S. Woodward; (Eonoscopus elongatus Eastman. LVII. Cestracion zitteli Eastman; Phorcynis catulina Thiolliere; Squatina minor Eastman. LVIII. Pholidophorus macrocephalus Agassiz; Lepidotus ornatus Eastman; Homoeolepis suborbiculata Eastman. LIX. Caturus pachyurus Agassiz ; Parathrissops furcatus Eastman, gen. et sp. nov. ; Caturus furcatus Agassiz. LX. Belonostomus muensteri Agassiz ; Caturus furcatus Agassiz ; Sauropsis depressus Eastman. LXI. Mesodon macropterus (Agassiz); M. macropterus Counterpart; Gyrodus frontatus Agassiz ; Caturus furcatus var. macrurv^ Agassiz ; Caturus furcatus Agassiz. LXII. Ophiopsis attenuata Wagner; Propterus conidens Eastman; P. microstomus Agassiz; Histionotus reclinis Eastman. LXIII. Propterus speciosus Wagner; Macrosemius rostratus Agassiz. LXIV. Eugnathus longiserratus (Agassiz); Aspidorhynchus acutirostris (Blainville). LXV. (Eonoscopus cyprinoides (Wagner) ; Macrosemius dorsalis Eastman ; Pholido- phorus macrocephalus Agassiz. LXVI. Sauropsis curtus Eastman; Rhinobatu^ bugesiacus Miinster. LXVII. Belenmobatis sisrnondw Thiolliere; Squatina alifera Miinster. LXVIII. Caturus furcatus Agassiz; Notagogus decoratus Eastman; Squatina speciosa H. von Meyer. LXIX. Gyrodus macropthalmtis Agassiz; Gyrodus circularis Agassiz. LXX. Ophiopsis procera Agassiz; Megalurus elegantissimus Wagner; M. lepidotus Agassiz. LXXI. Hypsocormus macrodon (Wagner) ; H. insignis Wagner. LXXII. Thrissops salmoneus (Blainville); T. formosus Agassiz; Leptolepis dubia (Blainville). LXXIII. Leptolepis sprattiformis (Blainville); ^thalion knorri (Blainville). ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA Page 16, second line from bottom, for "Capocta" read Capoeta. Page 44, for " Tylesius " read Tilesius. Page 55, for " cheilidonichihys " read Chelidonichthys. Page 56, for " chJoea " read Chloea. Pages 101 and 102, for "L. micropterus" read L. macropterus. Pages 109 and 132, for " Steaiogenes" read Sieatogenys. Page 159, second line from top, for " electrophorus" read eledricus. Page 248, for " Safole Tceniura " read Safole tceniura. Page 256 (no. 156), for "Raius" read Taius. Page 287. For " Ctebogobius" read Ctenogobius. Page 366, seventh line from bottom. For "H. inimontis" read N. inimontis. Plate XXII. For " Adenosternarchus" read Adontosternarchus. Plate XLII. For " Scicenia " read Scicena. XVI XbAX \d Publications of the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 75. MEMOIRS OF THE OAENEG-IE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. 1. W. J. HOLLAND, Editor. A CATALOa OF THE FISHES KNOWN FEOM THE WATEES OF KOREA. By DAVID STAER JORDAN and CHAELES WILLIAM METZ PITTSBURGH. PtTBLISHKD BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOABD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE. June, 1913. Jt PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR 1898, 30e. (scarce); 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30e. (scarce); 1901-13, 25c. each. REPORTS OF THE PRIZE ESSAY CONTEST 1897 (out of print); 1898 (out of print); 1899, 30c. (scarce); 1900, 25c.; 1901, 25c.; 1902, 25c.; 1903, 25c.; 1904, 20c. None published since 1904. REPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER'S DAY 1898-1913, 35c. each. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume; Vols. I-VIII, 1901-1912, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in 1/2 Morocco @ $4.50. MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance'in parts (paper-bound J, as published, at $10 per volume. VOL. L (1901-3) No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, and No. 3. The Osteology of the Steganopodcs. By Probable Habits, with a Restoration of R. W. Shufeldt ^2.75 the Skeleton. By J. B. Hatcheb. ( Very " 4. Classification of the Chalcid Flies. By scarce.) $3.00 VV. li. Ashmead 6.50 " 2. Oligocene Canidae. By J. B. Hatcheb... 1.50 Vol. I. Bound Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. 555, 39 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; Bound J Morocco at $11.50. VOL. n. (1904-6) No. 1. Osteology of jiaplocanthosaunis and Ail- N**- ^- The Tertiary of Montana. (Scarce.) By ditional Remarks upon Diplodocus. By „ „ n-^'^A' P^V^^-^^^; ",;■. ri d * w " V ^'^^ , „ „ , ,; , «„ «„ fi. The Osteology of Diplodocns. By W. J. J. B. Hatcher. ( Very scarce. ) ?2.00 Holland l.CO " 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. By C. W. Gil- No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. R. moke. (Scarce.) 1.50 „ „ ^r^"^^??. ••••••••;•••••••• V • • •;. * ""^^ . . "8. New SuiUme Remains from the Miocene " 3. Fossil Avian Remains from Annissan. of Nebraska. By 0. A. Peterson 75 By C. R. Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, No. 4. De^cniiption of New Rodents and Discus- with a Description of a New Species. By C. W. Gilmoee $1.00 sion cf the Origin of Dsemonelix. By 0. " 10. A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A. Petehson. (Scarce.) ?1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Oetmann 4.00 Vol. n. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. in. No. 1. Archteological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hol- Rica. By C. V. Habtman $6.00 land. In preparation $6.00 VOL. IV. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalpant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Formosan Fishes. By D. Starb Jordan. PP- ^3, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp. 4 3 Plates .25 N°- ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Revision of Entelodontida. "By"o."A. ' ^a^ia. Pts. I and II. By A. E. Ort- n T> n /■ n T>i 4 *o CA MANN. Pp. 69, 4 Plates $2.50 Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 ^t .. „. , _ L. . . ,- _ . XT„ A r>»4.oi„-^**.i,.vfj-i.-„„*T« T^„„.„ No. /. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolea No. 4. Catalog of the Fishes of Formosa. Jordan .^ jjlmegie Museum. By Charles R. and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. , Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx-(-578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 Vo morocco. Vols. III-V supplied unbound, @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in % morocco @ $12.00. MBMOIES OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. 1. A CATALOG OF THE FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA. By David Starr Jordan and Charles William Metz. (Plates I-X.) In the summer of 1911 the senior author visited Korea, and with the aid of the authorities in charge of the fisheries made a considerable collection of the fishes of Korea (Chosen), especially of those obtainable at Fusan, and those seen in the markets at Seoul, the collection being m the interest of the Car- negie Museum of Pittsburgh, and of the Museum of Stanford University. Sub- sequently a still larger collection was brought together by Mr. B. Ihara, Com- missioner of Fisheries for Chosen, and afterwards forwarded to the United States. This collection was made under the orders of General Terauchi, Gov- ernor General of Chosen, and of Mr. Yamagata, Vice-governor A considerable number of fishes from Suigen (Suwon) was obtained by Dr. K. Hunda, Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station located at that place, which is inland, about fifty miles southward of Seoul. The localities represented in our collections are the following: Fusan, the port at the southern extremity of Korea; Chemulpo, the port of Seoul; Suigen, (in Japanese Suwon), on an inland stream, tributary to the River Han, about fifty miles south of Seoul; Heijo, near Pyeng-yang in northwestern Korea; and 1 2 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Chinnampo, the port of Pyeng-yang. We have also included the species taken by Mr. Pierre Louis Jouy and described by Jordan and Snyder from the large island of Tsushima, which lies between Fusan and Shimonoseki. This island belongs politically to Japan, but geographically rather to Korea. The marine fauna of these regions is fairly well known, but the record of the river-fauna is still very far from complete. The synonymy of several species is uncertain, and the identity of some with Chinese species on the one hand or with Japanese forms on the other is still far from certain. Numerous genera and species recorded from the Amur River by Dybowsky and by Berg have yet to be compared with Korean forms. The most valuable work so far done on the fish-fauna of this region is that of Dr. Peter Schmidt and his colleague in the Museum of St. Petersburg, Dr. Leo S. Berg. The present paper gives a list of all the species known to occur in Korea, or in the seas immediately adjoining. It includes the species of the present collec- tion, as well as those in the Museum of St. Petersburg, collected by Herz and by Schmidt, described later in different papers by Dr. Solomon Herzenstein, Dr. Peter Schmidt, and Dr. Leo S. Berg. There are also included the species obtained for the United States National Museum by Pierre Louis Jouy at Gensan and Fusan, and those obtained at Port Arthur by Professor Francis James Abbott, and sent to Stanford University. While Port Arthur is outside of Korea, its fauna must be identical with that of the near-by ports of Chin- nampo and Chemulpo in Korea. The collections of Jouy and Abbott have been described by Jordan and Starks in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum. We have further included the marine fishes mentioned by Basilewsky, in his I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis (1855) from the gulf of Pechili about Tientsin. The species named in this work are very imperfectly described and some of them can only, if at all, be recognized by their Chinese names. Some species noted by Basilewsky are here described in detail for the first time. We include these, as there is apparently no real difference between the marine fauna at Tientsin and that on the opposite side of the Gulf at Port Arthur, Chinnampo, and Chemulpo. There seems to be very little difference between the fishes of the west shore and those of Fusan at the southern extremity of Korea. All these bays, Fusan, Chemulpo, and Chinnampo, have sandy bottoms, and are much frequented by flounders, soles, conger-eels, croakers, gobies, and other fishes of the sands. The market of Fusan forms a rather striking co'ntrast to that of Shimonoseki, the nearest town on the Japanese side of the Straits of JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 6 Tsushima. At Shimonoseki many species frequenting rocks are taken. The fauna of Gensan on the northeastern coast of Korea beyond Gensan is appar- ently northern, approaching that of Saghahn. The subarctic fauna described by Schmidt and others from Saghahn, Vladivostok, and Peter the Great Bay, undoubtedly extends along the Korean shores as far as Gensan. In the present list we have not included any of these species, unless actually recorded from Korea. These northern forms are not closely related to the fauna of the temperate zone found in the waters of southern and western Korea. Among the species enumerated from Fusan are some closely related to those on the Japanese shore, yet distinct from their nearest allies. The major- ity of the species are, however, of the ordinary Japanese types. Dr. Jordan wishes to express his personal appreciation to General Terauchi, Governor General of Korea, and to Vice-governor Yamagata for assistance in this work. Governor Terauchi requested the co-operation of all the fishery in- spectors. In this connection we desire to acknowledge the efforts of Mr. B. Ihara, Commissioner of Fisheries for Korea, Mr. T. Kikuchi, head of the Bureau of Education, Dr. K. Honda, Director of the Agricultural Experiment Station at Suwon, Mr. Eitaro Ijima of the Bureau of Finance at Seoul, a former student of the senior author, Mr. T. Wakamatsu, Governor of Fusan, and Mr. G. Yamaoka, collector of Customs at Fusan, who rendered especially valuable service. The new drawings in this paper are the work of the late Sekko Shimada, and of Mrs. Herbert Charles Nash. The others are reprints from papers in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum. The vernacular names are given by Mr. Ihara. Unless otherwise specified they are the Japanese (not Korean) names. Ten species are new: Spirinchus verecundus, Rhodeus chosenicus, Pseudo- perilampus hondce, Parapelecus eigenmanni, Pseudaspius bergi, Pseudaspius mo- destus, Epinephelus ionthas, Sctcena iharcB, Pleurogrammus azonus, Sebastodes ijimce, Areliscus hollandi. Family EPTATRETID^. 1. Eptatretus burgeri (Girard). Fusan^ (Jouy coll.). * Throughout this paper the use of the words Fusan, Chinnampo, Chemulpo, Suigen, Heijo, with- out the citation of any other authority, indicates that specimens were seen or obtained at those locahties by Dr. Jordan or by Mr. Ihara. (D. S. Jordan.) MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Fig. 1. Eptalretus hurgeri (Girard). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, Plate XXX.) Family HETERODONTID.E. 2. Heterodontus japonicus (Dumeril). "Nekosame." Fusan (No. 4491a). ^ (Jordan coll.) Family GALEORHINID^. 3. Triakis scyllium Miiller & Henle. "Shirosame." Fusan, Chinnampo (Nos. 4362a, 4490a), 4. Cynias manazo (Bleeker). "Hoshisame." Jinsen (No. 4492a). Family SPHYRNIDiE. b. Sphyrna zygaena (Linnseus). "Shimokusame." Fusan (No. 4470a). Family SQUALID^, t). Squalus mitsukurii Jordan & Fowler. "Tsunozame." Chinnampo (No. 4359a). Fig. 2. Squalns mitsukurii Jordan & Fowler. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 630.) 7. Squalus japonicus Ishikawa. Chinnampo. This species is distinguished from the common dog-fish or "Tsunozame" of Japan {Squalus mitsukurii) by the sharper and less obtuse snout, and by the ' Numbers in brackets after a locality indicate that the specimens in the Carnegie Museum from mat locality bear the numbers given. Numbers given after a list of localities indicate that the specimens may have come from the localities named, or that they may simply have attached to them the general locality-label "Korea." (All those thus labelled came from Fusan, according to Dr. Jordan.) (C. H. Eigenmann, Curator.) JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 0 difference in the insertion of the first dorsal spine. The dorsal in Squalus mit- sukurii is a little nearer the tip of the snout than the second dorsal. In Squalus japonicus the first dorsal is midway between the tip of the snout and the second dorsal, the pectoral reaching it. Family SQUATINID.E. 8. Squatina japonica Bleeker. "Korosame." Fusan (No. 4472a). Family RHINOBATID^. 9. Rhinobatus schlegeli Miiller & Henle. "Sagatazame." Fusan (No. 4476a). Family RAJID^. 10. Raja kenojei Miiller & Henle. "Gangiei." Port Arthur (Abbott). This is apparently Raja chinensis Basilewsky (I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, 1855, p. 251, from off Peking). X >»v X ^B^'> \ Fig. 3. Raja meerdervoorti Bleeker. (After Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 651.) 6 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 11. Raja meerdervoortii Bleeker. "Gangiei." Fusan (No. 4471a). Family DASYATID^. 12. Urolophus fuscus Garman. "Shiroei." Fusan (No. 4474a). 13. Dasyatis akajei (Schlegcl). "Akaei." Fusan (No. 4477a). Fig. 4. Dasyatis akajei (Schlegel). (After Jordan & Evermann, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 319.) 14. Pteroplatea japonica Temminck & Schlegel. "Yokosaei." Fusan (No. 4475a). Family MYLIOBATIDiE. 15. Myliobatis tobijei Bleeker. "Tobiei, Hatoei." Fusan (No. 4473a). This is apparently Basilewsky's Myliobatis rhombus (IchthyograpJiia Chinee Borealis, p. 250) from the sea about Tientsin. Family CLUPEID^. 16. Clupea pallasi Cuvier & Valenciennes. "Nishin." Fig. 5. Clupea pallasi Cuvier & Valenciennes. (After Jordan & Ilerre, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 631.) JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 7 Seen in Fusan. Also from Chinnampo (Nos. 4102a-e; 4130a). This is apparently Clupea inermis Basilewsky (p. 242) from about Tientsin. 17. Amblygaster melanostictum (Temminck & Schlegel). "Iwashi." Fusan. 18. Sardinella zunasi (Temminck & Schlegel). "Zunashi." Fusan, Chinnampo (Nos. 4228a-l). 19. Ilisha elongata (Bennett). "Hira." Fusan, rather common (No. 4487a-b). 20. Etrumeus micropus (Temminck & Schlegel). " Urumeiwashi " adult; "Tsu- nashi" young. Fusan, Jinsen; common (No. 4539a-j). ZuNASiA gen. nov. The species described by Basilewsky under the name of Pristigaster chinen- sis has not been noted by any subsequent author. It is the type of a new genus, Zunasia Jordan & Metz, allied to Pristigaster, but differing in the form of the body, the belly not forming the gibbous arc of a circle, being only moderately curved. The dorsal, as in Pristigaster, is inserted before the anal, near the middle of the body. The ventrals are wanting, as in Pristigaster and Opisthopterus. The type of Pristigaster is P. cayanus from Guiana and northern Brazil. No second species of Pristigaster is known. The name Zunasia is derived from "Zunashi," the vernacular name of the related Sardinella zunasi. 21. Zunasia chinensis (Basilewsky). (Plate I, fig. 1.) Pristigaster chinensis Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, 1855, p. 243. (Gulf of Pechili.) The following description of Zunasia chinensis Basilewsky is founded upon three specimens from 4.5 to 5.5 inches long, taken at Chinnampo, Korea, and cataloged in the Carnegie Museum under No. 4569: D. 17 to 18; A. 48; scutes in front of vent 36; depth 3.66; head 4.5; eye 3 in head; snout 3.5; interorbital 7.5; maxillary 2.33. Body elongate, rather slender, greatly compressed, deepest behind apex of pectoral. Dorsal outhne a gentle, even curve from nape to caudal; ventral outline more convex. Belly from gill-openings to vent slightly (not greatly) arched, the depth of the con- vexity being much less than the diameter of the eye, armed with thirty-six 8 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM sharp scutes. Head compressed, lower jaw large, projecting, entering dorsal profile, which is straight to nape, then rises in a gentle curve; occipital region with a long narrow, V-shaped groove, the two bounding ridges of which unite before the eye. Mouth terminal, moderate, very oblique; maxillary reaching beyond anterior margin of pupil; premaxillary distinct, fixed; teeth extremely minute, villiform in both jaws; gill-rakers numerous, long, slender; eye large, elevated, upper edge of pupil on a level with the apex of the mandible. Scales deciduous, rubbed off of our specimens, probably about sixty in number. Dorsal short, inserted midway between the tip of the snout and the base of the caudal; anal long, inserted under the posterior third of the dorsal, extending to a point within diameter of eye from origin of caudal; caudal deeply forked, apparently not filamentous; pectorals small; ventrals wanting. Color dusky brown above, silvery below; all fins pale; caudal with traces of black on marginal rays. Family DOROSOMATID^. 22. Konosirus punctatus (Temminck & Schlegel). "Konoshiro." Fusan (No. 4527a-l). 23. Konosirus nasus (Bloch). Chinnampo (No. 4227a). Family ENGRAULIDiE. 24. Engraulis japonicus Temminck & Schlegel. Fusan. 25. Setipinna gilberti Jordan & Starks. Fusan; very common. 26. Trichosoma hamiltoni (Gray). Fusan, Chinnampo. (No. 4528, thirty specimens from Fusan, all marked " Korea.") (No. 4133a-e.) 27. Coilia nasus Temminck & Schlegel. "Etsu." Port Arthur (Abbott); Chinnampo (No. 4137a). 28. Coilia ectenes Jordan & Seale. "Etsu." Fusan, Chemulpo (No. 4515a-b). This species differs from Coilia nasus of Southern Japan in the much larger number of fin-rays (123 instead of 81 in the anal). The number of dorsal JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 9 rays in the original description (113) is a misprint. The species is common on the sandy shores at Fusan and Chemulpo. Fig. 6. Coilia ecicncs Jordan & Scale. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIX, p. 518.) Family SALMONID^. 29. Oncorhynchus masou Brevoort. "Masu." Chinnampo (No. 4355a). 30. Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walbaum). Korea (Berg). Fig. 7. OncorMjnchus gorbuscha (Walbaum). (After Jordan & Evcrmann, Bull. U. S. N. M., 47, Pt. IV, Plate 77, fig. 205.) 31. Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum). "Sake." Korea (Berg). ,^ Fig. 8. Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proe. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 573.) 10 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 32. Plecoglossus altivelis Temminck & Schlegel. "Ayu." Tsushima, Fusan (No. 4541a-c), Seoul, Yalu River. Fig. 9. Plecoglossus allivelis Temminck & Schlegel. (After Jordan & Evermann, Pioc. U. S. N. M.i Vol. XXV, p. 328.) The common Ayu is very abundant in all the rivers of Korea, including the Yalu. Our specimens are from Fusan, and unusually large. It has not been hitherto definitely recorded from the continent of Asia, and the limits of its range are not known. Family ARGENTINID^. 33. Osmerus dentex Steindachner. Chinnampo (No. 4225a-b). Fig. 10. Osmerus dentex Steindachner. (After Jordan & Evermann, Bull. U. S. N. M., No. 47, PL LXXXVI, fig. 229.) Dr. Berg (Ichthyologia Amurensis, p. 58) places Salmo inghaghitsh of Wal- baum (Artedi Piscium, p. 73) as a doubtful synonym of Osmerus dentex. As the teeth are said to be very small ("dentes minimi") it is not likely that this can be an Osmerus. It can only be Mesopus olidus, which according to Pallas is called "Inniacha" in Kamchatka. In that case the latter species should stand as Mesopus inghaghitsh. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 11 34. Spirinchus verecundus sp. nov. (Plate I, fig. 2.) Type No. 4570, 5.75 inches, Chinnampo, Korea; cotype, No. 4097. Allied to Osmerus or Spirinchus tJialeichthys Ayres, from the coast of Cali- fornia. D. 10; A. 13; V. 8; scales 6-64; depth 5.6; head 5.5; eye 3.66 in head; snout 3.66; interorbital 3.66; maxillary 2.5; number of branchiostegals 7; gill- rakers numerous, slender, about 12-24; lateral line median. Teeth on vomer, palatines, and tongue moderate, canine-like, none of them very large, those on jaws very minute. Body slender, compressed, long; dorsal and ventral outlines similar; head rather stout, flat on top; snout bluntly pointed; lower jaw slightly projecting; mouth rather large; maxillary reaching pupil; eye moderate, elevated, nearer tip of snout than gill-opening. Scales rather small, cycloid, none on head. Dorsal short, rather high, inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; third ray longest, 1.33 in head; distance between insertion of dorsal and adipose dorsal exactly one-third the length of the body; caudal deeply emarginate; pectoral moderate, 1.33 in head, reaching slightly over half-way to ventrals; ventrals inserted under anterior third of dorsal, reaching half-way to anal; anal short, inserted two-thirds of its length before adipose dorsal. Color dusky above, darkest on back and in a stripe along lateral line; under parts and all fins pale. Described from three specimens 5.75 inches in total length, taken at Chinnampo, Korea. The type is Number 4570 in the Carnegie Museum. A cotype is in the collection of Stanford University. Family SALANGID^.. 35. Salanx hyalocranius Abbott. "Shirano." Chinnampo, River Kanko, near Fusan (No. 4253a-d and 4524a-g). Other- wise known only from about Tientsin. Locally abundant. This species is Eperlanus chinensis of Basilewsky {Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, 1855, p. 242), but the name chinensis is preoccupied in Salanx, for the "Whitebait" of Southern China. Fig. 11. Salanx hyalocranius Abbott. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 491.) 12 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Family SYNODONTID^. 36. Saurida eso Jordan & Herre. "Eso." Fusan; common in the markets (No. 4557a). 'vs^^ Fig. 12. Saurida eso Jordan & Herre. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 520.) Family SILURID^. 37. Parasilurus asotus (Linngeus). "Namazu" (Korean name "Chyagasari"). Han River at Seoul, Kanko River (No. 4529a-c); Heijo, Suigen (No. 4361a). Fig. 13. Parasilurus asotus (Linnirus). (After Jordan & Evermann, Prof. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 320.) 38. Fluvidraco fulvidraco (Richardson). (Korean name "Chyagasari.") Silurus calvarius Basilewsky. Seoul (Steindachner) ; Suigen (No. 4343a). 39. Leiocassis longirostris (Giinther). Han River, Seoul (Steindachner). Family COBITID^. 40. Cobitis sinensis Sauvage. "Shimadozo" (Korean name "Chigorunchen"). Suigen, Gensan (No. 4148a); Fusan (Jouy); Pungtung (Herz). 41. Lefua costata Kessler. Elxis coreanus Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXVIII, 1905, p. 201. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 13 Gensan, Fusan (Jouy); Gcnsan (Schmidt); Chinnampo (No. 4177, 145 specimens). Fig. 14. Lcfua costata Kessler. (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 202.) This species seems locally very abundant. 42. Oreias toni (Dybowsky). Pung-tung (Herz). Description taken from ten specimens 2.5-4.5 inches long, collected at Chinnampo, Korea (No. 4142a-k): D. 9; A. 7; pores in lateral line about 95; head in length 4.8; depth 8.5; depth of caudal peduncle in head 1.25; eye 6; snout 2.33; interorbital 4.25; pectoral 1.60. Barbels six, four of them close together on snout, one on apex of each maxillary; nostrils small near eye, anterior with a flap; scales small, imbedded, not imbricated, apparently lacking on head; lateral line median; gill-openings confined to sides, not extending forward, separated by broad isthmus. Body long, slender, not compressed, uniform in depth from shoulder to vent; caudal peduncle compressed, its width at base 1.66 in its depth; head long, slightly compressed, conical, tapering to the bluntly rounded, projecting snout; mouth inferior, small; maxillary reaching to below anterior nostril, not nearly to eye; all barbels long, about equal to snout; eye small, elevated, about midway in length of head. Dorsal short, rather high, apex rounded, inserted nearer the tip of the snout than the base of the caudal by a distance equal to length of snout; caudal very slightly emarginate; pectorals short, rounded; ventrals inserted very slightly in front of dorsal, not reaching vent; anal short, high, inserted well behind vertical from tip of depressed dorsal, half the length of head behind the last dorsal ray. Color in spirits dusky above lateral line, irregularly blotched with darker areas, most of which are much larger than eye; sides below lateral line lighter, with indistinct blotches; ventral surface white. Top of head dark, with irreg- ular light specks; sides of head mottled and freckled, with a dark stripe from eye to tip of snout. Dorsal spotted, the spots forming four irregular bars; 14 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM caudal similar, the spots scarcely arranged in bars; pectoral mottled apically, the spots in two irregular bars. A series of ten specimens shows great variation in color; the blotches on the upper parts of some specimens arranged in zigzag, transverse bars, extending well down on the sides below the lateral line; others are pale, with large distinct, round blotches on back and sides. According to Dr. Berg, Oreias dabryi Sauvage (Revue & Mag. Zool., XXXVIII, 1874, p. 334) from China is generically identical with Orthrias Jordan and Fowler (0. oreas) of later date. Dr. Berg regards Oreias as a sub- genus of Nemachilus, from which it is separated by the short dorsal and sub- truncate caudal. 43. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor). "Dojo" (Korean name "Mikku- kurru"). Fig. 1.5. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXX, p. 834.) Kanko River (No. 4518a-j), Fusan; everywhere common. Chinnampo, Suigen (No. 4205a-j), Heijo. According to Dr. Berg, Misgurnus decemcirrosus Basilewsky is not distinct from this species, as Jordan & Snyder have supposed. Family CYPRINID.E. 44. Cyprinus carpio Linnseus. "Koi" (Korean name "Ing-o"). Korea, common everywhere (Nos. 4526a-c, 4556a-c). 45. Carassius auratus (Linnseus). "Funa" (Korean name "Ping-o"). Everywhere in the rivers (No. 4340a-d, 4364a). 46. Hemibarbus maculatus Bleeker. Hemibarbus maculatus Bleeker, Verb. Akad. Amst., XII, 1871, p. 19, taf. IV, fig. 8. Yangtsekiang. Barbus semibarbus Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1889, p. 224 (substi- tute for maculatus, preoccupied in Barbus). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 15 Hemibarbus joiteni Jordan & Starks, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, XLV, 1904, plate LXIV; Tientsin. Acanthogobio paltschevskii , Nicolsky, Ann. Mus. Zool. Petersb., VIII, 1904, p. 356. Ussuri River, Chanka Lake. Heijo (No. 4186a-b). Three specimens from Heijo, Korea, yield the following notes: D. Ill, 7; A. 8; scales 8-50; depth 4.6; head 3.6; eye 4; snout 2.25; max- illary 3.11; interorbital 4.25 in head. Body slender, deepest under first dorsal spine; dorsal outline gently rounded, convex from snout to dorsal, thence sloping rapidly to posterior part of dorsal and then very gradually to caudal; ventral outline almost straight from snout to ventrals, thence sloping to caudal; dorsal inserted above tip of pectoral, well before ventrals; ventrals reaching half-way to anal; anal high, but not reaching caudal when depressed. Mouth inferior; snout projecting slightly above; barbels on maxillary slightly less than diameter of eye. Dorsal very high, third spine equal to depth of body; last soft ray two- fifths length of first, which is equal to third spine; caudal emarginate; ventrals and pectorals narrow, pointed; dorsal pale with dark tip; caudal dusky, darker mesially; remaining fins pale. Body pale below lateral line, dusky above; all scales on back and sides above the level of the pectoral dark-edged, producing a lattice-work effect. This species is close to Hemibarbus barbus (Schlegel) from Japan, but is certainly distinct. Dr. Berg identified Hemibarbus barbus with Hemibarbus labeo (Pallas) from Siberia. On this question we have no opinion. We have seen no specimens of Hemibarbus barbus from outside of Japan. 47. Hemibarbus labeo (Pallas). Seoul (Steindachner) as Barbus schlegeli; Fusan (Berg). We have not seen this species, and do not know whether it is identical with either the Japanese Hemibarbus barbus, or the Chinese Hemibarbus macu- latus. 48. Pseudogobio esocinus Temminck & Schlegel. Chinampo (No. 4136a). We refer our specimens to this conmaon Japanese species. The snout in Korean examples is somewhat shorter, and the lips a little less papillose, but we find nothing to warrant specific distinction. 49. Pseudogobio rivularis (Basilewsky). Pseudogobio sinensis Kner. 16 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM This species from about Tientsin is close to Pseudogobio esocinus. A small specimen (No. 4310a) from Suigen may belong to it. 50. Gnathopogon^ coreanus (Berg). Sambusan River, South Korea (Berg), 51. Pseudorasbora parva Tomminck & Schlegel. (Korean name "Torukoki. ") Description based upon six specimens, the largest three inches in length, taken at Suigen, Korea: D. 9; A. 8; scales 6-38; depth in length 4.33; head 4.25; depth of caudal peduncle in head 2; eye 3.5; snout 3; maxillary 4; interorbital 3.33; pectoral 1.5; pharyngeal teeth 5, in a single row, long, slender; gill-openings extending a short distance forward below; separated by a narrow isthmus; lateral line com- plete; slightly decurved. Body elongate, moderately deep, deepest at insertion of dorsal; back elevated from nape to dorsal descending rapidly under dorsal fin; ventral outline evenly slightly convex from snout to anal, then slightly concave; caudal peduncle compressed, rather slender; head broad, depressed, flattened above; snout pointed; mouth very short, broad, oblique; lower jaw sHghtly pro- jecting; nostrils close together near eye; maxillary short, not reaching to below nostrils, scarcely half-way to eye; scales large, cycloid, lacking on head. Dorsal short, high, inserted midway between snout and caudal at apex of back; longest rays equal to length of head; caudal deeply forked; pectoral short; narrowly rounded; apex falling short of ventral base by a distance equal to diameter of eye; ventrals inserted under second dorsal ray, short, not reaching anal, which is inserted behind last dorsal ray a distance equal to two-fifths of head, and reaches about half-way to the base of the caudal when depressed. Color on top of head and back dark; scales on sides above level of pec- torals each with a large, vertical, crescentic area of dusky, producing a spotted effect; a dark band, equal in width to the diameter of the eye, extends from tip of snout through eye to base of caudal ; under parts and all fins pale. This species is not distinguishable from Pseudorasbora jyarva, the common "Moroko" of the rivers of Japan. 52. Gonoprokopterus mylodon (Berg). (Barbus mylodon Berg, 1907.) Keumsan near Fusan (Berg). *Gnathopogon Bleekcr. Ichth. Archipel. Indie. Prodr., II, ISGO, p. 434: type Capoda elongata Schlegel = Leucogohio gunlhcri Ishikawa. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 17 53. Ladislavia taczanowskii Dybowsky. Pung-tung (Herz). 54. Saurogobio athymius (Jordan & Starks), Fig. 1G. Sauroyobio ath%jmius Jordan & Starks. (Proo. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXYIII, p. 19G.) Chemulpo (Jouy). Dr. Berg is quite right in considering the genus Longurio based by Jordan and Starks on this species, as identical with Saurogobio Bleeker, based on S. dumerili Blcckcr from China. 55. Coreius cetopsis (Kner). Chemulpo (Jouy). 56. Pungtungia herzi Herzenstein. Pung-tung (Herz) . The genus Pungtungia obviously differs from Pseudorasbora in the presence of well-developed barbels. It differs irom Gnathapogon { = Squalidus Bjhowsky), in the low, produced snout and short oblique mouth; teeth 5-4; scales 40. 57. Aphyocypris ensarca (Jordan & Starks). Fusan (Jordan & Starks). Fig. 17. Aphyocypris ensarca Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 199.) Dr. Berg is quite right in uniting the genus Fusania, established by Jordan and Starks for this species, with Aphyocypris, based by Dr. Giinther on A. chinensis. 18 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 58. Richardsonius hakuensis (Glinther). "Ugiu." Kanko River, Fusan, Chinnampo (No. 4360a-c) (No. 4514a-c). Abundant. Breeding males with two rather narrow orange stripes on each side from head to tail, one along the back and one along the side of the belly. Since, according to Professor Cockerell, none of the American or Japanese species usually referred to Leuciscus are congeneric with the European dace, Leuciscus leuciscus (Linnseus), we adopt for the group the oldest of the American names. The scales of Richardsonius are said to differ materially from those of Leuciscus. 59. Richardsonius brandti (Dybowsky). Chinnampo (No. 4110), Gensan (Jordan & Starks, as L. taczanowskii) . According to Dr. Berg brandti and taczanowskii are identical. 60. Richardsonius semotilus (Jordan & Starks). Fusan (Jouy); Gensan (Schmidt). Fig. 18. Richardsonius semotilus (Jordan & Starks). (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 200.) 61. Richardsonius jouyi Jordan & Snyder. (Leuciscus dorobae Ishikawa.) Sasuma, island of Tsushima. 62. Hemitremia lagowskyi (Dybowsky). Gensan (Schmidt). According to Professor Cockerell the scales of the European species of Phoxinus differ generically from those of the East Asian and American forms referred to Phoxinus. We therefore use the name Hemitremia for the American and Japanese forms. 63. Acheilognathus coreanus Steindachner. Seoul (Steindachner). 64. Acheilognathus signifer Berg. Pung-tung (Herz). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 19 65. Acanthorhodeus asmussi Berg. (Plate II, fig. 1.) Jeijo. (Korean name "Nazegi.") A fine large specimen of this handsome genus (No. 4571) obtained at Heijo we refer with some doubt to Acanthorhodeus asmussi (DybowskjO (Verh. ZooL- Bot. Ges., Wien, XXII, 1872, p. 212, Chanka Lake), as noted by Berg in his Ichthyologia Amurensis. Description of two specimens 5.5 inches in total length, taken at Heijo, Korea: D. II, 18; A. II, 13; depth 2.25; head 4.5; eye 3.5; snout 3.5; maxillary 4; interorbital 2.5; scales 7, 40, 6. Maxillary with very small rudimentary barbel at tip; lateral line complete, decurved, slightly below median line; pharyngeal teeth 5-5, sharp, curved and claw-like; body deep, compressed, deepest through origin of dorsal; ventral outline evenly curved from snout to caudal peduncle, less strongly arched than dorsal outline, which is very high; head low; profile from tip of snout to nape almost straight; nape high; snout blunt; eye large, elevated; mouth small, inferior; maxillary not reaching front of eye; nostrils large, very closely approximated, and near eye. Scales very large on sides, smaller below; head naked; dorsal and anal with sheath of large scales at base, none on membrane; dorsal fin long, not high, inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; first two rays spine- Hke, second longest, 1.16 in head; dorsal rays gradually shortened to last which is 2.33 to 3 in first; anal similar to dorsal, inserted under tenth dorsal ray; second ray spine-like, as large as second dorsal ray; caudal emarginate; pec- torals and ventrals small, the former not quite reaching the latter, which are inserted slightly in advance of dorsal and reach almost to anal. Color dusky above, black on top of head and median line of back; paler below, white on ventral parts; scales above level of pectoral dark-edged; a black band from base of tail along middle of side, becoming narrower and elevated anteriorly, ending in a distinct black blotch, slightly larger than pupil, a short distance behind opercle; all fins pale; dorsal with traces of dusky longitudinal bars; caudal with a few irregular jet-black spots. This species is somewhat similar to Acanthorhodeus guichenoti Bleeker, but is more slender and has longer spine-like rays in dorsal and anal, and con- spicuous black markings which are lacking in the latter. 66. Rhodeus chosenicus sp. nov. (Plate II, fig. 2.) (Korean name "Sogusari.") Type, No. 4567 and cotypes 4568a-b, the largest 1.84 in. Suigen, Korea. D. 8; A. 8; scales 30; depth 4; head 3.8 in length; eye 3.66 in head; snout 3.8; interorbital 2.8; pharyngeal teeth in one row 5-5, sharp, claw-like; gill- 20 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM rakers sparse, short; lateral line short, descending, incomplete; body elongate, not greatly compressed, slender, deepest through middle of pectorals; dorsal and ventral outlines similar; head depressed, broad, flattened on top; snout bluntly pointed; mouth terminal, oblique; maxillary reaching eye, which is large, slightly elevated; dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than tip of snout by h.al{ the length of head, short, high; longest ray 1.33 in head; caudal deeply forked; pectoral short, not reaching ventrals, which are inserted slightly before dorsal and extend to vent; anal short, high, inserted behind last dorsal ray; longest ray equal to length of ventrals, reaching half-way to caudal when depressed; caudal peduncle almost as long as head, uniform in depth, which is half its length; scales cycloid, scarcely smaller on belly. Color in spirits dusky on upper parts, black on top of head and median line of back, lighter below; scales on middle of sides with dusky patches, faint indication of posterior lateral stripe in some specimens; fins all pale. Described from six specimens, the type largest, 1.84 inches in total length, taken at Suigen, Korea. The type is number 4567 Carnegie Museum; a cotype is in the Stanford University collection. 67. Rhodeus ocellatus Giinther. (Korean name "Nazegi.") Suigen, four specimens (No. 4299a-c). This little fish is in color almost exactly like Acanthorhodeus asmussi, but there is a black spot behind the shovilder, besides a long blue stripe along the caudal peduncle. It agrees fully with the original description, and its form and color are well shown in Bleeker's figure. (See Cyprinoides de Chine, p. 34, pi. VI, fig. 3.) 68. Pseudoperilampus hondae sp. nov. (Plate II, fig. 3.) Type No. 4566, 2 inches, Suigen, Korea. D. Ill, 13; A. Ill, 11; scales 7-35; depth 2.8; head 3.8; eye 3.2; snout 4.5; interorbital 3.5; depth caudal peduncle 2.5; maxillary 4; peritoneum black; pharyngeal teeth 5-5, one-rowed, sharp, serrate. Body moderately deep, greatest depth at origin of dorsal; dorsal and ventral outlines equally convex; anterior profile arched above pectorals, straight from nape to tip of snout; origin of dorsal slightly nearer tip of snout than caudal base; pectorals slender, reaching ventrals; ventrals inserted under first dorsal spine, reaching anal; dorsal fin rather high, longest ray 1.16 in head; anal inserted under sixth dorsal ray, similar to soft dorsal; caudal deeply forked; lateral line slightly below middle of side. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 21 Color dusky on back, becoming lighter on middle of sides and white below; scales on upper parts dark-margined; dorsal and anal each with three narrow, black, longitudinal stripes, separated by similar pale stripes; caudal slightly dusky; other fins i^ale. This species differs from Pseudoperilampus typus in the much larger scales, and the longer vertical fins. Described from the type 2 inches in total length, taken at Suigen, Korea number 4566 in the Carnegie Museum. Named for Dr. K. Honda, the director of the Agricultural Station at Suigen, who obtained for us a fine collection from the pond at this station. 69. Opsariichthys bidens Giinther. (Korean name "Woi.") Heijo (No. 4533a) (No. 4232a), Suigen; Seoul (Steindachner) . This species seems very close to the Japanese representative 0. uncirostris (Temminck and Schlegel). 70. Zacco temmincki (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan (Jouy); Pung-tung (Herz). 71. Squaliobarbus curriculus (Richardson). Seoul (Steindachner). 72. Parapelecus jouyi Jordan & Starks. Chemulpo (Jouy). Fig. 19. Parapelecus jouyi Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 201.') 73. Parapelecus eigenmanni sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 1.) Type No. 4565, 5.5 inches, Suigen, Korea. D. 9; A. 15; scales in median series about 50; depth 4 in length; head 4.5; eye 4 in head; snout 4; interorbital 3; maxillary 3; pectoral 1; depth of caudal peduncle 2.5. Lateral line very low, with an abrupt anterior arch; body elongate, compressed, deepest in front of ventrals; back slightly elevated; ventral outline much more convex than dorsal; head broad, almost flat on top; dorsal 22 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM profile of head straight; snout high; mouth rather small, terminal, oblique; lower jaw included; maxillary reaching vertical from nostrils, not to eye; nostrils large, elevated, separated by a flap, nearer eye than tip of snout; eye large, slightly elevated, not entering profile; belly trenchant from below pectorals to vent, arched before and behind ventrals. Dorsal fin inserted nearer base of caudal than tip of snout by a distance equal to half the head; first soft ray slightly longer than spine-like ray, almost equal to length of head; caudal deeply forked; lower lobe slightly the longer; pectoral long, pointed; first ray longest, reaching four-fifths distance to ventrals, which are inserted half their length before dorsal, and extend half way to anal; anal rather long and low; first rays twice the length of last, inserted under apex of depressed dorsal. Color in spirits entirely pale, slightly dusky above; all fins pale. Described from type and cotype, the former 5.5, the latter 3.75 inches in total length. The type was taken at Suigen, Korea, and is No. 4565 in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum. It is named for Prof. C. H. Eigenmann. 74. Pseudaspius bergi sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 2.) Type No. 4563, 4 inches, cotypes 4091. Chinnampo, Korea. D. 9; A. 8; scales 100 to 120 in lateral fine, 53 to 60 before dorsal; head in length 4; depth 5; eye in head 4; maxillary 3; snout 3.66; interorbital 2.75; depth of caudal peduncle 2. Lateral line low, decurved, following ventral out- line posterior to ventrals; body long, slender, not greatly compressed, dorsal and ventral outlines similar; caudal peduncle deep, compressed; head broad, depressed, flattened above, tapering to rather acute snout; no barbels; mouth rather large, oblique, terminal; maxillary reaching eye, nostrils close together, nearer eye than tip of snout; eye rather large, high; interorbital space broad, very shghtly convex. Pharyngeal teeth two-rowed, 4, 2, 2, 4, the outer ones long, fang-like, curved at tips; gill-rakers rudimentary, gill-openings almost confluent, the isthmus very narrow; scales moderate, cycloid. Dorsal inserted posteriorly, nearer base of caudal than tip of snout by a distance equal to half of head, rather high; longest ray 1.33 in head; caudal emarginate; jDectorals small, rounded, 1.66 in head; reaching a trifle more than half-way to ventrals, which are inserted one-half their length before dorsal, and reach almost to anal; anal short, high, inserted just behind dorsal base, reaching half-way to caudal. Color in spirits dusky, almost black on upper parts, pale on belly; dorsal, caudal, and tips of pectorals dark; other fins pale. I JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 23 Described from six specimens, the type 4 inches, the rest 2.5 to 4 inches in total length, from Chinnampo, Korea. The type is number 4563 in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum; a cotype is in the collection of Stanford University. The genus, Psevdaspms, is visibly distinguished from other Korean min- nows by the very small scales. It resembles the American genus Rhmichthys, but has no barbels. Pseudaspius bergi is a strongly marked species, well separated from Pseud- aspius leptocephalus (Pallas) from the Amur River. It is named for Dr. Leo S. Berg of the Museum at St. Petersburg, in recognition of his admirable "Ich- thyologia Amurensis." 75. Pseudaspius modestus sp. nov. (Plate III, fig. 3.) Type No. 4561, 2 inches; cotypes No. 4562. Chinnampo, Korea. D. 9; A. 9; scales in lateral line about 82; head in length 3.5; depth 4.5; eye in head 3.66; snout 3.5; maxillary 3.25; interorbital 3.33; depth of caudal peduncle 3. Pharyngeal teeth two-rowed, 5, 2, 2, 5; lateral Hne decurved, rather below median line of side, less curved than ventral outline; body elon- gate, compressed, moderately deep, deepest in front of ventrals; caudal peduncle compressed, slender; head broad, depressed, flattened above; snout rather acute; mouth terminal, oblique; cleft reaching front of eye; no barbels; eye large, elevated; nostrils close together, posterior, quite large, close to eye. Dorsal short, high, anterior, inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal by a distance equal to two-fifths of head; longest ray 1.33 in head; caudal rather shallowly emarginate; pectorals low, short, 1.66 in head, not reaching ventrals, which are inserted one-third of their length before dorsal, and are short, barely reaching anal; anal short, high, inserted under next to last dorsal ray; scales rather small, cycloid, most distinct on sides. Color in spirits dusky above; median line of back dark; a dark median line on sides posteriorly, becoming broader and less distinct in pectoral region; under parts and fins pale. Described from ten specimens, the type two inches in total length taken at Chinnampo, Korea. The type is No. 4561 in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum. This species is easily distinguished from Pseudaspius bergi by its deeper body, slenderer caudal peduncle, fewer scales, etc. 76. Culter recurviceps (Richardson). Chemulpo (Jouy). 24 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 77. Culter ilishaeformis Steindachner. Seoul (Steindachner). Berg, perhaps correctly, identifies this with Culter erytJiropterus Basilewsky, from about Peking. 78. Ochetobius lucens Jordan & Starks. Chemulpo (Jouy). Fig. 20. OchetoMus lucens Jordan & Starks. (Proe. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 196.) Family PCECILIID^. 79. Oryzias latipes (Temminck & Schlegel). "Kuaushin" (Korean name "Sogusari"). Fusan (Jouy); Suigen (No. 4210a-o). ■y.r^,w;f mw!smff^'-^*^W^'r ''->^. Wmm^^.^ KXi ). ^^' '-4 . Fig. 21. Oryzias latipes (Schlegel). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXI, p. 290.) Family M0N0PTERIDJ5. 80. Monopterus albus (Zuieuw). (Korean name "Ugo.") Suigen (No. 4164a). {Apterygia saccogularis and Apterygia nigromaculata Basilewsky.) Family ANGUILLID^. 81. Anguilla japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). "Unagi" (Korean name "Penijan"). Fusan, Tsushima (Suigen No. 4123a; "Korea" 4495a-d). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OP KOREA 25 Family LEPTOCEPHALIDJi. 82. Leptocephalus anago (Temminck & Schlegel). "Anago." Fusan market. 83. Leptocephalus myriaster (Brevoort). Common in the market at Fusan. Family MUR^NESOCID^. 84. Muraenesox cinereus (Forskal). "Hamo." Fusan (No. 4498a-d). Family OPHICHTHYID^. 85. Ophisurus macrorhynchus (Bleeker), Fusan ("Korea" No. 4536a). This species may be the same as Ophisurus serpens of the Mediterranean. Family BELONID^. 86. Tylosurus anastomella (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Datsu." Belone esocina Basilewsky, Ichthyographia China; Borealis, p. 260, from Shandun. Fusan (No. 4484a-b). Family HEMIRAMPHID.E. 87. Hyporhamphus sajori (Temminck & Schlegel). "Sayori." Belone microstoma Basilewskj^, Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, p. 260, Shandun. Fusan (No. 4549a). Common; Chinnampo (No. 4158a). Family EXOCCETID^. 88. Cypselurus hirundo (Steindachner) . "Tobino." One specimen, Fusan (No. 4304a). Family SYNGNATHID^. 89. Syngnathus schlegeli Kaup. "Yoji." Chinnampo (No. 4309a-x); Gensan (Jouy). The specimens are very slender, the snout 1.75 in head. 26 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 90. Hippocampus chinensis Basilewsky. (IchthyograpMa Chinee Borealis, p. 249.) Gulf of Pechili; "often seen dried in the markets of Peking." The de- scription of Basilewsky gives no characters by which the identity of the species can be determined, among the numerous sea-horses found on the coasts of Japan and China. Family AULORHYNCHID^. 91. Aulichthys japonicus Brevoort. Fusan (Jouy). Family GASTEROSTEID^. 92. Pygosteus sinensis (Guichenot). Gensan (Jouy). Family SPHYR^NID^. 93. Sphyraena obtusata (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Kamasu." Fusan, common; a fine food-fish ("Korea" 4553a-c). Family MUGILID^. 94. Mugil cephalus Linnaeus. "Bora." Mugil soiuy Basilewsky, IchthyograpMa Chinee Borealis, p. 226, pi. IV, fig. 3. ("Korea" 4544a-b, 4501a-c.) Fusan, abundant. The Japanese species differs little, if at all, from the European Mugil cephalus. 95. Liza haematochila (Temminck & Schlegel). "Menada." Common in Fusan market. Chinnampo (No. 4128); Chemulpo (Schmidt). Family BERYCID^. 96. Beryx decadactylus Cuvier. "Kimmedai." Fusan. Family SCOMBRID^. 97. Scomber japonicus Houttuyn. "Saba." Chinnampo (No. 4380a); Fusan (Korea 4543a-e). 98. Auxis thazard Lacepede. "Sodakatsu." Fusan (No. 4478a). Common in the Tsushima Straits. 99. Scomberomorus niphonius (Temminck & Schlegel). "Sawara." Fusan; a common food-fish. JORDAN AND METZ : FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 27 100. Scomberomorus sinensis (Lacepede). "Sawara." Fusan, common; valued as a food-fish. 101. Acanthocybium sara (Lay & Bennett). "Okisawara." Abundant in the Straits of Tsushima. Specimens five to seven feet long 18-4-18 are sent daily to the market at Seoul from Fusan. The large teeth are „„ , ,,„. •^ ^20 + 20 The species of Acanthocybium, locally called "Ono," found at Honolulu, presumably the original Acanthocybium solandri (type from Tahiti), is a very 50 + 50 distinct species, with much smaller teeth, rn i en' ^^^ snout sharper, and the oU ~|— oU body slenderer. The huge size of these fishes makes it usually impossible to retain specimens. The existence of the two species in the Pacific renders it highly probable that the Atlantic species Acanthocybium petus (Poey) is distinct from both. Family TRICHIURID^. 102. Trichiurus japonicus Temminck & Schlegel. "Tachinono." Chinnampo (No. 4183a-c), Fusan; Chemulpo ("Korea" 4485a-4494a-c) . One of the most abundant of the food-fishes especially valued by the Koreans. The flesh is pale and watery, without much flavor, but nutritious. Family CARANGID^. 103. Trachurus japonicus (Temminck & Schlegel). "Maazi." Fusan ("Korea" 4555a-e). Not evidently different from the Trachurus trachurus or semiarmatus of the north of Europe. 104. Seriola aureovittata (Schlegel). "Buri." Fusan; a common food-fish. Family STROMATEID^. 105. Psenopsis anomala (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan market. Family STROMATEOIDID^. 106. Stromateoides argenteus (Euphrasen). (Plate IV.) "Manakatsuo." A common and valued food-fish (Fusan No. 4117). This is the original Stromateus argenteus of Euphrasen, 1788, the Stromateus aculeatus of Cuvier & Valenciennes, differing from the common Chinese species 28 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM (Stromateoides candidus) (found also rarely in Japan) by its large number of fin- rays. The Chinese species, abundant in Canton, is Stromateus argenteus of Bloch, 1794, which is the same as Stromateus candidus and Stromateus securifer of Cuvier & Valenciennes, and Stromateus punctatissimus of Schlegel. This species, distinguished by the falcate soft dorsal, with dorsal rays 41, and anal rays 39, should apparently stand as Stromateoides candidus. Stromateus nozawm Ishikawa from the Bay of Tokyo is like Stromateoides argenteus, but differs apparently in the very high dorsal and anal, the lobes when depressed reaching the caudal. The following is a description of Stromateoides argenteus (Euphrasen), taken from a specimen 185 mm. long, collected at Fusan, Korea: D. 46; A. 43; depth 1.45 in length; head 4.25; eye in head 4.5; snout 3.33. Mouth small, inferior, maxillary reaching to below front of pupil; dorsal beginning half-way between mouth and caudal peduncle; nape high; head sloping to the rounded, blunt snout; back sloping both ways from beginning of dorsal, the profile both anteri- orly and posteriorly being nearly straight, but the former more abruptly slop- ing; dorsal high in front, fourth ray one-third longer than head, sloping abruptly to the fourteenth or fifteenth ray, which is less than one-third the length of the longest ray; anal similar, but with the anterior lobe higher (almost twice head), inserted well behind the origin of the dorsal; pectoral one and one-half times the length of the head, rounded; caudal deeply forked; caudal peduncle short, equal to the length of the last anal rays. Color silvery below the lateral line, which runs high, following the outline of the back; upper parts above lateral line dusky, somewhat metallic; vertical fins margined with black. We know of no other differences between this species and Stromateoides candidus, except that the latter has the dorsal rays 41 and the anal 39. The two are doubtless "geminate" species, Stromateoides argenteus being from the north and Stromateoides candidus from the south. 107. Stromateoides echinogaster (Basilewsky) . (Plate V.) Chinnampo (No. 4572); Port Arthur (Abbott). This species is distinguished from Stromateoides argenteus by the inequality of the lobes of the caudal fin in the adult. In the young the upper lobe is nearly as long as the lower, but with increasing age the lower lobe is one- third to one-half longer than the other. The species is the geminate repre- sentative of Stromateoides cinereus Bloch, of India, differing chiefly in the increased number of fin-rays, being D. 44 to 46, A. 41 to 43 in Stromateoides JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 29 echinogaster; and D. 40, A. 38 in Stromateoides cinereus. The name echinogaster refers to the spinules in the oesophagus, common to all stromateoid fishes. Description taken from eight specimens, 4.5 to 5.5 inches in total length, collected at Chinnampo, Korea: D. 46; A. 43; depth 1.4; head 4.5; eye 3.33; snout 4; interorbital 2.4; pectoral 2.6 in body-length; depth of caudal peduncle 2.66 in head; longest dorsal ray 3.5 in body. Body rhombic, very deep and compressed, deepest under origin of dorsal; nape high; profile of head very steep; snout very blunt, rounded, projecting beyond mouth; eye rather large, median, above level of mouth; giU-openings lateral, vertical or shghtly inclined forward, 1.4 in head; nostrils large, posterior several times as large as anterior, both remote from eye, close together, near tip of snout; lateral line high, irregular in outline, roughly corresponding to dorsal outline. First ten dorsal spines modified into anvil-shaped scutes, which are raised above the surface and are sharp at both ends. These are covered with flesh in the adult examples, and are not counted in the number given above for the dorsal and anal rays; first to fourth rays graduated, fourth longest, longer than head; remaining rays growing rapidly shorter to about the fifteenth, which is less than one-third the length of highest, and is about equal to the following ones; anal similar to dorsal, but of fewer rays and scutes; pectoral elongate, slender, reaching half-way to caudal, extending to dorsal notch; caudal deeply notched, the lower lobe usually the longer. Color in spirits almost black above the lateral line, especially on top of caudal peduncle; below lateral line the sides become gradually lighter to about the median part, below which they are silvery, except in some specimens where the silver color is rubbed off; posterior part of opercle and margins of vertical fins black; pectoral pale or faint dusky. In most specimens the body and head are irregularly speckled with fine black points. A specimen from Port Arthur, noted by Jordan and Starks as Stromateoides cinereus, has D. 44; A. 42. One from Swatow has D. 44; A. 41. It is quite possible that the two forms cinereus and echinogaster, geminate species, the one northern, the other southern, may be found to intergrade. Family EQUULIDiE. 108. Leiognathus argenteus (Houttuyn). "Gira." Fusan {Equula nuchalis of Schlegel). (No. 4256a.) 30 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Family RACHYCENTRID^. 109. Rachycentron pondicerrianixm (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Sugizame." One large specimen seen in the museum at Fusan. It is not clear that this Asiatic species is distinct from Rachycentron canadum of the Atlantic. Family CHEILODIPTERIDiE. 110. Amia lineata (Schlegel). Market of Fusan. 111. Scombrops boops (Houttuyn). Tsushima (Jouy). Family PRIACANTHID^. 112. Priacanthus macracanthus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Fusan {Priacanthus benmebari of Schlegel) ("Korea" 4511). Family SERRANID^. 113. Lateolabrax japonicus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Suzuki." Fusan, abundant. ("Korea," Nos. 4479a, 4481a, 4552a-b, 4580.) The dark spots on the sides are more distinct than usual in Japanese specimens. The species described from Pechili and Naukin as Labrax lyiuy by Basilewsky, Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, p. 219, is not identifiable unless it be by the Chinese name. It is a fish of the type of Lateolabrax, or Epinephelus, "blackish in life, striped and banded with dusky after death. Caudal entire; dorsal notched: it lives in all the rivers." Perhaps it is based on Siniperca chuatsi. 114. Siniperca scherzeri Steindachner. (Plate VI, fig. 1.) This species is here described from two specimens respectively 160 and 90 mm. long, taken in the River Kan-ko near Fusan, Korea (No. 4174a). A larger specimen from Heijo has precisely the same color-markings (Suigen No. 4173). Head 2.6; depth 3.6; snout in head 3.5; eye 5.16; interorbital 6; depth caudal peduncle 3.6; maxillary 2.2. Dorsal XII, 13; anal III, 9; pores in lateral line about 100; series of scales along lateral line about 126, between lateral line and dorsal 23 to 25. Body long, slender, compressed, deepest under fourth dorsal spine; head depressed in front, the upper profile descending abruptly at nape, and thence gradually in a straight line to tip of long, pointed snout. Lower jaw strongly JORDAN AND MEIZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 31 projecting; outline of back arched, descending abruptly under last three rays of soft dorsal; caudal peduncle deeper than long, tapering very little; ventral outline almost straight from snout to anal. Spinous dorsal low, gently and evenly rounded from tip to tip; longest spine 3 in head; soft dorsal rounded, slightly higher than spinous dorsal, its base one-half that of the latter; caudal rounded; anal short, rounded, as high as soft dorsal; second spine longer and much stronger than longest dorsal spine; ventrals as long as pectorals, not nearly reaching vent; pectorals narrow. Maxillary reaching posterior margin of eye; preopercle with numerous small spines above, two larger ones at angle, and two on margin below; opercle with two broad, flat spines above; interorbital area slightly concave, smooth; body covered with very small ctenoid scales in uniform series; cheeks, opercles, and temporal region with small embedded scales; remainder of head naked; fins not scaled, except caudal base. Color in spirits light brown, sides below lateral line with large round or ovate dark spots, separated by narrow, light, undulating streaks, forming rings around the spots. Above the lateral line the spots are smaller and more separated. Indistinct dark blotches are evident on back below middle of spin- ous dorsal, and below front of soft dorsal, and on caudal peduncle below last dorsal ray. Head above dark, with small, round, black spots; cheeks and opercles and all fins, except pectorals, spotted like upper part of sides; throat and belly white; spinous dorsal margined with black. This species agrees fairly well with the description of Siniperca scherzeri Steindachner from the lower Yangtse River. It differs in the number of fin- rays (Dorsal XIII, 11 or 12 in Siniperca scherzeri), in the sharper and longer snout, and in the sharper coloration. It is probable that Steindachner's figure was taken from an older fish than the one here figured, but of the same species. 115. Siniperca chuatsi (Basilewsky) . {Perca chuatsi and Perca chuantsi Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinm Borealis, p. 218? Lahrax lyiuy Basilewsky, p. 219.) Keumsan, Southern Korea (Schmidt). Not seen by us. 116. Coreoperca herzi (Herzenstein) . iCoreoperca whiteheadi Boulenger.) Pung-tung (Herz) Not seen by us. 117. Stereolepis ischinagi (Hilgendorf). "Ishinagi." A large specimen in the museum at Fusan. 32 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Fig. 22. Stereolepis ischinagi (Hilgendorf). (After Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXVII, p. 436.) 118. Epinephelus tsirimenara (Temminck & Schlegel). "Tsirimenara." Seen in the Fusan museum. Fig. 23. Epinephelus tsirimenara (Temminck & Schlegel). (After Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXVII, p. 461.) 119. Epinephelus septemfasciatus (Thunberg). Fusan market. 120. Epinephelus awoara (Temminck & Schlegel). "Aoara." Fusan market. 121. Epinephelus ionthas sp. nov. (Plate VI, fig. 2.) Type No. 4559, 14 inches, Fusan, Korea. D. XI, 17; A. Ill, 8; head 2.33; depth 2.87; eye 5.75; maxillary 2.75; JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 33 interorbital 6; scales about 15, 95. Dorsal outline more convex than ventral; body deep, greatest depth through axil of pectoral; profile of head arched above, rather high at nape, nearly straight from tip of snout to nape; lower jaw strongly projecting, entering dorsal profile; back high under spinous and most of soft dorsal, descending rather abruptly to deep, short, caudal peduncle, which is two-thirds as long as deep; caudal rounded; both dorsals high, with a shallow notch between; first four dorsal spines graduated, fourth highest, equal to longest soft ray, which is 2.75 in head; origin of dorsal above margin of pre- opercle; origin of ventrals well behind axil of pectoral; pectoral rounded, broad, reaching tips of ventrals, but not nearly to vent; mouth large, slightly oblique; maxillary reaching well behind eye; teeth on sides of lower jaw in two rows; body and head, except mandibles and maxillaries scaled; scales on anterior part of head, and ventral part of head and body very small; dorsal and anal un- sealed. Color in spirits light; sides thickly covered with round dark spots (orange- red in life), about one-fourth the diameter of eye, separated by narrow light interspaces; spots becoming more or less confluent and indistinct on middle and lower part of sides; head lighter, the spots more scattered; cheeks dark with round light spots; mandibles and maxillaries uniformly light in color; below the sixth and seventh dorsal spines is an indistinct dark blotch, followed under the last four spines by one which is larger and more conspicuous. No spots below soft dorsal; spinous dorsal light with a narrow dark margin; soft dorsal spotted like body; caudal dusky, black-edged; anal with black margin and a black bar one-third from base; ventrals tipped with black; pectorals pale. Described from the type, which is fourteen inches in total length, and was taken at Fusan, Korea. It is No. 4559 in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum, Numerous other specimens were seen in the market. The species is allied to Epinephelus akaara, but is distinguished by the color and the deeper body. Family H^MULID^. 122. Pomadasis hasta (Bloch). Fusan (Jouy). 123. Hapalogenys nigripinnis (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan ("Korea" 4502a). 124. Hapalogenys mucronatus (Eydoux & Souleyet). Chinnampo (No. 4113a), Fusan. ("Korea" 4507a-b, 4522a-e.) CaUed 34 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM "Banzaidai," apparently a vernacular name. It was transferred by Schlegel to Banjos banjos, to which it may possibly properly belong. 125. Plectorhynchus cinctus (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan ("Korea" 4537a-b). Family SPARID^. 126. Pagrosomus major Temminck & Schlegel. "Madai," "Tai," "Akadai." Pagrus arthurius Jordan and Starks. Port Arthur (Abbott); Fusan, Chemulpo ("Korea" 4540a-i). Fig. 24. Pagrosomus major Temminck & Schlegel. (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 518.) Abundant; one of the most important Japanese food-fishes; equally abun- dant in Korea. The specimen from Port Arthur, named Pagrus arthurius, is an ordinary "red tai," with the third dorsal spine injured. 127. Evynnis cardinalis (Lacepede). "Kodai." Fusan (Jouy). 128. Talus tumifrons (Temminck & Schlegel). Abundant in Tsushima Straits, in deep water. 129. Sparus macrocephalus (Basilewsky) . "Kurodai." {Chrysophrys swinhonis Gtinther.) Fusan, common ("Korea" 4496a). This species has watery flesh, very much inferior to that of the red tai, or "akadai" {Pagrosomus major). It is evident that this is the species poorly figured and poorly described by Basi- JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 35 lewsky as Pagrus macrocephalus. This name must replace that of Sparus swinhonis, adopted from Giinther, by Jordan and Thompson. In the numbering Fig. 25. Taius tmnifrons (Temminck & ScUegel). (After Jordan & Thompson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XLI, p. 572.) of his plates, Basilewsky has transposed this species and his Scicena tenlo (= Scicena albiflora). I Fig. 26. Sparus macrocephalus (Basilewsky). (After Jordan & Thompson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XLI, p. 5S7.) Family SCI^NIDtE. 130. Scisena japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). (Plate VII, fig. 1.) "Nibe." ? Scicena niiiuy Basilewsky, Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, p. 22, Pechili. Chinnampo (No. 4356a and 4368a), Fusan ("Korea" 4493a-d, 4581); a 36 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM common food-fish, but not highly vahied, being reputed to be rather coarse. It reaches a length of about four feet. The species has not been recorded since the time of Temminck and Schlegel, who knew it only from a drawing by Biirger, a drawing perfectly recognizable. The existence of the species has been questioned by Steindachner, and by Jordan and Thompson. The following are the field notes of Dr. Jordan (Seoul Market). Dark dusty gray in life. Dorsal and caudal black; a faint, dark, axillary blotch. Preopercle with long, slender, flexible points. Body slender; caudal rhombic; scales loose. Outer teeth in both jaws equally enlarged; head pointed; jaws subequal; maxillary 2.66 in head. Pectoral long, 2 in head; anal spines very small. Gill-rakers 10 + 12, including rudiments; all of them short and thick; dorsal scaleless. Dorsal X, I, 29; anal II, 7; scales 75. All the dorsal spines low, the third highest. 131. Scisena albiflora (Richardson). "Akaguchi," "Kuchi." Sciwna tenlo Basilewsky, Ichthyographia ChincE Borealis, p. 220. Gulf of Pechili. Port Arthur (Abbott); Fusan, Chinnampo (No. 4357a, 4372a) ("Korea" 4519a). Fig. 27. Scimna albiflora (Richardson). (After Jordan and Thompson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIX, p. 250.) Next to the red tai {Pagrosomus major) this is the commonest fish at Fusan, being salted in great numbers. In life it is lustrous brassy, or coppery in color, hence called "akaguchi" or red croaker. It is fairly well figured and very poorly described by Basilewsky as Scicena tenlo. The slight differences separating the Japanese species Scicena niitsukurii from this species seem to hold in our specimens. JORDAN AND METZ : FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 37 132. Sciaena schlegeli Bleeker. "Kuchi." Chinnampo (No. 4259a), Fusan market. This may be the Scicena chanchua or yellow fish ("piscis flavus pictus") of Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, p. 221. The description is however very inadequate, and might refer to Scicena manchurica. 133. Sciaena iharae sp. nov. (Plate VII, fig. 2.) "Guchi." Type No. 4371, 300 mm. Fusan, Korea. Head 3; depth 3.25; eye 6 in head; 1.66 in snout; interorbital 3.5 in head; maxillary 2.33. Dorsal X, 29; anal II, 7; scales 8, 50, 12 or 13 (above ventrals); gill-rakers 7 + 9, comparatively short and stout; longest one .4 diameter of eye. Body compressed, its width 2 in depth, elongate, deepest through base of pectorals; lower outline only slightly curved; head rather long; snout not abruptly blunted, its outline continuing to the even curve of profile of head above; lower jaw included; maxillary reaching posterior fourth of eye; teeth in two rows, the outer conical, sharp, and slender, the inner minute; angular bone of lower jaw notched posteriorly and projecting mesially, on this projection a slender, deciduous spine, which is hinged below and depressible into a groove at base; preopercle unarmed, its margin finely notched; opercle with two, flat, flexible points. Scales large, ctenoid, firm, covering body and head, except lips; no scales on vertical fins, but soft dorsal and anal sheathed with a row at base. Pectorals long, narrow, pointed, 1.4 in head; ventrals inserted below axil of pectoral, reaching about two-thirds distance to vent; spinous dorsal rather short and high, its base 1.8 in soft dorsal; fourth spine 2.75 in head; soft dorsal uniform, about .8 height of first dorsal; caudal rounded; anal short, rounded, higher than spinous dorsal. Color silvery below, brownish above; dorsal edged with dusky; a con- spicuous black blotch on opercle; centers of scales dark, forming indistinct longitudinal bands, irregularly broken above and below. Described from the type 300 mm. long, collected by Dr. Jordan at Fusan, Korea (No. 4371a). It is named for Mr. B. Ihara, the Commissioner of Fisheries in Chosen. This species resembles Scicena schlegeli (Bleeker), but has firmer fiesh, with non-deciduous scales, has a longer, less blunt snout, a much smaller eye, (6 in head instead of 4), and has 29 instead of 25 to 27 rays in the soft dorsal. Basilewsky 's Scimna arcuata, Ichthijographki China; Borealis, p. 221, salted for the market of Peking and sent up from southern China, is some species of this type. It cannot be Sciwna iharce, as it is said to have 11 or 12 dorsal spines. 38 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM In the paper on the Scisenidse of Japan, by Jordan and Thompson, the name Scicena argentaia is accepted from Houttuyn for the species called Scicena bleekeri by Steindachner. On fuller comparison we are obliged to reject Houttuj^n's trivial description as inadequate and unidentifiable. The Japanese species from Tokyo, in question, however, cannot be Scicena bleekeri, which is an Indian species. It must apparently receive the substitute name, suggested by Dr. Doderlein, of Scicena yeddoensis. 134. Sciaena manchurica Jordan & Thompson. Port Arthur (Abbott). Fig. 28. Scicena manchurica Jordan & Thompson. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIX, p. 256.) 135. Laramichthys rathbunae Jordan & Starks. Chinnampo (No. 4141a); Fusan (Jouy). Fig. 29. Laramichthys rathbunce Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 204.) This si^ecimen from Chinnampo, in much better condition than the original type, agrees with it in all essential respects. 136. Collichthys lucidus (Richardson). (? Scicena meygun Basilewsky, Ichthyograi)hia Chinee Borealis, p. 222; Southern Sea of China.) JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 39 Scicena meygun Basilewsky, said to be brought to Peking, salted, from the sea to the south, is certainly a species of Collichthys, but no specific characters are given. The dorsal rays in C. lucidus are 33. Korea (Bernadou). 137. Collichthys fragilis Jordan & Scale. Fig. 30. Collichthys frayilis Jordan & Seale. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIX, p. 523.) Port Arthur (Abbott); Fusan market. Locally very abundant. Dorsal rays 27. 138. Collichthys niveatus Jordan & Starks. Chinnampo (No. 4577); Port Arthur (Abbott). Dorsal rays 24. Fig. 31. Collichthys niveatus Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 519.) Family MULLIDiE. 139. Upeneoides bensasi (Temminck & Schlegel). "Himeji." Jinsen (No. 4320a-b). 40 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Fig. 32. Upeneoides bensasi (Temminck & Schlegel). (After Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 98.) Family POLYNEMID^. 140. Polydactylus agonasi Jordan & McGregor. Seen in Fusan museum. Fig. 33. Polydactylus agonasi Jordan & McGregor. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXX, p. 815.) 141. Polydactylus prionostomus (Basilewsky) . Osteoglossum prionostoma Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, p. 211; Gulf of Pechili. This species is not known to us. It is evidently a species of Polydactylus, but it is described as having six free pectoral filaments (" pectoralium priores radii sex longi"). The only species of Polydactylus yet known from these waters is Polydactylus agonasi with five free filaments. The fins in Polydactylus prionostomus are said to be pale. In the Chinese species with six filaments, P. xanthonemus and P. sectarius, the pectorals are black. Family OPLEGNATHID^. 142. Oplegnathus fasciatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan ("Korea" 4504a). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 41 Family CIRRHITIDiE. 143. Goniistius zonatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Fusan ("Korea" 4483a). Fig. 34. Goniistius zonatus (Cuv. & Val.). (After Jordan & Herre, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIII, p. 164.) Family SILLAGINID^. 144. Sillago sihama Forskal. "Kisu." Chinnampo, Fusan (No. 4163a, 4321a); common. Specimens of this species show great variation in the depth of the body, attenuation of the head and snout, and height of the spinous dorsal. All seem to belong to one species, however, and to be identical with others from Japan, Swatow, Hong Kong, Formosa, and the Philippines. Family PTEROPSARID^. 145. Neopercis sexfasciata (Temminck & Schlegel). "Toragisu." Fusan ("Korea" 4525a-b). 146. Neopercis snyderi Jordan & Starks. Korea (Jouy). Fig. 35. Neopercis snyderi Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 211.) 42 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Family URANOSCOPID^. 147. Uranoscopus japonicus Houttuyn. Fusan ("Korea" 4551a-b). Family ANABANTID^. 148. Polyacanthus opercularis (Linnseus). (Korean name "Pottrupungo.") Suigen (No. 4122a-i); Fusan (Jouy). 149. Macropodus viridi-auratus Lacepede. Seoul (8t eindachner) . Family OPHICEPHALIDiE. 150. Ophicephalus argus Cantor. "Eso." (No. 4523a.) Very abundant in the Han River at Seoul, and daily brought alive into the markets. The species was described by Cantor from Chusan Island off Shanghai. Ophicephalus pekinensis Basilewsky is apparently the same. Family EMBIOTOCIDiE. 151. Ditrema temmincki Bleeker. Fusan, common. Fig. 36. Ditrema temmincki Bleeker. (After Jordan & Sindo, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 358.) 152. Neoditrema ransonneti (Stcindachner). Tsushima (Jouy). 153. Chromis notatus Temminck & Schlegel. Tsushima (Jouy). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 43 Fig. 37. Neoditrema ransonneli (Steindachner). (After Jordan & Sindo, Pioc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 356.) Family LABRID^. 154. Semicossyphus reticulatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Fusan, specimens large and small (No. 5413a-b). Fig. 38. Semicossyphus reticulatus Cuv. «& Val. (After Jordan & Snyder, Froc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 622.) 155. Pseudolabrus japonicus (Houttuyn). Fusan, common; Tsushima (Jouy) ("Korea" 5447a). 156. Halichceres bleekeri Steindachner & Doderlein. "Aobera." Fusan (No. 4312). 157. Halichceres poecilopterus (Temminck & Schlegel). "Akabera." Three males and one female; the former corresponding to the "pyrrko- grainnms" of Temminck and Schlegel. Such large sexual difference as occurs in this species is rare among the Labridce. Fusan (No. 4542a). 44 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Family ZEID^. 158. Zeus japonica Temminck & Schlegel. "Matodai." Fusan, Straits of Tsushima ("Korea" 4482a). Family TEUTHID^. 159. Teuthis fuscescens (Houttuyn). "Aigo." Fusan (No. 4204a-j). Under the present rules of the International Congress of Zoologists, Teuthis Linnaeus should apparently replace Siganus Forskal. The genus Teuthis of Linnaeus included a species of Hepatus {hepatus Linnaeus) (Acanthurus Forskal) and one Siganus (javus). It was first restricted to Teuthis javus Linnaeus and its allies by Cuvier in 1817, an arrangement followed by Cuvier and Valen- ciennes, Cantor, and Gtinther. This adjustment must apparently stand, although the original Teuthis of Linnaeus (1866) has the same content as the earlier Hepatus of Gronow (1765). Family MONACANTHID^. 160. Stephanolepis japonicus (Tylesius). Fusan (Jouy). Fig. 39. Stephanolepis japonicus (Tylesius). (After Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 266.) 161. Stephanolepis cirrhifer (Temminck & Schlegel). "Kawahagi." Fusan, common (No. 4508a-b). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 45 162. Pseudomonacanthus unicornu (Basilewsky). "Unadzura-hayi," "Mahagi." Balistes unicornu Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, 1855, p. 263; Shan Dun province. Monacanthus modestus Giinther, Annals & Magazine Nat. Hist., 1877, p. 446. Fig. 40. Pseudomonacanthus unicornu (Basilewsky). (After Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 269.) Fusan; a common market-fish ("Korea" 4486a-c). There seems no doubt that Basilewsky's description belongs to this par- ticular species, although it contains very little which is not of general appli- cation to these fishes. This species is common in the waters of western Korea, and in its measurements it agrees with B. unicornu. 163. Alutera monoceros (Osbeck). Fusan ("Korea" 4469a). Family TETRAODONTID^. 164. Spheroides rubripes (Temminck & Schlegel). "Torafugu." Chinnampo (No. 4374a), Fusan, common ("Korea" 4535a-c). A large specimen has the prickles on back and belly obsolete. 165. Spheroides xanthopterus Temminck & Schlegel. Chinnampo (No. 4377a) ; back unspotted. 166. Spheroides pardalis (Temminck & Schlegel). "Fugu." Heijo, Fusan, Chinnampo (No. 4370a); abundant. (Suigen, No. 4576a-b "Korea" 4512a-f.) 46 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 167. Spheroides borealis Jordan & Snyder. Chinnampo (No. 4261a). Fig. 41. Spheroides borealis Jordan & Snyder. (Proc. U. fcj. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 245.) 168. Spheroides vermicularis (Temminck & Schlegel). Chinnampo (No. 4111a). 169. Spheroides basilewskianus (Basilewsky) . (Plate VIII, fig. 1.) Tetraodon basilewskianus Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinee Borealis, p. 262; Sea off Peking. Chinnampo (No. 4573). A large specimen agrees with the scanty account of Tetraodon basilewskianus and differs from the closely related Japanese species Spheroides alboplumbeus in the total absence of white spots. It may be provisionally accepted as a valid species. The following description is from two examples 10 inches long, taken at Chinnampo, Ivorea: D. 13; A. 13; head 3; depth 3; eye 8; snout 2.4; interorbital 2; least depth of caudal peduncle 3.2 in head; width of body 3.33 in length. Back and belly with small, stout prickles; caudal truncate; no lateral body fold; body rather stout, elongate, greatest depth through gill-opening; ventral outline very convex, dorsal less so; head broad; snout blunt; interorbital area slightly convex, broad; caudal peduncle depressed, tapering, semi-conical; nostrils papilliform, elevated, as near tip of snout as eye; eye small, elevated, entirely above level of pectoral base; gill-openings vertical, equal to pectoral base, inner flap evident; mouth terminal, broad, teeth large, cutting edges concave; anterior portion of teeth slightly produced, bluntly pointed. Dorsal high, fifth ray longest, 1.5 in head; posterior rays gradually short- ened to near last, then abruptly shortened; distance from insertion of dorsal to tip of snout two and one-half times that from base of caudal, the latter equal- JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 47 ling distance from posterior edge of mouth to gill-opening; anal opposite and similar to dorsal; pectoral broad, short, almost truncate; upper rays shghtly longer, equal to snout in length. Color in spirits uniform dusky ashen above upper level of gill-opening, darker on back; an ocellated spot considerably larger than eye near tip of pectoral; area at base of dorsal dark, but without distinct spot; under parts white. Dorsal, anal, and caudal tipped with blackish; pectorals dusky brown; sides and back without any indication of stripes or spots, except the pectoral spots. This species resembles Spheroides alboplumbeus of Japan and Southern China, but differs in size of eye, interorbital width, etc., and also in color, S. alboplumbeus being covered above with conspicuous white spots. Family TRICHODONTID^. 170. Arctoscopus japonicus Steindachner. Chinnami^o (No. 4109a-c). Several fine specimens were obtained agreeing perfectly with Steindachner's original description and figure. The figure published by Jordan and Evermann (Fishes of North and Middle America) from deep water off Iturup Island represents a deeper fish, perhaps specifically distinct. Family HEXAGRAMMID^. 171. Pleurogrammus azonus sp. nov. (Plate VIII, fig. 2.) Type No. 4558, 14 inches, Chinnampo. D. XXI, 29; A. 27; scales 20, 180; pores 163; depth 4.5; head 3.6; eye 5.66; maxillary 2.87; snout 3; interorbital 3.33; depth of caudal peduncle 5 in head; body long, rather slender, greatest depth through base of ventrals; dorsal and ventral outlines similar; head rather stout; nape not high; dorsal profile evenly curved; snout blunt; lower jaw included; maxillary reaching to below anterior margin of eye; interorbital area convex; eye moderate, high, but not entering dorsal profile. Dorsal inserted above posterior margin of preopercle, continuous and almost uniform in height throughout; sixth spine 2.6 in head; anal similar to soft dorsal; pectorals large, rounded; fifth to eighth rays longest; ventrals inserted below sixth dorsal spine, reaching not quite to tips of pectorals, slightly over half the distance to anal; caudal large, emarginate, its basal portion trenchant above and below; caudal peduncle stout, almost as broad as deep; gill-rakers 5 + 14, wide apart; mouth rather large, oblique; no teeth on vomer 48 MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM or palatines; teeth in jaws in bands, outer row enlarged, canine-like, inner rows becoming obsolete on sides; gill-membranes united, free from the isthmus, the opening extending forward slightly below; body, cheeks and upper parts of head with small ctenoid scales, not extending on vertical fins. First lateral line separated from dorsal by four rows of scales (five anteri- orly), each approaching its fellow in front of dorsal and behind dorsal, but in neither case uniting with it. The origin is on top of the head slightly behind eye, the apex is on base of caudal peduncle. Second lateral line runs parallel to first for length of dorsal, then descends abruptly to middle of caudal peduncle and thence in a straight line to base of caudal. Third lateral line extends from a point on a level with the sixteenth pectoral ray and above the middle of the vcntrals, to above the last anal ray. Fourth lateral line runs from isthmus along edge of ventrals, to above first anal ray. Fifth extends along base of anal, uniting with its fellow between tips of inner ventral rays, running thence to isthmus. In addition to these there is a short line lying just above the fourth and reaching from above middle of ventrals to opposite vent. On one side of our specimen this unites for a short distance with the fourth, on the other it is free. The first and second lines are separated by fifteen scales anteriorly; the third and fifth by ten scales opposite insertion of anal. Fig. 42. Hexagranimus aburaco Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 1008.) Color dusky above, lighter below; fins all dusky; dorsal with black cloud- ings; caudal lobes black-tipped; no trace of the black cross-bands characteristic of P. monopterygius. Described from the type which is fourteen inches in total length, taken at Chinnampo, Korea. It is No. 4558 in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum. This species differs from Pleurogrammus monopterygius in the slenderer body, JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 49 larger number of fin-rays, larger scales, the different lateral lines, and the absence of dark cross-bars on the body. 172. Agrammus agrammus (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan (No. 4487a). 173. Hexagrammus otakii Jordan & Snyder. "Aburame." Chinnampo (No. 4365a), and Fusan, common ("Korea" 4489a). 174. Hexagrammus aburaco Jordan & Starks. "Ainame." Fusan (No. 4500a). One specimen of this rare form. It may possibly be a variant of Hexagranimos otakii, rather than a distinct species. Family SCORP^NID^. 175. Sebastodes schlegeli Hilgendorf. Chinnampo (No. 4162a; No. 4381a), Fusan; Gensan (Schmidt); Tsushima (Jouy) ("Korea" 4531a). This species is everywhere common in Northern Japan and Korea. The early name, Sparus fuscescens of Houttuyn, adopted by Jordan and Starks, is, as we believe, not identifiable. We therefore take a later name, schlegeli, apparently not open to doubt. Fig. 43. Sebastodes guntheri Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 102.) 176. Sebastodes gUntheri Jordan & Starks. Chinnampo (No. 4106a). 177. Sebastodes ijimae sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 1.) Type No. 4172, 160 mm. long. Fusan. 50 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Head 2.5; depth 2.73; eye 4 in head; interorbital 5; snout 4.25; maxillary 2; width of maxillary in eye 1.4; depth of caudal peduncle in head 3.16. D. XIII, 13; A. Ill, 5; pores in lateral line 33; series of scales along lateral line about 62. Body rather short, high, and compressed; greatest depth through base of pectoral; back sloping gently behind and rather abruptly in front of this; profile almost straight from nape to snout; head nearly as deep as long; maxillary reaching well behind eye, posteriorly quite broad; suborbital narrow,, less than half as broad as maxillary, bearing two blunt processes anteriorly; preopercle with five short processes, the lowest small; upper angle of opercle with two sharp processes; lower margin with two smaller ones opposite middle of pre- opercular spine; humeral spine present, short, flat, sharp; occiput and inter- orbital scaly, almost flat, the armature moderate; preorbital and postorbital spines form a continuous ridge above eye; parietal and tympanic spines small, not elevated; nasal spines prominent. Spinous dorsal moderately high, rounded; fourth and fifth spines longest, 1.8 in head; notch between dorsals obtuse, the membrane of first dorsal con- fluent with that of second for one-third its height; soft dorsal truncate, as high as third spine of first dorsal; last three, rays only are graduated; caudal bluntly rounded; anal short, high, truncate, its rays as long as fourth dorsal spine; second spine equal to third in length, and much stouter; ventrals inserted be- hind pectoral base, tips almost reaching anal; pectoral broad, rounded, its lower rays thickened. Body and head, except snout, preorbital and jaws, covered with strongly ctenoid scales, those of occiput, interorbital and temporal regions abruptly smaller; soft fins scaled at base with minute, numerous scales; peritoneum white; gill-rakers 7 -\- 18, rather slender, compressed, longest about .4 diameter of eye. Color dusky, lighter below; fins all dark, tipped with black, except the lower half of pectoral which has a broad, white margin; snout and top of head almost black. Described from the type, 160 mm. long, taken at Fusan, Korea, by Dr. Jordan (No. 4172a). This species is near Sebastodes schlegeli (Hilgendorf) (Plate X, fig. 1), but is readily distinguished from this by the small number of pores (33 instead of 46) in the lateral line, and by other less conspicuous characters. It is named for Professor Isao Ijima, of the Imperial University of Tokyo, to whom we are indebted for many favors. JORDAN AND METZ : FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 178. Sebastodes inermis (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Mebaru." Fusan (No. 4530a-d). 179. Sebastodes taczanowskii Steindachner. Gensan (Schmidt). 180. Sebastodes trivitattus Hilgendorf. Chinnampo (No. 4363a), Chemulpo. 51 Fig. 44. Sebastodes triviUatus Hilgeudorf. (After Jordau & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 115.) 181. Sebastichthys elegans (Steindachner & Doderlein). Fusan (No. 4546a), common: common also across the channel at Shi- monoseki. --■'^■S^StS: Fig. 45. Sebastichthys elegans (Steindachner). (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U*. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 119.) 182. Sebastichthys vulpes (Steindachner & Doderlein). Fusan (No. 4538a). 52 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 183. Sebastichthys mitsukurii (Cramer). Fusan (No. 4499a). 184. Sebastichthys pachycephalus (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan (No. 4516a). 185. Sebastiscus marmoratus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Fusan, common (No. 4554a-c); Tsushima (Jouy). 186. Inimicus japonicus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). "Kasago." Fusan, common (No. 4509a-c). 187. Paracentropogon rubripinnis (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan (Jouy). Family COTTID.E. 188. Cottus pcecilopus Heckel. Pung-tung (Herz). 189. Trachydennus fasciatus Heckel. Trachyderymis ansatus (Richardson). Chemulpo (Jouy). Fig. 46. Trachydermus fasciatus Heckel. (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 263.) We think that the name fasciatus should be adopted for this species, as it is quite unlikely that Heckel's type really came from the Philippines. It lives in torrential waters in Korea and Southern Japan, and is recorded from China. 190. Gymnocanthus intermedius (Temminck & Schlegel). Fusan. One specimen. JORDAN AND METZ : FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 53 This specimen deviates from the usual form of this species. The eye is 4.5 instead of 3.5 in head; the armature of the preopercle is poorly developed, the antler-like process having only two horns and not reaching the edge of the pre- opercle. 191. Furcina ishikawae Jordan & Starks. Fusan (Jouy). Fig. 47. Furcina ishikawce Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 304.) 192. Bero elegans (Steindachner). Chemulpo. Fig. 48. Bero elegans (Steindachner). (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, p. 318.) 193. Pseudoblennius percoides (Richardson). Fusan (No. 4550a-b); Tsushima (Jouy). 194. Pseudoblennius marmoratus Steindachner. Tsushima (Jouy). 54 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 195. Hemitripterus villosus (Pallas). Chinnampo (No. 4375a) ; two fine large specimens. Family AGONID.E. 196. Tilesina gibbosa Schmidt. Broughton Bay, Korea (Schmidt). 197. Podothecus gilberti Collett. Cape Pestschnizoff, Korea (Schmidt). 198. Podothecus thompsoni Jordan & Gilbert. Cape Pestschnizoff, Korea. 199. Anoplagonus inermis (Giinther). Cape Pestschnizoff. Family PLATYCEPHALID^. 200. Platycephalus indicus (Gmelin). "Kochi." Chinnampo (No. 4382a), Fusan, common ("Korea" 4545a). 201. Thysanophrys crocodilus (Tilesius). Fusan (No. 4521a). ^ Fig. 49. Thysanophrys crocodilus (Tilesius). (After Jordan & Richardson, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIII, p. 639.) Family BEMBRID^. 202. Parabembras curtus (Tcmminck & Schlcgel). Fusan (No. 4548a). Family CYCLOGASTERID^. 203. Cyclogaster tanakae Gilbert & Burke. Fusan. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 55 Family TRIGLID^. 204. Cheilidonichthys kumu (Lesson & Garnot). "Hobo." Fusan, common (No. 4532a). 205. Lepidotrigla guntheri Hilgendorf. Fusan (Jouy). ' 206. Lepidotrigla microptera (Giinther). Port Arthur (Abbott). The Japanese form {Lepidotrigla strauchii Steindachner) is apparently different from this Chinese species. Family GOBIIDiE. 207. Periophthalmus cantonensis (Osbeck). Fusan, on the mud flats (No. 4245a). 208. Apocryptes chinensis Osbeck. Korea (Jouy). This genus, usually called Boleophthalmus, is based on the original type of the genus Apocryptes of Osbeck. The name was diverted to a genus of another group by Cuvier. 209. Odontobutis obscurus (Temminck & Schlegel). (Korean name "Kuguri.") Suigen. 210. Ctenogobius bernadoui (Jordan & Starks). Korea (Jouy). Fig. 50. Ctenogobius bernadoui (Jordan & Starks). (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVTII, p. 207.) 211. Ctenogobius similis Gill. (Plate X, fig. 3.) Tsushima (Jouy). 212. Ctenogobius hadropterus (Jordan & Snyder). (Korean "Sangukuguki.") Suigen; numerous small specimens which seem to be identical with this Japanese species (No. 4116a-d). 56 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 213. Aboma tsushimae Jordan & Fowler. Tsushima (JoujO- Fig. 51. Aboma tsushimw Jordan & Fowler. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 575.) 214. Chaenogobius macrognathus (Bleeker). Gensan (Jouy). Fig. 52. Chwnogobius macrognathus (Bleeker). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 77.) 215. Chloea sarchynnis Jordan & Snyder. Gensan (Jouy). Fig. 53. Chloea sarchynnis Jordan & Snyder. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 83.) 216. Pterogobius elapoides (Giinther). Korea (Jouy). Pterogobius daimio Jordan & Snyder seems to be the southern representative of this handsome species. JORDAN AND METZ : FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 57 Fig. 54. Plerogobius elapoides (Gunther). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 92.) 217. Chasmichthys gulosus (Sauvage). (Plate X, fig. 2). Chasmias tnisakius Jordan & Snyder. Fusan; Gensan (Jouy). 218. Chasmichthys dolichognathus (Hilgendorf ) . Korea (Jouy). Fig. 55. Chasmichthys dolichognathus (Hilgendorf). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 85.) 219. Acanthogobius flavimanus (Temminck & Schlegel). "Haze." Fusan (No. 4534a-e); excessively abundant; Tsushima (Jouy). 220. Acanthogobius hasta (Temminck & Schlegel). Chemulpo (Jouy). 221. Acanthogobius stigmathonus (Richardson). Fusan (Jouy). 222. Chaeturichthys stigmatius (Richardson). Tsushima (Jouy). 223. Tridentiger obscurus (Temminck & Schlegel). Gensan; Chemulpo (Jouy). 58 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 224. Tridentiger bifasciatus Steindachner. Gensan; Fusan (JoujO- Fio. 56. Tridentiger bifasciatus Steindachner. (After Jordan & Suydcr, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. lis.) 225. Ranulina fimbriidens Jordan & Starks. Port Arthur (Abbott). Fig. 57. Ranulina fimbriidens Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 523.) 226. Taenioides abbotti Jordan & Starks. Port Arthur (Abbott). —'^^^m Fig. 58. Twnioides abbotti Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 524.) Family CALLIONYMID^. 227. Callionymus valenciennesi (Temminck & Schlcgel). Market of Fusan. JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 59 .*i>W^ V^ Fig. 59. Callionymus valenciennesi Schlegel. (After Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 951.) Family PLEURONECTID^. 228. Paralichthys coreanicus Schmidt. "Hirame." Fusan (No. 4480a), Port Arthur, Gensan (Schmidt). 229. Paralichthys percocephalus (Basilewsky). Off Peking. This seems to be the same as Paralichthys swinhonis Glinther, from Chifu. We have not seen it. 230. Verasper variegatus (Temminck & Schlegel). "Hoshikarei." Fusan (No. 4533a-d), Port Arthur. 231. Verasper moseri Jordan & Gilbert. Chinnampo (No. 4229a). ^ ., .\\ ^:|^^. », / I „„j^3-^»»^ %: %i //- ' ^ ' Ifui' ^ Fig. 60. Yerasver moseri Jordan & Gilbert. (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 186.) 60 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM This specimen has the rather high arch of the lateral Hne of Verasper moseri, but the large spots on dorsal and anal approach Verasper variegatus. It may be that the two intergrade, Verasper moseri being the northern form. 232. Protopsetta herzensteini (Schmidt). Port Arthur (Abbott). 233. Platichthys stellatus (Pallas). Gensan (Jouy). Fig. 61. Platichthys stellatus (Pallas). (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 219.) 234. Kareius bicoloratus (Basilewsky). {Pleuronedes scutifer Steindachner.) Gensan (Jouy) ; Gulf of Pechili (Basilewsky) ; Port Arthur. 235. Pleuronichthys cornutus Temminck & Schlegel. "Meitakarei." Fusan (No. 4506a-b). 236. Liopsetta obscura (Herzenstein). Chemulpo (Schmidt); Gensan. 237. Lepidopsetta bilineata (Ayres). Gensan. 238. Limanda yokahamee Giinther. Fusan, Port Arthur ("Korea" 4517a). Family SOLEID^. 239. Zebrias fasciatus (Basilewsky). (Plate IX, fig. 2.) Solea fasdata Basilewsky, I chthy agraphia Chinoi Borealis, p. 261. Shan- Dun. Fusan (Basilewsky). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 61 ■••nm>n>'" Fig. 62. Lepidopselta bilineata (Ayres). (After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 202.) The following description is from two specimens (No. 4514), the larger 29 cm. in length, taken by Dr. Jordan in the market at Fusan, where the species is common: Eyes and color on the right side; D. 83; A. 74; caudal 16; scales from above gill-opening to base of caudal 118, above lateral line 35, below 42, series across head between upper edge of gill-opening and upper eye 28, between gill- opening and lower eye 24. Body long, ovate-lanceolate; seventeen dark cross bars on eyed side behind head, all but the first arranged in pairs; head with six cross bands, also in pairs; eye small, 6-7 in head, nearly twice interorbital space. Measurements in hundredths of total length: Head 15; depth 39; snout 4; lower eye to gill opening 9.7. Mouth small, cleft to anterior third of lower eye, which is almost in contact with it; upper eye sHghtly in advance of lower; no rostral hook; scales all roughly ctenoid, those of anterior part of blind side provided with fleshy flaps, or papillse; fins scaled nearly to tips. Ground-color pale, broken on eyed side with dark cross-bands as mentioned above; dorsal and anal with continuations of markings of body on eyed side, margined with black. The cross-bands of this species are typically arranged in pairs, of which there are 12 between snout and caudal. Some of them, however, may be so joined as to make a pair look like a single band, especially near the pectoral fin. The larger number of fin-rays and scales distinguish this species from any other of the genus. In appearance it is not distinguishable from Zebrias zebrinus of Southern Japan and China. The two are clearly "geminate species," the northern form being Zebrias fasciatus, with an increased number of fin-rays. 62 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 240. Areliscus hoUandi sp. nov. (Plate IX, fig. 3.) "Ushinoshita." Type No. 4369, 365 mm. Fusan, Korea. Eyes and color on left side; three lateral lines on the eyed side, one on the blind; no fringe on Hps; gill-rakers obsolete; D. 128; A. 100; caudal 8 to 10; scales in lateral line from above gill-opening to base of caudal 112; scales above middle of upper lateral line 7; between upper and median lines 18-19, between median and lower 19-20, below lower line 7-8; series between lower eye and gill-opening 21-22. Body very long, slender, lanceolate; mouth small; no rostral hook (in our specimen); maxillary extending beyond lower eye; villiform teeth on blind side of jaws; eye small, 12 in head, equal to interorbital space; nostrils two, one between eyes, the other near mouth before lower eye; scales of both sides strongly ctenoid, except on the upper part of head on blind side, where they are embedded; fins not scaled. Measurements in hundredths of body length: Head 18; depth 26; snout from upper eye 6.5; lower eye to gill-opening 10. Color white on blind side, dull olive-brown on eyed side; no markings; fins similar to body color; posteriorly dark on eyed side. Described from the type 365 mm. long, taken at Fusan, Korea, by Dr. Jordan. It is named for Dr. William J. Holland. It is No. 4369a in the Catalog of the Carnegie Museum. The accompanying figure is not absolutely accurate in respect to dorsal and anal fin-rays, which are correctly counted above. 241. Areliscus abbreviatus (Gray). "Shitabarame." Description of a specimen 360 mm. long from Fusan, Korea. (No. 4358a.) Color on left side; D. 114; A. 90; caudal 10; scales from above gill-opening to caudal 118; above middle of upper lateral line 9 or 10; between upper and middle lines 22; between median and lower line 20; below lower line 9 or 10; about 24 series of scales between lower eye and upper part of gill-opening. Body very long, lanceolate; posterior two-thirds tapering gradually; lateral lines three on eyed side; fins not scaled; mouth small, rostral hook well devel- oped, ending in advance of lower eye; eyes small, 13 in head, equal to inter- orbital, upper slightly in advance of lower; nostrils prominent, one between eyes, the other near cleft of mouth in front of lower eye; maxillary extending beyond lower eye; no fringe or cirrhi on lips. Measurements in hundredths of body length: Head 23; depth 27; snout from upper eye 8; lower eye to gill- opening 12. Scales of eyed side roughly ctenoid, those of blind side cycloid or JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN FROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 63 very slightly ctenoid, small, entirely embedded in skin on upper part of head, somewhat imbedded on rest of blind side. Color white on blind side, uniform dull olive-brown on eyed side; no markings. This species may be readily distinguished from Areliscus semilcevis by the smaller number of scales, and from A. jyurpureomaculatus by the smaller number of fin-rays. The species called Achirus plagusia by Basilewsky {Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, p. 245), from the Gulf of Pechili, is some Areliscus or Cyno- glossus, but the species cannot be determined. 242. Areliscus rhomaleus Jordan & Starks. Port Arthur (Abbott). AS *'-"*^w:v'^NCi^-iS^ii.-iS^:*^"-'*''""^'" " Fig. 63. Areliscus rhomaleus Jordan & Starks. (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXI, p. 526.) Family BLENNIID^. 243. Zoarchias aculeatus (Basilewsky). Ophidium aculeatum Basilewsky, Ichthyographia Chinee Borealis, p. 248. Sea off Peking. The name Ophidium aculeatum is applied by Basilewsky to some blennoid fish without ventrals, with concealed scales, with 32 stiff, short, dorsal spines, with the dorsal and anal united around the tail, the mouth large, without bar- bels, and cleft to the eyes. The body is gray with black spots and points, the lateral hne straight, spotted; length of fish 8 inches. This species must be one of the Eulophiine blennies and near the genus Zoarchias. Zoarchias veneficus has 28 dorsal spines. 244. Dictyosoma temmincki Bleeker. Tsushima (Jouy). 245. Enedrias nebulosus (Temminck & Schlegel). (Native name "Ginbo.") Tsushima (Jouy); Fusan, common (No. 4244a); Gensan. 64 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM ^.-■•■■a Fig. 64. Enedrias nebulosus (Schlegel). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 469.) 246. Pholis taczanowskii (Steindachner). Gensan, Fusan (Jouy). 247. Dinogunnellus grigorjewi (Herzenstein). Chinnampo, a fine specimen, No. 4379a. Fig. 6.5. Dinogunnellus grigorjewi (Herzenstein). (After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXV, p. 497.) Family LYCODID^. 248. Enchelyopus gilli (Jordan & Starks). Fusan (Jouy). Fig. 66. Enchelyopus gilli (Jordan & Starks). (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVIII, p. 212.) Family GADID^. 249. PoUachius brandti (Hilgendorf). (Native name "Suketo-dara.") Fusan (No. 4367a), one specimen filled with eggs. A soft-bodied fish, apparently from deep water. Head 4 in length; depth 6.5; eye 4 in head; snout 3.33; D. 12, 14, 19; A. 19, 19. 250. Eleginus navaga (Koelreuter) . Chemulpo (Schmidt); Chinnampo (No. 4200a and 4188a-b). JORDAN AND METZ: FISHES KNOWN PROM THE WATERS OF KOREA 251. Gadus macrocephalus Tilesius. Chinnampo (No. 4378a); Port Arthur (Abbott). 65 Family LOPHIIDiE. 253. Lophius litulon (Jordan & Sindo). Seen in the Fusan Museum. Fig. 67. Lophius litulon (Jordan & Sindo). (Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 365.) 254. Lophiomus setigerus (Vahl). Seen in the Fusan Museum. 0-, > o > S w o w o r^ UO -* o k; ^j 03 O k^-( > o > o w z PS o CO ec; o OS O a. P 35 o > w CO w 3 w PS <; o S w 6 OS o O a: W ►J o > w CO w o <; CO p 6 *-^ '^ o 'w' .b CO 1-H rf) H H K M <; ^5 <^ < W o H 1-5 r/; Co -^ C .«' M ?■ o ^ 6q T-H c^ o £ > O > w CO :3 o w Pi < 00 PS CTj lO "*< ,_) o r^ ^ -f^ 03 0:2; § "S c^ (^ k — 1 << .S 0 lO CM '-'^ .5 ij „ w 0 a >'^ K-i X H 0 " — ^ CAJ =« s ;^ H >^ z »^ fei "(tO S Vi i/i r— 1 (N 2 2 > o > 1=1 CO O U4 PS < o CO PS w »«t|JfA 00 lO KJ 6 O o ^ ^^ H h3 =« w o ^^ K CO O 3 1-5 R a 3 rV R cc <-■> <3 CO « ?1 w ^ rO so s ■U n 'W ■^ u 03 s~ a. 1 ;> ^ u. -^ (^i o o Uh l^ Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate IX. ^^^^s-- V aA ^^^ .x>^- S^»>^ Vz Fig. 1. Sebastodes ijiincv Jordan & Metz. (Type.) 6.25 in. C. M. Cat. No. 4172. Fig. 2. Zebrias fasciatus (Basilewsky). 7.8 in. C. M. Cat. No. 4574. Fig. 3. Areliscus hoUandi Jordan & Metz. 14.75 in. C. M. Cat. No. 4369. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate X. Fig. 1. Sebastudes schlegeli (Hilgendorfj. After Jordan & Starks, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVII, PL II. Fig. 2. Chamiichthys gulosus (Sauvage). After Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., VoL XXIII, PL XXXVI. Fig. 3. Ctenogobms similis (Gill). After Jordan & Snyder, Proc U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, PL XXXV. REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 9. ■•o. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. i8. 10. 20. 22. 23. 24. 26. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. 67 E. B. WiLLL^MSuK. 6 pp. {Very scarce.) A FreUniuiary list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shafeb. Pp. 114. {Out of Print.) Some New and Little Known Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 17, 4 Plates. (Fery scarce.) The Reptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A.Atkinson. Pp. 13. (Very scarce.) Osteology of the Herodiones. By K. W. Shu- FELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print.) Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) Sabal Bigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 2. (Out of print.) Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Henry G. Klaoes. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) Osteology of the Flamingoes. By R. W. Shtj- feldt. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.).... Description of a New Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dlspar Marsh. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 9, 3 Plates. . . Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaunis. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidse (Ha- drosauridffi, Claosauridae) Marsh. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 10 Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 Osteology of the Psittaci. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus Partula in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Smith. Pp. 64 Two New Species of Bahaman Lepidoptera. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Elosanrus Parvus; a New Species of the Sanro- poda. By O. A. Peterson and C. W. Gilmobe. Pp. 10 The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 44 Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Elizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd Crumeine. 2 pts., pp. 295 Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 74 The Becords of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, &c. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 90 Astropecten (?) montanus, &c. By Eabl Doua- LASS. Pp. 4 Discovery of the Bemains of Astrodon (Pleuro- coelus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 6. (Out of print.) 27 .30 28 29 .65 30 .60 31 32 33 34 35 .90 37 38 39. .35 40 .60 41 .25 42. .25 .35 43. 44 1.25 45 .10 40 .15 47 48 $ .30 40 50 .90 51 52 53 2.25 1.50 1.75 .10 54. 55. 56. 57. Osteology of the Limicolse. By E. W. Shufeldt. Hp. 5(5, 1 Plate New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By 0. P. Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. C. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Percy E. Kaymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Kiver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) A Preliminary List of the Hemlptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wirtnkb. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) Notes on the Geology of Southwestern Montana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp.8 Presentation of Beproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates liist of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, East Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 11 The Hyoid Bone in Mastodon Americanus. By \V. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 A New Species of Bjieiffia. By Otto E. Jen- kings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustrls in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O. A. I'eteeson. Pp. 8 Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Harry C. Obeeholseb. Pp. 3. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Peect E. Eaymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates A New American Cybele. By J. E. Nabbawat and Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 6 Plastron of the Frotostv^glnse. By G. K. Wie- LAND. Pp. 7 Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sis. By Olivee P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates The Miocene Beds of Western NebrasKr ^ai Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate Merycochcerus and a New Genus of Merycoldo- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochce- ridae. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Easl Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .76 .16 .60 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .16 .20 .10 .15 .06 .06 .10 .10 .06 1.60 .16 .16 .26 1.00 .06 1.00 REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 58. On Further CoUections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Carl H. Bioenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAtee and David Perkins Ward. Pp. 48, 15 Plated 1.25 sy. An Undetermined Element in the Osteology of the Mosasaurlda. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 $ .20 CO. The Gasteropoda of the Ciiazy Formation. B/ Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 1.35 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plato 05 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstovm, P'ir-^ylvania, in April and May, 1907. By W. , Holland. Pp. 6, 2 Plates 10 63. Descni-cion of Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. By E. C. Case. Pp. 8, 1 Plate IB 64. Notes on Ordovlcian Trilobites: UlEenidse from the Black Eiver Limestone near Ottawa, Canada. By Percy E. Eaymond and J. E. Narrawat. Pp. 14, 3 Plates 20 65. Rhinoceroses from the Oligocene and Miocene Deposits of North Dakota and Montana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 11,2 Plates 25 06. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 11, 4 Plates 30 67. Some Oligocene Lizards. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 8 20 68. Description of the Type Specimen of Stenomylus gracilis Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 14. .25 69. Brief Description of Some New Species of Birds from Costa Rica and a Record of Some Species not Hitherto Reported from that Country. By M. A. Careiker, Jr. Pp. 2 10 70. Notes on Costa Rican FonnicariidiE. By M. A. CAREIKEa, Jb. Pp. 3 05 71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds. By Eakl Douglass. Pp. 16, 2 Plates 45 72. A Preliminary List of the Lepidoptera of West- em Pennsylvania Collected in the Vicinity of Pittsburgh. By Henry Engel. Pp.110 1.25 73. The Fatina of the Upper Devonian in Montana, Pt. 1. The Fossils of the Red Shales. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 18, 6 Plates 60 74. Description of a New Species of Procamelus from the Upper Miocene of Montana, with Notes upon Procamelus madisonius Douglass. By Eakl Douglass. Pp. 7, 3 Plates 30 75. Some Sections cf the Conemaugh Series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pennsylvania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 12, 3 Plates 35 76. A Preliminary List of the Unlonldaa of Western Pennsylvania, etc. By Db. A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 33 60 77. A Geological Reconnaissance in North Dakota, Montana, and Idaho; with Notes on Mesozolc and Cenozoic Geology. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 78, 7 Plates 1.00 Cabin (now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. 78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. By O. E. Jennings. Pp. 133, 30 Plates 2.75 79. Catalog of Sesqui-Centennial (Pittsburgh) Relics. By Douglas Stewart. Pp. 30, 6 Plates 45 80. Dromomeryx, a New Genus of American Rumi- nants. By Earl Douglas. Pp. 23, 5 plates. .30 81. Fossils from the Glacial Drift and from De- vonian and Mississippian near Meadville, Pennsylvania. By Wm. Millard. Pp. 8 10 8;. A New Species of Helodus. By Charles E. Eastman. Pp. 2 05 83. In Memorlam. Charles Chaimcey Mellor. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 12, 1 Plate 15 84. Reports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 1. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. r,-i 50 85. Reports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 2. By Marion L. Durbin. Pp. 18 25 86. 87. 89. 90. 91. 92. 93. 94. 95. 96. 97. 98. 99. 100. 101. 102. 103. 104. 105. 106. 107. 108. 109. 110. Contributions to a Knowledge of Odonata of the Neotropical Region, Exclusive of Mexico and Central America. By P. P. Calvert. Pp. 207, 9 Plates 2.25 Deinosuchus hatcheri, a New Genus and Species of Crocodile from the Judith River Beds of Montana; By W. J. Holland. Pp. 14 20 Reports on Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, Report No. 3. By C. B. Blossee. Pp. 6, 3 Plates. Preliminary Description of Some New Titanothe- res from the Uinta Deposits. By Earl Doug- las. Pp. 10, 3 Plates 25 An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Rica Including Cocos Island. By M. A. Carrikee, Jr. Pp. 601, 1 Plate 3.00 The Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas, Brazil. By J. C. Branner. Pp. 18, 3 Plates .40 Description cf a Collection of Fossil Fishes from the iiituminous Shales at Riacho Doce, State of Alagoas, Brazil. By David Stake Jordan. Pp. 12, 9 Plates 55 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. II. Asaph- idse from the 3tekmantown. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 10, 1 Plate 35 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. III. By Percy E. Raymond and J. E. Naeraway. Pp. 14, 2 Plates 35 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. IV. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 21, 3 Plates 40 Notes on a Collection of Fishes Made by James Francis Abbott at Irkutsk, Siberia. By David Starr Jordan and William Francis Thomp- son. Pp. 8, 4 Plates 30 South American Tetrigidse. By Lawrence Bruner. Pp. 55 1.00 Preliminary List of the Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series in Western Pennsyl- vania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 15, 5 plates 30 Results of an Ichthyologies! Survey About the San Juan Islands, Washington. By Edwin Chapin Stares. Pp. 52, 3 plates 75 , Descriptions of a New Species of Pygidlum. By Carl H. Eigenmann. P. 1, 1 plate 10 , The Erachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 45, 4 plates ... .50 A New Camel from the Miocene of Western Nebraska. By O. A. Peterson. . . Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 , A Mounted Skeleton of Stenomylus hitcUcocki, the Stenomylus Quarry, and Remarks Upon the Affinities of the Genus. By O. A. Peter- son. Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 , A Mounted Skeleton of Diceratherium cooki, Peterson, By O. A, Peterson. Pp. 6, 1 plate .15 , The Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America, 1907-1910. By W. J. Hol- land, Director. Pp. 4 15 A Brief Report Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie Museum to Central South America, By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13 and Localities at Which John D. Haseman Made Collections. By C'AEL H. Eigenmann. Pp. 16 25 Descriptions of Some New Species of Fishes and Miscellaneous Notes on Others Obtained Dur- ing Expedition of Carnegie Museum to Central South America, Ey John D, Haseman, Pp, 13, 7 plates 50 An Annotated Catalog of the Cichlid Fishes Collected by the Expedition of Carnegie Mu- seum to Central South America, 1907-1910, By John D, Haseman, Pp. 45, 20 plates 1,25 Some New Species of Fishes from the Rio Iguassu, By John D. Haseman, Pp, 14, 13 plates 65 A Contribution to the Ornithology of the Ba- hama Islands, By W. E, Clyde Todd and W. W. Wobthington! Pp. 77, 1 plate 75 ^,A\^ Publications of the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 76. MEMOIES OF THE OAENEG-IE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. 2. W. J. HOLLAND, Editor. THE LMTEM-FISHES OF JAPAN By CHARLES H. GILBERT PITT8BUKGH. Published by the Atjthokity of the Boakd of Trustees of the CARNEGIE INSTITUTE. Angnst, 1913. PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM ANNUAL REPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR 1898, 30c. (scarce); 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30c. (scarce); 1901-13, 25c. each. REPORTS OF THE PRIZE ESSAY CONTEST 1897 (out of print); 1898 (out of print); 1899, 30c. (scarce); 1900, 25c.; 1901, 25c.; 1902, 25c.; 1903, 25e.; 1904, 20e. None published since 1904. REPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER'S DAY 1898-1913, 35c. each. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Annals ai-e supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume; Vols. I-VIII, 1901-1912, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in i^ Morocco @ $4.50. MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, at $10 per volume. VOL. I. (1901-3) No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, and No. 3. The Osteology of the Steganopodcs. By Probable Habits, with a Restoration of It. W. Siiat'ELDT $2.75 the Skeleton. By J. B. Hatcher. (Very " 4. Classification of the Chalcid Flies. By scarce.) $3.00 W. II. Ashmead 6.50 " 2. Oligocene Canidae. By J. B. Hatcher. . . 1.50 Vol. I. Bound Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. 555, 39 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; Bound 1 Aforoeco at $11.50. VOL. n. (1904 6) No. 1. Osteology of Haplocanthosaurus and Au- No. 5. The Tertiary of Montana. (Scarce.) By ditional Remarks upon Diplodocus. By „ „ ^J^^^i' po^GLASs. ;•••"••• ^-^^ T T> rr / t; ^ oo nn " 6. The Osteology of Diplodocus. By W. J. J. B. Hatcher. (Very scarce.) $2.00 Holland •' ,^5 " 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. By C. W. Gil- No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. R. MORE. (Scarce.) 1.50 Wieland $ .75 „„„.,..„.„ . . "8. New Suilline Remains from the Miocene 3. Fossa Avian Remains from Armissan. of Nebraska. By 0. A. Peterson 75 By C. R. Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, No. 4. Description of New Rodents and Discus- B^C.^W.^Gilmore. °l .*. ^Z ^^''!'': $1.00 sion of the Origin of Daemonelix. By 0. " lo. A Monograph upon tilie Crawfishes of A. Peterson. (Scarce.).. $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Ortmann 4.00 Vol. II. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. ni. No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hol- Rica. By C. V. Hartman $6.09 land. In preparation $6.00 VOL. IV. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalpant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Formosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- 73, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp. 4, 3 Plates 25 N°- ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. .3. Revision of EntelodontidK.'By' "o.'"a. ' '^ania. Pts. I and II. By A. E. Ort- Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 ,, ^ „^^f ^- ^P" '^^' ^ Pl^^s $2.50 No. 4. CatalogoftheFishesof Formosa. Jordan ^^ " ' t'^iS^e^m.^Ty 'J^rR. and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx + 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. .$10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; ,$12.00 1/2 morocco. Vols. TII-V supplied unbound. @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in % morocco @ $12.00. MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. 2. THE LANTERN-FISHES OF JAPAN. By Charles H. Gilbert, Professor of Zoology, Stanford University. (Plates XI-XIV.) As the eastern coasts of Japan are swept by the Kurosiwo, the northern branch of the equatorial current, it should be expected that the Mydophidce, or Lantern-fishes, in common with other strictly pelagic organisms, would be present in large numbers. But up to the present only three species^ have been reported from this region, and these based on the well-known collections made by Mr. Alan Owston of Yokohama in Sagami Bay. Further rich collections by Mr. Owston have been recently secured for the Carnegie Museum by Dr. David Starr Jordan, and the Myctophids of this collection have been very kindly placed in the hands of the writer for study. There also have been available in this connection the extensive collections of Lantern-fishes made by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Steamer "Albatross" in Japanese waters in 1906. An account of the latter is here included by permission of the Commissioner of Fisheries. Thirty species are here recorded, and, as these do not include Macrostoma japonicum of the previous list, the total now known from the waters of Japan is thirty-one. Twelve of these belong to the genera Dasyscopelus, Mydophum, and Centrobranchus, and constitute a group, which are usually light in color, * Neoscopeliis dlcocki, Diaphus watasei, Macrostoma quercinum japonicum. 67 68 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM with much silvery pigment on the sides, and are taken at the surface, or at least not far below. Two of these species are here described as new, so nothing is known of their distribution in other waters. But it is worthy of note that the remaining members of the surface-group are well-known forms of wide dis- tribution, two of them having been reported from the eastern Pacific as well as from Japan, the remainder having been recorded from all three of the great oceans. A second group comprises the genera Diaphus and Lampanydus (including Macrostoma). These are deeper pelagic forms, dark in color, with steelj'^ re- flections, and are taken in intermediate nets, or enter the open dredge at intermediate depths. They seem to be more restricted in their range than the species which live nearer the surface, none of the Japanese forms being known to be cosmopolitan. Of the seventeen species here recorded from this group ten are described as new and hence are of unknown distribution; four are known also from the eastern Pacific;- two are known from the western Pacific' and the Indian Ocean, and one, Lampanydus niger, while reported by Brauer from the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans, is represented in collections by very few specimens, and has not been the subject of critical study. All the species here recorded belong to tropical seas, with the exception of Lampanydus nannochir and Lampanydus jordani. L. nannochir, which was taken by the "Albatross" in the southern Okhotsk, is peculiar to the north Pacific, extending from Bering Sea to northern Japan and to southern Cali- fornia; L. jordani has been secured on two separate occasions off the coast of Hokkaido, and is not known elsewhere. The tropical species were abundant off the southern coasts of Kiusiu and as far north as Sagami Bay. Apparently they thin out rapidly north of Tokyo, as only a few individuals were en- countered off Matsushima Bay. None were found in the Sea of Japan, even in the vicinity of the Straits of Tsushima, although numerous hauls with surface and intermediate nets were made. List op Japanese Species of the Family MYCTOPHID^. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson. Dasyscopelus orientalis sp. no v. spinosus (Steindachner) . asper (Richardson). ^ Diaphus agassizi, Diaphus nanus, Lampanydus townsendi, Lampanydus nannochir. ' Diaphus coeruleus, Lampanydus macropterus. gilbert: the lantern -fishes of japan 69 Myctophum affine (Liitken). laternatum Garman. evermanni Gilbert. californiense Eigenmann & Eigenmann. reinhardti (Liitken). pterotum (Alcock). suborbitale sp. nov. valdivise Brauer. Centrobranchus choerocephalus Fowler. Diaphus agassizi Gilbert. nipponensis sp. nov. nanus Gilbert. tanakce sp. nov. glandulifer sp. nov. anterorbitalis sp. nov. gigas sp. nov. coeruleus (Klunziger). latus sp. nov. sagamiensis sp. nov. Lampanyctus townsendi Eigenmann & Eigenmann. japonicus (Tanaka). nannochir (Gilbert). niger (Giinther). microchir sp. nov. pundaiissimus sp. nov. jordani sp. nov. macropterus (Brauer). Genus Neoscopelus Johnson. 1. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson. Neoscopelus macrolepidotus Johnson, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1863, p. 44, PI. VII (Madeira). Neoscopelus alcocki Jordan & Starks, Bull. U. S. Fish Com. for 1902 [1904], p. 580, PI. 2, figs. 1 and 2 (Suruga Bay, Japan). Several specimens were secured from Sagami Bay, and direct comparison of N. alcocki with Atlantic specimens (Albatross Station 2376, Gulf of Mexico) has 70 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM shown that the characters supposed to distinguish the Japanese species are fallacious. In Atlantic specimens also, as well as in those from Japan, the outer abdominal series of photophores ceases at about the vertical of the vent, while the second series continues along the base of the anal fin. Opposite the vent, the spots of the continuous series are very much reduced in size. They then rapidly increase opposite the anterior portion of the anal to diminish again at. once, becoming very small opposite the posterior half of the anal fin. They are large again on the basal portion of the caudal peduncle, and minute on its terminal portion. These oscillations in size are exactly followed in Pacific material from Japan and the Hawaiian Islands. Atlantic specimens have also the curved series of small photophores around the vent. Careful comparison has failed to exhibit any differences. Genus Dasyscopelus Gtinther. Key to Japanese Species of Dasyscopelus. a. Anal photophores 7 or S in the anterior group, 2 or 4 in the posterior, 7+3 the prevaiUng number. Supra-anals straight or very slightly angulated. No band of long spines along base of anal fin. D. orientalis. aa. Anal photophores 6 to 8 in the anterior group, 5 to 8 in the posterior, 7 + 6 or 7 + 7 the prevailing numbers. 6. Supra-anals in a straight oblique line. Adults wth the scales along the base of anal developing a specialized band of long spines D. spinosus. bb. Supra-anals distinctly angulated. No band of spines along base of anal D. asper. 2. Dasyscopelus orientalis sp. nov. (Plate XI, fig. 1.) Type 67 mm. long to base of caudal, from Misaki, Sagami Bay; Alan Owston, collector. (C. M. No. 6313.) Closely allied to D. pristilepis Gilbert & Cramer, differing in the deeper body, smaller eye, more spinous scales, and in the reduction by one in the number of anal photophores. In the arrangement of the photophores, the two species wholly agree with each other, and also with D. spinosus and D. opalinus, but the species are well distinguished by the character of the scales, number of photophores, and by other details. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal: Length of head 28; diameter of eye 10; length of snout 5; length of longest gill-raker 5.5; interor- bital width 7; length of maxillary 18; greatest depth 26; depth of caudal peduncle 9; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 43; to front of adipose fin 76; to base of ventrals 42; to front of anal 59; length of anal base 28; length of pectorals 26. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 71 Dorsal rays 13; anal raj^s 18; ventrals with outer rudiment and 8 devel- oped rays; pectoral rays 16. Scales of lateral line 36. Eye large, though smaller than in D. pristilepis, its upper margin but little below the profile, the rounded snout protruding beyond the orbit for a distance equal to half the diameter of the eye. Teeth minute, in narrow bands on jaws, in two small round patches on head of vomer, the narrow band on palatines separated from vomer by a very short interspace. Cleft of mouth obhque; maxillary decidedly broadened at tip, extending but slightly beyond vertical from hinder margin of eye. Preopercular border nearly vertical, the cheeks not obliquely lengthened. Gill-rakers long and slender, the longest half the diameter of the eye, 4 + 15 in number (counted in one of the cotypes). Pec- torals long and slender, usually reaching the vertical from the vent and extend- ing to or slightly beyond the middle supra-anal photophore. Scales firm, all sharply spinous, including those of the lateral line and those on breast and belly. The spines are everywhere approximately equal, not greatly lengthened along the base of the anal fin as in D. spinosus. In D. pristilepis, the scales are thinner and less extensively spinous, the scales of the lateral line have few spines, or none, and those on breast and belly are smooth. In D. orientalis, the scales of the lateral line are moderately enlarged, their vertical diameter equaling their dis- tance from the base of the dorsal fin. Photophores. — A very faint pre-orbital immediately above nostril, and one better marked under the lower anterior border of the eye. Suprapectoral separated from lateral line by twice its distance from base of upper pectoral ray. Infrapectorals in line with first ventral, their interspace less than that separating the upper one from the suprapectoral. First pair of thoracics nearest the median line, the third and fourth pairs equidistant from it, the fifth pair widely divergent, inserted immediately in front of the outer ventral rays. Interval between the third and fourth pairs the shortest, that between fourth and fifth but Uttle longer, the second interval a little shorter than the first. Supra- ventral vertically above the first ventral, very slightly nearer base of ventral fin than lateral line. First pair of ventrals nearly in contact, the others a httle more elevated, shghtly converging from the second to the fourth, which are at the sides of the vent and a little anterior to it; first ventral interval a httle longer than the second, the third the shortest. Upper supra-anal immediately below but not in contact with the lateral Une, on its seventeenth or eighteenth scale, in a vertical Une which traverses the base of the second or third anal ray; upper and middle supra-anals in a line passing through fourth ventral, the lower 72 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM supra-anal slightly in advance of this line. Different individuals among the cotypes vary with respect to the relation of the supra-anals, some having them in a straight line, others having them very slightly angulated, as in the type. Antero-anals a little curved, the first slightly nearer base of fin. Anals 7 + 3 in the type, and this is the prevailing number in this species. The antero-anals may be seven or eight, the posterior group two, three, or four. On one side of one specimen only six antero-anals were found. One hundred and twenty-six specimens were examined, the two sides being listed separately. In these 6 + 4 occurred once, 7 + 2 in five cases, 7 + 3 in one hundred and eighty-nine cases, 7 + 4 in seventeen, 8 + 2 in sixteen, 8 + 3 in twenty-four cases. Taking the two groups separately, in the anterior 6 occurred once, 7 two hundred and eleven times, 8 occurred forty times; in the posterior group, 2 occurred twenty- one times, 3 two hundred and thirteen times, and 4 eighteen times. The total number in both groups varies from 9 to 11. One hundred and seventeen of the one hundred and twenty-six specimens were bilaterally symmetrical with regard to their photophores. The first pair of the postero-anals is above the last anal rays. Posterolateral immediately below lateral line, but not in contact with it, sHghtly behind vertical from last antero-anal. Precaudals two, in an oblique line, the interspace very little, if at all, greater than that between the postero- anals. No luminous areas on back, or on inferior surface of caudal peduncle, in any of the numerous adults of the collection. Color in spirits uniform dusky brownish on upper parts and on sides of body, profusely dotted with fine black specks. Abdomen and lower side of head silvery. A lengthwise black streak on upper part of pectoral, beginning near base and widening backwards for about the basal third of the length of the fin. This is evidently one of the most abundant species in Japanese waters. Numerous adults were obtained from Misaki, on Sagami Bay (C. M. Nos. 4614, 4615, 4616) and many immature examples were taken by the "Albatross" at the following Stations: 4921. West of Colnett Straits. Surface. 4954. Kurosiwo, east of Kagoshima. Intermediate net, 850 fathoms. 4955. Kurosiwo, east of Kagoshima. Surface. At Station 4954, the specimens probably entered the net at or near the surface. The type is deposited in the U. S. National Museum, gilbekt: the lantern-fishes of japan 73 3. Dasyscopelus spinosus (Steindachner). Scopelus spinosus Steindachner, Ichth. Notiz. V, 1867, p. 11, PL III, fig. 4 (China). A few specimens were secured by the "Albatross" at the surface at Station 4921, south of Kagoshima (30° 23' 30" N., 129° 36' 30" E.). They are some- what slenderer than Hawaiian specimens, and have the line of the supra- anals noticeably more oblique, the anterior of the series being above the inter- space between third and fourth ventrals, instead of vertically above the fourth ventral as in Hawaiian material. At a Station in the South Pacific (16° 39' S., 149° 11' W.), the "Albatross" secured in 1899 nine specimens, of which five are of the slender type with oblique supra-anals, and four of the deeper form with steep line of supra-anals. There is no transition between the two, and although the differences are of small magnitude, they merit attention and should be noted in future collections from the Pacific. The number of anal photophores in the five Japanese specimens ranges as follows: 6 + 6 (1), 6 4- 7 (2), 7 + 5 (3), 7 -f 6 (4), the two sides of each specimen being listed separately. The sum of the two groups is either 12 or 13, while in Hawaiian material it ranges from 13 to 15, with 14 prevailing (Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Com. for 1903 [1905], Part 2, p. 559). This smaller number in the slender form may account for the smaller average number reported in South Sea material as compared with that from Hawaii (Gilbert, Mem. Mus. Comp, Zool., XXVI, 1908, p. 220). In the five slender specimens from the South Pacific above referred to, the anal photophores are 7 + 6 on both sides of each; in the four deep specimens from the same locality, the following numbers occur: 6 -f 7 (2), 6 + 8 (1), 7 + 5 (2), 7 + 6 (2), 7 + 7 (1). 4. Dasyscopelus asper (Richardson). Myctophum asperum Richardson, Voy. Erebus and Terror, 1845, p. 41, PL XXVII, figs. 13 to 15; habitat unknown. In addition to the characters which have been mentioned as distinguishing this species from the nearly related D. spinosus, may be given the slenderer form, the decidedly wider, blunter head, the fewer gill-rakers, and the absence of the clusters of long spines, which in D. spinosus are attached to the scales covering the ventral series of photophores. Comparing a Japanese specimen of D. asper, 78 mm. long to base of caudal, with one of D. spinosus, 92 mm. long to base of caudal, we have the following measurements in hundredths of length as above indicated: 74 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM asper spinosus Length of head 27 27.5 Diameter of eye 10 11 Width of snout at nostrils 8 6 Length of maxillary 15 17 Greatest depth of body 24 27 Dorsal rays 12 14 Anal rays 18 19 Pectoral rays 16 15 Scales in lateral line 39 39 In D. asper, the head is but Uttle narrowed anteriorly, the upper orbital margins are nearly parallel, and the snout is high and bluntly rounded, pro- truding a trifle on the level of the nostrils. In D. spinosus the head narrows rapidly forward, the orbital naargins strongly converge, the snout is not bluntly rounded and protrudes farthest at the premaxillaries. In D. asper, the gill-rakers are somewhat shorter and heavier, 5 + 10 or 5 + 11 in number; in D. spinosus 7 + 16. In D. spinosus, each scale covering a photophore of the ventral series develops long slender spines many times larger than those on neighboring scales. These are specially developed along the base of the anal fin, where the spines overlap and form a dense band. No such enlarged spines are present in D. asper. Brauer finds the eye smaller than heretofore given for D. asper, but in adults it is but little less than two-fifths the length of the head, and is pro- gressively smaller in the young. Photophores. — The superior preorbital is usually concealed, but the inferior is conspicuous. The suprapectoral is higher than in D. spinosus, constantly nearer the lateral line than the base of the pectoral. From the first to the fourth, the thoracics form two evenly diverging lines, the fifth far out at the sides, opposite the outer ventral ray; the spacing of the pairs is nearly equal, the interval between third and fourth pairs shortest. Supraventral midway between lateral line and base of ventral (not nearer lateral line as in Brauer's figure). First pair of ventrals fully exposed, the two covered by a single much enlarged scale of the median series, in addition to the small special scales thus wholly overlapped; second pair somewhat farther out at the sides, forming with the third and fourth two lines gently converging backwards; the four pairs are equally spaced. Supra-anals in a very blunt angle, the anterior obliquely in front of and below the second. The upper is immediately below the lateral gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 75 line just in advance of vertical from third ventral, the second behind that from fourth ventral. The antero-anals are slightly curved, the anterior spot a little nearer the base of the anal fin. Posterolateral close under the lateral line, vertically over the last antero-anal. Only the first postero-anal over the last anal rays. In thirteen specimens, the combinations found have been as follows: 7 + 5 in 2 cases, 7 + 7 in 3 cases, 7 + 6 in 14 cases, 8 + 5 in 3 cases, 8 + 6 in 4 cases. The number is thus seen to agree with the range in D. spinosus. The pre- caudals are also similar, placed at a slight angle and a little farther apart than the spots of the anal series. The scales develop serrations in extreme youth; well-developed spines are present in individuals 25 mm. long. As in D. spinosus, the luminous plates develop late. No trace of them is to be found in specimens 65 mm. long. In a male 85 mm. long, there are five overlapping luminous scales on the dorsal side of the caudal peduncle, and in a female 100 mm. long, there is a single plate below. Specimens were obtained along the southern and eastern coasts of Japan, at the surface, from the vicinity of Nagasaki to Matsushima Bay. Lists of Stations. 4909. 31° 38' 30" N., 129° 27' 30" E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 4910. 31° 37' 40" N., 129° 26' 00" E. Surface. 4921. 30° 23' 30" N., 129° 36' 30" E. Surface. 4973. 33° 24' 15" N., 135° 30' 30" E. 600 fathoms. 5052. 37° 57' 45" N., 142° 04' 00" E. Surface. 5081. 34° 14' 00" N., 138° 05' 00" E. Surface. At Stations 4909 and 4973 the fish probably entered the open net near the surface. Genus Myctophum Rafinesque. {Scopelus Cuvier.) " Key to Japanese Species of Myctophum. a. No photophores above the lateral line. b. Supra-anal photophores in an oblique row. c. Second ventral photophore not out of line with the others.. Postero-anals 5 to 7 in number M. aflSne. cc. Second ventral photophore more elevated than the others. Postero-anals 2 or 3 in number M. latematum. 76 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 66. Supra-anal photophores angulated. d. Second ventral photophore not elevated. e. A single posterolateral. Second precaudal little above the first, far below the lateral line. /. All postero-anals behind the anal fin; 4 to 6 in number . M, evennanni. //. First postero-anals above the anal fin; 8 to 11 in number. M. californiense. ee. Two posterolaterals. Anterior postero-anals above the anal fin. Second precaudal widely separated from the first M. reinhardti. dd. Second ventral elevated, vertically above the first. g. No suborbital photophore. First two supra-anals in line with the supra- ventral M. pterotum. gg. A large suborbital photophore. First two supra-anals in line with the second (elevated) ventral M. suborbitale. aa. Four photophores above the lateral line, near the dorsal profile M. valdiviae. 5. Myctophum afiine (Liitken). Scopelus affinis Liitken, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6), 1892, p. 252, fig. 10; Atlantic and Indian Oceans. Seventeen immature specimens were secured at the surface from Ma- tsushima Bay and to the southward. In none of these specimens are the supra- anal photophores angulated and the precaudals obliquely placed and distant, as figured for this species by Brauer (Die Tiefsee Fische, 1906, p. 191, fig. 106), nor have these conditions been present in any of the very numerous examples examined from various parts of the Pacific. The supra-anals are in a perfectly straight line, or the middle one of the series (never the lower one) is rarely very slightly advanced. The number of anal photophores is subject to wide variation in this form, if the entire range of the species in all oceans is taken into account; but in any one locality, or group of contiguous localities, the variation is much more re- stricted, and is grouped about the mode in a symmetrical manner. It is im- portant to determine the variation curve in as large a number of individuals as possible, as a contribution to the regional variation of pelagic forms. The lantern-fishes are especially well adapted to this study, as the photophores vary regionally under conditions, which seem to leave the remainder of the organism unmodified, and serve therefore as a more delicate gauge of slight divergence than is usually available. The number of specimens in the present collection is too small to enable us to determine finally the range of variation of the antero-anal and postero-anal photophores in Japanese waters, but seems to indicate a close correspondence gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 77 with that determined for the seas about the Hawaiian Islands (Gilbert, Deep Sea Fishes, Hawaiian Islands, 1905, p. 596; M. margaritatum = M. affine). The total number in both series ranges from 14 to 16 (in Hawaii from 13 to 17), the antero-anals ranging from 8 to 10, the postero-anals from 5 to 7. Listing sepa- rately the two sides of the 17 individuals: Antero-anals — 8 occur in 5 cases, Postero-anals— 5 occur in 2 cases, 9 occur in 27 cases, 6 occur in 28 cases, 10 occur in 2 cases. 7 occur in 4 cases. The following combinations occur: 8 + 6 in 3 cases, 9 + 6 in 23 cases, 8 + 7 in 2 cases, 9 + 7 in 2 cases, 9 + 5 in 2 cases, 10 + 6 in 2 cases. Twelve of the seventeen specimens were bilaterally symmetrical, the other five varying on the two sides by one photophore in either the anterior or the posterior group. In a small collection ranging from the latitude of the Hawaiian Islands to the equator, reported on by the writer (Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXVI, 1908, p. 217), a tendency seemed apparent toward a reduction southward in the number of the photophores of the anal series. More material from this region and that south of the equator is highly desirable. List of Stations. 4921. 30° 23' 30" N., 129° 36' 30" E. Surface. 4927. 29° 57' 00" N., 130° 41' 00" E. Surface. 4978. 33° 57' 45" N., 135° 56' 00" E. Surface. 5052. 37° 57' 45" N., 142° 04' 00" E. Surface. 6. Myctophum laternatum Garman. Mydophum laternatum Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, Vol. XXIV, 1899, p. 267, PL 56, fig. 1 ; west coast Central America, Gulf of California. This diminutive species was recorded by Garman from the Gulf of Cali- fornia and the coast of Panama, and by Brauer from the west coast of Africa and from various localities in the Indian Ocean. Four specimens were taken by the "Albatross" near Nagasaki, in intermediate nets at 300 fathoms (Stations: 4909, 31° 28' 30" N., 129° 27' 30" E.; 4920, 30° 34' N., 129° 22' E.). The 78 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM largest, 20 mm. in length, has no trace of luminous plates on the caudal pe- duncle. The material has been directly compared with specimens from the eastern Pacific and no difference found. Young individuals of Dasyscopelus orientalis from the same region must be carefully distinguished. A specimen of the latter, 28 mm. long, has the scales without trace of spines. The number and distribution of the photophores are the same, but the eye in D. orientalis is larger, the photophores themselves are larger, there is a preorbital below the nostril more conspicuous than the one above, the lower subpectoral is decidedly below the level of the upper, the second ventral is not more elevated than the others and the precaudals are closely crowded. In M. laternatum, the first ventrals are closely apposed, the second far out at the sides, the third and fourth intermediate in position; the precaudals are much more widely separated than the postero-anals. 7. Myctophum calif orniense Eigenmann and Eigenmann. Mydophum californiense Eigenmann and Eigenmann, West. Amer. Sci., 1889, p. 124; San Diego, Cal. A single adult male, 127 mm. long, from Station 5034, south of Nemuoro, Hokkaido (43° 05' 30" N., 145° 57' 40" E.); and two adult females of the same size from Sagami Bay (C. M. No. 4607). This species usuall}'^ has been considered identical with M. himiboldti, but examination of the type and a cotype of californiense from San Diego, of a third specimen from off the coast of Lower California, and the three specimens here recorded from Japan, shows agreement in a combination of minor char- acters which indicate specific difference from humboldti. These characters are as follows : 1. Pectoral rays 17 or 18 (12 to 14 in humboldti). 2. Entire back of caudal peduncle in adult males covered by a series of distinct luminous plates, each of which is surrounded by black pigment and separated from the adjoining plates. The series contains six large plates and may in addition contain one or two minute ones immediately behind the adi- pose. These are present in the type of the species and in one of the Japanese specimens. In M. humboldti, there are never more than one or two small in- conspicuous plates on the back of the caudal peduncle. In the adult females from Japan, there are seven or eight distinct plates covering the area between the anal fin and the caudal. 3. The line of the antero-anals is nearly or entirely straight, while in gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 79 humholdti it is strongly arched, with the first one or two of the series nearer the base of the anal than the succeeding spots. The spots of the anal series are distinctly smaller and more crowded than the others, and more so than in humholdti. 4. Posterolateral slightly behind the vertical from the last antero-anal (in front of this vertical in humholdti). 5. Postero-anals more numerous, 8, 9, 10, and 11 in the six specimens known, three of them having 10 on each side. The range in humholdti cannot yet be given, as both Llitken and Brauer have unquestionably confused more than one species under that name. Both authors agree that typical examples from the Mediterranean have 8 postero-anals, which probably indicates a range of 7 to 9. 6. Middle pectoral photophore midway between the upper and the lower, or very slightly nearer the lower. In typical humholdti, it is considerably nearer the lower than the upper. 7. Anterior supra-anal somewhat behind vertical from second ventral (in advance of this point in humholdti). Measurements of the male Japanese specimen in hundredths of the length to base of caudal (103 mm.): Length of head 25; diameter of eye 7.8; length of snout 5; length of maxillary 15.5; greatest depth of body 20; least depth 8.5; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 44; to adipose 76; to base of ventrals 40; to front of anal 58; from last anal ray to middle of caudal base 19; length of base of dorsal 15.5; of anal 25. Dorsal rays 15; anal rays 22; pectoral rays 17; ventral rays 9, the outer ray a short rudiment. Scales of lateral line 42. Gill-rakers very long and slender, 6 + 19. Photophores. — Three pectorals equally spaced, the upper equidistant from the upper pectoral ray and from the nearest point on the lateral line. First three pairs of thoracics forming regularly diverging lines, the fourth pair again lower, the fifth much divergent, at base of outer ventral rays. Supraventral halfway between the lateral line and the base of ventrals, distinctly above the horizontal line joining the first two supra-anals. First pair of ventrals partially concealed by the inner ventral rays, their interspace equal to that of the fourth pair, less than that of second and third pairs (first pair less separated in other specimens); distance between first and second and between third and fourth ventrals equal, that between second and third less. Anterior supra-anal on a level with the second, slightly behind the vertical from the second ventral; 80 MEMOIES OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM second supra-anal above (or slightly in advance of) the fourth ventral, nearer the fourth ventral than the upper supra-anal, which is above the anus and scarcely in contact with the lateral line. Anals 7 + 10, small, close-set, in a straight line, the anterior not lower than the others; the last antero-anal is above the thirteenth anal ray, the fifth postero-anal over the last anal ray. Posterolateral somewhat behind the vertical from the last antero-anal, immedi- ately below the lateral line. Precaudals obliquely placed, the second higher and separated from the first by a wider interval than that between the anal photophores. The six large luminous plates on back of caudal peduncle are very con- spicuous, as they are lustrous white on a black background. The scales are lost and the integument partly gone, but the general color seems to have been dusky, blackish at the base of the fins. Myctophum hoops Richardson is probably a synonym of M. huniboldti. The figure of the type gives thirteen rays in the pectoral fin, the description fifteen, both numbers within the known range of huniboldti. 8. Myctophum evennanni Gilbert. Myctophum evermanni Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Com. for 1903 [1905], p. 597, PL 70, fig. 1; Hawaii. Several young specimens agreeing wholly with types from the Hawaiian Islands were taken in the Eastern Sea off southern Japan. Listing separately the fifteen specimens of the collection, we have the following combinations of anal photophores: 7 + 5 (2); 7 + 6 (4); 8 + 4 (1); 8 + 5 (10); 8 + 6 (9); 9 + 5 (2); 9 + 6 (2). Taken at Station 4921, 30° 23' 30" N., 129° 36' 30" E., at the surface. 9. Myctophum reinhardti (Liitken). Scopelus reinhardti Liitken, Vidensk. Selsk. Skr., (6), 1892, p. 257, fig. 16; Atlantic. Three young specimens agreeing wholly with Hawaiian material heretofore described {Myctophum braueri Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Comm. for 1903 [1905], p. 598, PI. 70, fig. 1). Anal photophores 6 + 8 (3), or 7 + 7 (3). List of Stations. 4927. 29° 57' N., 130° 41' E. Surface. 4954. 32° 05' N., 133° 02' E. Surface. 4955. 32° 32' N., 132° 39' E. Surface. gilbert: the lantern -fishes of japan 81 10. Myctophum pterotum (Alcock). Scopelus {Myctophum) pterotus Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1890, p. 217; Indian Ocean. Myctophum gilberti, Evermann and Seale, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., 1907, p. 55; Philippine Islands. Sixty-five specimens were collected by Professor J. O. Snyder in the market at Kagoshima (C. M. No. 4600), and have been examined with reference to the excessive variation which Brauer has reported in this species. No indi- cation of such variation is given in the Japanese material, nor in numerous specimens from the Eastern Pacific, with which we have compared it. On the contrary, both as regards number and position of the photophores, this seems to be a very constant type. Brauer's results were partly based on his failure to distinguish between M. pterotum and M. fibulatum Gilbert and Cramer, the latter from the Hawaiian Islands. The two species are perfectly distinct and can be recognized at a glance at any age after the photophores have developed. Brauer's text-figure 93 (Die Tiefsee Fische, 1906, p. 182) represents M. fibu- latum and not M. pterotum, and may have been drawn from one of the specimens which Brauer examined from the Hawaiian Islands. Much is lost in this volume through the failure to specify the locality of specimens from which the drawings were made, and in general to discuss what are conceived to be vari- ations of the different forms in relation to their geographic distribution. M. pterotum is a diminutive species, the majority of mature specimens ranging from 50 to 60 mm. in total length, none yet reported in excess of 70 mm. Mature females of 50 mm. are in the Japanese material. In neither males nor females are there well-developed luminous plates on the caudal peduncle, such as figured by Brauer (l. c, text-figure 94), but occasionally a very faint single luminous scale can be detected on the back of the caudal peduncle in both sexes. No luminous scales on the under surface of the caudal peduncle are present in any specimens. In the arrangement of the photophores, M. pterotum differs constantly from M. fibulatum in the following respects: 1. The first and second supra-anals, the supraventral and the suprapectoral are in a straight line which passes obliquely forwards and upwards from the second supra-anal. In M. fibulatum, the line of the two lower supra-anals passes forwards and downwards, traversing the second (elevated) ventral, and leaving both supraventral and suprapectoral far above it. 2. Supraventral lower, its distance from lateral line half its distance from base of ventrals (one- third its distance from base of ventrals in M. fibulatum). 82 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 3. Suprapectoral lower, equidistant from pectoral base and lateral line (distance from lateral line half its distance from pectoral base in M. fibulatum). 4. Upper preopercular spot on level of middle of eye (on level of lower margin of eye in M. fibulatimi) . 5. Upper supra-anal and the posterolateral separated from lateral line by a space equal to their own diameter (almost touching the lateral line in M. fibulatum). In both species, the upper precaudal fails to touch the lateral line. 6. The elevated second ventral is over the middle of the interspace between the first and third ventral (almost vertically above the first ventral in M. fibulatum) . In addition to these characters, the eye in M. pterotum is much smaller and has constantly a round peculiarly contracted pupil, while in M. fibulatum, the eye is larger and the pupil is large and ovate in shape, the major axis passing from above downwards and backwards, and the upper portion of the iris is darkly pigmented while the lower half is silvery. In M. pterotum, the opercle terminates in a long tongue-shaped process, which covers the suprapectoral photophore and extends above the pectoral fin and beyond its base. This process is not present in M. fibulatum. The latter is a larger species, reaching a length of at least 100 mm. The mature female develops a single luminous scale on the back of the caudal peduncle, the male may develop two. In Japanese specimens of M. pterotum, the prevailing number of anal photophores is 6 -|- 4, this number occurring on both sides of fifty-six of the sixty-five individuals, and on one side of four others. Total combinations are 5 + 4 (2), 5 + 5 (7), 6 + 3 (2), 6 + 4 (116), and 6 + 5 (3). The antero-anals are always in a curved line, the first much nearer the anal base than the others, the first and second more widely spaced than the following. 11. Myctophum suborbitale sp. nov. Type 17 mm. long to base of caudal fin, from Station 5064, in Suruga Bay; taken in open intermediate net down to 300 fathoms. Closely allied to M. pterotum and M. fibulatuyn, but differing from these and all other species of the genus in the presence of a small round photophore on the cheek below the posterior portion of the eye. Measurements in hundredths of length without the caudal fin: Length of head 35; diameter of eye 13; length of snout 5.5; length of maxillary 23; depth of body 25; of caudal peduncle 8; predorsal length 55; length of dorsal base 18; pre-anal length 60; length of anal base 28; length of pectoral fin 32. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 83 Dorsal rays 12; anal rays 17; pectoral rays 11 or 12; ventral rays 8. Scales of lateral line 34. Snout short, not bluntly rounded; mouth very oblique, the maxillary broadened posteriorly, extending well behind eye and nearly to the preopercular margin, which is not oblique. Eye large, more than one-third the length of the head. Opercle posteriorly extended, wholly covering the upper and lower pectoral photophores, notched opposite the pectoral base. Pectoral fin long, extending beyond the origin of the anal. Anal much longer than the dorsal, its origin under the middle of the dorsal base, its last ray under the adipose fin. Ventrals reaching the anus. Scales all fallen, the scars indicating that those along the lateral line were not at all enlarged. Photophores. — A minute pre-orbital, on the dorsal side of the nostril. A well- developed subocular spot, not present in any other species of this genus, on cheek below the hinder part of the eye, near the maxillary border. Lower pre-opercular spot very smaU, opposite the expanded end of the maxiUary, the upper large, placed entirely below the level of the eye, differing in this respect strikingly from its position in M. pterotum. Suprapectoral vertically above the lower infrapectoral and the second thoracic, situated obliquely above and anterior to the pectoral base, slightly nearer to the pectoral than the lateral fine. Lower infrapectoral anterior to the upper and but little below it. Tho- racics 5, the anterior two interspaces wider than the posterior two; the first pair nearest the median line, the fifth pair more widely separated, at base of outer ventral rays. Supraventral vertically over the fifth thoracic, or even slightly anterior to this line, its distance from lateral line about one-fourth its distance from base of ventrals. Ventrals four, the second elevated, vertically above the first, on a level with the second infrapectoral; the other three con- tiguous to the midventral fine, the space between the first and third longer than that between third and fourth. Supra-anals 3, sharply angulated, the third on the lateral line, vertically above the first antero-anal, the second half- way between lateral line and base of first anal ray, the third horizontally in front of the second, very slightly above a line joining the second with the elevated ventral. In the distribution of the photophores, this species agrees with M. fibulatum, having the second ventral and the first two supra-anals in line, the supraventral far above them. In M. pterotum, the first two supra-anals and the supraventral are in line. Antero-anals 6, equidistant from the base of fin. Posterolateral single, on the lateral line, vertically above the second or third anal ray before the last. Postero-anals 5, the first above the base of the 84 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM last anal ray. Precaudals widely separated, the first at base of rudimentary caudal rays, the second obliquely above and behind it, on the lateral line. In the largest specimen, 30 mm. long (too badly mutilated to serve as the type), are two luminous spots on the under side of the caudal peduncle. In the type and numerous other smaller specimens, none are developed. Their presence in a specimen 30 mm. long (doubtless a female), indicates that it approaches matu- rity and that the species is a diminutive one. General color dusky, as in related species, with little luster. List of Stations. 4909. 31° 38' 30" N., 129° 27' 30" E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 4920. 30° 34' N., 129° 22' E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5064. 35° 02' 10" N., 138° 38' E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5084. 34° 00' 00" N., 137° 49' 40" E. Intermediate net, 918 fathoms. These localities are along the southern coast, from the vicinity of Kago- shima to Suruga Gulf. It was also secured by Mr. Owston in Sagami Bay. The type is deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 12. Myctophum valdivise Brauer. Mydophum valdivice Brauer, Zool. Anz., Vol. 28, 1904, p. 398, fig. 6. Atlantic and Indian Oceans. A single badly injured specimen has the upper series of photophores ar- ranged along the dorsal outline, a position unknown in any other species, and is hence identified with M. valdivice. It was taken at Station 4920, south of Kagoshima (30° 34' N., 129° 22' E.), in the open intermediate net down to 300 fathoms. Genus Centrobranchus Fowler. 13. Centrobranchus chcErocephalus Fowler. Centrobranchus chcerocephalus Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Vol. 55, 1903 [1904], p. 754; Hawaiian Islands. A single young specimen from Station 4921, south of Kagoshima (30° 23' 30" N., 129° 36' 30" E.). As usual in this species, the supra-anals are very obliquely arranged, the anterior of the series over the interspace between the second and third ventrals. There are 5 antero-anals and 9 postero-anals, a combination which did not occur in seventy-one specimens reported on pre- viously from the Hawaiian Islands; but both numbers occurred there separately. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 85 Genus Diaphus Eigenmann & Eigenmann. Key to Japanese Species of Diaphus. a. Pre-orbital photophore confined to a single minute dot above the nostril. h. Upper supra-anal and the posterolateral immediately below the lateral line. . D. agassizi. 66. Upper supra-anal and the posterolateral far below the lateral line D. nipponensis. aa. Upper pre-orbitals on the front of the snout, directed forwards hke headlights, occupying each a roundish depression above the nostril, c. Accessory gland developed in connection with suprapectoral only. d. Lower pre-orbital widely separated from the upper on lower anterior border of orbit, a minute detached subocular point usually present behind it. Pre- opercular border nearly vertical D. nanus. (M. No lower detached pre-orbital, the upper continuous with a narrow strand along anterior border of orbit. Pre-opercular border oblique. e. Third ventral elevated, in line with supraventral, second supra-anal and first antero-anal. Third precaudal midway between first and fourth, the last interspace much the widest D. tanakae. ee. Third ventral low, much below the line joining supraventral and second supra-anal. Last precaudal interspace little wider than the others. D. sagamiensis. cc. Accessory glands developed in connection with all the photophores of the upper lateral series. No lower pre-orbital, a large suborbital D. glandulif er. aaa. A narrow luminous bar on upper and one on lower orbital border, the latter continued as a very narrow strand around front of orbit D. anteorbitalis. aaaa. Pre-orbital expanded to cover the entire snout D- gigas. aaaaa. Pre-orbital not as above, narrow, occupying the anterior or anterior and inferior border of the orbit, without detached portion (the upper portion expanded above nostrils in D. sagamiensis). f. Upper series of photophores well below the lateral line D. coeruleus. ff. Upper series of photophores immediately below the lateral line. g. Pre-orbital not continued along lower margin of orbit. First antero-anal greatly elevated, nearly vertically above the second D- latus. gg. Pre-orbital continuous with a luminous strand which extends along the most of the inferior border of the orbit. First antero-anal not greatly elevated, above and anterior to the second D. sagamiensis. 14. Diaphus agassizi Gilbert. Diaphus agassizii Gilbert, Mem. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XXVI, 1908, p. 226, Pi. 2 (Marquesas Islands). Several specimens, the largest 26 mm. long, from Suruga Bay, in open intermediate net at 300 fathoms. In the figure of the type above cited, the suprapectoral should be higher, a little above the level of the supraventral, and somewhat nearer lateral line than base of pectoral. Also, the third ventral should be higher on side, on a 86 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM level with the second supra-anal, or a trifle above its level, and the third ventral, the second supra-anal, and the first antero-anal in a nearly straight horizontal hne. The anal photophores are 6 to 7 + 5 to 6 in the Japanese material, 6 + 6 and 7 + 5 being the prevailing combinations, 6 + 5 and 7 + 6 also occurring. The number 8 was not found in the anterior group, though this occurred in the type specimen. There are no traces of luminous areas around the eye, but the minute pre-orbital photophore above the nostril is present in all specimens. In this respect, the species agrees with D. nodurnus Poey (= lacerta Goode and •Bean), but has no trace of the minute inferior photophore present in the latter within the lower anterior rim of the orbit (Gilbert, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, XLVI, 1906, p. 257, PI. 1). List of Stations. 4969. 33° 23' 40" N., 135° 33' 00" E. 587 fathoms. 5058. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5063. Suruga Bay. ' Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5064. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 15. Diaphus nipponensis sp. nov. Type 21 mm. long, from Albatross Station 4920, south of Kagoshima (30° 34' N., 129° 22' E.), open intermediate net at 300 fathoms. Very closely allied to D. geviellari (Cocco), differing in the lower position of the photophores of the upper series, the straight supra-anals (not angulated), and the position of the last antero-anal and first postero-anal, neither of which is elevated. In certain of these respects the species agrees with Brauer's figure of a specimen from Messina (Die Tiefsee Fische, 1908, p. 213, text- figure 131), but the latter differs in so many respects from typical D. gemellari, including contour of head, size of the dorsal fin, the position of the postero- lateral with reference to the adjacent spots of the anal series, and the position of the precaudals, that we are justified in doubting the identity of this specimen with D. gemellari. Measurements in hundredths of length exclusive of caudal fin (16 mm.): Length of head 35; axial length of snout 6; diameter of eye 7; length of maxil- lary 27; greatest depth 28; least depth of caudal peduncle 13; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 47; to insertion of ventrals 46; to front of anal 63. Dorsal rays 16; anal rays 14; pectoral rays 11 or 12; ventral rays 9. Scales of lateral line 36. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 87 The shape of the head resembles that of D. agassizi, having a long snout protruding beyond the orbit for a distance nearly equaling the diameter of the latter and a long maxillary accompanied by an oblique pre-opercular margin The eye is very small and everywhere far from the profile. The origin of the dorsal is somewhat in advance of the middle of the length (without caudal) ; posteriorly it overlaps the front of the anal. The adipose fin is inserted over the last anal rays. Photophores. — A minute round pre-orbital on orbital rim above the level of the nostril as in gemellari and agassizi. Suprapectoral very low, above and in front of the pectoral, distant from it not farther than the width of the pectoral base, less than one-third its distance from lateral line. Upper infrapectoral in front of lower pectoral rays, not in contact with their base; lower infrapectoral slightly below the line joining the upper with the first thoracic, and a little nearer the upper. Fourth thoracic over middle of interspace between third and fifth, barely above the level of the base of the ventral fin; second thoracic midway between first and fifth, the second interspace the shortest; fifth thoracic not so far out as usual, in front of middle of ventral base. Supraventral over axil of ventrals, its distance from base of fin, half its distance from lateral line. Third ventrals barely above base of outer ventral ray, on a level with fourth thoracic and first supra-anal; fifth ventrals at sides of vent. Supra-anals in a very oblique straight line, which includes also the fifth ventral, the four spots equally spaced; third supra-anal buthttle in advance of the first anal, equidistant between it and the lateral line. Antero-anals 5, equally spaced, in a straight line, none of them elevated. Posterolateral single, directly over the interspace between the two anal series, resembling an elevated antero-anal and scarcely more distant from the last of that series than the antero-anals are from one another. Postero-anals 6, in a straight line, the anterior very slightly elevated on one side, not on the other. Anterior precaudals lying lower than the anal series, the four forming a very gentle nearly horizontal curve and all equally spaced; the fourth is twice as far from the lateral Une as from the lower margin of the caudal fin. Light brownish, the margins of the scales coarsely pigmented with darker, the sides of head and snout lighter. Only the type known; deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 16. Diaphus nanus Gilbert. Diaphus nanus Gilbert, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXVI, 1908, p. 224, PI. 1. (Marquesas Islands.) 88 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Several specimens off the southern coasts of Kiusiu and Hondo, taken in the intermediate nets operated at 300 fathoms and below. The largest indi- vidual is 45 mm. long, but answers well to the description and figure of the type, though this was very immature (17 mm. long). The photophores and the pre-orbital luminous organs do not vary in size or position with growth. The first antero-anal is not equally elevated with the second supra-anal as shown in the figure, but is constantly below the level of the latter. The lower pre- orbital varies extensively in different specimens, as in the closely related D. theta, being sometimes reduced to a small spot below the anterior margin of the pupil and sometimes developed so as to fill in the entire space between the eye, the front of the premaxillaries, and the nostril. A suborbital dot is usually present below the middle of the pupil. The anal photophores are usually 5 -H 4 or 5 + 5 in number, occasionally 6 + 4 or 6 + 5, 3 in the posterior group on one side only in one specimen. In a few individuals, including several very immature and one of larger size, the first antero-anal is not elevated, but lies close to the base of the anterior anal rays. In all other respects, including the angulated supra-anals and the high position of the upper row of photophores, these agree with the other specimens, so we are clearly concerned with a question of individual variation. List of Stations. 4920. 30° 34' N., 129° 22' E Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 4951. 31° 10' 30" N., 131° 58' 30" E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 4954. 32° 05' N., 133° 02' E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5063. 35° 01' 10" N., 138° 38' 50" E. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 17. Diaphus tanakae sp. nov. Type 21 mm. long, from Albatross Station 4951, off the southern coast of Kiusiu (31° 10' 30" N., 131° 58' 30" E.), intermediate net at 300 fathoms. Very closely related to D. nanus Gilbert, but with the upper series of photophores somewhat higher, the third supra-anal vertically above the second or slightly in advance of it (well behind it in D. nanus), the posterolateral vertically above the last antero-anal (behind it in D. nanus) , and the last pre- caudal interspace decidedly wider than those which precede (but little wider in D, nanus). The eye is smaller, the snout longer, the maxillary much longer, the pre-orbital luminous bodies are different in shape and in extent. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal (16 mm.): Length gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 89 of head 37; greatest depth 27; least depth of caudal peduncle 14; axial length of snout 5; diameter of eye 9; length of maxillary 24; distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal 47; to insertion of ventrals 49; to front of anal 64. Dorsal rays 15; anal rays 15; pectoral rays 11 or 12. Scales of lateral line 36. Snout bluntly rounded, but protruding beyond the eye farther than in D. nanus and related species, its axial length somewhat greater than half the diameter of the eye. Maxillary long, extending beyond the orbit a distance equaling seven-ninths the diameter of the orbit, its posterior portion not widened; pre-opercular border oblique. Pectorals reaching base of ventrals, the latter slightly overlapping front of anal. Insertion of ventrals behind the vertical of origin of dorsal; anal not overlapping the dorsal. P/ioiop/iores.— Pre-orbitals small roundish bodies immediately above the nostrils, directed forwards and little visible from the side; they are about as large as the nostrils and are widely separated mesially; from their lower outer border a very narrow luminous streak extends downwards around the anterior border of the eye, but not on its ventral aspect. The posterior outer border, both of the slender streak and of the rounded expansion above the nostril, is densely pig- mented. No line of division can be detected between the two portions. No sub- ocular spot. Suprapectoral midway between lateral line and base of pectoral. Fourth thoracic above and a trifle behind the third, on the level of the middle of pectoral base. Second thoracics midway between first and fifth, the second and fourth interspaces nearly equal. Supraventrals slightly nearer base of ventrals than lateral line. Third ventral lower than supraventral, on a level with the second supra-anal. Upper supra-anal in contact with the lateral Hne, or a mere trifle below it, vertically above the second, which is above and a httle behind the first; the first and second are very close, the space between them less than half that separating the second and third, and the first is still nearer the fifth ventral, which is before and a little below it. First antero-anal elevated, nearly as high as the second supra-anal, in an oblique line joining second antero-anal and upper supra-anal. Antero-anals 6, the second to the fifth in a straight line diverging from base of anal a little posteriorly, the sixth elevated, obliquely above and behind the fifth, the last interspace equal to those that precede. Posterolateral vertically above the sixth antero-anal, in contact with the lateral line. Postero-anals 5, all on the same level. Precaudals 4, the first three equally spaced, in a gentle curve following base of lower caudal lobe, the fourth more elevated, above and behind the third, very near the lateral line, the third equidistant from the first and the fourth. 90 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Color dark brown, apparently deeper at base of caudal; cheeks, mandible and snout whitish in spirits, probably translucent in life. Two small cotypes from the same station as the type and one from Station 4977, 33° 23' N., 135° 37' 40" E., 544 fathoms, but probably taken nearer the surface. Type deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Named for Shigeho Tanaka of the Imperial University at Tokyo, for his valuable contributions to the ichthyology of Japan. 18. Diaphus glandulifer sp. nov. (Plate XI, fig. 2.) Type 58 mm. long without the caudal fin, from Station 5058, Suruga Gulf, taken with an intermediate net hauled at 300 fathoms. Differing from all known species of the genus in the extensive development of the glandular organs of the photophores. In other species, only one is present, attached to the suprapectoral, while in the present species, glands are attached to aU the photophores of the upper series and to the majority which are intermediate in position between the upper and the ventral series. A round pre-orbital above the nostril, directed forward, and a conspicuous suborbital under middle of eye. No inferior pre-orbital. Measurements in hundredths of length to base of caudal: Length of head 32; diameter of eye 8; width over middle of orbits 9.5; length of snout 4; length of maxillary 23; oblique length of cheek 13; depth of body 21; depth of caudal peduncle 9; predorsal length 45; base of dorsal 19; preanal length 63; base of anal 18; length of pectorals 15; length of ventrals 23. Dorsal rays 15 (including rudiments, the last ray cleft to base); anal rays 15 (last ray cleft to base); pectoral rays 12 or 13; ventral rays 8. Scales of lateral line 34. Snout short, bluntly and evenly rounded; pre-opercular margin obhque, the maxillary scarcely widened posteriorly, almost reaching pre-opercular margin, twice as long as snout and orbit. Gill-rakers 10 + 19, the longest six hundredths of the total length without caudal. Origin of dorsal over base of ventrals, its last ray above the vent. Adipose fin over last anal ray. Pectorals short, barely attaining the base of the ventrals, which pass the origin of the anal. Photophores.— A roundish pre-orbital in a pit of the dorsal side of the nostril, extending mesad nearly to the median crest; lower pre-orbital wanting. Sub- orbital very sharply defined, invariable in shape and position; it is large, roundish in outline, encroaches on lower part of eyeball, and hes in or slightly behind its vertical diameter. It evidently corresponds to the detached point gilbert: the lantern-fishies of japan 91 from the inferior preorbital in D. rafinesquei, theta, and nanus, and is developed in specimens 12 mm. long. The anterior and inferior orbital margins densely black. Suprapectoral low, midway between upper pectoral ray and lateral line. First pair of thoracics nearest the median line, second and third pairs equidis- tant from it, fifth pair separated by more than twice the distance separating the third pair; fourth thoracic elevated but little above the ventral base, a httle behind the vertical from the third thoracic. Supraventral high, its distance from lateral line two-fifths the distance from base of ventrals. Second and third ventrals unusually high, the third on middle of area below lateral line, a little below the line joining the first and second, and sUghtly in advance of the vertical from the fourth. First supra-anal at the side of the vent, in fine with the first, fourth and fifth ventrals and apparently forming one of the ventral series. Line of the supra-anals slightly angulated, the second in advance of the line joining first and third. Third supra-anal not in contact with the lateral fine, but under the lower part of its 18th scale. Antero-anals 6, the first and last elevated, the others in a straight line parallel to anal base, the first about on level of middle supra-anal, in a line joining upper supra-anal and second antero-anal; the last shghtly behind the line joining the fifth antero-anal and the posterolateral, equidistant from both. Posterolateral immediately below the lateral fine. Postero-anals 5. Precaudals 4, the first two placed horizontally and lying deeper than the postero-anals, the third a little elevated and more widely spaced, the fourth much more widely spaced, near the lateral fine, and but little behind the third. Glandular bodies are always connected with the suprapectoral, supra-anal, the posterolateral, and the upper precaudal; usually also with both infra- pectorals, the fourth thoracic and the second and third ventrals; occasionally with the first antero-anal and the third precaudal. General color blackish, with metallic bluish reflections. A number of cotypes from the following Stations, and also from Sagami Bay (C. M. No. 4606). The type is deposited in the U. S. National Museum. List of Stations. 4926. Colnett Strait, south of Kagoshima Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5058. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms, 5063. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5064. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 5084. Suruga Bay. Intermediate net, 300 fathoms. 92 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 19. Diaphus anteorbitalis sp. nov. (Plate XII, fig. 1.) Type 93 mm. long to base of caudal, from Station 4968, off Shiwo Misako (33° 24' 50" N., 135° 38' 40" E.), depth 253 fathoms. Very closely allied to D. adenomus Gilbert from the Hawaiian Islands, differing only in the greater development of the circumocular luminous bodies, in the slightly higher position of the suprapectoral photophore, and in the larger eye. Measurements in hundredths of total length to base of caudal: Length of head 28.5; diameter of eye 7.5; interorbital width above middle of eye 9; length of snout 5; of maxillary 22; greatest depth of body 22; least depth of caudal peduncle 11; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 43; to base of outer ventral ray 43; to base of last dorsal ray 60; to front of anal 64; to last anal ray 81; to adipose fin 80; length of base of anal fin 18; of dorsal fin 19. Dorsal rays 15 (3 rudiments; last ray cleft to base); anal rays 15 (2 rudi- ments); pectoral rays 12; ventral rays 9, the outer ray short, rudimentary. Scales of lateral line 36, the third supra-anal photophore on the 18th scale, the posterolateral on the 25th. Gill-rakers 5 + 11. Diameter of eye about one-fourth length of head (about one-fifth head in D. adenomus). Origin of dorsal and base of outer ventral ray in the same vertical; last dorsal ray over the vent; last anal ray under the adipose fin. Pectoral reaching a point halfway between fourth thoracic photophore and base of ventral. Longest ventral ray reaching to or nearly to the vent. A well-developed supra-orbital luminous body, as in D. adenomus, found only in these two species. It is in the form of a narrow streak along the upper border of the orbit, not extending behind the pupil; a small superior pre-orbital, in its usual position above the nostril; a third luminous body occu- pies the position of both suborbital and inferior pre-orbital, extending on the inferior border of the eye to or beyond the middle of the orbit, becoming abruptly narrowed beneath front of eye and sending a narrow upward extension nearly to the level of the superior pre-orbital. In D. adenomus, both the supe- rior pre-orbital and the extension between eye and nostril are lacking. Supra- pectoral photophore above the angle of the opercular flap, slightly nearer base of pectoral than lateral line, accompanied below by a small glandular body. Fourth thoracic and third ventral low, but little above the level of the ventral base. Supraventral midway between the lateral line and the ventral base, or a trifle nearer the lateral line. Supra-anals in a nearly straight line, the middle spot slightly behind the line which joins the other two and passes just caudad / gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 93 of the fifth ventral. Upper supra-anal immediately below the lateral line, the posterolateral and the upper precaudal slightly below its level. Antero-anals about equally spaced, the first above and anterior to the second, less elevated than the middle supra-anal. Last antero-anal elevated, nearly midway between its predecessor and the posterolateral, but a trifle behind the line joining the two. The remaining four posteroanals form a gently curved line which rises slightly posteriorly. Postero-anals five (six in one cotype). Precaudals forming a gently curved line nearly parallel with base of lower caudal lobe, the upper spots more widely spaced than the lower two. General color dusky; lining of mouth and gill cavity black, the opercle with blue-black reflections. A black area above each eye. A dusky band across the mandible below eye. Fins with minute dark specks. Three cotypes from the same locality as the type; the latter is deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 20. Diaphus gigas sp. nov. (Plate XII, fig. 2.) Type 172 mm. in total length, 140 mm. to base of caudal, from Sagami Bay; collection of Alan Owston (C. M. No. 4601). Most nearly related to D. chrysorhynchus Gilbert and Cramer and D. perspicillatus Ogilby. From both species it differs in the greater development of the inferior pre-orbital, which is produced dorsally well beyond the small tri- angular superior pre-orbital. It differs further from D. perspicillatus in the lower position of the third ventral photophore, and from D. chrysorhynchus in the lower suprapectoral and in the restriction of the inferior pre-orbital to the por- tion of the lower orbital rim in advance of the pupil. In D. chrysorhynchus, it extends to below the posterior margin of the pupil. Brauer's description and figure of D. elucens (Die Tiefsee Fische, pp. 219, 220), fails to indicate any difference from D. perspicillatus, with which it is probably identical. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal: Length of head 29; diameter of eye 8.5; length of snout 3.8; frontal width at middle of eyes 10; length of maxillary 19.5; distance from eye to end of maxillary 11; depth of body 20; of caudal peduncle 8.5; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 42; to base of ventrals 43.5; to last dorsal ray 62.5; to front of anal 63.5; to last anal ray 81; to adipose dorsal 80. Length of pectorals 13; of ventrals 18. Dorsal rays 15 (2 rudiments); anal rays 15 (2 rudiments); ventral rays 9 (1 rudiment); pectoral rays 11. Scales of lateral line 35, the upper supra-anal on the 18th scale, the posterolateral on the 25th. Gill-rakers long, 8 -f- 16. 94 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM As in related species, the eye is large, the snout very short and high, bluntly rounded. Preopercular margin only moderately oblique, the maxillary reaching its anterior border. Pectoral not quite reaching base of ventrals, the latter attaining the vent. Dorsal beginning slightly in advance of base of ventrals, the anal a little behind last dorsal ary, the adipose fin above the last anal ray. Scales of lateral line not enlarged, their vertical diameter nowhere exceeding their distance from middorsal line. Photophores. — Superior pre-orbital smaller than in D. chrysorhynchus, oval in shape, the massive inferior pre-orbital expanding above the nostril, occupying all the area between the smaller pre-orbital and the median crest, and continued much beyond it dorsally; ventrallj^, the inferior pre-orbital ceases abruptly oppo- site the pupil or in front of this point. No trace of an infra-orbital. Distance from suprapectoral to lateral line 1.2 in its distance from base of ventrals (1.66 in D. chrysorhynchus). Fourth thoracic on level of base of ventrals, the third ventral only a trifle higher, much below the level of the supraventral, which is over the axil of the ventral and is nearer ventral base than lateral line. Third supra-anal immediately below lateral line, the three of the series in an oblique line, not angulated, the lowermost opposite the vent, above and behind the fifth ventral. First antero-anal elevated, not so high as middle supra-anal, in a line joining the upper supra-anal and second antero-anal. Second to fifth antero- anals form a slightly curved line which gently rises, the sixth more elevated. Postero-anals 5. Posterolateral but little below the lateral line, a trifle farther removed than the upper supra-anal. Precaudals forming a broad curve; the first two slightly less separated than the other two, the uppermost not so near the lateral line as the posterolateral. Color very dark. A broad dark bar across mandibles below eyes; mouth and gill-cavity black. Two cotypes from Sagami Bay, the largest 21 cm. (C. M. No. 4602). The type is deposited in the Carnegie Museum. 21. Diaphus coeruleus (Klunzinger) . Scopelus coeruleus Klunzinger, Verh. k. k. zool. bot. Ges. Wien., Vol. 21, 1871, p. 152. (Indian Ocean.) Diaphus watasei Jordan and Starks, Bull. U. S. Fish Com. for 1902 [1904], p. 580. (Sagami Bay.) Scopelus engraulis Giinther, Deep Sea Fishes Challenger, 1887, p. 197, PI. LI, fig. C. (PhilipiDine Islands.) gilbekt: the lantern-fishes of japan 95 Several specimens from Sagami Bay (C. M. No. 4603) were obtained from Mr. Alan Owston, and have been compared with the cotypes of D. watasei from the same locality. There seems no reason to doubt the identity of this material with D. coeruleus from the Indian Ocean. D. engraulis from the Philippines agrees in all respects except the smaller eye (said to be one-fifth the length of the head) but the figure shows it larger than this, and probably no difference exists. 22. Diaphus latus sp. nov. (Plate XIII, fig. 1.) Type 75 mm. in total length, 64 mm. to base of caudal, from Sagami Bay; collection of Alan Owston (C. M. No. 4604). Most nearly related to D. splendidus, signatus, and sagamiensis, but with deeper body, smaller eye, the pre-orbital restricted to the anterior border of the eye, the suprapectoral higher, the third supra-anal and the posterolateral in con- tact with the lateral line, the fourth precaudal immediately below it; the first antero-anal greatly elevated, nearly verticaUy above the second, the second to fifth antero-anals in a straight line, parallel with anal base. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal: Length of head 25; diameter of eye 5.5; length of snout 4; width over middle of orbit 7; length of maxillary 18; depth of body 23; of caudal peduncle 10; distance from tip of snout to dorsal 39; to base of ventrals 41; to front of anal 60; to adipose 76. Length of pectoral 11.5; of ventral 18. Dorsal rays 15, including 3 rudiments, the posterior ray split to base; anal rays 16, including two rudiments; pectoral rays 12; ventral rays 9, the outer a short rudiment. Scales of lateral fine 37, the upper supra-anal on the 18th scale, the posterolateral on the 26th or 27th. Gill-rakers long and slender, 7 + 15 (in cotype). Body deeper than in related species; eye small, the profile rising well above its dorsal border; snout short, bluntly rounded; preopercular margin obhque, the maxillary reaching its margin. Pectoral short, not reaching base of ventrals, the latter not beyond the vent. Base of ventrals under or slightly behind the origin of dorsal; origin of anal slightly behind vertical from last dorsal ray, the last anal ray beneath the adipose. Scales of lateral fine not enlarged, their vertical diameter nowhere greater than their distance from mid-dorsal line. Photophores.— Upper pre-orbital a small ocellated dot under the edge of the ' frontal, as in D. signatus and D. agassizi; lower pre-orbital occupying the area 96 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM between eye and nostril, expanding a little above the nostril, scarcely extending on the ventral aspect of the orbit; no trace of a suborbital. Suprapectoral immediately above angle of opercular flap, its distance from lateral line two- thirds its distance from base of upper pectoral ray (slightly lower in a cotype); the usual glandular body is attached to it below. None of the pectoral organs are concealed beneath the opercular flap. Fourth thoracic a trifle above the level of the ventral base, nearly verticallj^ above the third thoracic. Supra- ventral nearer lateral line than base of ventrals. Third ventral not greatly elevated, a little below the oblique line joining first and second, not as high as the middle supra-anal. Supra-anals slightly angulated, the second a little in advance of the line joining the other two; the upper one is below the lateral line and in contact with it, the lower above and slightly behind the fifth ventral. First antero-anal greatly elevated, nearly vertically above the second, on a level with middle supra-anal, its distance from second much greater than that between second and third, and equaling that between third and fifth. Second to sixth antero-anals in a straight line, parallel with anal base, the seventh elevated, the line joining sixth and seventh passing just behind the posterolateral, which is in contact with the lateral line. Postero-anals 5. Last precaudal a little below the end of the lateral line, the first two horizontal, at lower edge of tail, the third a little above them. General color very dark, the mouth and gill-cavity black; vertical fins with the rays black-dotted. . The anals vary from 6 to 7 + 5 to 6. Several cotypes from Sagami Bay (C. M. No. 4605). The type is de- posited in the Carnegie Museum. 23. Diaphus sagamiensis sp. nov. (Plate XIII, fig. 2.) Type 67 mm. in total length, 53 mm. to base of caudal, from Sagami Bay, Japan, collection of Alan Owston (C. M. No. 4608). Most nearly related to D. signatus Gilbert, but with the lower pre-orbital extending along the ventral border of the orbit to vertical from posterior border of pupil, the supraventral photophore midway between lateral line and base of ventrals (decidedly nearer lateral line in D. signatus), the first antero-anal less elevated, the second much less widely spaced from third, and the precaudals less widely spaced, the fourth lower. The photophores are larger, and the form deeper. It differs also from D. coeruleus and D. splendidxis, in the ventral, continuation of the lower pre-orbital, and in details of position and spacing of the photophores. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 97 Measurements in hundredths of length without the caudal fin: Length of head 28; diameter of eye 8; length of snout 4.5; length of maxillary 20; greatest depth of body 21; least depth of caudal peduncle 9; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 42; to insertion of ventrals 43; to front of anal 61; to adipose fin 75. Length of pectorals 11.5; of ventrals 16. Dorsal rays 17 (including anterior rudiments); anal rays 15; pectoral rays 12; ventrals rays 9, the outer reduced to a short rudiment. Scales of lateral line 35, the upper supra-anal on the 18th scale, the posterolateral on the 25th. In a cotype, the upper supra-anal is on the 19th scale, the posterolateral on the 27th. Snout very short, bluntly rounded, its length slightly exceeding half the diameter of the eye; pre-opercle only moderately oblique, the maxillary reaching its margin. Gill-rakers 8 + 17, more numerous than in D. signatus. Pectorals short, not reaching ventrals, the ventrals not reaching beyond the vent, inserted under the front of dorsal. Last dorsal ray over or shghtly behind origin of anal; last anal ray under the adipose. Scales all fallen. General color blackish; no dark bars evident on mandible. P/iotop/iores.— Upper pre-orbital small, triangular, on the orbital margin, not constricted off from the broader mass of the lower pre-orbital, which fills the area on the dorsal side of the nostril, narrows between the nostril and the eye and continues without interruption on ventral side of orbit to or beyond vertical from posterior margin of pupil. Dorsally, the upper pre-orbital interposes between it and the eye, and mesially it is well separated from its fellow. It differs from the pre-orbital slightly in color and appearance, and does not in the lower part of its course give any evidence of union with a suborbital organ. Suprapectoral high, its distance from lateral line but half its distance from pectoral base; attached to it a very small inconspicuous glandular organ. Fourth thoracic opposite to or very slightly above the base of ventrals. Supra- ventral midway between lateral line and base of ventral (in cotypes, a little nearer ventral). The line joining first and second ventrals passes above the third ventral, which is but little above the level of the base of the outer ventral ray. Supra-anals in a straight line, or the second slightly in advance, the first opposite the vent, above and behind the fifth ventral, the third in contact with the lateral line, vertically above the first anal ray. Antero-anals about equally spaced, the first much less elevated than in D. signatus, the line joining first and second passes below the upper supra-anal. All antero-anals except the first form a gently and regularly curved line rising posteriorly, the last sometimes a trifle 98 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM more elevated. Antero-anals normally 6 in number, the postero-anals 5; in one cotype the number is 7 + 4. Posterolateral immediately below lateral line, scarcely in contact with it. Precaudals in a gentle obliquely disposed curve, the first two more closely set than are the postero-anals, the last two a little more widely spaced; fourth precaudal well below end of lateral line. Five cotypes from the same locality as the type (C. M. No. 4609), and one from Albatross Station 5064, Suruga Bay, taken with open intermediate net at 300 fathoms. Type deposited in the Carnegie Museum. Genus Lampanyctus Cocco. Key to Japanese Species op Lampanyctus. a. Luminous scales not confined to the precaudal region. 6. Dorsal and anal short, about equal in length. Only one photophore above the base of pectoral fin. Supra-anals in an obhque line L. townsendi. hh. Dorsal and anal long, much overlapping, the dorsal the longest. Two pectoral photophores above the base of the pectoral fin. Supra-anals angulated. Two posterolaterals, on a level L. japonicus. aa. Luminous scales confined to precaudal patches, or with one in addition in front of adipose fin. c. Supra-anals in an oblique line L. leucopsarum. cc. Supra-anals angulated. d. Pectorals short, not reaching base of ventrals. e. Last precaudal vertically above the one preceding L. niger. ee. Last precaudal above and behind the preceding L. microchir. dd. Pectorals longer, extending well beyond base of ventrals. /. A spot on the cheek and one on shoulder. Numerous accessory dots scattered over head and bod3\ g. Second and third antero-anals not elevated L. punctatissimus. gg. Second and third antero-anals elevated, on the same level. L.jordani. //. A spot on the shoulder, none on the cheek L. macropterus. 24. Lampanyctus townsendi Eigenmann and Eigenmann. Lampanyctus townsendi Eigenmann and Eigenmann, West American Scientist, 1889, p. 125, from Cortez Banks, near San Diego, Cal. Gilbert, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXVI, 1908, p. 230, PI. 4. (Marquesas Islands, Pacific Ocean.) Three specimens, the largest 60 mm. long, taken off southern Japan. In life the species is almost jet-black, and probably lives at a considerable depth. One of the specimens was taken in a bottom trawl at 507 fathoms; the other two in an intermediate net operated at 850 fathoms. In both cases, they may of course have entered the net nearer the surface. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 99 As previously indicated, this species is nearest L. warmingi Liitken, which has been reported from the Indian Ocean and the eastern part of the Atlantic. L. townsendi is readily distinguished from L. warmingi in the presence of 5 ventral photophores instead of 4. Also the fifth thoracic is elevated, on the level of the outer ventral rays, the supraventral is low, midway between lateral line and base of ventrals. In other respects, they seem very similar. The ventral photophores in L. townsendi are arranged much as in L. viaderensis, the first pair closely approximated on the same level, which is about that of outer ventral ray, the fourth pair much more closely apposed, and the fifth pair again diverging at the sides of the vent and a little anterior to it. Additional points can be made out on these specimens concerning the distribution of the luminous scales. A short patch of five scales on back of caudal peduncle involves the rudimentary caudal raj's; a long band covers all of inferior surface of caudal peduncle and contains twelve or thirteen scales ; a series along each side of base of anal fin; a median series from base of ventrals to vent, and a pair at sides of vent; a median scale somewhat in advance of ventrals; a median scale on isthmus and two on each side forming with it lines diverging backwards towards bases of pectorals. As the skin is lost in front of the dorsal fin, no trace of luminous scales can there be found. The figure of L. townsendi above cited, based on a very small specimen from the Marquesas Islands, represents the snout very much sharper than in the Japanese specimens, wherein it is rather heavy and bluntly rounded. No material is at hand for comparison. List of Stations. 4954. 32° 05' N., 133° 02' E. Intermediate net, 850 fathoms. 4980. 34° 09' N., 137° 55' E. 507 fathoms. 25. Lampanyctus japonicus (Tanaka). Macrostoma qiiercinum ja-ponicum Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ., 1908, p. 5, PI. 1, fig. 3. No additional material has been secured and the type has not been ex- amined. Tanaka was unable to point out any differences between the Japanese species and L. elongaius (= L. quercinus) from the Atlantic, and the specific name is here retained awaiting an opportunity to make direct comparison of material from the two oceans. It is apparent that the number of photophores in Tanaka's figure is not entirely reliable. Apparently fragments of luminous 100 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM scales have been mistaken for photophores in some instances. Thus the lower of the pectoral series, two in the thoracic series and one of the supraventrals belong in this category and are redundant. If the number of gill-rakers is correctly given as 9 + 13, this may serve to distinguish this species, as in several specimens of L. elongatus from the Atlantic, there are constantly eighteen to twenty rakers on the anterior portion of the outer arch. 26. Lampanyctus nannochir (Gilbert). Myciophuni nannochir Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIII, p. 51; Pacific coast, U. S. A single specimen was secured at Albatross Station 5030, in the southern part of the Okhotsk Sea, southeast of Cape Patience, Sagalin; hitherto unre- corded in the western Pacific south of Bering Sea. The specimen has all the characters which serve to distinguish this form from L. leucopsarum; the larger photophores, the smaller number of luminous scales on caudal peduncle, the somewhat lower position of the upper series of photophores on the sides, and the presence of three instead of four precaudals. Occasionally a specimen of L. nannochir has a fourth precaudal on one side, but no case has come under our notice in which L. leucopsarum has but three precaudals. In addition to these characters, it was ascertained during the cruise of 1906 that in life the photo- phores of nannochir are constantly a bright ruby-red, whereas in leucopsarum they are golden-yellow. No trace of this difference persists in preserved mate- rial. The two species are extremely closely related; occasionally a young speci- men is difficult to determine. Furthermore, they accompany each other throughout their range. But a number of minor characters have thus far shown a constant correlation which makes it impossible to ignore them. 27. Lampanyctus niger (Giinther). Nannobrachium nigrum Giinther, Deep Sea Fishes Challenger, 1887, p. 199, PL LII, fig. B. A single specimen 71 mm. long, from Albatross Station 4958, in the Bungo Channel, depth 405 fathoms. The present status of the species is very unsatis- factory, as the original description and figure have no reliable indication of the distribution of the photophores. Our specimen is much slenderer than is indicated in the figure by Brauer (Die Tiefseefische, 1906, p. 242, fig. 159), agreeing in this respect and in general appearance with Glinther's figure above cited. The position of the photophores agrees in most details with that shown by Brauer. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 101 The suprapectoral is on the lateral line, the upper infrapectoral on a level with it and a trifle posterior. Fourth thoracic elevated, on level of middle of pectoral fin. Ventrals 4, the second a very little farther out at the side than the others, the fourth at sides of vent. Supraventral, third supra-anal, and posterolateral immediately below lateral line, the last precaudal on or above the lateral line. Supra-anals forming a very blunt angle, the third vertically above the first antero-anal, the second above the vent, the first just anterior to the third ventral; first and second on the same level, which is also that of the fourth thoracic. Antero-anals 7, their line not arched, the first two more widely spaced than the others, the last one elevated as usual. Postero-anals 8, con- tinuous with the precaudals, the latter more widely spaced. Anterior 3 pre- caudals in a gentle curve at base of lower caudal lobe and evenly spaced, the fourth much more widely separated, above and slightly anterior to the third, on or a little above the lateral line. The pectoral is injured, but was evidently short, and consisted of extremely delicate rays which are however more numerous than represented by Giinther, being twelve or fourteen in number. The color was black, the body is much slenderer than is represented by Brauer (1. c, p. 242, fig. 159), the depth a trifle less than one-fifth the length. The precaudals are also differently arranged, there being three instead of two along the base of the lower caudal lobe, and a fourth on lateral line, above and slightly anterior to the third. It may be that Brauer's figure is not entirely reliable, but the doubt he expresses concerning the identity of his specimens with Glinther's species must also hold with the one here reported from Japan. The three specimens previously reported from the Hawaiian Islands (Gilbert, Bull. U. S. Fish Com. for 1903 [1905], Part 2, p. 591) belong to this species. In the description, by error, four pectoral photophores are described, and the pectorals are said to contain but few (three to six) rays. A more careful examination shows the pectoral to contain about twelve excessively slender rays. 28. Lampanyctus microchir sp. nov. Type 22 mm. in total length, 18 mm. to base of caudal; from Albatross Station 5064, Suruga Bay, intermediate net at 300 fathoms. Very closely allied to L. micro-pterus Brauer, differing in the following details in the arrangement of the photophores: 1. Suprapectoral on the lateral line, instead of a short distance below it. 102 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 2. Fourth thoracic shghtly below level of pectoral, instead of above its level. 3. Second ventral above and somewhat anterior to the first, instead of above and behind it. 4. First supra-anal on level of second, over or before the fourth ventral. In L. micropterus, the first supra-anal is considerably below the level of the second, and behind the fourth ventral. Brauer compares L. micropterus with L. oculeus Garman, with which species he at first identified it. But the two are not closely related. L. oculeus has not only the infrapectorals obliquely arranged, but has both second and third ventrals elevated. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal: Length of head 33; diameter of eye 5.5; length of maxillary 23; greatest depth 21; least depth of caudal peduncle 6; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 53; to base of ventrals 46; to front of anal 56; to last dorsal ray 65; to last anal ray 75. Dorsal rays 14; anal rays 17; pectoral rays 9; ventral rays 8. Scales of lateral line 34. Ventrals inserted in advance of dorsal; origin of anal under middle of dorsal; pectorals very short and slender, not reaching ventrals; ventrals to vent. Phoiophores. — A small pre-orbital on orbital margin immediately below level of posterior nostril; a small round spot on shoulder cannot be positively identi- fied as a photophore; suprapectoral on the lateral line; upper infrapectoral in front of middle of pectoral base, the lower vertically below it. Thoracics five, the fourth elevated, vertically above the third and on level of lower pectoral ray; first thoracic interspace much wider than the others. Supraventral on the lateral line, somewhat in advance of the base on the ventral fins. Ventrals five, the second elevated, above and in advance of the first, the first, third, fourth and fifth equally spaced and equidistant from the midventral line. Supra-anals forming a right angle, the third on the lateral line under the middle of the dorsal fin, the second and first equally elevated, the second over or slightly in advance of the fourth ventral. Postero-anal on the lateral line. Antero-anals six, the fifth elevated, the others on the same level, the first interspace longer than those which follow. Posteroanals six, none of them opposite the anal fin. Precaudals three, the first above the first caudal ray, lower than the last postero-anal and separated from it by a wider space than occurs between the postero-anals; second precaudal elevated, a little behind the oblique line joining first and third, its distance from first little more than half its distance from the third, which is above and a httle behind it, in contact with the lateral line. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 103 Luminous scales confined to the caudal peduncle, three on the dorsal side, four ventrally. No minute accessory photophores. Only the type known; deposited in the U. S. National Museum. 29. Lampanyctus punctatissimus sp. nov. Type 20 mm. long to base of caudal fin, which is mutilated, so the total length cannot be ascertained. Albatross Station 5064, Suruga Bay, Japan, intermediate net at 300 fathoms. Closely allied to L. alatus, differing in the presence of a spot on shoulder and a luminous scale before the adipose, and in the shorter pectoral fin. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal fin: Length of head 32; diameter of eye 5; length of snout 5; length of maxillary 24; depth of body 20; least depth of caudal peduncle 7; distance from tip of snout to front of dorsal 48; to front of ventrals 46; to front of anal 60; to last dorsal ray 62. Dorsal rays 12; anal rays 17; pectoral rays 12; ventral rays 8. Scales of lateral line 34. Snout short, but not rounded; a depression over front of eyes; middle of maxillary under posterior border of eye. Origin of dorsal behind base of ventrals, its last ray about over the fifth of the anal. Pectoral more or less mutilated in all our specimens, but appar- ently not extending much if any beyond the front of the anal. PJioto-phores. — A well-developed spot on middle of cheek and one somewhat smaller on the shoulder. Suprapectoral very near the lateral line; upper infra- pectoral somewhat above the middle of the pectoral base, the lower infra- pectoral below and behind it in a line joining the upper infrapectoral and the second thoracic. Thoracics five, the fourth elevated, over the space between the third and fifth, on a level with middle of pectoral base. The second thoracics are about midway between the first and fifth pairs, the third nearer the second than the fifth. The second and third pairs are but little farther from mid- ventral line than the first pair, but the fifth are out at the sides in front of the outer ventral rays. The supraventral, upper supra-anal, posterolateral and upper precaudal are equally elevated and are near the lateral line but not in contact with it. Ventrals four, none of them elevated. Supra-anals forming a right angle, the anterior somewhat more elevated than the middle one, over the interspace between the second and third ventrals. Antero-anals seven, the posterior elevated, the first six on the same level. Postero-anals continuous with the precaudals, but a slight widening of the spacing seems to indicate that the precaudals are four in 104 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM number, the postero-anals six. The first two precaudals are in line with the postero-anals, the third a little elevated, the fourth near the lateral line, above and slightly in advance of the third. Three luminous scales in front of lower caudal lobe, two in front of the upper; a single luminous scale in front of adipose fin. In addition to the larger photophores, the head and body are thickly set with smaller luminous dots, which are surrounded with black pigment-rings and show a more or less definite arrangement. A well-defined series of about fifteen occur equally spaced along outer surface of mandible, and a similar series is on the maxillary. On sides of head and body, there is one to each scale, arranged under the tip of the exposed portion, as in L. jordani. A few extend out on the base of the caudal fin. The general color is blackish brown. The type is deposited in the U. S. National Museum. List of Stations. 4969. 33° 23' 40" N., 135° 33' E. Intermediate 300 fathoms. 5058. Suruga Bay Intermediate 300 fathoms. 5064. Suruga Bay Intermediate 300 fathoms. 30. Lampanyctus jordani sp. nov. (Plate XIV.) Type 121 mm. long to base of caudal, from Nemuro, Hokkaido, Japan (C. M. No. 4617), obtained in 1900 by Dr. Jordan. Most closely related of L. 7nacropterus Brauer, but the second and third antero-anals equally elevated, well above the level of the remainder of the series. A spot on the shoulder and one on the cheek. Four ventral photophores, none of them distinctly elevated. Luminous scales confined to the caudal peduncle and the front of the adipose fin. Dorsal fin shorter than the anal. Measurements in hundredths of length without caudal fin: Length of head 27 (in cotypes 28); diameter of eye 6; length of snout 4.5; frontal width opposite middle of orbit 8; length of maxillary 20; depth of body 23; depth of caudal peduncle 12; distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal 47; to base of ventrals 44; to last dorsal ray 60; to first anal ray 59; to last anal ray 80; to front of adipose dorsal 81; length of pectoral 23; of ventral 16. Dorsal rays 13 (including 2 rudiments); anal rays 18 (2 rudiments); pectoral rays 15; ventral rays 9 (outer ray rudimentary). Scales of lateral line 40. Mandible strongly upcurved towards symphysis, protruding beyond the gilbert: the lantern -fishes of japan 105 premaxillaries, reaching far beyond the eye. Dorsal origin distinctly behind insertion of ventrals, in advance of the middle of the body. Last ray of dorsal opposite or slightly behind the first of the anal. Last anal ray under the adi- pose dorsal. Pectorals long, reaching in the cotypes to or nearly to the vent; ventrals reaching front of anal. Photophores. — Reniform in shape in uninjured specimens, those of the upper series most strongly marked in this respect. A minute pre-orbital slightly below the line joining the eye and nostril. One on cheek, in contact with upper border of maxillary. A small distinct spot constantly present on the shoulder, and another not represented in any other species, above and slightly behind the base of upper pectoral ray. Suprapectoral near lateral line, but distinctly below it. Upper infrapectoral in front of pectoral base above its middle, the lower infrapectoral below and behind it. Thoracics five, the fourth much ele- vated, on level of base of pectoral, the first pair nearer the median line than the second and third, the fourth farther apart on level of outer ventral ray. Distance between the first and second pairs greater than between the second and third, or between the third and fifth. Supraventral, upper supra-anal, posterolateral, and upper precaudal immediately beneath the tubes of the lateral line. Ventrals four, the first pair opposite the inner ventral rays, the second farther out at the side, but not distinctly elevated, on level of outer ventral rays, the third and fourth forming with the second a straight line, which slightly approaches the mid ventral line posteriorly. The four pairs are about equally spaced. First and second supra-anals on the same level, the first over the second ventral, the second over the fourth ventral. Antero-anals eight, the second and third elevated, on the same level, the eighth also elevated, slightly nearer the seventh than the posterolateral. Postero-anals eight or nine. Pre- caudals four, the lower three in a curved line at base of lower caudal lobe, the fourth more widely separated, on the lateral line. In the type, the first precaudal is a trifle lower than the last postero-anal and less definitely set off from that series than in the cotj^pes, where it is not only lower, but more widely spaced. In addition to these larger photophores, there are numerous minute lumi- nous dots on sides of head and on body, one of these on each scale of trunk, at the tip of its exposed portion. Luminous scales: two in front of upper and nine in front of lower caudal lobe; two or three, with occasional traces of one or two more, in front of adipose fin. General color dark brown or blackish, the fins a little lighter. The type is an old specimen bleached in the light. It was much darker in life than the figure indicates. 106 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM Two cotypes were secured at Albatross Station 5039, off the southern shore of Hokkaido (42° 11' N., 141° 57' E.); depth at bottom 269 to 326 fathoms. Type deposited in the Carnegie Museum. Named for David Starr Jordan in appreciation of his epoch-making re- searches on the fish-fauna of Japan. 31. Lampanyctus macropterus (Brauer). Mtjctophum (Lampanyctus) macropterum Brauer, Zool. Anz., 1904, p. 404, fig. 5; Indian Ocean. A single specimen, 105 mm. long, was secured by the Albatross at Station 4951, near Kagoshima (31° 10' 30" N., 131° 58' 30" E.). The dredge was sent down in 703 fathoms, but evidently failed to reach the bottom as the contents were all deep pelagic, the failure obviously due to the swift currents of the Kurosiwo. The specimen is larger than any of Brauer's types from the Indian Ocean, and differs from his description and figure in the following respects: 1. Only the first of the postero-anal photophores lies over the base of the anal fin. 2. The second of the ventral series is less elevated and more obliquely placed with reference to the first ventral. It is distinctly below the line joining the first and second supra-anals. 3. Second and third antero-anals nearly equally elevated, though less so than in L. jordani, both well above the level of the first, fourth, and fifth antero-anals. Sixth antero-anal elevated, nearly midway between the fifth and the posterolateral. 4. The luminous scales completely cover the lower margin of caudal peduncle and are eight in number. No spot on cheek, none above and behind upper pectoral ray, no accessory spots on head or body, and no luminous scales before the adipose; differing in these respects from L. jordani. Humeral spot unusually large, nearly equal in size to the spots on body. Upper infrapectoral on level with upper pectoral rays. First supra-anal much lower than the second, the line joining the two reaching lower profile in advance of third thoracic, passing well above the second ventral. Anals six to nine. Dis- tinctly four precaudals, the first and second dropped below the line of the postero- anals, and separated from them by a slightly wider interspace. The third is more elevated than in L. jordani, but is nearer the second than the fourth. gilbert: the lantern-fishes of japan 107 The upper supra-anal, the posterolateral, and the upper precaudal are in contact with the lateral line, but the supraventral is lower, its distance from lateral line one-half its distance from base of ventrals. Origin of anal under middle of dorsal or slightly behind that point. Pec- torals reaching middle of anal base. The extent to which these forms vary within the species is still to be determined, so I have not recognized as of specific value the pecuharities of the Japanese specimen here described. One of the specimens figured by Brauer {I. c, fig. 167) varies in so many details from the type, that it may well repre- sent a different species. Unfortunately, Brauer fails to designate any single specimen as his type, and totally neglects to give data for his figures. X o w 00 5 w PS 6 as CO o ri o ^^ 6 ^ s I ZSl A 00 oj JO '"= c . o ^ <^ . - ^ SCO 03 o3 o m cS m ►J a H P5 o XI w E-i a-( .-J o > C3 o PS o 00 CO lO Ol fl crt & oj ^ . — 1 -^ o ■o O -* ■/J o on ^ o rji 1^ ^ r^< o rrj a a:; a rr Ki o >-0 ^ >> ^ m a "1 p< ^ H C/J Oj H a m K'i w H m 1-1 a GO W f^ pq n J -c ^ c^ &D C» « c» C<0 -c ^ ^ Q*^ d 2 X w CL, o > w CO w 3 w o s w > >< o > a" UJ CO W 3 w « « o w 6 O ci C3 & 03 1-5 o -a O K 3 a ;2; in p. n e g, 1^ REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of AUegheny Coimty, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. (Very scarce.) : 2. A Preliminary list of the Vascular Flora of AUe- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shafeb. Pp. 114. (Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Little Enown Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 17, 4 Plates. (Very scarce.) 4. The Reptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp. 13. (Very scarce.) 5. Osteology of the Herodiones. By R. W. Shu- FELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print.) 6. Dentition of Titauotherium. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) 7. Sabal Sigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 2. (Out of print.) 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Colcoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Henry G. Klaqes. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By K. W. Shu- teldt. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.) 10. Description of a New Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 9, 3 Plates. . . 13. Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidse (Ha- drosauridse, Claosauridse) Marsh. By J. B. ITatcuer. Pp. 10 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 16. Osteology cf the Psittacl. By K. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus PartiUa in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Suith. Pp. 64 18. Two New Species of Bahaman Lepidoptera. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 19. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peterson and C. W. Gilmobe. Pp. 10 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By Boyd Cbumrine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps 21. Iifinute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Ceumbinb. Pp. 44 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Elizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd Ceumbine. 2 pts., pp. 295 23. Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Crumeine. Pp. 74 24. The Records of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, &c. Edited by Boyd Ceumbine. Pp. 90 2F. Astropecten (?) montanuB, &c. By Eael Doug- lass. Pp. 4 26. Discovery of the Remains of Astrodon (Pleuro- coelus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 6. (Out of print.) 27. .30 28, 29. .65 30, .60 31, 32, 33. .90 2.25 1.60 1.75 .10 34. 36. 37. 38. 39. .35 40. .60 41. .25 42. .25 .35 43. 44. 1.26 45. .10 46. .15 47, 48, 1 .30 49. 50, .90 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, Osteology of the Limicolae. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 5ii, 1 Plate New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. C. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate The Tropidoleptus Fauna ' Oanandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogei. of Twenty Species. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith River Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietneb. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Peecy B. Raymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) •. . . Notes on the Geology of Southwestern ^Jontana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp.8 Presentation of Reproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, East Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 11 The Hyoid Bone In Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 A New Species of Enelffia. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustria in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. A New Species of Ibidinm (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. I*p. 4, 1 Plate The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 8 Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Haery C. Oberholseb. Pp. 3. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates A New American Cybele. By J. E. Narbawat and Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 6 Plastron of the Frotosteginse. By G. R. Wie- land. Pp. 7 Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sls. By Oliver P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates The Miocene Beds of Western NebrasJ'T -nd Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate Merycochoerus and a New Genus of Merycoido- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochoe- rldae. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. Some New Merycoldodonts. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.25 .10 1.00 .76 .16 .60 91.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .16 .20 .10 .15 .05 .05 .10 .10 .05 1.60 .15 .15 .26 1.00 .06 1.00 REPEINTS FROM THE ANNALB OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 58. On Further Collections of Pishes from Para- guay. By Carl H. Eioenmann aaaisted by Waldo Lee McAtee and David Pebkins Waed. Pp. 48, 15 Plates 1.26 69. An trndetermined Element in the Osteology of the Mosasaurldae. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 $ .20 60. The Gasteropoda of the Ohazy Ponnation. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 1.35 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 05 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, P< XT ,rr N (tonn " 6. The Osteology of Diplodocus. By W. 3. J. B. Hatcher. (Very scarce.) $2.00 Holland 1.50 " 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. By C. W. Gil- No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. R. MORE. (Scarce.) 1.50 „ „ ^W^^^^?,?. ••••••••;•■•••••. • • • • • -. I -76 „„.,.. ^ . , . . "8. New SuiUme Remains from the Miocene " 3. Fossil Avian Remains from Armissan. of Nebraska. By 0. A. Peterson 75 By C. R. Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, „ . _, ... , „ T. J X J T^• ^itli * Description of a New Species. No. 4. Description of New Rodents and Discus- By C W Gilmore $1 00 sion of the Origin of Dsemonelix. By 0. « 10. A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A.Peterson. (Scarce.) $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Ortmann. . . . 4.00 Vol. II. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in J Morocco at $11.50. VOL. m. No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hol- Eica. By C. V. Hartman $6.00 land. In preparation $6.00 VOL. IV. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalfant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Formosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- ^3, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp. 4, 3 Plates 25 ^°- ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Revision of Entel'odonVid».''By"'o.""A. ' '^ania. Pts. landll. By A, E. Ort- r> „„ T> TIC A T>i I tto cn MANN. Pp. 69, 4 Plates $2.50 Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 -v-r „ « ^ , .„ -L- , - „ . ^ , No. 4. CatalogoftheFishesof Formosa. Jordan ^«- '■ 'TclSlSr^SZ^'^'^^^^tl and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates. .. . 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx 4- 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 % morocco. Vols. ni-V supplied unbound, @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in % morocco @ $12.00. MEMOIRS OF THE OAENEGIE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. III. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA.^ By. Max Mapes Ellis. (Plates XV-XXIII.) Introduction. In 1909 I undertook the identification of the specimens of Gymnotid eels collected by Dr. Eigenmann in British Guiana. Three new species were found, Sternarchus leptorhynchus, Porotergus gymnotus, and Gytmiorhamphichthys hypo- stomus. The second and third of these represented new genera. Numerous specimens of Eigenmannia macrops (Boulenger), a species listed but once before, were also part of this collection. In all five species of Gymnotids were added to the fauna of Guiana. Subsequently all of the Gymnotidce collected by Mr. John D. Haseman of the Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America were received for study. As these collections contained several new species and specimens of many little known species, a revision of the entire family was begun. Mr. Haseman visited many new localities, and his collections were of particular value in the study of the geographical distribution of these fishes. While engaged in the systematic revision several interesting questions arose. Three in particular may be mentioned: (1) the use of the mental filaments of Steatogenes elegans (Steindachner) ; (2) the relation to their general ecology of the 1 Contributions from tlie Zoological Laboratory of Indiana University, under the direction of C. H. Eigenmann, No. 116. A tliesis accepted as in part fulfilling tlie requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy, June, 1911. Tliis paper is a partial report on the Gimbel Expedition to British Guiana and the Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America. 109 110 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. frequent injur}' and subsequent regeneration of the caudal region of the members of this family; and (3) the mode of locomotion. These questions and others made a study of the living fishes very desirable before the comiDlotion of this monograph. This matter was laid before Mr. Jake Gimbel of Vincennes, Indiana, who generously agreed to finance an expedition to British Guiana. In August, 1910, the writer, with Mr. William Tucker, a volunteer assistant, sailed via the Quebec Line for Georgetown, British Guiana. Studies of the living Gymnotidce were made in the trenches in and about Georgetown. A trip was made to liubabu Creek, the first inland fresh-water creek emptying into the Demerara River. The Demerara is still brackish at the mouth of Hubabu Creek. Two excursions were also made to Gluck Island in the Essequibo River opposite Rockstone. This island is about one hundred miles from the coast. Collections were also made in the harbor and on the mud-flats at Georgetown. A new Gym- notid, Porotergus gimbeli, was added from Hubabu Creek. During the spring of 1910, Mr. Bertoni of Puerto Bertoni, Paraguay, sent Indiana University a small collection of fishes from the upper Parana River. Among these was a specimen of the new species Gymnorhamphichthys hypodomus. The several collections mentioned, as well as the material in the Indiana University Museum, offered an excellent opportunity for a revision of this family. Twenty-two of the twenty-seven known species are in the collections examined, all of the twenty-two being in the collections of the Carnegie Museum. I wish to thank Dr. C. H. Eigenmann for his many helpful suggestions and criticisms. I am deeply indebted to Mr. Jake Gimbel for his generous support of the trip to Guiana, without which certain sections of this monograph could not have been written. I am also under obligations to the Quebec Steamship Line of Quebec and London, and Sproston's Limited of Georgetown, for their grants of transportation, and to Mr. Bernard Conrad of Georgetown, who aided me in many ways during my stay in Guiana. History op the Literature of the Gymnotid^. The first scientific record of any species of this family is that of Georg Marcgraf (1648), who described as "carapo" the species now known as Gymnotus carapo. His fish came from Brazil. The name Gymnotus carapo was given to this species by Artedi in 1738. He placed it under "Ordo I, Malacopterygii," with the simple description, " Membrana branchiostega ossiculis quinque. Pinna dorsalis nulla" (Genera, p. 25, and Synonymia, p. 43). Linnaeus under his Apodes listed Gymnotus carapo and asiaticus in the tenth edition, and Gymnotus carapo, electricus, albifrons, roslratus, and asiaticus in the twelfth edition of the Systema Naturce. The beginning of real interest in this group of fishes was about forty years before the appearance of the twelfth edition. In 1729 Richter published the first scientific article on the electric eel. This stimulated the study of the Gymnotido'.. As a result, scarcely a decade has passed since Richter's paper appeared without the publication of some contribution bearing upon the electric eel or its relatives. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. Ill The first step toward segregating the Gymnotidce into a separate family was made by Cuvier (1817) in the Regne Animal. He recognized a group, "Les Gym- notes," which he divided into (1) "Les Gymnotes vrais" (the electric eel) ; (2) "Les Carapes" {Gijmnotus carapo), and (3) "Les Apternotes" (the Sternarchinae) . The formal family name was assigned to this group by Bonaparte (1846) in the "Catalogue dei Pesci Europei." Cope, in 1871, restricted the family name Gymnotidce to E. electricus and applied the name Sternopygid(e to the rest of the group. Gill (1872) replaced the name Gijmnotidm, as restricted by Cope, with Eledrophoridce, applying the name Gymnotidm to Cope's Sternopygidoe. This nomenclature has been used by most subsequent writers. The family was monographed by Kaup in the " Apodes" of the British Museum in 1856. Steindachner described "Die Gymnotidse des K. K. Hof-Naturalien- cabinetes zu Wien" (Sitzb. d. K. Akad. d. Wissensch., 1. Abth., LVIII, 1868). In 1870 Glinther again reviewed the British Museum specimens in Volume VIII of his "Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum." In 1905 Eigenmann and Ward published a synoptic revision, "The Gymnotidce" (Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, Vol. Ill, pp. 159-188, 1905). Von Ihering in his "Os Peixes da agua doce do Brazil" (Revista Museu Paulista, Vol. VII, pp. 270-287, 1907), and Schlesinger, in his recent "Die Gymnonoten. Eine phylo- gynetisch-ethologische Studie" (Zoologische Jahrbtichcr, Band 29, Heft 6, 1910), have followed the nomenclature of Eigenmann and Ward almost without change. Taxonomy. • Order GLANENCHELI. Family GYMNOTID^. Gymnotidce Bonaparte, Cat. Metod. dei Pesci Europei, 1846; Kaup, Apodal Fish, 124, 1856; GIjnther, Cat., VIII, 1, 1870. Sternopygidoe Cope, Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci., 1871. Eledrophoridce Gill, Arrangement of the Families of Fishes, 1872. GymnotidcE Cope, I. c. Body elongate and eel-like; with or without scales; head naked; dorsal fin wanting, or represented by a dorsal thong; ventrals wanting; anal very long; pectorals small and paddle-shaped; caudal small or wanting; the tail terminating in a cylindrical caudal appendage in the species without a caudal ; margin of upper jaw formed by the premaxillary and maxillary; mouth with, or without, teeth; anus never back of the middle of the pectorals, usually well under the head; verte- brae many; shoulder-girdle suspended from the skull; skull with, or without, frontal fontanel, parietal fontanel always present, though much reduced and hidden in two species; symplectic bone present; air-bladder of two parts, the anterior con- nected with the posterior by a small tube; stomach with a blind sac and pyloric caeca. 112 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The family Gymnotidce, as discussed in this monograph, includes all of the species of the two families, the Gymnotidce and the Electrophoridce as restricted by Gill. The electric eel, Electrophorus eledricus Linnaeus, has been included in this family for two reasons. Its affinities with Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus are very close, and it is more closely related to the other Gymnotids than to any other group of fishes. The relation of E. eledricus to G. carapo is shown by the following comparison. I. Characters Common to Both Genera. Depressed head; body subcylindrical and elongate; teeth large, in one or two rows in each jaw, conical, in sockets; lower jaw shghtly projecting; eyes small; no frontal fontanel; parietal fontanel small and almost covered by the overhanging occipitals; posterior air-bladder long and conic; origin of anal fin just below tips of pectorals; anus below gill-opening. IL Characters Restricted to Electrophorus. Anal turned up so as to form a false caudal; scales wanting; electric organs well developed. III. Characters Restricted to Gymnotus. A small caudal appendage projecting beyond the anal fin; no electric organs, or at least only indications of Hunter's organs; scales present. It will be seen that the presence of electric organs is the point of largest differ- ence between Electrophorus and Gymnotus and as pseudo-electric organs are known for other species of the Gymnotidce, it does not seem that Electrophorus should stand in a separate family. Plate XVI shows two views of the skull of G. carapo. That of Electrophorus is the same in almost every detail, except that it is more depressed. Three subfamilies are recognized. The Gymnotince just discussed, the Sterno- pygince, and the Sternarchince. The last two named differ from the first especially in two particulars: they are compressed and have both frontal and parietal fon- tanels. The Sternopygince differ from the Sternarchince in the absence of a caudal fin. These two subfamilies parallel each other quite closely in their variations. Plate XV shows an outline of the head of a typical species of each genus of the family. The parallelism of the Sternopygince and Sternarchince is particularly evident in the development of long-snouted forms, short-snouted forms, and toothless forms. Plates XVII and XVIII show the modification of the skull in the long-snouted Rhamphichthys rostratus as compared with the short-snouted Eigen- mannia virescens, both fishes being of the subfamily Sternopygince. These plates may be compared with Plate XV as regards the presence or absence of the frontal fontanel. Boulenger (Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgang 1904, Bd. I, Heft 2) con- siders the Gymnotidce as an offshoot from the Characidce. The Gymnotidce seem to THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 113 be elongate Characins without dorsal and ventral fins. However, no intermediate forms are known. Gymnotus carapo Linn, is perhaps the most primitive of the Gymnotids as regards the air-bladder, the skull, and teeth. Sternarchus albifrons is, however, more primitive than G. carapo in general shape and in the possession of a caudal fin and a dorsal thong. The ancestor of the Gymnotids may have been a form combining the primitive characters of both these species. Key to the Subfamilies and Genera of the Gymnotid.e. a. No frontal fontanel; no dorsal filament; no true caudal fin; lower jaw projecting; head depressed; teeth conical, in sockets; posterior air-bladder long, conical; maxillary much reduced. (Gymnotinae). b. Anal basis extending around the end of the tail, forming a false caudal; electric organs well developed; body not scaled. 1. Electrophorus. 66. Anal basis not extending around the end of the slender cylindrical tail; electric organs wanting; body scaled. 2. Gymnotus. aa. Large frontal and parietal fontanels; lower jaw not projecting, or at most very slightly; teeth, if present, villiform and without deep sockets, generally placed in patches, maxillary moderate to large. c. No caudal fin; tail beyond the anal fin slender, pointed, and usually cj'lindrical; no dorsal filament. d. Snout short, not tubular. (Sternopyginae). e. Orbital margin free; teeth in both jaws; posterior air-bladder long, conic as in Gymnotimv. .3. Sternopygus. ee. Orbital margin not free. /. Teeth in both jaws; body much compressed; posterior air-bladder small, subspherical. 4. Eigenmannia. //. Teeth wanting; body subcylindrical ; air-bladders separate, the posterior cyUndrical. g. A cylindrical filament in a groove on each side of the mental region; head chubby. 5. Steatogenys. gg. No filaments as above; head rather pointed 6. Hypopomus. dd. Snout produced and tubular; eyes without free orbital margin; very much compressed and elongate; posterior air-bladder small, subspherical. /(. Body entirely scaled 7. Rhamphichthys. hh. Anterior portion of sides naked S. Gymnorhamphichthys. cc. Caudal fin and dorsal filament present; tail rather short; eyes without free orbital margin; air-bladder small, subspherical (Sternarchinae). I. Snout much produced; teeth in both jaws. j. Snout decurved 9. Sternarchorhynchus. jj. Snout straight. k. Mouth large or moderate; gape reaching at least one-third of the distance to the vertical from the eye; snout moderate 10. Sternarchorhamphus. kk. Mouth very small; gape not reaching more than one-sixth of the distance to the vertical from the eye; snout long 11. Orthosternarchus. ii. Snout heavy and blunt, not produced. I. Teeth present in both jaws. m. Back scaled in front of the origin of the dorsal filament. n. Gape long; angle of the mouth little if any in front of the eye; snout prominent. 12. Sternarchus. nn. Gape short; angle of the mouth not reaching beyond posterior nostrils. 13. Sternarchella. mm. Back naked to beyond the origin of the dorsal filament; scales along the lateral line large 14. Porotergus. II. Teeth of the lower jaw in a single series; upper jaw without teeth. . . . 1.5. Sternarchogiton. 114 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. III. Teeth wanting; lower jaw mth a distinct V-sliaped median groove for tlie reception of the pointed decurved upper jaw; head rather chubby 1(5. Adontosternarchus. I. Electrophorus Gill. Gymnotus Linn^^eus, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, i, 1766, 427. Electrophorus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, 151. Type, Gymnotus electricus Linna3us. No frontal fontanel; anal basis extending around the edge of the tail and forming a false caudal; electric organs well developed on each side of the lower part of the caudal three-fourths of the body; teeth conical, in one row in each jaw; body very elongate; no scales. The single species of this genus is the remarkable "electric eel" of South America, variously known as the "Porraki" by the Indians, the "numb-fish" by the English settlers, the "Tembladore" or "Tembladore ray ados" among Spanish peoples, and as the "Anguille tremblante" in French Guiana. Fig. 1. Electrophorus electricus (Linnseus). 1. Electrophorus electricus (Linna3us). RiCHTER, Mem. Acad. Paris, VII, 1729, 325; de La Condamine, Voy. dans I'Amer. Merid., 1743; idem, Voy. a I'Amazone, 154, 1745 (Para); Ingram, Neue Phys. Belustig., i, 1750, 288; Allemand, Verhand. Maatsch. Haarlem, ii, 1755, 372; Van der Lott, Verhand. Maatsch. Haarlem, D. VI, St. II, 1762 (Essequibo); Bancroft, Essay on Nat. Hist. Brit. Guiana, London, 1769, 191 (Essequibo); Pallas, Spicil. Zool. Petrop., 1769; Bajon, in Rozier, Observ. sur Phys. Hist. Nat., t. Ill, 47, 1774 (Cayenne); Fermin, Ausflihr. Hist. Phys. Kolonie Surinam, Berlin, Bd. ii, 59, 1775 (Surinam); Bajon, Mem. Hist. Cayenne, 1777, ii, 288 (French Guiana); Langguth, Disser. Torpedine, Wittenburg, 1778, 38; Hartsinks, Beschrb. v. Guiana, Berlin, 1784, Vol. 1, 144; Bonaterre, Encyclopedie Methodique, 1787, 22; Van Berkel, Reise nach Rio Berbice, 1789, Th. 1, 220 (British Guiana); Guisan, Obser. Hist. Cayenne, 1789; Rudolphi, Abhandl. Berlin Akad., 1820-21, - Physik. Klasse 229; Guerin-Meneville, Iconographie Regne Animal, 1829, THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 115 tome I, pi. Ixiii, fig. 2; Samo, Electric Eel, Trans. Lond. Elect. Soc, 1841; Hewson, Sydenham Soc, 1846; Hyrtl, Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss., Nat. Klasse, II, 1851; Appun, Wanderungen Venezuela, Orinoco, British Guiana u. am. Amazon, Bd. I, Jena, 1871, 480. Gymnotus Seba, Thesaur., Ill, 108, tab. XXXIV, 1758; Gronovius, Art. Hclvet., IV, 1762, 27, tab. 3, fig. i-iii; Musschenbroek, Introd. Philos. Nat. Lugd. Batav., I, 290, 1762; Gronovius, Zoolphyl., 41, No. 169, 1763; Schilling, Neue Abhand. Akad. Berlin, 1770, 68; Musschenbroek, in Rozier, Jour. Phys., 1776, 331; Le Roy, Observ. Mem. Phys., VIII, 331, 1776. G-ymnotus eledricus Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, Vol. 1, 427, 1766; Williamson, Phil. Trans., LXV, 94, 1775; Garden, 1. c, p. 102; Hunter, 1. c, p. 395, pis. 1-4; Bloch, Natgesch. Ausland. Fische, II, 43, taf. 156, 1785; Bryant, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc, II, 166, 1786; Flagg, Observ. Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc, II, 170, 1786; Guisan, Bull. Sc Soc. Philom., Vol. I, 32, 1797; Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, 146, pi. 6, fig. 1, 1798; Fahlberg, Kongl. Vetensk. Ak. Ny Handl, Tom. XXII, 122-156, 1801; St. Hilaire, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., I, 1-15, 1802; Humboldt, Versuche elect. Fische, 1806; idem, Recuel. Observ. Zool. Anat., Vol. I, 49, 1811; Cuvier, Regne Animal, IV, 236, 1817; Humboldt, Voy. Region Equinox. Nov. Continent, Paris, II, 1819; Guisan, Commt. Gymnoto electrico, Tubingen, 1819; Knox, Edinb. Journ. Sci., I, 96, 1824; Bradley, Charlesworth's Mag. Nat. Hist., II, 668, 1838; Faraday, Philos. Trans., pi. 1, 1839; Schonbein, Beobach. Zitteraales, Basel, 1841; Valentin, Neue Denksch. AUgem. Schweitz. GeselL, VI, pi. 5, 1842; Schom- burgk. Fishes Guiana, Part II, 1843, 173 (Rio Negro); Miranda, Exp. sul Gimnoto electrico, Napoli, 1845; Owen, Comp. Anat. Physiol. Vert., part I, London, 1846; Valenciennes, Les Poissons, 110, 1847; Delle Chiaje, Nuov. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bologna, VIII, 5 plates, 1847; Pacini, Sulla electrico Gimnoto, 35, Firenze, 1852; Gronow, ed. Gray, 23, 1854; Kupffer & Keferstein, in Henle & Pfeifer, Zeitsch. f. rat. Med., II, 344, 1858; Jobert, A-ppareil Poissons Elect., Paris, pi. VII-XI, 1858; Kaup, Apod. Brit. Mus.. 124, 1856; idem, Wiegm. Arch., XXII, Bd. 1, 1856; Schultze, Abhandh Naturf. Gesell. Halle, IV, 35, pi. II, 1858; Darwin, Origin of Species, 192, 1859; Steindachner, Gymnotidse, 14, 1868 (Rio Jacutu; Rio Branco; Rio Guapore); Gunther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VIII, 10, 1870 (Brazil and Gui- anas); Wallace, Geograph. Distribution, Lond., Vol. II, 455, 1876; Peters, Mb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1878 (Apure); Sack, Aus den Llanos, Berlin, 1878 (Apure); idem, Untersuch. am Zitteraal, Leipzig, 1881 (Apure); Fritsch, Anhang I, Sachs, Zitteraal, 1881; idem, Anhang II; Goeldi, Peixes do Ama- zonas e Guayanas, 1894; Hargreaves, Fishes of British Guiana, 1904; Pellegrin, Poissons de Guyane Franc, 1908. Eledrophorus eledricus Gill, Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 151, 1864; Eigenmann AND Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 61, 1891; Quelch, Nature, 116 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Vol. 55, 508, 1897 (Waini River, Brit. Guiana); von Ihering, Revista Mus. Paulista, 286, 1907 (Amazonia, Guyana); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449. Gijmnotus regius Delle Chiaje, N. Ann. Sc. Nat. Bologna, VIII, 1847. 1302 C. M., three, 650 to 825 mm. Tumatumari, Brit. Guiana, Eigenmann. 1754 C. M., 12635 I. U. M., three, 190-580 mm. Creek below Potaro Landing, Brit. Guiana, Shideler. 1755 C. M., one, 460 mm. Pacopoo Pan, Brit. Guiana, Grant. 5100 I. U. M., one, 330 mm. Brazil. One specimen, Hubabu Creek, Brit. Guiana, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. Head 8 to 9.2; depth 14.5 to 16 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 357, 362, 324, in three specimens. Snout about 3.5, interorbital a little less, in the head; eye 5 to 5.2 in the snout, and 15 or 16 in the head. Body cylindrical, elongate, naked; head depressed; width of the head about equal to, and depth a little less than, the greatest depth of the body; anus a little more than the length of the snout behind the vertical from the eye in front of the pectorals; ventral and dorsal profile almost straight. Snout heavy and broad; mouth large; gape moderately long, but not quite reaching to below the eye; lower jaw protruding; teeth small, conical, a single row in each jaw; eyes small, without free orbital margin. Origin of the anal about the length of the head behind the pectorals; anal fin of uniform width and continuing around the end of the tail so as to form a false caudal; pectorals small, fan-shaped, 2.8 to 3.5 in the head. Ground-color in life olive-green or dark blue to almost black; ventral parts of head and pectoral region light yellow to orange-red; fins dark, fringed with hyaline. This species is occasionally used for food by the Indians. It is rather .gener- ally avoided by the natives on account of the powerful electric shock it can give, that of an eel five feet long being sufficient to knock a man down. The maximum size for this species, recorded from British Guiana, is seven feet four inches. This specimen was taken by Mr. J. J. Quelch from the Waini River, British Guiana, in 1897, and the skin is now in the Georgetown Museum. Habitat: Pools and deeply shaded places in small streams and creeks. Distribution: Orinoco, Guianas, and the Lower and Middle Amazon Systems. II. Gymnotus Linnseus. Gymnotus Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. X, 246, 1758; ed. XII, 1, 427, 1766. Type, Gymnotus carapo Linnseus. Size moderate, not exceeding 600 mm. in length. No frontal fontanel; no caudal fin; a caudal filament, no electrical organ; cylindrical anteriorly, somewhat compressed posteriorly; head large and depressed, the top quite flat; gape not reaching the eyes; lower jaw protruding; teeth small, conical, in one row (which THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 117 is sometimes a little irregular) in each jaw; eyes small and covered by a membrane, without free orbital margin; scales cycloid and very small; lateral line complete and paralleling the main axis of the body; pectorals small; anal long, its origin back of the vertical from the tip of the pectoral. A genus of a single species. Fig. 2. Gymnolus carwpo Linneeus. 2. Gymnotus carapo Linnseus. Caravo Marcg., Hist. Pise, 170; Willoughby, Hist. Pise, 115, tab. G 7, fig. 4. Gymnotus Seba, Thesaur., Ill, tab. 32, fig. 1. Gymnotus carapo Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. X, 246, 1758; idem, ed. XII, i, 427, 1766; Block, V, 59, tab. 157, fig. 2; Gronow, Syst., ed. Gray, 22, 1854; Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 151, 1864; Miller, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, 1907 (Los Amates and Puerto Barrios, Guatemala); EiGENMANN AND Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 31, 666, 1907 (Amazon); Meek, BuU. Field Mus. (Zool. Series Pub. No. 124), Vol. VII, No. 5, 1907 (Los Amates and Lake Amatitlan, Guatemala); idem, Bull. Field Mus. (Zool. Ser. Pub., 127), Vol. VII, No. 6, 1908 (Lake Amatitlan, Guatemala). Gymnotus fasciatus Pallas, Spicil. Zool., VII, 35; Schomburgk, Fishes of Guiana, 184, pi. 19, 1843 (Rio Branco). Carapus fasciatus Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. I, 237, 1817; MtJLLER and Troschel, Hor£e IchthyoL, III, 13, 1849; Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud., 85, 1855 (Amazon); Kaup, Apod., 139, 1856; Steindachner, Die Gymnotida;, 13, 1868 (Caigara, Cuyaba, Marabitanos, Surinam, Matto Grosso); Gijnther, Cat., VIII, 9, 1870 (Capim, Bahia, Surinam, British Guiana, Essequibo, Berbice, Trinidad, Is. Grenada, Rio Motagua); Hensel, Wiegm. Archiv, 89, 1870 (Guahyba, Porto Alegre); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1870, 570 (Pebas); Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871 (1872), 257 (Ambyiacu); LtJTKEN, Velhas Flodens Fiske, 247, and XIX, 1874 (Rio das Velhas; Lagoa Santa and Rio San Francisco); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 682 (Peruvian Amazon); Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1887, 282 (Canelos); Eigenmann and EiGENMANN, Proc U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Perugia, 118 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Ann. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Geneva, 2d ser., Vol. X, 56, 1891 (Central Chaco); Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Ac. Sci., VII, 1894, 626 (Braret); Eigen- MANN, I. c, 635 (Rio Grande do Sul); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1894, 93 (Rio Grande do Sul); Boulenger, Boll. Torino, X, 3, 1895 (Colonia Risso and Villa Rica, Paraguay); Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Civico, Genova, 1898, 127 (Puerto, 14 de Mayo). Giton fasciatus Kaup in Dumcril, Analyt. Ichthyol., 201, 1856; Jordan and Ever- MANN, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., 340, 1896 (Guatemala to Rio de la Plata); Eigenmann and Kennedy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, 530 (Estancia La Armonia; Campo Grande; Arroyo Trementina) ; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 177 (Rio Motagua to Rio Plata); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 278, 1907 (Ilha-de-S. Scbastiao; Rio Doce). Giton fasciatus var pantherinus Steindachner, Akad. Anz., Nr. VIII, Marz, 1908 (Santos). Gymnotus albus Pallas, Spicil. Zool., VII, 36, Surinam; Bloch and Schneider, 523, 1801. Carapus albus Kaup, Apod., 140, 1856. Gymnotus brachyurus Bloch, Taf. 157, fig. 1, 1787. Gymnotus putaol Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 176, 1800. Gymnotus carapo Bloch and Schneider, 521, 1801. Carapus brachyurus Cuvier, Regne Animal, I, 237, 1817. Carapus inwquilabiatus Valenciennes, in d'Orb. Voy. Am. Merid., Poiss., 11, pi. 14, 1847 (La Plata). 1776 C. M., 12622 I. U. M., thirty-four, 80 to 435 mm. Holmia, Eigenmann. 1777 C. M., 12623 I. U. M., thirty-two, 80-340 mm. Nickaparoo Creek, Wm. Grant. 1778 C. M., 12624 I. U. M., eighteen, 65-310 mm. Creek below Tukeit, Eigenmann. 1779 C. M., 12625 I. U. M., fifteen, 80-380 mm. Aruataima, Eigenmann. 1780 C. M., 12626 I. U. M., twelve, 51-90 mm. Tukeit, Eigenmann. 1781 C. M., 12627 I. U. M., six, 59-105 mm. Below Packeoo Falls, Wm. Grant. 1782 C. M., 12628 I. U. M., four, 125-198 mm. Gluck Island, Eigenmann. 1783 C. M., 12629 I. U. M., five, 130-176 mm. Kumaka, Eigenmann. 1784 C. M., 12630 I. U. M., five, 132-205 mm. Mud Flats, Aruka River, Shideler. 1785 C. M., 12631 I. U. M., five, 80-115 mm. Creek on the Barima River, Shideler. ' 1786 C. M., 12632 I. U. M., seven, 125-162 mm. Above Kumaka, Eigenmann. 1787 C. M., one, 190 mm. Packeoo Falls, Wm. Grant. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 119 1788 C. M., one, 320 mm. Georgetown Trenches, Eigenmann. 1789 C. M., one, 230 mm. Botanic Garden, Sliideler. 1790 C. M., one, 240 mm. Chipoo Creek, Wm. Grant. 1791 C. M., one, 260 mm. Maripicru, Wm. Grant. 3089 C. M., four, 130-290 mm. Santarem, Dec. 11, 1909, Haseman. 3090 C. M., two, 140-220 mm. Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, May 6 and 7, 1909, Haseman. 3091 C. M., five, 120-380 mm. Maciel, Rio Guapore, July 29, 1909, Hase- man. 3092 C. M., two, 100-110 mm. S. Luiz de Caceres, May 23, 1909, Haseman (var. pantherinus) . 3093 C. M., two, 180-240 mm. Cubatoa, Aug. 1, 1908, Haseman. 3094 C. M., one, 130 mm. Aqua Quente, Nov. 27, 1908, Haseman. 3095 C. M., two, 75 and 95 mm. Raiz do Serra, Rio Mogy, July 26, 1908, Haseman. 3096 C. M., one, 90 mm. Iporanga, Sao Paulo, Dec. 1, 1908, Haseman. 3097 C. M., one, 160 mm. Morretes, Jan. 3, 1909, Haseman. 3098 C. M., one, 180 mm. Penredo, March 22, 1908, Haseman. 3099 C. M., ten, 100-220 mm. Rio das Vclhas, May 13, 1908, Haseman. 3100 C. M., fifteen, 50-130 mm. Campos, June 14, 1908, Haseman. 3101 C. M., ten, 60-145 mm. Entre Rios, July 2, 1908, Haseman. 3102 C. M., two, 130-140 mm. Cacequy, Jan. 31, 1909, Haseman. 3103 C. M., two, 110-200 mm. Cachoeira, Jan. 29, 1909, Haseman. 3104 C. M., three, 130-170 mm. Rio Parahyba, Haseman. 3105 C. M., five, 170-210 mm. Rio Coite, Nov. 6, 1907, Haseman. 3106 C. M., four, 110-170 mm. Xiririca, Sao Paulo, Dec. 5, 1908, Haseman- 3107 C. M., two, 140-143 mm. Rio Ribiera da Iguape, Dec. 15, 1908, Haseman. 3108 C. M., one, 180 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 7, 1909, Haseman. 3109 C. M., one, 230 mm. Lagoa Feia, Tocas, June 27, 1908, Haseman. 3110 C. M., one, 130 mm. Aqua Quente, Nov. 22, 1908, Haseman. 3111 C. M., two, 130-210 mm. Barra da Pirahy, July 12, 1908, Haseman. 10299 I. U. M., one, 195 mm. Corumba. 10062 I. U. M., one, 280 mm. Arroya Trementina. 11239 I. U. M., one, 180 mm. Puerto Barrios, Guatemala. 11307 I. U. M., two, 140-150 mm. Trinidad. 10061 I. U. M., one, 205 mm. Campo Grande. 4896 I. U. M., two, 105-145 mm. Rio Grande do Sul, von Ihering. 1937 I. U. M., one, 150 mm. Rio Paraguay. 11238 I. U. M., one, 150 mm. Los Amates, Guatemala. 11240 I. U. M., five, 110-150. Near Los Amates, Guatemala. Five specimens, 100-250 mm. Hubabu Creek, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. 3112 C. M., one, 150 mm. Hubabu Creek, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. 120 MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. Head 7.25 (old individuals) to 11 (young specimens), depth 8.5 to 14 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 200 to 260.- Snout 2.5 to 3; interorbital 2.25 to 3 in the head; eye 4 (young) to 7 in the snout, 4.25 to 6 in the interorbital, 10 to 6 in the head. Body cylindrical; head depressed; width of the head 1.25 to 1.6, depth of the head at the base of the occipital process 1.3 to 1.8 in the greatest depth; anus near the vertical from a point the length of the snout behind the eye; dorsal profile almost straight; ventral profile slightly convex. Snout very shghtly pointed in young specimens, blunt in adults; mouth rather large; gape straight, reaching about two-thirds of the distance to almost below the eye; upper jaw included; caudal peduncle one-half the length of the snout or less; pectorals 2.25 to 3 in the head; origin of the anal behind pectorals on the vertical from a point about 1.5 times the snout behind the head. Ground-color of alcoholic specimens varies from a light slate-gray in young specimens to a light orange in adults; a series of transverse white stripes crossing the body in young individuals, which widen and become yellow with age so that the adults are yellow, barred with black; dorsal parts washed with a dark chocolate- brown containing numerous black spots; fins translucent, mottled with black or brown. In life the body is a translucent flesh-color or pale yellow, varying to a distinct pink in the parts rich in blood. The stripes and markings are blue or green, giving the fish a purplish or olive-green cast. This color may be deepened or lightened slightly by the expansion and contraction of the chromatophores. The general marking of the species varies considerably, specimens from clear water being darker and more striped than those from muddy water. Some speci- mens from Guatemala and from the Upper Paraguay are almost without markings. This fish is eaten throughout South and Central America, but is only prized as a food-fish in Guatemala, where it is rather rare. The Guiana Indians, who know it as the "Warradeela" or "Warraderra," — Tiger-fish, consider it very good and take it often when poisoning fishes in the dry season, though it is rarely used for food by the whites of Guiana. It is also frequently .used for food in Paraguay. Through Brazil it is variously known as "Fehs onca," "Ardea cocoi," " Jacana jacana" and "Carapo." It sometimes reaches the length of three feet. Habitat: Small, shaded creeks, in slow water. Distribution: Guatemala, south to the Rio de La Plata, and west to the Andes. = Barima 208 217 218 224 256 Kumaka 212 224 228 240 254 Amataima 200 215 216 230 260 Nickaparoo 211 217 225 240 260 Holmia 207 220 225 235 245 THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TEOPICAL AMERICA. 121 III. Sternopygus Mtiller and Troschel. Gymnotus (in part) Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, i, 427, 1766. Sternopygus Muller and Troschel, Horse IchthyoL, III, 13, 1849. Type, Gymnotus macrurus Bloch and Schneider. Readily distinguished from all the other Gymnotids by the free orbital margin. A frontal fontanel, a caudal filament, no caudal; snout short; head large, gape moderate, curved downward and back; jaws equal, or nearly so, upper overhanging on the sides; teeth minute, conical, in two patches more or less confluent (becoming a single patch in older individuals) on the upper jaw, and a single large patch on lower jaw; air-bladder long and conical. Size moderate to rather large; body compressed; maximum depth in the region of the pectorals. Scales cycloid, rather small; lateral line complete, following axis of the body. Origin of the anal in the pectoral region; caudal peduncle moderately long. . Fig. 3. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). Species of Sternopygus. a. Snout pointed, upper profile nearly straight; anal not exceeding three hundred rays macrurus. aa. Snout very blunt, upper profile distinctly convex; anal having more than three hundred rays. obtusirostris. 3. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). Gymnotus macrurus Bloch and Schneider, 522, 1801. Sternopygus macrurus MUller and Troschel, Horse IchthyoL, III, 14, 1849; KauP; Apod., 137, 1856; Steindachner, Die Gymnotidse, ii, 1868 (Surinam; Rio Branco; Borba; Cai^ara); Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, 257, 1872 (Ambyiacu); id., Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 57 (Peruvian Amazon); EiGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 450 (Orinoco, south to Paraguay ; Rio das Velhas) . Sternopygus carapus GIjnther, Cat., VIII, 7, 1870; Lijtken, Velhas Flodens 122 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Fiske, 247, and XIX, 1875 (Rio das Velhas); Peters, Mb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, 473 (Apure); Steindachner, Fisch-f. Magdalenen Str., 4, 1878 (Para); Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1887, 282 (Canelos); Steindach- ner, Flussf. Slidam., II, 44, 1881 (Amazon from Para to Teffe; Xingu at Porto do Moz; Lake Manacapuru; Rio Branco; Borba; C'ai(,'ara; Essequibo; Surinam; Maroni River in Guiana) ; Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Perugia, Ann. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. X, 56, 1891 (Central Chaco); Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, 626 (Marajo); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 38, 1896 (Paraguay). Gymnotus carapus Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1905, 175 (Orinoco, south to Paraguay; Rio das Velhas); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 284 (Venezuela, Amazonas, Brazil Central). Gymnotus cequilahiatus Humboldt, Recueil d'Observat., Zool. et Anat. Comp., i, 46, pi. 10; Kaup, Apod., 142, 1856; GtJNTHER, Cat. VIII, 7, 1870; Eigen- mann AND Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1905, 176 (Magdalena and Guayaquil) . Sternopygus cequilabiatus MtJLLER and Troschel, Horse Ichthyol., Ill, 15, 1849; Steindachner, Fisch-f. Magdalenen Str., 53, pi. XIV, fig. 1, 1878 (Magda- lena River); id., Fisch-f. Cauca and Guayaquil, 36 and 50, 1880 (Cauca and Guayaquil); Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Boulenger, Boll. Univ. Torino, XIII, 1898 (Rio Guayas); Stein- dachner, Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Wien, LXII, 59, 1902 (Rio Magdalena at Baranquilla) ; Starks, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906 (Guayaquil); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 450 (Magda- lena and Guayaquil). Gymnotus cequilabiatus nigriceps von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 285 (Maranhao). Sternopygus cequilabiatus nigriceps Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 450 (Maranhao). Carapus macrourus Cuvier, Regne Animal, cd. I, II, 237, 1817. Carapus arenatus Eydoux and Souleyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool., I, p. 210, pi. 8, fig. 2, 1836. Carapus sanguinolentus Castelnau, Anim. Am. Sud. Poiss., 85, pi. 32, fig. i, 1855 (Urubamba or upper Ucayale) . Sternopygus marcgravii Reinh., Vidensk. Meddel. Naturh. Foren. Kjobcnh., 1852; and Wiegm. Arch., 1854, 180. 1764 C. M., 12541 I. U. M., 104, 155-500 mm. Botanic Garden, Shideler. 1765 C. M., 12592 I. U. M., eighteen, 200-400 mm. Georgetown Trenches, Eigenmann. 1766 C. M., 12593 I. U. M., ten, 150-450 mm. Creek below Potaro Landing, Eigenmann. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 123 1767 C. M., 12594 I. U. M., nine, 65-390 mm. Amatuk, Eigenmann. 1768 C. M., 12595 I. U. M., ten, 118-212 mm. Wismar, Eigenmann. 1769 C. M., 12596 I. U. M., eight, 111-212 mm. Crab Falls, Eigenmann. 1770 C. M., 12597 I. U. M., six, 90-100 mm. Erukin, Eigenmann. 1771 C. M., 12598 I. U. M., three, 115-378 mm. Warraputa, Eigenmann. 3113 C. M., one, 170 mm. Rio das Velhas, May 13, 1908, Haseman. 3114 C. M., three, 190-200 mm. Salto das Cruzes, Rio Tiete, Sept. 22, 1908, Haseman. 3115 C. M., one, 220 mm. Campos, June 15, 1908, Haseman. 3116 C. M., four, 300-350 mm. Penedo, March 22, 1908, Haseman. 3117 C. M., one, 400 mm. Joazeiro, Rio San Francisco, Nov. 28, 1907, Haseman. 3118 C. M., one, 450 mm. Pirapora, Dec. 15, 1907, Haseman. 3119 C. M., seven, 130-380 mm. Maciel, Rio Guapore, July 29, 1909, Hase- man. 3120 C. M., five, 110-175 mm. Rio Jaurii, June 2, 1909, Haseman. 3121 C. M., four, 90-260 mm. Caceres, May 24, 1909, Haseman. 3122 C. M., six, 130-430 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909, Haseman. 3123 C. M., one, 155 mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909, Haseman. 6316 I. U. M., one, 240 mm. South America. 5091 I. U. M., one, 280 mm. Isl. of Marajo, Brazil. 10300 I. U. M., two, 130-270 mm. 1772 C. M., 12599 I. U. M., six, 128-350 mm. Mud Creek, Aruka River, Shideler. 1773 C. M., 12600 I. U. M., two, 180-195 mm. Konawaruk, Eigenmann. 1774 C. M., one, 430 mm. Issora Rubber Station trenches, Shideler. 1775 C. M., one, 215 mm. Waratuk, Eigenmann. Ten, 250-370 mm. Georgetown, Sept. 30, 1910, Ellis. Fourteen, 190-300 mm. Hubabu Creek, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. 3124 C. M., three, 200-250 mm. Hubabu Creek, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. Head 6.8 to 7.25, depth 7 to 7.3 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 245-299.3 Snout 2.75 to 3, interorbital about 3 in the head; eye 3.75 to 4 in the snout, about 4 in the interorbital, and 10 to 13 in the head. Compressed; width of the head 2 to 2.25, depth of the head in the occipital region 1.8 to 1.5 in the greatest depth; anus about twice the eye behind the vertical from the eye; dorsal profile weakly convex, ventral slightly more convex than ' Seventeen specimens taken at random have the anal rays as follows: Botanic Garden, 256, 270, 270, 277, 278. Georgetown Trenches, 249, 254, 263, 264, 271, 290. Potaro Landing, 245, 2.50, 265, 272, 269. Issora Rubber Station, 273. 124 MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. dorsal. Snout heavy, rather pointed, but truncate at the tip; mouth moderate, gape reaching about half-way to the eyes; jaws equal, lower included on the sides. Caudal peduncle 4.5 to 5 in the total length; pectorals about twice the snout behind the eye. Ground color of preserved specimens stone-gray to buff; body closely pigmented with minute purple spots, which are more abundant dorsally; a yellowish white lateral streak of variable intensity and width (being almost wanting in some speci- mens) beginning a little ventrad of the lateral line, at a point about half the total length from the head and continuing well out on the caudal appendage; generally a blue-black spot about twice the size of the eye at the origin of the lateral line; head rather dark above; fins hyaline. Living specimens are quite translucent, so much so that the backbone and viscera may be seen in outline. The muscles are clear, transparent, appearing bright red on account of the blood contained. With the blue chromatophores and yellow epidermis the general color of the fish changes to orange quite readily. (See Color-changes.) Some specimens from Potaro Landing and others from Aruka and Amatuk were very much darker than the average. Since the ground-color was darker (a dark blue) the lateral stripe appeared more strikingly white in these specimens. S. macnirus is eaten by the natives and travellers, although it is not a market- fish. It has a very good flavor and rather solid meat. The species of Sternopygus and those of Eigenmannia are not differentiated bj^ the natives, since the living fishes look very much alike; in fact Sternopygus macrurus and Eigenmannia virescens can scarcely be separated at a glance in the field. Accordingly these fishes are all grouped under one name: "Cuchillo" or "Cuchilla" in the Spanish- speaking countries, and "Sabre" in French Guiana on account of their "knife- like" shape. Similarly the coolies and natives of British Guiana know these fishes as the "Loga-Loga" or "Laga-Laga." In Ecuador the names "Raton negro" and "Bio" are given to Sternopygus alone. The maximum size as given by Humboldt is about three feet. Habitat: Streams in open or savannah country, trenches, and ditches on plantations. Distribution: Orinoco, Guiana, Amazons, Rio San Francisco, Rio Magdalena, and west coast of Ecuador. 4. Sternopygus obtusirostris Steindachner. Sternopygus obtusirostris Steindachner, Flussf. Siidam., II, 43, pi. II, fig. 3, 1881 (Amazon at Teffe, Lago Alexo, Manacapuru, Rio Madeira, Rio Puty) ; Eigen- MANN AND ElGENMANN, PrOC. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; ElGENMANN, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 450. Gymnotus obtusirostris Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 177 (Amazons and Rio Puty); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 286 (Rio Amazonas, cur so media). THE GYMNOTID EELS OP TROPICAL AMERICA. 125 The following is extracted from Steindachner's original account. "Snout 3 in the head; eye 7.5 to 10.5 in the head, 2 to almost 4 in the snout, depth of the head about 1.4 (more than 1.3) in the length of the head; head 9.5 to 11 in total length. "Eye with a free lid, its diameter in young individuals twice the interocular distance, in old specimens about three times the interocular. "Anal begins slightly in front of the vertical from the base of the pectoral and contains more than three hundred rays. "The head of this species is noticeably deeper, the snout shorter in profile and more strongly arched than in Sternopygus carapo = {Sternopygus macrurus)." It seems quite probable that this species may be but a variety of Sternopygus macrurus. Distribution: Middle Amazons and Rio Madeira; north coast of Brazil. IV. EiGENMANNiA Jordan and Evermann. Sternopygus Muller and Troschel, Horse Ichthyol., Ill, 13 (Species). Cryptops Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 626 {huniboldtii) . (Preoccupied.) Eigenmannia Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., I, 341, 1896 (Substituted for Cryptops). Type, Sternopygus huniboldtii Steindachner. Distinguished from Sternopygus by the absence of a free orbital margin. With fontanels; no caudal; snout short. Size moderate, not exceeding 400 mm. in length; body elongate and compressed; maximum depth and thiclmess in the region of the pectorals; head moderate to small, and rather short; gape small, curved downward and back; jaws equal, the lower included on the sides; teeth in two lateral patches in the lower jaw and two almost confluent median patches in upper jaw; mouth rather small; eyes medium, covered by a transparent membrane. Scales cj'cloid; lateral line complete. Origin of anal back of the vertical from the origin of the pectorals; caudal appendage moderate to quite long. Fig. 4. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). 126 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ^« Species of Eigenmannia. a. Maxillary shorter than diameter of the eye; eye large; caudal filament long and ribbon-like, equal to about half the total length without the head macrops. an. Maxillary about equal to the diameter of the eye; eye medium; eaudal filament cylindrical, less than half the length of the anal virescens. aaa. Maxillary about twice the diameter of the eye; eye small; caudal filament less than half the length of the anal troscheli. 5. Eigenmannia macrops (Boulengcr). (Plate XXII, fig. 1.) Sternopygus macrops Boulenger, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XX, 305 (Potaro River, British Guiana). Eigenmannia macrops Eigenmann and Ward, 1905, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, p. 172 (Potaro(?) River, British Guiana); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Potaro, British Guiana). 1804 C. M., 12601 I. U. M., thirty-two, 165-200 mm. Rockstone, Eigenmann. 1805 C. M., 12602 I. U. M., twelve, 165-180 mm. Tumatumari, Eigenmann. 1806 C. M., 12603 I. U. M., twelve, 125-150 mm. Crab Falls, Eigenmann. Head 8.25 to 9; depth 6.6 to 7.5 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 170-194.4 Snout 3.2 to 3.4, interorbital about 3.3 in the head; eye equal to or a little greater than either the snout or the interorbital and 3 or a little less in the head. Body and head compressed; width of the head 2.25 to 2.5, depth of the head in the occipital region 1.6 to 1.8 in the greatest depth; anus on, or slightly in front of, the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal profile almost straight; ventral profile of the head sloping caudad at an angle of 45°; the body tapering; snout short and pointed; mouth very narrow; gape quite short; upper jaw over- lapping lower; teeth present in both jaws; eyes large, greater than maxillary. Caudal peduncle narrow, ribbon-like, equal to about half the total length without the head; pectorals about twice the eye; origin of the anal slightly behind the base of the pectorals, on a vertical from a point about the length of the snout behind the head. Ground-color pale yellowish brown to almost yellow; origin of the anal rays, the scales of the lateral line and most of the dorsal scales more or less outlined with black; a narrow median dorsal streak of dark brown or black; top of head blue- black; fins hyaline. Living fishes of this species are quite translucent, the viscera and backbone being visible in outline. General color pink to light red, due to the blood showing through the colorless muscle tissue. This species, the " Loga Loga," has no food value, being too small. The largest specimen known is 200 mm., taken by Dr. Eigenmann from Rockstone, British Guiana. It is known only from the interior streams of British Guiana. ^ Rockstone 176 178 179 181 194 Tumatumari 170 174 182 18.3 184 THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 127 6. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). Sternarchus virescens Valenciennes, in d'Orb., Voy. Am. Merid., Poiss., ii, pi. 13, fig. 2, 1847. Sternopygus virescens Muller and Troschel, Horae Ichthyol., Ill, 14, 1849 (Guiana); Kaup, Apod., 137, 1856; Steindachner, Die Gymnotida?, 12, 1868 (Matto Grosso, Rio Negro, Guapore, Marabitanos, Irisanga) ; Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1868, 229 (Xeberos); Gunther, Cat., VIII, 7, 1870 (Surinam, Lagoa Santa, Xeberos); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1870, 570 (Pebas, Rio Parana); Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, 257 (Ambyiacu); LtJTKEN, Velhas-Flodens Fiske, 247 and XIX, 1875 (Lagoa Santa and Rio das Velhas); Peters, Mb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, 473 (Apure); Steindachner, Fisch-f. Magd. Stromes, 55, pi. XIV, fig. 4, 1878; Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 682 (Peruvian Amazon); Cope, /. c, 1894, 93 (Rio Grande do Sul); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 38, 1894 (Descalvados). Cryptops virescens Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, 626; Eigen- mann, I. c, 635 (Rio Grande do Sul); Boulenger, Boll. Torino, X, 3, 1895 (Colonia Risso, Paraguay); Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Civico, Genova, 1898, 127 (Puerto 14 de Mayo). Eigenmannia virescens Eigenmann and Norris, Revista Mus. Paulista, IV, 549 (Piracicaba) ; Eigenmann and Kennedy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, 530 (Arroya Trementina, Paraguay); Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1905, 172 (Rio Magdalena to Rio de la Plata, east of the Andes); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Rio Magdalena to Rio de la Plata, east of Andes). Sternopygus lineatus MtJLLER and Troschel, 1. c, III, 14, 1849, Lake Amucu in Guiana; Kaup, Apod., 138; Steindachner, Die Gymnotidae, 261, 1868. Cryptops lineatus Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, 635 (Rio Grande do Sul). Sternopygus tumifrons MIjller and Troschel, Horse Ichthyol., Ill, 14, 1849 (South America). Sternopygus microstomus Reinhardt, Vidensk. Mcddel. Naturh. For. Kjobenh.^ 1852 or Wiegm. Arch., 1854, 181. Sternopygus limbatus Schreiner and Ribeiro, Arch. Mus. do Rio de Janeiro, XII, 6, 1902 (Amazonas). Sternopygus humboldtii Steindachner, Fisch-f. Magd. Str., 55, pi. XIV, 1878 (Magdalena); id., Flussf. Siidam., 1, 21, 1879 (Mamoni R. at Chepo); id., Fisch- fauna Cauca and Guayaquil, 36, 1880 (Cauca) ; Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Steindachner, Denk. Akad. Wiss. Wien, LXXII, 147, 1902 (Baranquilla on Rio Magdalena). Cryptops humboldtii Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, 625 (Marajo). Eigenmannia humboldti Jordan and Evermann, Fishes North and Mid. Amer., 128 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 341, 1896; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 172 (Marajo, Magdalena, and Mamoni); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Marajo, Magdalena, Mamoni). 1744 C. M., 12605 I. U. M., one hundred and fifty-five, 105-300 mm. Botanic Garden, Georgetown, Shideler. 1745 C. M., 12606 I. U. M., twenty-six, 105-300 mm. Georgetown Trenches, Eigenmann. 1746 C. M., 12607 I. U. M., twenty-four, 110-180 mm. Demerara, Eigen- mann. 1747 C. M., one, 80 mm. Rupununi, Grant. 1748 C. M., 12608 I. U. M., four, 120-150 mm. Warraputa, Eigenmann. 1749 C. M., 12609 I. U. M., five, 80-135 mm. Chipoo Creek, Grant. 1750 C. M., one, 190 mm. Wismar, Eigenmann. 1751 C. M., 12610 I. U. M., three, 80-160 mm. Maripicru, Grant. 1752 C. M., 12611 I. U. M., two, 130-190 mm. Creek below Potaro Landing, Shideler. 1753 C. M., one, 100 mm. Kangaruma, Shideler. 1742 C. M., 12604 I. U. M., twenty-nine, 155-290 mm. Wismar, Eigenmann. 1743 C. M., one, 130 mm. Kumaka, Demerara, Eigenmann. 3125 C. M., three, 125-230 mm. Aregua, Lake Ipacary, April 18, 1909, Haseman. 3126 C. M., one, 190 mm. Buenos Ayres, Feb. 20, 1909, Haseman. 3127 C. M., seven, 200-350 mm. Maciel, Rio Guapore, July 29, 1909, Hase- man. 3128 C. M., fourteen, 120-420 mm. Santarem, Dec. 12, 1909, Haseman. 3129 C. M., four, 105-300 mm. San Joaquim, Sept. 4, 5, and 6, 1909, Hase- man. 3130 C. M., two, 150-195 mm. Sapina, Sao Paulo, July 23, 1908, Haseman. 3131 C. M., eight, 115-250 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 7, 1909, Haseman. 3132 C. M., two, 150-230 mm. Corumba, April 27, 1909, Haseman. 3133 C. M., one, 210 mm. Rio Mamore, Sept. 19, 1909, Haseman. 3134 C. M., one, 275 mm. Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, May 6 and 7, 1909, Hase- man. 3135 C. M., eight, 50-150 mm. Mogy Guassii, Aug. 25, 1908, Haseman. 3136 C. M., nine, 65-190 mm. Rio das Velhas, May 13, 1908, Haseman. 3137 C. M., thirteen, 100-188 mm. Pirapora, Dec. 15, 1907, Haseman. 3138 C. M., five, 100-130 mm. Sete Lagoas, May 5, 1908, Haseman. 3139 C. M., one, 175 mm. Lagoa Feia, June 16, 1908, Haseman. 3140 C. M., one, 125 mm. Salto das Cruzes, Sept. 22, 1908, Haseman. 3141 C. M., two, 130-145 mm. Cidade de Barra, Dec. 23, 1907, Haseman. 3142 C. M., one, 110 mm. Banhurii, Oct. 17, 1908, Haseman. 3143 C. M., four, 135-140 mm. Itapura, Sept. 27, 1908, Haseman. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 129 3144 C. M., six, 160-205 mm. Campos, June 14, 1908, Haseman. 3145 C. M., one, 120 mm. Villa Bella, Rio Beni, Oct. 5, 1909, Haseman. 3146 C. M., four, 120-210 mm. Sao Joao de Barra, June 22, 1908, Haseman. 3147 C. M., six, 120-220 mm. Puerto Suarez, May 6 and 7, 1909, Haseman. 3148 C. M., nine, 50-150 mm. Santa Ritta, Jan. 24, 1908, Haseman. 3149 C. M., five, 110-190 mm. Barrieras, Lagoa of Rio Grande, Jan. 4, 1908, Haseman. 3150 C. M., two, 80-100 mm. Mogy Mirim, Creek of Sao Paulo, Haseman. 3151 C. M., four, 90-130 mm. Rio Jauru, June 2, 1909, Haseman. 3152 C. M., three, 95-105 mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909, Haseman. 3153 C. M., one, 85 mm. Bebedouro, Sept. 1, 1908, Haseman. 3154 C. M., two, 90-100 mm. Bogularoa, near mouth of Rio Preto, Haseman. 3155 C. M., five, 100-150 mm. Lagoa de Paranagua, Jan. 16, 1908, Haseman. 3156 C. M., one, 100 mm. Sao Antonio da Rio Madeira, Aug. 11, 1909, Haseman. 3157 C. M., five, 105 to 140 mm. Caceres, May 24, 1909, Haseman. 3158 C. M., eleven, 65 to 190 mm. No label, Haseman. 3159 C. M., seven, 105-165 mm. Lagoa Pereira, Dec. 23, 1907, Haseman. 3161 C. M., two, 110-160 mm. Januaria, Dec. 12, 1908, Haseman. 3160 C. M., fourteen, 145-215 mm. Joazeiro, Nov. 28, 1907, Haseman. 3162 C. M., seven, 150-190 mm. Penedo, March 22, 1908, Haseman. 5088 I. U. M., one, 275 mm. Island of Marajo. 10303 I. U. M., one, 250 mm. Corumba. 4895 I. U. M., two, 170 and 180 mm. Rio Grande do Sul. 10056 I. U. M., one, 125 mm. (estimated). Matto Grosso, 9281 I. U. M., one, 180 mm. Piracicaba. 10302 I. U. M., five, 60 to 80 mm. Corumba. 10783 I. U. M., one, Santos, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Thirty-five, 160-320 mm. Georgetown, Sept. 26, 1910, Ellis. Five, 200-300 mm. Hubabu Creek, B. G., Oct. 1, 1910, EUis. 3163 C. M., two, 210-230 mm. Hubabu Creek, Oct. 1, 1910, Ellis. 3348 C. M., one, 250 mm. San Luiz de Caceres, May 23, 1909, Haseman. 3349 C. M., one, 110 mm. Villa Hays, Paraguay, April 13, 1909, Haseman. Head 7 to 10.5; depth 5.2 to 7 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 185 to 224;^^ snout 3 to 3.25, interorbital 2.1 to 3.1 in the head; eye 1 to 2 in the snout, 1.25 to 3 in the interorbital and 3.5 or 6 to the head. 5 Anal rays in twenty-six specimens. Botanic Garden 185 188 194 197 Warraputa 190 191 194 Georgetown 187 196 197 198 Wismar 208 210 218 220 224 Kumaka 210 Joazeiro 200 208 212 216 Penedo 207 211 212 216 220 130 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Body and head compressed; width of the head 2.25 to 2.4, depth of the head, at base of the occipital process, 1.5 to 2 in the greatest depth; anus on or slightly behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal profile regularly and moderately convex; ventral profile varying from rather weakly convex to markedly so. Snout heavy, short and blunt; mouth moderate; gape short to medium; jaws about equal, the lower included on the sides, teeth present in both jaws; eyes small to medium. Caudal peduncle 3.25 to 4.75 in the total length; origin of the anal below, or slightly behind, the origin of pectorals; pectorals about 1.2 in the head. Ground color of alcoholic specimens, buff; dorsal and dorso-lateral parts more or less overlaid with greenish brown, belly lighter; the lateral line and three stripes which parallel it dark (any or all of these stripes which are ventrad to the lateral line may vary considerably in width and intensity, may even be wanting) ; a black bar at the origin of each anal ray; fins hyaline; caudal peduncle blue-gray above and pale yellow below. In life Eigenmannia virescens is quite translucent, and is of a bright reddish color. The head and pectoral regions are orange to yellow and the caudal append- age greenish. This species is capable of changing color to some extent (See dis- cussion of color). The markings of the different individuals vary considerably according to the presence or absence of the dark blue stripes above the anal fin. Specimens from clear water usually show well developed stripes and have the head much darker than those found in muddy water, and may have the anal fin fringed with dusky. The chromatophores are more numerous over the entire body of those from clear water. This species is classed among the food-fishes, though it is not much sought after by the white people. The coolies of British Guiana seem particularly fond of this fish, which, with the other Sternopygince, they call the "Loga-Loga." In addition to the name "Cuchillo" or "Cuchilla" applied to it by most Spanish- speaking Creoles, it is known as "Macana" and "Raton bianco" in the United States of Colombia and Venezuela, and "Tuviras" in Brazil. It is found abund- antly in the trenches and ditches on the plantations, where it feeds among the weeds. Its natural habitat is in the small streams which flow through savannah or open country in the lowlands. Because of its large range several varieties have been described as separate species, but these intergrade. " Humboldti" of Steindachner may be a distinct variety. It is found along the west coast and in the Rio Magdalcna system. Specimens answering its description have been taken in Guiana and Brazil. Distribution: Rio Magdalena and west coast south over the whole of eastern South America to the Rio de la Plata. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMEKICA. 131 7. Eigenmannia troscheli (Kaup). (Plate XXII, fig. 2.) Sternopygus troscheli Kaup, Apod., 139, 1856; Steindachner, Die Gymnotidse, 12, 1868 (Barra do Rio Negro); Gunther, Cat., VIII, 8, 1864; Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 682 (Peruvian Amazon); Steindachner, Fisch-f. Magd., 56, 1878 (note); Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Eigenmannia troscheli Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 174, 1905 (Amazonas from Manaos to Peru); Eigenmann and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 31, 666, 1907 (Lower Amazon); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910 (Amazons, from Manaos to Peru). Sternopygus axillaris Gijnther, Cat., VIII, 8, 1864 (Para); Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Eigenmannia axillaris Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1905, 174 (Para). Fig. 5. Eigenmannia troscheli (Kaup). 3164 C. M., three, 100-180 mm. San Joaquim, Sept. 5, 1909, Haseman. Head 7.25 to 8, greatest depth 6.25 to 7.25 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 210, 220, 224. Snout 3.75 to 4, interorbital 3 to 3.75 in the head; eye 2 or a little more in the snout, not quite 2 in the interorbital, 8 or 9 in the head. Body compressed; head chubby; width of the head 2.25 to 2.5, depth of the head in the occipital region 1.25 to 1.4 in the greatest depth of the body; anus little behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal profile weakly convex; ventral profile distinctly convex in the pectoral region. Snout blunt and broad; mouth small; gape quite short, not equalling the diameter of the eye in length; maxillary long, equal to twice the diameter of the eye; jaws about equal, the lower projecting slightly, if at all; teeth in four or five rows around the edge of each jaw, villiform and curved inward slightly. Caudal peduncle 3.25 to 3.6 in the total length; pectorals 1 to 1.2 in the head; origin of the anal just below the origin of the pectorals. 132 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Ground-color uniform yellowish; top of head and mid-dorsal region, also parts of the caudal portion of the body, more or less sparsely covered with minute black dots; fins hyaline, anal rays very weakly colored with a clear light brown. Distribution: Lower, Middle, and Upper Amazons. V. Steatogenes Boulenger. Steatogenes Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, XIV, 1898. Type, Rhamphichthys elegans Steindachner. With fontanels; no caudal; snout short; distinguished from all the other Gymno- tids by the presence of a small cylindrical filament of tissue in a groove on each side of the mental region; otherwise as in Hypopomus. Size rather small, not exceeding 250 mm. Fore part of body heavy, caudal portion tapering rapidly into the caudal filament; head chubby; gape short; teeth wanting; mouth rather small; eyes small, covered by a transparent membrane. Scales cycloid, lateral line complete and straight. Fig. 6. Steatogenes elegans (Steindachner). 8. Steatogenes elegans (Steindachner). Rhamphichthys (Br achy rhamphichthys) elegans Steindachner, Fisch-f. Cauca and Guayaquil, 37, 1880 (Barra do Rio Negro). Brachyrhamphichthys elegans Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Steatogenys elegans Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 428, 1898 (Rio Jurua); Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1905, 171 (Barra do Rio Negro); Eigenmann and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 666, 1907 (Lower Amazon); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Barra do Rio Negro and Guiana). THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 133 Rharnphichthys {Brachyrhamphichthys) mirabilis Steindachner, I. c, pi. IX, figs, i, and ia. 3165 C. M., nine, 120-140 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909, Haseman. Six, 110-130 mm. Kumaka, Sept. 12, 1910, Ellis. 1756 C. M., 12614 I. U. M., three, 75-192 mm. Kumaka, Eigenmann. 1757 C. M., one (broken, length estimated 150 mm.). Wismar, Eigenmann. Head 8.25 to 8.5, depth 5.25 to 5.5 in the length to, the end of the anal; anal rays 160, 164, 175 (Kumaka); snout 3.3 to 3.7, interorbital 3, or a little more, in the head; eye 1.5 to 1.75 in the snout, 1.7 to 2 in the interorbital, and about 5 in the head. Compressed back of the head, which is round and chubby; width of the head about 2.5, its depth in the occipital region 1.6 to 2 in the greatest depth; anus on or a little behind the vertical from the eye; dorsal profile convex; ventral profile abruptly convex to origin of the anal, beyond this very slightly convex. Snout heavy, blunt; mouth moderate; gape short, not reaching to below the eyes; jaws equal; eyes small; a cylindrical filament about twice the length of the snout, having its origin near the pectoral, lying in a groove on each side of the mental region, both filaments united in median line at the edge of lower lip. Caudal peduncle not over 2.8 in the total length; pectorals 1 to 1.2 in the head; origin of the anal below that of the pectorals or a little caudad. Ground-color of preserved specimens dark golden brown, a series of twelve to twenty irregular bands of dark red-brown, starting from the median dorsal line and crossing both the body and the anal fin (these bands are more or less confluent in the region of the lateral line) ; small golden brown spots on the median dorsal line at the junction of the dark bands from the sides; top and sides of the head almost black, with numerous pale yellow streaks crossing them; cheeks lighter ; pectorals mottled with black; anal with numerous brown spots in the yellow interspaces between the brown cross-bands. This species which, in a general way, resembles the young of Gymnotus carapo is sometimes called by the same name, "Warradiera." It is also known by the name "Corybu." It inhabits small streams in densely wooded places and is occasionally used as food cooked with rice by the Indians. Distribution: Barra do Rio Negro, British Guiana, and Lower Amazon. VI. Hypopomus Gill. Hypopomus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, 152. Brachyrhamphichthys Gunther, Cat., VIII, 6, 1870, artedi. Type, Rharnphichthys miilleri Kaup. With fontanels; no caudal; snout short; size small; body elongate and rather cylindrical, tapering posterioriy, maximum depth and thickness back of the pec- torals; head small, chubby, and conical; mouth and gape small; teeth wanting; eyes 134 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. moderate, covered by a transparent membrane. Scales small, cycloid; lateral line straight, complete, rather obscure in caudal region. Origin of anal about the length of the pectoral behind the vertical from the gill-opening; caudal appendage long and slender. Fig. 7. Hypapomus breviwslris (Steindachner). Species of Hypopomus. a. Caudal peduncle 4.5 to 5 in the total length; length of the head just equal to, or usually less than, the greate.st dcjith of the body; head somewhat truncate, 8.25 to 9.25 in the length to the end of the anal; eye about 2.5 in the interoeular distance brevirostris. aa. Caudal peduncle 3 to 3.5 in the total length; length of the head just equal to, or usually greater than, the greatest depth of the body; head somewhat pointed, 7.5 to 10 in the length to the end of the anal; eye not more than 2 in the interoeular distance , artedi. 9. Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner). Rhamphichthys brevirostris Steindachner, Die Gymnotida?, 6, pi. II, fig. 2, 1868 (Guapore); GiJNTHER, Cat., VIII, 6, 1870; Steindachner, Fisch-f. Cauca and Guayaquil, 37, 1880 (Santarem, Cauca, Rio Guapore); Perugia, Ann. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. X, 56, 1891 (Central Chaco) ; BouLENGER, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 1896, 38 (Descalvados). BrachyrJumiphichthys brevirostris Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., VII, 1894, 625 (Lower Amazon and Itaituba on the Tocantins). Hypopomus brevirostris Eigenmann and Kennedy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1903, 530 (Campo Grande, Arroyo Chagalalina) ; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 170, 1905 (Cauca, Amazon and tributaries, Paraguay); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, 1907 (Amazonas) ; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 449, 1910 (Cauca, Guiana to Paraguay). 10055 I. U. M., two, 140 and 150 mm. Campo Grande. 10057 I. U. M., two, 50 and 65 mm. Arroyo Chagalalina. 10054 I. U. M., one, 140 mm. Matto Grosso. 5097 I. U. M., six, 70-105 mm. Itaituba, Brazil. 5095 I. U. M., two, 90 and 100 mm. Lower Amazon. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 135 3166 C. M., one, 90 mm. Cacequy, Jan. 31, 1909, Haseman. 3167 C. M., two, 75-80 mm. Rio Boa Ventura, June 16, 1909, Haseman. 3168 C. M., two, 65-120 mm. Villa Hays, Paraguay, April 13, 1909, Haseman. 3169 C. M., one, 120 mm. Rio Mamore, Sept. 19, 1909, Haseman. 4894 I. U. M., eighteen, 75-140 mm. Rio Grande do Sul. 3170 C. M., one, 80 mm. Puerto Suarez, Sept. 19, 1909, Haseman. 1792 C. M., 12615 I. U. M., four, 57-165 mm. Mud Creek, Aruka, Shideler. 1793 C. M., 12616 I. U. M., two, 100-165 mm. Chipoo Creek, Shideler. 1794 C. M., 12617 I. U. M., two, 95-105 mm. Pacopoo Pan, Wm. Grant. 1795 C. M., 12618 I. U. M., four, 118-160 mm. Nickaparoo Creek, Wm. Grant. 1796 C. M., one (broken), 80 mm. Savannah Landing, Eigenmann. 12635 I. U. M., one, 95 mm. Creek below Savannah Landing, Eigenmann. 1797 C. M., one, 117 mm. Twoca Pan, Rupununi, Wm. Grant. 1798 C. M., one, 70 mm. Kumaka, Eigenmann. Head 8.25 to 9.25, greatest depth 7 to 9 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 220 to 260; snout 3.3 to 3.7, interorbital about 3 in the head; eye 2.5 in the interorbital, 2.5 to 3 in the snout, and about 6 in the head. Body rather cylindrical, though slightly compressed caudad; head chubby, somewhat conic; width of head 2 to 2.5, depth of head in occipital region about 1.75 in greatest depth; anus twice the diameter of the eye behind the vertical from the eye; dorsal profile of the head distinctly slanting, of the body weakly convex; ventral profile regularly convex. Snout short and truncate; mouth small; gape very short; eyes moderately small; jaws equal. Caudal peduncle 4.5 to 5 in the total length; pectorals 1.5 to 2 in the head; origin of the anal about the length of the snout behind the origin of the pectorals. Ground-color buff, overlaid with chocolate-brown; dorsal parts dark; ventral lighter; numerous bands of dark brown crossing the body but not the anal; lateral line buff; head dark; fins bluish white to hyaline; rays more or less black. Distribution: Rio Magdalena, Guianas, Amazons south to Rio de la Plata. 10. Hypopomus artedi (Kaup). Seba, Thesaur., HI, tab. 32, fig. 2. Rhaynphichthys artedi Kaup, Apod., 128, 1856 (Mona); GtJNTHER, Cat., VIII, 6, 1870. BrachyrJuwiphichthys artedi Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Rha^nphichthys miilleri Kaup, Apod., 129, 1856 (French Guiana); GtJNTHER, Cat., VIII, 6, 1870. Hypopomus miilleri Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, 152. 136 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Brachyrhamphichthys mulleri Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Hypopo7mis artedi Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. 8ci., VII, 170, 1905 (French Guiana); Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 449, 1910 (French Guiana). 3171 C. M., one, 150 mm. Iguape, Rio Ribeira, Dec. 15, 1908, Hascman. 3172 C. M., fourteen, 50 to 160 mm. Maciel, Rio Guapore, July 29, 1909, Haseman. 3173 C. M., thirtj'-three, 85-265 mm. Campos, June 14, 1908, Haseman. 3174 C. M., one, 180 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 7, 1909, Haseman. 3175 C. M., four, 130-180 mm. Lagoa Feia, Tocas, June 27, 1908, Haseman. 3176 C. M., three. 70-110 mm. Bragan^a, Dec. 19, 1909, Haseman. 3177 C. M., two, 55-140 mm. Rio Jauru, June 2, 1909, Haseman. 3178 C. M., three, 90-130 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909, Haseman. 3179 C. M., eleven, 55-130 mm. Caceres, May 24, 1909, Haseman. 3180 C. M., eight, 45-120 mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909, Haseman. 3181 C. M., one, 120 mm. Corumba, April 27, 1909, Haseman. 1799 C. M., 12619 I. U. M., two, 155-165 mm. Lama Stop-Off, Eigenmann. 1800 C. M., 12620 I. U. M., four, 170-174 mm. Wismar, Eigenmann. 1801 C. M., 12621 I. U. M., two, 80-160 mm. Gluck Island, Eigenmann. 1802 C. M., one, 175 mm. Kumaka, Eigenmann. 1803 C. M., one, 130 mm. Christianburg, Eigenmann. Head 7.5 to 8.25, greatest depth 10 or 11 in the length to the end of the anal; snout 2.9 to 3.5, interorbital 5 to 6 in the head; eye about 2.5 in the snout, 1.8 in the interorbital and 5.8 to 6.8 in the head. Body compressed and elongate, slightly subcylindrical towards the head; head conic and a httle produced; width of the head 1.75 to 2, depth of the head in the occipital region 1.3 to 1.5 in the greatest depth; dorsal profile of the head slightly sloping, of the body almost straight; ventral profile of the head and body somewhat convex. Snout conic, a little truncate at the tip; mouth medium; gape short; upper jaw barely projecting; eyes small; cheeks round and full. Caudal filament 3 to 3.5 in the total length; pectorals 1.75 to 2 in the head; origin of the anal about on the vertical from the tip of the pectorals. Ground-color light buff to straw yellow; dorsal parts and the caudal peduncle crossed by several bands of rather bright brown, which fade out near the middle of each side; ventral parts almost without markings, or with numerous blotches of pale brown; top of the head dark brown; sides of the head and mental region speckled with brown; fins hyaline, rays more or less brown. Didrihulion: Guianas, Amazon, Parana. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 137 VII. Rhamphichthys Miiller and Troschel. Gymnotus Linn^us (in part), Syst. Nat., ed. XII, i, 427, 1766. Rhamphichthys MtJLLER and Troschel, Hbrje IchthyoL, III, 15, 1849. Type, Gymnotus rostratus Linnaeus. With fontanels; no caudal; snout long; size moderate to quite large; body very elongate and quite compressed; head moderate, tapering into a long, tubular snout; gape short; mouth small; eyes moderately small and covered by a trans- parent membrane. Scales cycloid and minute; lateral line complete, straight; origin of the anal in front of the vertical from the gill-opening; caudal appendage large and scaly. Fig. 8. Rhamphichthys rostratus (Linnseus). 11. Rhamphichthys rostratus (Linnseus). Seba, Thesaur., II, tab. 69, fig. 3, and III, 99, tab. 32, fig. 5. Gymnotus Gronovius, Mus. IchthyoL, no. 73, 1754; id., Zoophyl., No. 167. Gymnotus rostratus Linn^us, Syst. Nat., ed. XII, i, 428, 1766; Bloch and Schneider, 522, tab. 106, 1801; Gronow, Syst., ed. Gray, 22, 1854. Carapus rostratus Cuvier, Regne Animal, II, 237, 1817. Rhamphichthys rostratus MUller and Troschel, Horse IchthyoL, III, 15, 1849 (Guiana); Gijnther, Cat., VIII, 5, 1870 (Surinam); Eigenmann and Eigen- MANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. ScL, VII, 1905, 168 (Guianas to Amazon); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Guianas and Amazon). Gymnotus longirostris Lacepede, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, 178, 1800. Rhamphichthys schomhurgkii Kaup, Apod., 135, 10, 1856; Steindachner, Die Gymnotida?, 10, 1868 (Rio Negro). Rhamphichthys marmoratus Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 86, pi. 46, fig. 2, 1855 (Uruguay) ; Kaup, Apod., 132, fig. 7, 1856; Eigenmann and Eigen- mann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann, Ann. N. Y. Acad. ScL, VII, 1894, 625 (Itaituba); Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. ScL, VII, 1905, 168 (Orinoco and Guianas .to Rio de la Plata); Eigenmann and • Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 666, 1907 (Lower Amazon) ; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 449, 1910 (Guiana, Orinoco to Rio de la Plata) . 138 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Rhamphichthys pantherinus Castelnau, Anirn. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 86, pi. 46, fig. 3, 1855 (Lake near the Ucayale); Kaup, Apod., 131, fig. 6, 1856; Gunther, Cat., VII, 5, 1870; Peters, Mb. Akad. Wiss. BerL, 1877, 473 (Apure); Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 682 (Peruvian Amazon); Steindachner, Fisch-f. Cauca and Guayaquil, 38, 1880 (Manacapuru, Matto Grosso, Surinam, Uruguay, La Plata, Para, Obidos, Xingu, Rio Negro, Ucayale); Perugia, Ann. Mus. Civico Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vol. X, 55, 1891 (Asuncion and Rio Maciel at Buenos Aires). Rhamphichthys lineatus Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 87, pi. 47, fig. 1, 1855 (Tributary of Ucayale); Kaup, Apod., 130, fig. 5, 1856. Gymnotus rostratus {non Linnffius) Steindachner, Die Gymnotida?, 8, 1868, in part (Matto Grosso, Surinam). Rhamphichthys schneideri Kaup, Apod., 136, fig. 11, 1856 (Cayenne). Rhamphichthys reinhardtii Kaup, Apod., 132, fig. 8, 1856; Eigenmann and Eigen- MANN, Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 666, 1907 (Lower Amazon). Rhamphichthys blochii Kaup, Apod., 133, fig. 9, 1856; GtJNTHER, Cat., VIII, 5, 1860 (Para); Steindachner, Fisch-f. Cauca and Guayaquil, 38, 1880 (Rio Negro, Manacapuru, Para); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 1896, 38 (Paraguay); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 428, 1898 (Rio Jaurii). 1761 C. M., 12612 I. U. M., three, 580-900 mm. Wismar, Eigenmann. 3344 C. M., one, 300 mm. Berlin, Rio Mamorc^, in Bolivia, Sept. 15, 1909, Haseman. 3348 C. M., three, 390-470 mm. San Joaquim, Sept. 5 and 6, 1909, Haseman. 3346 C. M., one, 630 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909, Haseman. 3347 C. M., one, ? damaged. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909, Haseman. Head 6 to 8; greatest depth 11.3 to 12 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 410, 444, 469; snout 1.5 to 1.8, interorbital 8.5 to 9.5 in the head; eye 12 to 16 in the snout, 2.25 to 3 in the interorbital, 18 to 22 in the head. Compressed and very elongate; width of head 2.3 to 2.5, depth of head in the occipital region 1.5 to 2 in the greatest depth; anus on or in front of the vertical from the eye; dorsal profile sloping to the occiput, then almost straight; ventral profile quite straight except for a slight concavity in the mental region. Snout long, tubular, and tapering; mouth small and slightly below the over- hanging upper jaw; gape short and decurved, about 1.5 times the eye; lower jaw included, upper forming the extreme tip of the snout, slightly expanded and blunt on the end, teeth wanting; cheeks full and round; operculum rather prominent; eyes small. Caudal peduncle 3.5 to 4 in the total length; pectorals 2.75 in the head; origin of the anal about three times the eye behind the vertical from the eye. Ground-color chocolate to a yellow-brown; ventral parts lighter; numerous THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 139 blotches of dark brown and black dorsally; many irregular bands of dark brown spots and blotches crossing the body and anal ; anal heavily marked with black and brown spots over a background of cream-white; head dark, mottled with large black and small bluish white spots; mental region almost white, pectorals spotted with black, brown, and white; caudal peduncle dark chocolate-brown, banded with black. This species is quite variable in size, markings, and length of snout. It is very highly prized as a food-fish. It lives among the roots of the "Mucka Mucka" and a species of Calladium which grow up from the water. It frequents the smaller and more open streams, although it is taken less often in the larger ones. From the contents of the stomachs examined it seems to live almost entirely on mud-inhabiting insect larvse and worms. Kaup records this fish as attaining the size of six feet. No such specimens were seen and from the accounts of the fishermen questioned it seems rarely to exceed four and a half feet. The names of "Band Fish" and "Wabri" were given it by my Guiana coolies. Distribution: South America, except the Magdalena and Brazilian coastal streams. VIII. Gymnorhamphichthys genus nov. Type, Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis. Distinguished from all the other Gymnotids except the electric eel by the absence of scales from the anterior part; scales few, confined to the caudal regions; snout straight and produced; other points much as in Rhamphichthys. This genus contains but a single species. 12. Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis. (Plate XXIII, fig. 2.) EUis, inEigenmann, Fishes of British Guiana, Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. V, p. 436, 1912. Type, 3182 C. M., 215 mm. San Joaquim, Sept. 5, 1909, Haseman. Cotypes : 3183 C. M., one, 180 mm. Rio Mamore, Sept. 19, 1909, Haseman. 12641 I. U. M., two, 140-145 mm. Konawaruk, Eigenmann. 3184 C. M., two, 75 and 115 mm. Bastos, Rio Mamore, Aug. 3, 1909, Hase- man. 3185 C. M., one, 80 mm. Maciel, Rio Guapore, July 29, 1909, Haseman. 12642 I. U. M., one, 125 mm. Puerto Bertoni, Alto Parana, Bertoni. 12613 I. U. M., three, 95-100 mm. Tumatumari, Eigenmann. Head 4.8 to 7.1, depth 12.4 to 13.6 in the length to the end of the anal, anal rays 165-210. Snout 1.6 to 2; interorbital 8 to 14 in the head; eye 7 to 14 in the snout. Body compressed, slender and quite elongate; width of the head 2 to 2.5; 140 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. depth of the head in the occipital region 1.2 to 1.4 in the greatest depth of the body; anus on or a little behind the vertical from the posterior margin of the eye; dorsal and ventral profiles tapering very slightly and almost straight. Snout produced, straight and tubular (the length varies with the size, the largest having the longest snout, hence the range of the measurements in which the head and snout figure). Mouth small, inferior; gape short, from 5 to 8 in snout; jaws almost equal but lower included by the hood-like upper, so that the opened mouth appears under the upper jaw; teeth wanting. Caudal peduncle 3.5 to 4.5 in the total length; pectorals 1.8 to 2.8 in the head; origin of anal on or very slightly behind, the vertical from the origin of the pectorals. Ground-color buff; snout and top of head more or less completely covered with black, especially, the distal half of the snout; a number of irregular black blotches down the middle of the back, and a second row of black spots more or less confiuent with the dorsal ones in the region of the lateral line; caudal appendage completely encircled by two or three black bands (all the black markings vary with the size of the fish, smallest specimens being almost without markings). Fins hyaline. Distribution: Guiana, Lower Amazon, and Parana. TX. Sternarchorhynchus Castelnau. Sternarchorhynchus Castelnau, Anim. Am. Sud. Poiss., 1856. Rhmnphosternarchus Gunther, Cat., VIII, 4, 1870 (oxyrhynchus) . Type, Sternarchorhynchus millleri Castelnau. With fontanels; a caudal fin; snout produced, decurved; size rather small, not exceeding 300 mm. in length; body compressed and slightly elongate, very slender in caudal region; head medium, conical, and produced; gape very small; teeth in both jaws; eyes small and covered by a membrane. Scales cycloid; lateral line complete; origin of anal distinctly in front of the vertical from origin of the pec- torals; anal long, widest near the middle of the body and narrowing near both head and tail; caudal fin small, terminal, and fan-shaped, slightly scaled at the base. 13. Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus (Mliller and Troschel). Sternarchus oxyrhynchus MUller and Troschel, Horae Ichthyol., Ill, 16, pi. II, figs. 1 and 2, 1849 (Essequibo); Kaup, Apod., 127, 1856; GDnther, Cat., VIII, 4, 1870 (British Guiana); Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, XIV, 427, 1898 (Rio Jurua). Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 167 (Guiana and Rio Jurua); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910 (Guiana). THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 141 Sternarchorhynchus mulleri Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 1855. Sternarchus mormijrus Steindachner, Die GymnotidsD, 5, pi. 1, fig. 3 (Mara- bitanos); Gunther, Cat., VIII, 4, 1870 (Peruvian Amazon) ; Eigenmann and EiGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62; Eigenmann and Bean, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 31, 666 (Lower Amazon) ; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 167 (Marabitanos, Peruvian Amazon); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Peruvian Amazon). Fig. 9. Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhijnchus (MuUer & Troschel). Sternarchus (Rhamphosternarchus) curvirostris Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1887, 282, pi. XXIV (Canelos). Sternarchorhynchus curvirostris Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1881, 62; Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 167 (Cane- los); VON Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigenmann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Canelos), 3186 C. M., three, 235-260 mm. Santarem, Dec. 12, 1909, Haseman. 3187 C. M., one, 290 mm. Para, Jan. 22, 1910, Haseman. 1807 C. M., one, 185 mm. Warraputa, Eigenmann. 1808 C. M., 12590 I. U. M., four, 165-240 mm. Amatuk, Eigenmann. Head 4.8 to 6.9, depth 9.6 to 9.8 in the length to the end of the anal; anal rays 168-215. '^ Snout 1.6 to 1.8, interorbital 13 to 18 in the head; eye equal to the interorbital, 8.5 to 9 in the snout, 13 to 14 in the head. Body and head compressed; width of head 2.75 to 4, depth of head in the occipital region 1.25 to 1.9 in the greatest depth of the body; anus on, or a Httle '^ The number of anal rays of the specimens examined and of the type are Amatuk, Brit. Guiana 168 168 170 174 Warraputa, Brit. Guiana 180 Santarem, Brazil 192 196 197 Para, Brazil 194 In addition to tliis list Eigenmann & Bean record specimens of Sternarchorhynchus mormyrus from the lower Amazon with 191 to 194 rays (size not given). 142 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. in front of, the vertical from the eye; dorsal and ventral profiles behind the head almost straight. Snout long, tubular, decurved, of small diameter and tapering; mouth small, terminal; gape 1.5 to 2 in the eye; lower jaw included on the sides, slightly pro- jecting in front; teeth small to medium, conical, in two irregular median patches in upper jaw and two irregular series on lower jaw; eyes quite small; mucous pores abundant on the head. Caudal small, fan-shaped, terminal, 2.5 times the eye; pectorals about 2.75 in the head ; origin of the anal about three times the eye behind the vertical from the eye. Ground-color a uniform bistre to dark brown; head and dorsal parts darker; lateral line hyaline; fins hyaline, rays faintly outlined with dark brown. The type of oxyrhynchus was examined by Dr. C. H. Eigenmann. His notes follow. "Type in the Berlin Mus. 470 mm. No. 4086, Guiana, Schomburgk. "Head 6.9 in the length to the end of the anal; anal 215; interorbital 18 in the head. Width of the head near 4 in the greatest depth; depth of the head 1.9 in the greatest depth; anus in front of the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye; gape at least as long as the eye; teeth of both jaws large, recurved, in a single series on the sides, in an irregular double series toward the front." From a comparison of the anal rays, the size and the shape of the head and snout it seems that Sternarchorhynchus curvirostris (Boulenger) and Sternarcho- rhynchus mormyrus (Steindachner) are synonymous with Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus (Miiller and Troschel), the variations being in part due to the size of the fish. X. Sternarchorhamphus Eigenmann. Type, Sternarchus yniXlleri Steindachner. With fontanels; a caudal fin; snout produced, straight; mouth large; size medium to large; body very elongate and much compressed; maximum depth in, or just behind, the pectoral region; head moderately large to medium, pointed and pro- duced; gape rather straight; small conical teeth in both jaws; eyes small and covered by a membrane; scales cycloid; lateral line complete and quite straight; anal long, growing narrower caudad; caudal very small. 14. Sternarchorhamphus miilleri (Steindachner). Sternarchus {Rhamphosternarchus) mulleri Steindachner, Flussf. Siidam., Ill, 15, pi. V, fig. 4, 1881 (Para). Sternarchorhynchxis mulleri Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Sternarchorhamphus mulleri Eigenmann and Ward, Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VII, 1905, 166 (Para); von Ihering, Os Peixes do Brazil, Part 1 A, 1907; Eigen- mann, Repts. Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, III, 1910, 449 (Para). THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 143 3188 C. M., two, 430 and 500 mm. Alcoboca, Rio Tocantins, Jan. 10, 1910, Haseman. 3189 C. M., three, 400-425 mm. Para, Jan. 22, 1910, Haseman. Head 8.5 to 9.5, greatest depth of body 9.75 to 10.75 in the length to the base of the caudal; anal rays (Para) 248, (Alcoboca) 239, 254, 263 (other Para speci- mens had regenerated caudals). Snout 1.6 to almost 2; interorbital 6.5 to 8.5 in the head; eye 12 to 15 in the snout and 3 to 5 in the interorbital. Fig. 10. Slernarchorhaniphus mullcri (Stcindachner). Body quite compressed and elongate; head compressed and somewhat pro- duced; width of the head 3 to 3.8; depth of the head in the occipital region 1.5 to almost 2 in the greatest depth of the body; anus about the diameter of the eye in front of the vertical from the anterior margin of the eye; dorsal profile almost straight, sloping slightly from the origin of the dorsal filament; ventral profile behind the head weakly convex. Snout produced, tubular, almost straight, slightly upturned and slightly enlarged toward the tip; mouth medium; gape straight, oblique to the axis of the head and equal to about one fourth of the snout; jaws equal, both rounded in front; lower included on the sides; teeth small, villiform, in a band of three or more series around the lower jaw and a band of two or more series on the side and six or seven series in the middle on the upper jaw. Caudal fin quite small, 3 to 4 in the snout; pectorals a little more or less than 2 in the head. Ground-color tawny to dark brown; entire body overlaid m.ore or less with fine violet dots, especially in the region of the lateral line, the dorsal and lateral portions of the head, and the dorsal portion of the body; anal and pectorals bright yellow margined with black; caudal pale yellow; a dark patch at origin of lateral fine; scales small, larger in the region of the lateral line; middorsal region unsealed. Known only from the lower Amazon. 144 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 15. Sternarchorhamphus macrostomus (Giinther). Sternarchus macrostomus Gunther, Cat., VIII, 4, 1870 (Xeberos). Rhamphosternarchus macrostomus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc, 1878, 682 (Peruvian Amazon). Sternarchorlnjnclms macrostomus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XIV, 1891, 62. Sternarchorhamphus macrostomus 'EiGEite, however, they are largely found in the lowland. Of the fifteen species known from British Guiana all are found in the lowland, while but two, Gymnotus carapo and Eigenmannia virescens, have been taken on the plateau. Locomotion and Musculature. I. Locomotion. The method of swimming, particularly the use of the long anal fin, of the Gymnotidce has been discussed several times. No final conclusion has been reached, however. In 1774 Alexander Garden described the method of swimming of the electric eel. He worked at Charleston, S. C., with five specimens which had been shipped him from Surinam. The motion of the fish, according to Garden, was the result of an undulating movement of the anal fin. This has subsequently been shown to be correct by Sachs. Unfortunatelj- Lac^pede misquoted Garden in his "Histoire Naturelle des Poissons" published in 1800, by ascribing the undu- lating motion not only to the anal fin but to the body of the eel as well. As a result of this the exact use of the anal fin remained in doubt imtil the careful work of Sachs (Zitteraal, 1881). He described the swimming of the electric eel in detail as follows : "Die Zitteraale sind ausnehmend gewandte Schwimmer und zwar schwimmen sie gewcihnhch nicht durch Schlangeln des Schwanzes, wie Lacepede anninunt, sondern einzig und allein unter Anwendung der weichhautigen, dem Kiel eines Schiffes gleichenden Afterflosse, welche durch die Brustflossen in geringemgrade unterstiitzt wird. Die Bewegung der Afterflosse besteht in einer wellenformigen Schliingelung; luuft die Wellen von vorn nach hinten so wird der Fisch vorwilrts bewegt, Uluft sie umgekehrt, so schwimmt er riickwiirts; die Bewegung ist geradlinig oder bogenformig, je nachdem der Korper des Fisches ausgestreckt oder gekriimmt ist" (p. 104, 1. c.). Sachs neglected to observe the method of swimming of the THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 159 other Gyninotids and was unable to saj^ whether the method described for E. eledrophorus was common to all. In his phylogenetic-ethologic study of the Gymnotidoe, Schlesinger (1910) states that the use of the anal fin described by Sachs must be general throughout the family. He bases his conclusion entirely on a morphologic comparison between the Mormyrid Gymnarchus and the Gymnotids Eledrophorus and Gymnotus. In a footnote he adds that Dr. Franz Steindachner told him that he had seen living Gymnotidse in Brazil swimming in the method described. While in British Guiana in the summer of 1910 I had opportunity to study the motion of a number of species in their normal environment. Three species in particular were examined, Eigenmannia virescens and Sternopygus macrurus, which are abundant in the trenches in and about Georgetown, and Gymnotus carapo in Hubabu Creek. Several other species were also seen ahve. In every case two methods of swimming were observed, (1) the use of the anal fin alone, and (2) the use of the anal aided by the body proper or the pectorals or both. When at rest the Gymnotids face the current of the stream, the entire body and caudal appendage being in a straight line and the pectorals laid back against the body. The anal fin was kept moving just enough to counteract the motion of the stream, and the pectorals gave an occasional stroke. The movements of the anal fin were similar to those described by Sachs for the electric eel. From the cephalad end of the anal fin a series of undulating waves passed caudad so that a longitudinal section of the entire anal fin in motion resembles a fairly regular sine curve. There were usually six of these waves traversing the fin at any one time, rarely five or seven. The speed of the wave varies with the speed of the current of the stream — always being just sufficient to maintain the position of the fish. If the current varied in direction the fish responded at once with a stroke of one or both of the paddle-shaped pectorals, which kept the long axis of the fish parallel to the direction of the current. 6therwise the pectorals were not used. During these resting periods the caudal appendage streams out behind the fish. If a resting fish were slightly disturbed it merely increased the speed of the waves traversing the anal and moved away. If frightened (all of the Gymnotidce were very easily frightened) it swam rapidly away by the same motion of the anal fin, the use of the pectorals being more frequent in guiding the fish. If it became necessary for the fish to make a sudden turn, the entire body was slightly curved in the desired direction. This curving of the body together with the rapid use of the pectorals enables these long fishes to make quite abrupt turns. The second method of swimming involved the use of the entire body as well as the fins. When the fish was being pursued, the anal fin moved, as before, in a series of rapid waves, but in addition the entire body was at the same time moved in a serpentine fashion. In this way it was able to swim very rapidly. An indi- vidual would move the anal fin rapidly in the pecufiar manner of swimming when held in the air. 160 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. While experimenting with these fishes the caudal appendage of several was removed. This seemed in no way to influence the speed or method of swimming. When a large portion of the anal fin was cut ofT the fish swam by means of the pectorals. If the pectorals alone were removed, the fish swam by the use of the anal fin and body motion together. This was probably due to an effort to guide itself, since the guiding is done almost entirely by the pectorals. The anal could be used for either backward or forward movement. II. Anal Musculature. The muscles moving the anal fin, the muscles pinnalis analis externalis and pinnalis analis internalis, together with the muscles lateralis imus and the inter- hosmal spines compose the thin compressed region just above the anal fin. These muscles, as well as the interhcemal spines, are directed ventro-caudal at an angle of five to ten degrees to the long axis of the fish, hence in a cross-section of the body the obliquely cut ends of several show in the anal region. There is a pair of pinnales analis externalis and pinnales analis internalis for every anal ray. The externales are the larger of the two. These muscles have their origin in the skin on each side and their insertion on a lat- eral process on each side of the dei'mohcemal spine (anal ray). The internales arise from the dorsal portion of the interhcemal spine and are inserted on the top of the dermohcemal spine on each side of its articulation with the interha'mal spine. The interhcemal spine is a slim, straight bone, with its dorsal end pointed. On its ventral ,dlis end it bears an enlarged rounded head, and two smaller knobs a little lower down. These knobs lie in the median cephalo-caudal line. The dermohcemal spine has a cup-shaped articulation on its dorsal end which fits around these three heads of the interhcemal spine in the nature of a ball and socket joint. The presence of the two small heads on the interhcemal spine in the cephalo-caudal line allows the dermohcemal spine only a limited motion in that I direction, but a free movement laterally. The undulating move- ment of the anal fin results from the alternate contraction of the right internalis and externalis and then the left. Fig. 18 shows the anal musculature of E. virescens on a large scale. The muscles may be seen in Plate XIX, figs. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, which are entire cross-sections. In the cross-sections, however, the anal muscula- ture is drawn in the same plane as the trunk musculature and the ventro-caudal slope is disregarded, so that the entire muscle may be seen. Fig. 18. Anal musculature. Eig- enmannia virescens (Val.) pae, pin- nalis externalis; pai, pinnalis analis internalis; ihs, in- teih;rmal spine; dlis, clermoha'mal spine. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 161 III. Trunk Musculature. The disposition of the muscles in the trunk is much the same for all species of the Gynmotidw, although the individual muscles vary in size and shape with the presence or absence of the pseudo-electric organs. The trunk muscles are all paired, one on each side of the median line. Naming them in order dorsoventrally they are, notalis externalis, notalis internalis, dorsalis, lateralis superior, lateralis inferior, ventralis, and lateralis imus. The nomenclature of Fritsch is followed as far as given, notalis is a new name. (See Plate XIX, figures 19, 20, 21, 22, 23.) The region near the dorsal end of the interhcemal spine, which is not occupied by other tissue, is filled with fat cells and connective tissue. On Plate XIX, fig. 20, the pseudo-electric organs are to be noted. Electric Organs of the Gymnotid^e. I. Electrophorus eledricus (Linnaeus). The electric eel is the only species of this group which has been demonstrated to possess electric power. Richter in 1729 published the first scientific account of this species in the Paris Academy. His account was soon followed by many others. The earliest English description of this fish is that of Edward Bancroft in his "Natural History of Guiana," 1769. This contains an interesting account, which is here quoted: "There is one, however, of the Eel tribe which deserves particular attention, and which I shall beg leave to call the Torporific Eel, till it is distinguished by a more proper name. "This fish is a native of fresh water and is most commonly found in the River Essequibo, being usually about three feet in length, and twelve inches in circum- ference near the middle. It is covered with a smooth skin of a bluish lead color, very much like that of sheet lead which has been long exposed to the weather, being entirely destitute of scales. The head equals in size the largest part of the body, but is somewhat flat on the upper and lower sides, and its upper surface is perforated with several holes, like those of a Lamprey Eel. The upper and lower jaws extend in equal distance, terminating in a semi-oar-shape, and forming a wide mouth without teeth. On the back part of the head are two small fins, one on each side, much hke the ears of a horse, are either elevated or depressed as the fish is pleased or displeased. From about eight inches below the head, the body gradually diminishes in size to the tail, which ends in a point, without a fin. Under the belly is a fleshy fin, about half an inch in thickness and near three inches wide, extending from the head to the point of the tail, but diminishing in width as the body diminishes in size; this, with the two fins on the head are all that I found on the body of this eel, which would be nearly round if deprived of the belly fin. This fish frequently respires and elevates his head above the surface of the water every four or five minutes. But the most curious property of the Torporific Eel is 162 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. that when it is touched either by the naked hand or by a rod of iron, gold, silver, or copper, etc., held in the hand, or by a stick of some particular kind of heavy American wood, it communicates a shock perfectly resembling Electricity, which is commonly so violent, that but few are willing to suffer it a second time" (p. 190 et seq.). This is a fair description of the eel and its shock. The most noticeable error in Bancroft's statement is that the eel is toothless. As soon as it became rather generally known that this fish actually possesses the power of giving a severe shock, it was taken up by quacks of all sorts. Several doctors in the Guianas at once claimed remarkable cures to have resulted from the proper use of the electric eel. One man in particular, Van der Lott of Georgetown, was especially active in urging the use of the electric eel in the treatment of disease. Various other people from time to time have suggested this use and even today there is an idea extant that a piece of the electric eel's skin, worn about the limb affected, will remove rheumatism. Many of the accounts of the electric eel relate strange tales of its uses and properties. The story of Humboldt has become classic. This represented the Indians driving horses into the pool inhabited by the electric eels which were eventually caught as they floated on the surface after having exhausted themselves by shocking the horses. Sachs relates the use of the dried vertebrae of the eel by the Indians in childbirth. He also states that the belief is current that a cock once shocked by an electric eel is capable of shocking anything else for the remainder of the day; that persons chewing tobacco are immune from being shocked; and that a person shocked in the leg is apt to become permanently lame. With the advances in science the electric fishes were more carefully investigated and among those who studied the electric eel was Faraday. He gave the first accurate estimate of the power and nature of the shock of this fish after experi- mental work with a 101.6 cm. specimen in captivity at the Adelaide Gallery. He found an average shock from this fish to be equal to that from a battery of fifteen Leyden jars with a surface of 2.258 square meters loaded to their maximum (p. 8, Exp. Researches). In 1876-9 Dr. Carl Sachs made a series of observations and experiments upon the electric eel in its natural environment. This work was done in Venezuela on the Rios Apure and Orinoco. Unfortunately, he lost his life shortly after his return to Europe, before he had worked up his valuable data. Bois-Reymond pubHshed his notes in 1881 in " Untersuchungen am Zitteraal" (Leipzig). The following discussion of the electric eel is based in part on this book. 1. Anatomy. There are three pairs of electric organs in E. electriciis, the large electric organs, the secondary organs or the organs of Hunter, and the bundles of Sachs. The large organs and the organs of Hunter both begin a short distance behind the viscera and run nearly the whole length of the fish. The bundles of Sachs are THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 163 found only in the posterior half of the fish. The large organ of each side is more or less quadrant shaped in cross-section, and is of greatest diameter about a centi- meter back of its origin. It tapers gradually back of this point becoming more nearly circular in cross-section until it disappears a few centimeters from the end of the tail. It lies on each side of the hsemal spine above the anal fin musculature and below the muscle ventralis. In the region of its maximum size the top of each organ is on a level with the vertebral centra, but as the caudal end is approached, the dorsal portion of each organ lies more and more ventrad. The organ of Sachs consists of a series of bundles of fibers which resemble both muscle and electric tissue. From the middle of the body to the caudal end of the large electric organs, the organs of Sachs lie on the dorso-lateral surface of the latter, just below the muscle ventralis. The bundles of this organ wrap around the large electric organ obliquely in a latero-ventral direction. They extend farther ventrad as the caudal extremities of the large organs are neared. They finally close over the ends of these. The organs of Sachs increase in diameter caudad. The organs of Hunter are triangular in cross-section and much smaller than either of the other two pairs of organs. They are in the anal fin region and lie between the muscles pinnalis qnalis externalis and the muscles pinnalis analis internalis. Dorsally they are separated from the large organ by the remnants of the muscles lateralis imus. They taper off as their caudal ends are approached and terminate a few centimeters in front of the ends of the large organs. Plate XIX, figs. 21, 22, 23 represent cross-sections of the electric eel showing these points. Both the large organs and the organs of Hunter are composed of plates of tissue which run parallel to the large axis of the fish. In the large organs these plates are more or less arched ventrally in cross-section. In the small organs they are almost flat. The number of these plates seem to be rather constant in each organ, regardless of the size of the fish. Bois-Reymond (in Sachs, Zitteraal, p. 32) gives the following table : Observer. Body Length. Plates in Large Organ. Plates in Small Organ. Sachs 31 cm. 48.5 68.5 71 120 Not given Not given 30 32 32 35 31 36 30 14-19 Iinox Pahlberg Hunter 17 13 15 Kupffer and Keferstein Not given 20 Humboldt Sachs 14-19 - According to Sachs, who confirmed in general the work of Pacini, the large electric organs are made up of minute units about .14 mm. broad, which lie at right angles to the long axis of the plates. Each unit is divided near the center by a vertical partition. On the anterior face of this are several papillae which do not reach the wall of the unit. On the posterior face are fewer papillae which reach out to the wall of the unit. Between the latter are several minute papillse. It is 164 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. on this side that each unit receives its nerve-fibers. It is not, however, intended here to discuss the microscopic structure. Aside from the electric organs the anatomy of the electric eel is very similar to that of the other Gymnotids. 2. Nature and Strength of Electric Shock. Sachs states that the electric shock may be received in four ways. 1. By completing an electric arc. 2. By conduction. 3. Direct contact. 4. From the water in which the eel is discharging shocks. 1. Sachs considers an arc to be completed if the electric eel is touched at two points. He found the maximum shock was received when the connections were made just behind the head and at the end of the tail. This of course included the entire mass of electric tissue. Sachs accidentally made such an arc with an eel three and one-half feet long. Its head fell on one foot and its tail on his other leg. The contact lasted for about thirty seconds, during which time Sachs was unable to move. He experienced great pain the rest of the day and soreness of the limbs for some time afterward. Humboldt tells of stepping on a four foot eel in such a way as to make a head and tail connection and being instantly knocked down by the shock received. Dr. Eigenmann relates that all of the fishes taken in a haul of a large seine were killed by an electric eel, which was among the catch, while the seine was being pulled in. The experiments of Sachs showed that the strength of the shock varied directly with the amount of the electric tissue included in the arc. 2. and 3. Direct contact in but a single place on the fish is also capable of transmitting a shock, if the ground completes the circuit. A severe shock can be received if the eel is only touched by a finger. In the same way the shock can be inflicted through wet wood, cordage, metal, or any other conductor. Glass and rubber are insulators against it. 4. The hmit of the effectiveness of the shock in water has never been deter- mined. Sachs gives several cases of the transmission of the shock in this way. Mules are often knocked from their feet while fording small streams frequented by the eels, without actually being struck by them. Natives attempting to get out of a boat into the water are frequently unable to get either in or out after touching the water if an eel is near by, until the shock ceases. On account of such occurrences the natives regard these eels with great fear and hatred, killing them when opportunity offers. While experimenting with eels in wooden troughs, Sachs found they were able to kill frogs, fishes, and freshwater shrimps (contrary to the idea that the last mentioned form is immune) at a distance of several feet. A careful count of the number of shocks given by a single eel was made by THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 165 Sachs. During one hour this eel gave 150 distinct shocks and by actual measure- ment the last was as strong as the first. Humboldt stated that after a few shocks the eel became exhausted and it took both food and rest to recuperate its electric power. Sachs found no evidence of such a condition. The shock of the electric eel readily decomposes potassium iodide, as has been shown by its effect on potassium iodide starch-paper. 3. Origin of Electric Organs. Fritsch concluded (Sachs' Zitteraal, 355 et seq.), after a comparison of the musculature of electric eels and the other Gymnotids, that the large electric organs have originated through the metamorphosis of the lateralis imus muscles. This view is substantiated in several ways. The muscle lateralis imus occurs on both sides of the median line in the other Gymnotids in precisely the position occupied by the large electric organs in the electric eel, in which this pair of muscles are wanting. Along the ventral side of each of the large electric organs is a small strip of muscular tissue, which is continuous with the electric plates. This is probably an unmetamorp hosed remnant of the muscle lateralis imus. The origin of Hunter's and Sachs' organs has not been definitely worked out. The remaining musculature is the same in all Gymnotids. It is known that the electric organs of several of the other electric fishes (Torpedo, Malopterus, etc.) are metamori^hosed muscle tissue. II. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). Sachs {I. c, p. 69) recorded in his notes an observation on pseudo-electric or electric tissue in Sternopygus (Eigenmannia) virescens. As this i^ortion of the notes was not worked up before his death it is not clearly understood. He wrote: "Der dem electrischen Organ von Gymnotus entsprechende Theil zeichnet sich durch regelmassige Streifung in Zwischenraumen von 1 ""■ aus. Der Durch- schnitt hat ein entschieden an Gymnotus erinnerndes Verhalten. Die betreffende Stelle (a) ist durchscheinend und von horizontalen Septis durchzogen, Die mikro- skopische Untersuchung fallt wegen der Schwierigkeit des Gegenstandes unge- ntigend aus. Es werden jedoch Formelemente, etwa ahnlich dem Durchschnitt der Flatten von Malopterurus, mit runden Kernen und einfach buchend, nach- gewissen. Andererseits finden sich gewaltige Mengen dicker markhaltiger Nerven- fasern mit reichen btischelformigen Verzweigungen. Der Zusammenhang der (etwaigen) beiden Elemente aufzuklaren gelingt aber nicht in befriedigendcr Weise." This is accompanied by a figure which is reproduced in Plate XIX, Fig. 24. Fritsch, after a careful examination of specimens of this species, doubts the existence of these elements. The region marked "a" by Sachs was occupied, in the speci- mens I examined, by connective tissue fibers and the edge of the two lateralis muscles. Eigeiimannia virescejis is the only other Gymnotid besides E. electricus to which electric tissue has been ascribed. 166 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. III. Steatogenys elegans (Steindachner). In the original description of this species Steindachner'" notes a pair of cylin- drical filaments which lie in grooves on each side of the mental region and a second pair of skinny flaps, one of which projects from a groove on each side above the pectorals. Boulenger^' placed this species in a separate genus because of these peculiar filaments. Neither of these pairs of filaments has been studied farther, since very few specimens of this species have been collected. Specimens of this species in the collections made by Dr. Eigenmann and by Mr. Haseman make a detailed study of these filaments possible, and subsequently I obtained six specimens while in British Guiana. Only a short account of these organs is given here, as they are to be more fully described in a separate paper. The mental filaments begin near the lower margin of the pectorals, curving downward and inward until the rhiddle of the mental region is reached. They terminate side by side about two millimeters from the edge of the lower pair. Each filament is covered for its entire length, except at its termination, by a thin transparent membrane. About a millimeter from the tip of each filament this membrane separates, leaving a median, oval area exposed. In preserved specimens this membrane may easily be torn and the entire filament lifted out of the containing groove to its attachment below the pectoral. The filaments are about twelve millimeters long and half a millimeter in diameter. In life they are transparent, but when preserved they become fatty in appearance and show numerous opaque cross-bands. These bands are plate-like structures, which cross the cylindrical filaments at about right angles, and on both surfaces bear small papillae. The plates in the specimens so far examined vary in number from sixty-eight to eighty in each filament. On the proximal (i. e., dorsal) edge of each filament a large nerve runs the entire length of the filament and distributes its fibers to the plates. The space between the plates is crossed about midway by a very delicate partition. The lateral filaments, called skinny flaps by Steindachner, are much like the mental filaments. Each lies in a groove, which begins just above and behind the origin of the pectorals and curves upward and backward from its base, a thinner portion extends downward behind the pectorals to the origin of the ventral filament. The histological structure of these filaments shows many points of similarity with that of the electric tissue of the electric eel. For the present, at least, these struc- tures are considered as electric, or pseudo-electric, organs. IV. Othei- Pseudo-electric Organs. A paired organ made up of long fibers was found in Sternarchus albifrons (Linnaeus) and Sternarchus hasemani sp. nov., running from just behind the viscera to about the middle of the caudal region. The two halves of this organ lie in the '" Steindachner, Fish-Fauna Cauca-Guayaquil, 1880, p. 37. " Boulenger, Trans. Zool. Soc, Lond., XIV, 1898, p. 428. * A Study of the Submental Organs of Slealogenys elegans, etc., by Annie Lowrey. In press. Miss Lowrey finds the submental organs to agree histologically with the electric tissues of E. ekctricus. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 167 center of the animal just below the lateralis inferior muscles and above the ventralis muscles. In cross-section each half is roughly trapezoidal and about the size of the muscle lateralis inferior. Macroscopically these two masses resemble electric tissue. Their histological structure is to be discussed in another paper. Two other much smaller bundles of tissue, which did not seem to be muscles, were found between the muscles ventralis and imus near the median line, not only in Sternarchus alhifrons and Sternarchus Jiasemani, but also in Gymnotus carapo (Linnaeus) and Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters). These bundles were not so clearly defined as the first mentioned organs, and may be nothing more than muscle fibers. See Plate XIX, Fig. 20. Food of the GYMNOTiDiE. References to the food of this group of fishes are few. Specific records were found only for the electric eel. Kaup, in 1856, made a general statement concern- ing the probable food of the fishes of the genus Rhamphichthys and from time to time statements have been made concerning the food of the electric eel. Schles- inger has recently speculated on the probable food of this group. His speculations are based on the similarity of species of the Gymnotidce and the Mormyridce. Since large numbers of specimens of several species were available, a study of the contents of their stomachs was undertaken. The large number of specimens permits a detailed study of the food of Gymnotus carapo, Sternopygus macrurus, Eigenmannia virescens and Eigenmannia macrops. The data for the other species are rather incomplete. The stomach-contents were washed into Petri dishes with alcohol. All of the large pieces were picked out and identified. The residue was then taken up with a pipette and examined under the microscope on an ordinary glass-slide, on which four pieces of glass had been cemented to form an alley a little narrower than the field of the microscope. The results of the examinations are tabulated for each species. In several of the tables the terms, "Insect debris," "Vegetable debris," occur. No attempt was made to identify the vegetable matter. The "insect debris" is a mass of parts of insects which could not be identified with certainty. On the whole the stomachs were found either quite empty or containing a large mass of food, little, if at all, mangled. Only a few of the stomachs contained partly digested food. Examination of the intestines showed digestion to be quite complete, for chitinous parts of insects and fragments of the calcareous portions of macro-crustacea were the only undigested material found among the otherwise soft intestinal contents. Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus. Snout short, heavy and blunt; conical teeth in both jaws; mouth large; size, not exceeding 500 mm. 168 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. No. Locality. Length. Entomos- traca. Insect Larvse. Adult Insects. Insect Debris. Annelida. Malacos- traca. Fishes. Vegetable Debris. 1 Holmia Aruataima Ariiataima 430 410 320 300 250 250 240 235 230 225 222 200 180 180 175 172 170 165 160 160 120 100 100 90 90 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 4 Nickanaroo .... 5 Niekapaioo .... Tremcntina. . . . Aruataima Nickaparoo .... Holmia R. das Velhas . . Aruataima Aruataima R. das Velhas . . < 6 7 13 5 6 9 1 4 3 1 11 3 15 13 20 22 10 7 7 3 16 * 8 9 * 10 11- 1 12 13 * * 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Nickaparoo .... Entre Rios Holmia Holmia * * * * 1 Packeoo Packeoo Holmia Nickaparoo .... Tukeit Packeoo Entre Rios Total 36 136 1 1 11 3 i It will be seen from the preceding table that a correlation exists between the kind of food taken and the size of the eel. The twenty-five specimens may be divided into three groups. The first of these groups includes all of the specimens between 240 mm. and 430 mm. in length. These fed almost entirely upon large Crustacea and fishes, only a few insects having been eaten by three of the smaller ones. Of the eleven malacostraca one was an Isopod, the rest freshwater shrimps. Two of the three fishes found were small Characins; the third, which was found in the stomach of No. 4, was a G. carapo 90 mm. in length. The second group, those specimens between 100 and 240 mm. in length, contained little else than insect larva;. The larvae of Diptera and of Trichoptera of several species were especially abundant. Of the one hundred and thirty-six insect larvse found eighty-one were Diptera, twenty-seven Trichoptera, six Odonata, and twenty-three uncertain. The Dipterous larvse resemble the larvae of Simulium in general shape and size. The Trichopterous larvse, which had been swallowed with the case uncrushed, were forms whose cases were made of small particles of sand, some being straight, others cochlear in shape. Only fishes under 100 mm. in length had eaten Ento- mostraca. These had also taken small parts of insect larvse. The single adult insect found was a medium sized cricket, the one worm a small Oligochsete. Summarizing: The small specimens had fed upon Entomostraca and insect larvse, those of medium size upon the larvse of insects and large Crustacea, the largest upon large Crustacea and fishes. One individual was a cannibal. None of the food was from the air, the land, or the surface of the water; a large per cent of THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 169 it was free-swimming. It is probable therefore that most of tlic food is taken while it is moving. Electrophorus ELECTRicus (Linnaeus). Snout moderate and blunt; conical teeth in both jaws; mouth large; size up to seven feet. No stomachs of this species were examined. From the references given below its food seems to consist for the most part of small fishes and freshwater shrimps. The data are for large eels only and in two or three instances show the kinds of food which is taken when in captivity, rather than the normal food as chosen by the free fish. The authority is stated and followed by the food mentioned. Sachs, Zitteraal, p. 108: "especially freshwater Crustacea, also small fish, small crayfish, many insects, and grasshoppers." Flagg, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc, Vol. ii, p. 172: "Its common food is shrimps or any small fish." Garden, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc, 1775, p. 110: "Small fish, also any animal food if it is cut so they can swallow it." Faraday after Humboldt, Experimental Researches, 1753, p. 3: "Boiled meat and bread, small fish." Sachs, /. c, 110: "Nothing dead, except dead fish." Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). Snout rather blunt; minute teeth in patches in both jaws; mouth moderately large; size, up to 500 mm. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). The contents of twenty-nine stomachs of this species were examined. Three items are found distributed in the table much as in the table given for G. carapo, namely: fishes, malacostraca, and entomostraca. The first two were eaten only by the fish above 290 mm. in length, while the last named were only in the stomachs of specimens less than 100 mm. in length. The most noticeable difference between the food of G. carapo and S. macrurus is the amount of insects consumed by the latter. Adult insects form the major portion of the food, not only of the medium- sized individuals, but of the eels above 100 mm. long. Four hundred and three adult insects were counted, of v/hich three hundred and twenty-one were aquatic Coleoptera (for the most part Gyrinidoe) ; seventy-five aquatic Heniiplera (Corisldse and Notonectidse) ; four terrestrial Coleoptera (Carabidse) ; three terrestrial Hemip- tera (Reduviidse and Pentatomidae) . They are all surface-forms or land-forms which could easily reach the water. The eighty-two insect larvae were identified as follows: fifty-three Diptera; one Odonate; twenty-one Trichoptera, and seven doubtful. Seventeen fishes (Characins), one Amphipod, three Isopods, and three freshwater shrimps with fourteen entomostraca made up the rest of the food. The main food of medium-sized specimens is adult insects. In two larger indi- 170 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. No. Length. Locality. Entomos- traca. Insect Larvae. Adult Insects. Insect Debris. Malacos- traca. Fishes. Vegetable Debris. 1 500 480 450 430 430 410 400 400 400 380 370 350 340 340 300 290 270 250 220 200 180 180 170 170 160 160 150 95 60 Georgetown 2 15 1 1 * 2 Georgetown 3 5 * 1 1 * 3 Potaro River * 4 R. S. Francisco * 5 Pirapora 8 1 14 2 6 Penedo 7 Amatuk 2 * 8 Georgetown 1 8 46 8 1 * 9 Georgetown * 10 Georgetown 11 Georgetown 1 * 12 Aruka * * * * 13 Penedo * 14 Georgetown 47 5 * 15 Potaro River 3 13 * 1 1 16 Potaro River * 17 Georgetown 95 57 12 34 6 25 15 6 9 5 3 1 18 Georgetown 3 2 * 19 Georgetown * 20 Georgetown * * * * 21 Georgetown 10 * 22 Georgetown 23 Georgetown 24 Georgetown 7 2 6 25 Georgetown 26 Georgetown 1 27 Georgetown 28 Savanah 11 8 * 29 Amatuk 12 Total 14 82 403 6 17 Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). No. Locality. Length. Entomos- traca. Insect Larvae. Adult Insects. Insect Debris. Hydrach- nidae. Annelida. Isopoda. Vegetable Debris. 1 Wismar Wismar Georgetown Georgetown .... Maripicru Maciel Uruguayana Georgetown Hubabu Wismar Corumba Santerem Wismar Wifsmar Georgetown.. . . Georgetown .... Georgetown Potaro Santerem Itapura Maciel Bebeduro Santa Rita 270 265 260 258 250 250 250 240 240 230 230 220 220 200 200 200 190 190 140 135 90 85 50 i 54 19 4 13 29 6 2 40 20 1 4 3 2 1 2 3 4 1 4 1 26 1 5 6 7 1 * 7 8 228 190 10 70 . .: 43b' ' 361 71 8 144 79 82 17 ' " ' 5b" 10 8 3 12 9 33 107 47 8 9 46 152 9 10 * * 11 3 12 13 14 15 * * 4 6 * 16 17 4 1 17 18 19 * 20 21 22 23 • • ■ Y7 ■ ■ 20 3 1 Total 1,817 574 13 57 35 3 THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 171 viduals these were supplemented by large Crustacea and small fishes. As this fish is known to frequent the weeds of the small open streams and trenches, it is prob- able, judging from the nature of its food, that it does most of its feeding at or near the surface. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). Snout short and rather blunt; minute teeth in patches in both jaws; mouth small; not exceeding 300 mm. in lengtli. In the twenty-three stomachs examined the bulk of the food was of two kinds, regardless of the size of the fish, namely Entomostraca and the larvae of insects. These two kinds of food exceeded all others not only in numbers but in bulk. The only kinds of food found in any amount were Hydrachnidae and Anne- lida. All of the food is soft and small. The four classes of food are found distrib- uted throughout the table, but there is a grouping with regard to the size of the fish. Over one-half of the eighteen hundred and seventeen Entomostraca were taken from specimens under 200 mm. long, and more than one-half of the insect larvae from the specimens over 200 mm. The other kinds of food were also found in the stomachs of specimens over 200 mm. long. The young fish are restricted to entomostraca more than the adults. The insect larvae were for the most part small Diptera, and the Annelida represented a small soft form resembling Tubifex. (3) Eigenmannia macrops (Boulenger). Snout short, truncated; teeth minute; in patches in both jaws; mouth quite small; size small, not exceeding 200 mm. No. Locality. Length. Entomos- traca. Insect LarvsB. Adult Insects. Insect Debris. Hydrach- nidse. 1 Rockstone '175 172 170 165 160 160 155 150 148 144 140 140 135 135 130 44 17 9 40 4 23 42 4 1 16 44 7 2 1 30 3 30 122 109 7 22 72 40 2 34 * 1 2 Tumatumari 3 4 Tumatumari Tumatumari 5 Rockstone 3 6 7 8 Rockstone Rockstone Rockstone Rockstone CrabFaUs * 9 3 10 1 1 11 Rockstone 1 12 Rockstone * 13 Rockstone Crab Falls 3 4 47 1 14 * * 15 Crab Falls 6 Total 284 495 1 15 Only adult specimens of this species were examined, so no comparison of the food and the size of the fish could be made. The food of this small species seemed much the same as that of specimens of E. virescens of the same size. Entomostraca and insect larvae formed the bulk of it. 172 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. (4) Eigenmannia troscheli (Kaup). Snout short; minute teeth in patches in both jaws; size small, not exceeding 250 mm. The stomach of but a single specimen 180 mm. long was examined. It came from San Joaquim and contained twenty-nine Copepoda, seventeen Cladocera, three dipterous larvae and one Hydrachnid. This food is of the same type as that taken from the two preceeding species of this genus. (5) Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner) and (6) Hypopomus artedi (Kaup). These two species are so similar that they will be considered together. Snout short, somewhat pointed; teeth wanting; mouth small; caudal appendage moderate to long; size small. Hypopomus artedi (Kaup). Locality. Length. Entomostraca. Insect Larvse. Annelida. Vegetable Debris. Tjamfl St,on-off . ... 170 145 3 4 2 * 25 1 18 14 3 23 * 140 130 120 * Cuccrcs * Total 7 80 6 Hypopomus brevirostris Steindachner. Locality. Length. Entomostraca. Insect Larvse. Annelida. Vegetable Debris. Chipoo Creek 165 140 118 100 75 14 17 9 10 12 14 4 7 C'anino Grande * 20 Total 60 36 11 (7) Steatogenys elegans (Steindachner) . Head chubby; snout short and blunt; mouth small; a cylindrical filament in a groove on each side of the mental region; size small. This species was of particular interest because of the pecuUar mental filaments. The stomachs of the specimens examined contained a large number of small annelids. These worms are small mud-inhabiting Oligochseta. The contents of the three stomachs are tabulated here : Length. Locality. Entomostraca. Insect Larvae. Annelida. 140 mm. Kumaka 3 9 2 1 4 43 1.30 mm. Kumaka 18 120 mm. Kumaka 29 Total 14 5 90 THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TEOPICAL AMERICA. 173 (8) Rhamphichthys rostratus (Linnaeus). Snout produced, long, and tubular; mouth quite small, terminal and inferior; teeth wanting; size large, approaching six feet. The stomachs of three adults of this remarkable species were examined. In addition to a large amount of mud they contained 612 annelids. Locality. Length. Insect Larvse. Adult Insects. Annelida. Amphipoda. 900 750 580 33 9 40 148 214 250 1 Wismar i Wismar Total 82 1 612 1 The annelids were all small mud-inhabiting worms, resembUng Tubifex. The eighty-two insect larvae were identified as seventy-one Diptera (a form much like the "Blood Worm") and eleven uncertain. The single adult insect was a small Gyrinid and the Amphipod a tiny specimen in general shape similar to Eucrangonyx. The small mouth of this species (in even the largest specimen examined it barely admits a lead pencil), the large amount of mud in the stomach and the nature of the food indicate that this species probably feeds by sucking up quantities of mud with the animals inhabiting it. Kaup'" in 1856 wrote concerning the genus Rhamphichthys (which then in- cluded Hypopomus as well) : "Judging from the narrowness of their toothless mouth, these fish must subsist on small insects." (1) Sternarchus albifrons (Linnaeus). Snout heavy and blunt; teeth in both jaws minute, conical; mouth large; size moderate, not exceeding 500 mm. The stomach of a specimen of this species 285 mm. long contained one small Characin, two freshwater shrimps, and one large insect larva (perhaps a Gomphid). From the stomach of a second smaller specimen, 105 mpa. long, nineteen cnto- mostraca and three large insect larvae were taken. (2) Sternarchus hrasiliensis Reinhardt. Similar to the S. albifrons, but slenderer. In the stomach of an individual of this species 290 mm. long from Pirapora two small freshwater shrimps and a quantity of vegetable debris were found. (3) Sternarchus hasemani Ellis. Mouth moderate; size small; otherwise much as S. albifrons. Two stomachs of this species were examined. One taken from a specimen 160 mm. long contained twenty-seven entomostraca, two larvae of insects and 12 Kaup, Apod. Fish Brit. Mus., 1856. 174 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. one Hydrachnid. The other stomach came from a specimen 180 mm. long and held eighteen dipterous larvae and one large Odonate larva. Both specimens were from Santarem. (4) Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus (Miiller and Troschel). Head produced into a long, decurved, tubular snout; mouth very small, terminal, and inferior; teeth minute in both jaws; size moderately large. The table lists the contents of the stomachs of three small specimens. Locality. Length. Entomostraca. Dipterous Larvae. Other Insect Larvae. Annelida. Vegetable Debris. Amatuk 240 180 165 7 10 4 9 6 17 * Amatuk Amatuk 1 1 Total 1 21 1 32 (5) Sternarchorhamphus mulleri (Steindachner). Head produced into a long, straight, tubular snout; mouth rather small and somewhat inferior; teeth minute in both jaws; size large, reaching 800 mm. in length. Two stomachs of this species were examined and the contents are stated in the following table : Locality. Length. Entomostraca. Dipterous Larvse. Other Insect Larvae. Annelida. Vegetable Debris. Pard 425 400 1 13 30 5 2 * Pari 10 Total 1 33 5 12 The food of the last two species, S. oxyrhynchus and S. mulleri, consisted almost entirely of mud-inhabiting forms. The Annelida were small mud-worms and the dipterous larvae were similar to the North American "Blood Worm." In addition to the food listed in the foregoing table and that given with the pre- ceding species large amounts of mud were found in all stomachs of these species which were examined. There is thus a great similarity between the contents of the stomach of these two species and of Rhmnphichthys rostratus. Not only were the same forms eaten by these three species, but they were evidently taken in the same manner. The anterior thirds of these three species are similar. All three have the head produced into a long tubular snout. The snout of S. oxy- rhynchus is decurved so that the mouth is on a level with the outer edge of the anal fin. The snout of Rhaniphichthys rostratus is straight but is joined to the rest of the head at an angle to the long axis of the body so that it is directed downward. This places the mouth on a level with the origin of the anal fin. The mouth is THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 175 inferior. The snout of S. mulleri is also straight and is only slightl}^ out of line with the long axis of the body. It is, however, directed downward to some extent and the mouth is more or less inferior. All three species are thus adapted to feed upon the bottom fauna with the minimum of effort. It seems probable that they feed by sucking up quantities of mud and food after a suitable feeding-place has been found. Forms like these taken from the stomachs are usually found in large numbers, close together. No stomachs of the long-snouted Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis were examined. General Considerations. Two factors control the nature of the food taken by any fish, namely, (1) the structure, and (2) the size of the fish. In the Gymnotidce the only structure that needs consideration is the mouth. The other structures which might influence the selection of food, such as shape, nature of fins, and the like, are all held in common b}^ the several species of this small famil3^ Considering size and mouth there are four types of Gymnotidce, (1) large, large-mouthed specimens (adult only); (2) small, large-mouthed (yoimg of large-mouthed); (3) large, small-mouthed eels; and (4) small, smaU-mouthed eels. The last three are ecologically the same, since they all have small mouths. Class two, however, differs in that the members of this group ultimately by growth attain to the first class. G. carapo, E. eledricus, S. macrurus, S. albifrons and S. brasiliensis are the large-mouthed species of this family. They are the only species examined which had eaten either fish or freshwater shrimps, or both. These two items, which are the most bulky food taken from Gymnotid stomachs, were found only in the largest specimens of the species be- longing to the first class. A comparison of the various tables shows that the young of all species partake .of much the same food. They feed upon entomostraca, the larvae of insects and small annelids. The second, third, and fourth classes are therefore alike as regards the food taken. There remains, however, the ability of the second class to change. Forbes has found that the food of all small North American fishes is much the same, being for the most part entomostraca and the larvae of insects. For the predaceous fishes those which as adult feed largely upon other fishes he has also shown a regular cycle of foods from the young to the adult. Beginning with entomostraca and insect larvae they pass to Annelida and adult insects, small Crustacea, large Crustacea, and finally to other fishes. Precisely this progression is shown in the first two tables (pp. 168 and 170). On the other hand, the non- predaceous members of this family, which are limited by smaU mouths, pass only from entomostraca to insect larvae. Schlesinger divides the species of this family into three groups. The first group contains E. eledricus and G. carapo. He imagines that the food of these two species must be the same because of their general resemblance. This was 176 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. found to be correct. His second group contains all of the long-mouthed forms, Sternardiorhynchus, Sternarchorhamphus and Rhamphichthys. These he thinks must feed on insects. In this he was mistaken. The stomachs of these species which were examined contained mud-inhabiting forms. His third group includes the remaining Gymnotidce. He regards the toothless forms of this group to be plankton-feeders, and cites Sternarchogiton and Steatogenys as examples. The first mentioned was not examined. Three stomachs of the latter contained the larvae of insects and Annelida as well as entomostraca, with Annelida much pre- ponderating. The forms with teeth he gives as feeding upon small water-insects and perhaps vegetable matter. Sternopygus was found to feed upon water-beetles in particular, but also upon fish and freshwater shrimps. Eigenmannia on the contrary took very few insects, but a great number of entomostraca and larvae of insects. Summary. 1. Entomostraca supplemented by the larvae of insects form the main food of the young of all species examined. 2. Only the adult large-mouthed species fed upon freshwater shrimps and fishes. 3. The adult small-mouthed species feed upon entomostraca, insect larvae, and adult insects. 4. The long tubular-mouthed species are bottom-feeders. Their food is mud-inhabiting forms, Annelida, and insect larvae, sucked up with the surrounding mud. Reproduction. Nothing is known of the breeding habits of the Gymnotidce. Several unsuc- cessful attempts have been made to obtain embryos or very small electric eels. This failure has tended to confirm the belief of the natives that the electric eel as well as the other Gymnotidce brings forth living young. But no Gymnotids have ever been captured containing embryos, nor is the construction of the genital tracts such as would favor this view, except in one particular. In most species there is a more or less well developed papilla at the terminal opening of the sex ducts just below the head. Sachs (116 et seq., 1. c.) was of the opinion that the electric eel lays eggs. He collected several females with ripe eggs in February and March. He thought the period of laying to be in the early part of the rainy season, that is, the last of December and the first of January. Miller (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.; Vol. XXIII, 1907) states that he took many females of Gymnotus carapo with eggs from the swamps and a sluggish stream near Los Amates, Guatemala, on Feb. 20, 1905. The largest of them was 200 mm. long. Among the specimens of Eigentnannia virescens and Sternopygus macrurus collected by Dr. C. H. Eigen- mann in Georgetown are many females with eggs. Several females of Eigenynannia are very noticeably distended. Some of the specimens which I took from the same place on Sept. 26, 1910, contained eggs, but they did not seem as nearly ripe THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 177 as those collected by Dr. Eigenmann. In no case were the females at this time so full of eggs as to be distended. Mutilations and Regeneration. The specimens of Gyinnotida' in different collections show an unusual amount of mutilation and regeneration. This condition is undoubtedly in part due to their peculiar anatomy and shape. It may be recalled that they are aU slender, elongate fishes, with the visceral anatomy occupying a relatively small portion of the fish just behind the head. The viscera, except the air-bladder, are so closely packed that the mass occupies a space a little longer than the length of the head. The compound air-bladder varies in size and shape in the several species. It lies just below the spinal column on the posterior portion of the body cavity and extends caudad to between the anterior third and the middle of the body. The position of the anus is also noteworthy. The alimentary canal after several turns bends down and runs forward along the floor of the body cavity and terminates below the head or below the base of the pectorals. Back of the body cavity the body tapers off gradually. The dorsal region bears no fins, hence the name, Gymnolidce. Ventrals are also wanting. All species, however, have small fan- shaped pectorals and a very long anal fin. The anal begins in the pectoral region and extends caudad for the greater length of the fish. The number of rays in this fin varies greatly among the different species and also among individuals of the same species. In one species, at least, the number of anal rays may exceed five hundred {Rhamphichthys rostratus). The species of one subfamily, the Stern- archinoE, have a caudal fin. The tail of the other species tapers into a slender, cylindrical, caudal appendage. Mutilation and the attendant regeneration are of general occurrence through- out this family. Many of the accounts of the Gymnotidce note either in passing or even in detail, cases of regeneration in the caudal and anal regions. Nineteen of the twenty-seven species of this family are known to have regenerated lost portions. The present account consists of three parts: the first deals with regeneration in general in this group, and is based both on the collections examined and on the cases recorded bj' others; the second relates to special collections of three species; and the third gives an account of some experiments carried on during the Gimbel ExiDedition. Part I. Regeneration !n General. The first table lists all of the species of the Gymnotidce and indicates those known to have regenerated lost parts. Whenever specimens were at hand showing injury and regeneration, the word "specimens" follows, while cases not examined by myself are referred to the author mentioning them. Reference to several interesting regenerations recorded for species of which mutilated specimens were examined by myself is omitted from this table. It demonstrates the general occurrence of regeneration throughout the family, regeneration being recorded for 178 MEMOIES OF THE CAKNEGIE MUSEUM. all but two of the sixteen genera. The eight species without recorded cases of regeneration are known by but few specimens. Name of Species. Caudal Fin. Caudal Append- age. Anal Kegion. Author- ity. 1. Gymnotinae: 1. Electrophorus electricus (Linnaeus). 2. Gymnotus carapo (Linnffius) Sternarchinae : 1. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch & Schneider) . 2. Sternopygus ohlusirostris Steindachner 3. Eigenmannia macrops (Boulenger) 4. Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes) Eigenmannia troscheli (Kaup) Steatogenes elegans (Steindachner) Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner) Hypopomus artedi (Kaup) Rhamphichthys roslratus (Linnaeus) Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Ellis 5. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. Sternopyginae : 1. Stemarchorhynchus oxyrhynchiis (MiiUer & Troschel) . 2. Sternarchorhamphus millleri (Steindachner) 3. StemarchorJuimphus macrostomjis (Giinther) 4. Sternarchus albifrons (Linnaeus) 5. Sternarchus brasiliensis Reinhardt 6. Sternarchus bonaparti Castelnau 7. Sternarchus leptorhtjnchus Ellis 8. Sternarchus hasemani Ellis Sternarchella schotti (Steindachner) Siernarchella balcenops (Cope) Sternarchogilon naltereri (Steindachner) Porotergus gymnotus Ellis Porotergus gimbeli ElUs 14. Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters) 15. Orthosternarchus tamandua (Boulenger) , 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Sachs Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Steind. Steind. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Steind. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Spms. Boulg. Gymnotinae, Electrophorus electricus (Linnseus). According to Sachs (op. cit., 1881, p. 11), the long anal fin and confluent caudal of the electric eel were often found slightly injured and in various stages of regeneration. These injuries were usually V-shaped rents in the fins. The parts restored were fin-membranes and rays. The regenerations in some cases seemed fairly complete, none of the nine specimens in the present collections were found to be injured, Gymnotus carapo Linnaeus. This species is an almost cylindrical fish, rather pink with a greenish cast in life and crossed by blue-gray or greenish bands. The body tapers somewhat in the caudal region and ends in a small, cylindrical caudal appendage, which never exceeds the snout in length. The head is rather flat, and both of the strong jaws contain one or two rows of conical teeth. The adult of this species is largely predaceous. Only seven cases of regeneration were found among two hundred and forty individuals of G. carapo examined. The collections of this species include specimens of all sizes from fortj'^-eight localities. Four of the injured ones had lost only a few millimeters of caudal THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 179 appendage. The following table gives the data for these, from which they came are in British Guiana. Gymnotus carapo. All three of the localities No. Locality. Number of Specimens. Length of Body. Number Injured. 1 34 32 30 80-435 mm. 80-340 mm. 51-310 mm. 2 2 N^ipknnfiroo 1 3 Tukeit 1 Total 96 4 The other three cases proved more interesting. One specimen, body length estimated 125 mm., from the Rio Coite, Eastern Brazil, had lost the entire caudal appendage and about twenty millimeters of the caudal portion of the body. It had been lost by an irregular injury which ran at right angles to the back. The regeneration had been most rapid in the region of the backbone. The new tissue at this point being six millimeters long and bearing a new caudal appendage nearly two millimeters in length. There had been scarcely any repair to the extreme ventral edge of the injury in the region of the anal fin. The entire piece of regeneration tissue was thus roughly triangular. It bore along its ventral margin several very tiny fin-rays, not over half a millimeter long, and its maximum thickness was nearly two millimeters, only about one-half that of the uninjured body, just in front of it. The dorsal portion of the new tail was scaled over most of "its basal half. The regenerated portion was uniformly pale yellow in color and without markings. Fig. 19 is an outline drawing of this tail. Fig. 19. Regenerated Tail. Gymnotus carapo (Linnaaus), Rio Coite. Another individual three hundred milUmeters long, from the Amazon at Santarem, Brazil, had received nearly the same kind of injury, differing, however, in that the regeneration was much farther advanced. (See Fig. 20.) Nearly eighty millimeters of the body, and the entire caudal appendage, had been lost by a rather straight inj ury across the body. Of this sixty-five millimeters had been regenerated. The new tail bears a caudal appendage eight millimeters long and a small well developed fin. The latter is completely, although irregularly, joined to the unin- 180 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. jured anal. The entire piece was normally scaled and marked with the typical bands of pale yellow and dark blue (compare with Fig. 22, the normal tail). It differed chiefly in being a little smaller than the uninjured jmrt of the body, which gave the fish a constricted appearance along the line of injury. Fig. 20. Regenerated Tail. Gymnotus carapo (Linnaeus), Santarem, Brazil. The third case was quite different. This fish, a specimen one hundred and thirty millimeters long, from Aqua Quente, Paraguay, had received an injury parallel to the lateral line. The caudal appendage and caudal portion of the body were split for a distance of thirty-five millimeters. Both pieces had rounded themselves out so that there were two well-formed caudal appendages, each longer than the normal. The ventral tail has an anal fin regularly attached except for a slight fold (see Fig. 21). Fig. 21. Split Tail. Gymnolus carapo (Linnaeus), Aqua Quente, Paraguay. Fig. 22. Normal Tail. Gymnotus carapo (Linna;us), Holniia, Briti.sh Guiana. Taken collectively these regenerations show G. carapo capable of rather complete regeneration of injuries in the caudal region. Caudal api)endage, muscle scales, color markings, and anal fin were all restored. It, of course, could not be determined absolutely whether these injuries had been received when the fishes were much smaller and the regenerated parts, after some fraction of the part re- moved had been restored, had grown with the rest of the fish, or whether the regen- erations were the results of recent injuries, and really rei)resent the amount of tissue lost. The appearances all favor the view that the injuries were recent. The THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 181 scars are clear and well defined, and the new tissue quite distinct from the old, conditions that would probably not obtain were the injuries old ones. The small number of individuals of this species showing any mutilation could be explained in either of two ways. First, it is possible that injuries of greater severity than the slight mutilation of the caudal appendage were fatal, and conse- quently no specimens collected showed these; or secondly, the species G. carapo is not frequently injured. The first explanation evidently does not obtain, for, two specimens previously mentioned (see Figs. 19 and 20) had each not only lost the entire caudal appendage, but a considerable portion of the body as well, and more than merely surviving these injuries, had restored by regeneration much of the part lost. Concluding that G. carapo is only occasionally injured, the causes for this immunity are to be sought, and the color-pattern and the predaceous habit of the species present themselves as probable reasons for their exemption from injury. In life this fish is strikingly marked with numerous bands of greenish blue, which cross the body at right angles. An isolated individual is thus rather con- spicuous, yet these same bands may afford a certain protection when this species lurks among the vertical stems of the calladium, the "Mucka Mucka" and other aquatic plants, forming its normal habitat in the small streams which it frequents. It was observed to be a very rapid, vigorous swimmer, and the contents of the stomachs examined, as well as the shape of the head and jaws, show this fish to be predaceous, at least as an adult. Both factors probably contribute to the immunity of this species. Plate XX, fig. 4 is an outline drawing in which the seven injuries discussed in connection with this species are indicated by outlines of the injuries. Sternopyginae. — The species of the SternopygincE are distinctly compressed and more or less elongate. The caudal appendage is slender and well developed, being almost a third as long as the entire body in some species. Two of the genera, Eigenmannia and Sternopygus, have patches of very small teeth in each jaw, while the others are toothless. All the species of the subfamily feed largely upon plank- ton, insects, and worms. One of the first records of regeneration in this subfamily is by Kaup, 1856, who prefaces his discussion of the genus Rhamphichthys with the following: "One perceives sometimes at the point of the damaged tail a projecting cuticular process destitute of vertebrae which resembles the reproduced tail of a lizard. Judging from the narrowness of the toothless mouth these fish must sub- sist on small insects and be themselves destroyed or injured by predaceous fish whence it happens that the point of the tail is often defective." From the following table it is plain that regeneration is common among these species. The injuries were of two sorts: (1) part of the caudal appen- dage sometimes with more or less of the caudal region of the body had been removed; (2) V-shaped, or semicircular, pieces of the anal fin and its muscles had been taken out of the ventral region, often well ccphalad. The particular cases are considered in the second part. The regeneration in many cases was quite com- plete, muscle, fin-rays, scales, pigment, and caudal appendage having been restored. 182 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The general data for this subfamily are given in the table here given: Species of Sternopyginse. 1. Slernopygus macrurus 2. Slernopygus obtusirostris 3. Eigenmannia macrops 4. Eigenmannia virescens 5. Eigenmannia troscheli 6. Steatogenes elegans 7. Hypopomus brevirostris 8. Hypopomus artedi 9. Rhamphichthys rostratus 10. Gymnorhamphichthys hypostomus Specimens Examined. 214 None 56 482 3 19 56 90 8 11 Specimens Injured. 20 7 72 0 2 4 7 2 1 Per Cent. 10 12 15 0 11 8 8 25 9 Number of Localities. 27 3 63 1 3 19 16 4 7 Sternarchinse. — The presence of a small caudal fin is the main point of difference between the Sternarchince and the other three subfamilies. The fishes of this group are quite compressed. In the cephalic and pectoral regions the body is more or less suddenly tapered into a peduncle which bears the caudal fin. All the species, with the exception of Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters), have teeth. Few specimens of this subfamily, in comparison with the Sterno-pyginoe , were ex- amined, yet the general occurrence of regeneration throughout the group is evident from the following table. The several species will be considered separately. Species of Sternarchinse. Specimens Examined. Specimens Injured. Per Cent. Number of Localities. 1. Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus 2. Sternarchorhamphtis mulleri 3. Sternarchorhamphus macrostomus 9 5 None 9 2 2 3 13 5 None None 4 4 57 None 1 3 0 0 1 0 13 5 1 0 5 10 60 0 0 50 0 100 100 25 0 9 4 2 4 1 6. Sternarchus bonaparti 2 7 Stemorchus levtovhunchus 1 S Sternarchus hascmani 1 1 10. Sternarchella balcenops 11. Sternarchogiton naitereri 12 Poroteraus auninotus 2 13 Poroterous aimbeli 1 14. Adontosternavchus sachsi 2 15. Orthosternarchus tamandua The single individuals of Sternarchorhynchus oxyrhynchus (Miiller and Troschel), and Porotergus gymnotus Ellis, and the five of Adontosternarchus sachsi (Peters) noted in the above table as regenerating were each repairing small injuries to the anal fin, rays and fin-membrane having been lost. None of these regenerations were completed. Two specimens of Sternarchorhamphus mulleri (Steindachner), from Para, Brazil, each about four hundred and thirty millimeters long, had lost the entire caudal peduncle and caudal fin, the line of injury running across the body through the end of the anal fin. Comparison with an uninjured specimen of the same THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 183 size showed the part removed to have been about sixty-five millimeters long and ten by six millimeters deep at its base. In repairing these injuries neither had regenerated a caudal peduncle. Instead, from the line of injury both had regen- erated a broad fan-shaped fin, nine millimeters long on fish "A" (Fig. 23) and Fig. 23. Regenerated Tail of Sternarchorhamphiis mulleri (Steindachner) . Fish "A." twelve millimeters on fish "B" (Fig. 24). Both regenerated fins had the shape of Fig. 24. Regenerated Tail of Sternarchorhamphus mulleri (Steindachner). Fish "B." the normal caudal fin, from which they differed in three particulars, (1) both were much larger than the normal caudal; (2) each contained more rays than the normal caudal which has only ten raj^s, while the regenerated fin of specimen "A, " nine millimeters long, contained twenty, and the fin of "B, " twelve millimeters long, contained twenty-six rays; (3) they were situated at least fifty millimeters nearer the head than the normal fin, arising from the body directly and not from the sUm caudal peduncle. The fin twelve millimeters long differed in still another respect; it was confluent ventrally with the anal fin. Figures 23 and 24 show the regenerated fins "A" and "B" respectively, and Figure 25 a normal caudal of this Fig. 25. Normal Tail and One Fourth of Caudal Peduncle. Sternarchorhamphus mulleri (Steindachner). species. The third specimen had lost only the caudal fin and the extreme tip of the caudal peduncle. From the old tissue a small bud of new tissue projected. As this was quite small and showed no structure, it is probable that this fish had been injured only a short time before it was captured. No specimens of SternarcJms albifrons Linnaeus, Sternarchus leptorhyncMis Ellis, or Porotergus ginibeli Ellis, were found with regenerations, and, the last named two species being new, no mutilations have been noticed by others. On 184 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the other hand Steindachner, who has examined many specimens of Sternarchus alhifrons, observes that the caudal region of most of the individuals had been mutilated and the caudal fin regenerated. He says: "Seit der Publication meiner Abhandlung iiber die Gymnotidse des K.K. Hof-Naturaliencabinetes zu Wien im Jahre 1868 habe ich mehrfach Gelegenheit gehabt Exemplare von Sternarchus alhifrons sp. Linne zu untersuchen, darunter viele aus dem See Manacapuru, von Teffe, Obidos (im Museum zu Cambridge, Massach., Thayer-Expedition). Bei den meisten derselben war das Schwanzende verstiimmelt und die caudale regen- erirt." (Flussfische Slid Amer., Ill, 1881, p. 13.) This species which reaches the length of five hundred millimeters, or more, is entirely black save for two bright pink bands around the tail and a band of the same color along the top of the head. Is it that these strikingly colored bands attract other fish and account for the frequent injury of the caudal region? A specimen of Sternarchus bonaparti Castelnau, from Santarem, Brazil, had a regenerated caudal very similar to those regenerated by the two individuals of Sternarchorhavi'pkus mulleri. This fish, estimated to be about one hundred and forty millimeters long, representing an inconspicuous brown species, had lost about thirty millimeters of the caudal portion of the body, as well as the entire caudal fin. From near the backbone there had been regenerated a symmetrical, rounded caudal fin, eight and a half millimeters long, and a well-scaled, seemingly normal caudal peduncle some four millimeters in length.- (This caudal peduncle is much shorter than the normal one.) In the angle between the new caudal peduncle and the old anal fin there is a small piece of regenerated anal fin bearing six new anal rays. The new caudal fin is quite normal in shape although distinctly larger than a normal caudal, and perhaps a little rounder. It contains twenty-three rays as compared with twenty in the normal caudal. (See Figure 26.) Fig, Regenerated Tail. Slernarchus bonaparti Ca.steliiau, Santarem, Brazil. Of all the specimens of Sternarchus haseniani Ellis and Sternarchella schotti (Steindachner) examined, thirteen of the former and five of the latter had lost the entire caudal fin together with more or less of the caudal portion of the body. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 185 These fishes are of a ckill gray color in alcohol and of the same general shape as the other members of this subfamily. From the injured surfaces all were regenerating caudal fins after the fashion just mentioned in the case of miilleri and bonaparti. In no case was the new caudal confluent with the old anal fin, and in the more ad- vanced regenerations there was a small caudal peduncle. Figure 27 shows a series Fig. 27. Regenerated Tails of Sternarchus hascmani Ellis, Santarem. of the regenerated fins of haseviani. Steindachner notes an interesting specimen of Sternarchella (Sternarchus) schotti which has regenerated a second caudal fin above the true caudal. His figure is copied in Figure 28. Fig. 28. Double Tail. Sternarchella schotti (Steind.). After Steindachner. 186 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. No specimens of Sternarchella balcenops (Cope), Sternarchogiton nattereri (Steindachner) and Orthosternarchus tamandua (Boulenger) were examined, and no recorded regeneration for the first two species was found. However in his original description of 0. tamandua, Boulenger speaks of his unique type as having a regenerated caudal confluent with the anal and figures it thus (op. cit., 1898, p. 427, pi. XLII). A second specimen of this same species, recorded and figured by von Ihering (op. cit., 1907, p. 277, pi. VIII, fig. 1), had the same type of a regen- erated caudal. In conclusion, eight of the fifteen species of Sternarchince are known to possess the ability to regenerate muscle, fin, rays, and scales. Several of these species regenerate new caudal fins from various levels more cephalad than that at which the caudal fin normally occurs, entirely without, or with only a very small caudal peduncle. It is probable that the other species of this group would show the same type of regeneration, if enough specimens were examined, since they are so closely related to the species in which these regenerations are known to occur. Part II. Quantitative Data. This section deals with several large collections of each of three species; in each case all of the specimens caught at a given time and place were preserved. Most of these collections were made by Dr. C. H. Eigenmann, in British Guiana in 1908, and the others by the writer in the same country in 1910. The three species considered are Eigenmannia virescens, Eigenmannia macrops and Sternopygus macrurus. In life they all closely resemble each other, not only in color but in size and shape. They are quite compressed and somewhat elongate. The body Fig. 29. Section showing location of air-bladder in Gymnotus carnpo Linnffius. tapers rather suddenly in the caudal region, which ends in a long, cylindrical caudal appendage, at least one-fourth as long as the entire bod3^ The caudal appendage contains a continuation of the vertebral column, enclosed in a well-scaled sheath of skin. These fishes are so translucent that their blood gives them a distinctly red color. The epidermis is bright yellow, and beneath it are dark blue chroma- tophores, very abundant in S. macrurus, less so in E. virescens, and almost wanting in E. macrops. In consequence of these peculiarities these species are capable of changing color to some extent. In proportion to the amount of blue pigment present they THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 187 may change through orange, purple, and green. In general they are red or orange- red, with a golden green cast dorsally. The yellow pigment dissolves in alcohol and the entire fish becomes opaque. Alcoholic specimens of Eigenmannia are straw-yellow, and of Sternopygus stone-grey (because of the greater number of blue chromatophores). Figures 29-32 give outline drawings of G. Carapo, S. macrurus, E. virescens, and H. brevirostris, showing the location of the viscera. From these figures it may be seen that the viscera proper occupy about the same space in all of three species, but the air-bladder of S. macrurus is much longer, being conical in shape and extending some distance beyond the rest of the viscera. For the interpretation of the data, the fish may be divided into three regions: Fig. 30. Air Bladder of Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider.) Side-view. (1) all behind the middle which may be termed the "caudal half"; (2) that portion of the body in front of this line and above the lateral fine which may be designated as the "dorsal quarter"; (3) that portion below the lateral line and in front of the caudal half which may be called the "ventral quarter." The detailed data of the eleven special collections of these three species is given in the following table. Species. Locality. Length. Num- ber of Speci- mens. Num- ber of Re- gener- ations. Per Cent, of Re- gener- ations. Injury in Col. No. Caudal Half. Dorsal Quar- ter. Ven- tral (Quar- ter. 1 2 3 4 E. virescens E. virescens E. virescens E. virescens Georgetown Georgetown Georgetown Wismar 105-300 mm. 100-300 mm. 160-320 mm. 150-290 mm. 155 50 35 30 24 10 6 5 15 20 17 16 18 . 8 4 5 0 0 0 0 6 4 2 0 Total 270 45 17 35 0 12 1 E. macrops Rockstone 165-200 mm. 165-180 mm. 125-150 mm. 32 12 12 4 2 1 12 17 8 4 J 0 0 2 3 Tumatumari Crab Falls 1 0 Total 56 7 12 6 0 T 1 2 3 4 )S. macrurus . S. macrurus. S. macrurus. S. macrurus. Georgetown. . . Georgetown . . . Wismar Hububa Creek . 155-500 mm. 200-400 mm. 118-212 mm. 190-300 mm. Total. 104 8 8 6 0 18 3 17 3 0 10 2 20 2 0 17 3 17 3 0 149 16 10 14 0 The number of individuals iow^d regenerating injuries of some sort is sufficient 188 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. to show that these species are subject to frequent injury. The percentage of regener- ating specimens may be a little high, as it is possible that the injured ones were more easily captured, and consequently occur in the collections in greater numbers than they do among equal numbers of the same species in a normal environment. Against this, it may be said, however, that in one locality, that in which collections No. 1 of E. virescens and No. 1 of *S'. macrurus were made, an entire trench was drained, and all of the fishes, both normal and injured, were secured. In making the other collections, it was also the object to take the entire fish-fauna at the point selected. Granting, however, that the percentages themselves are higher than normal, they nevertheless indicate that a very appreciable percentage of all the individuals are injured. This conclusion is substantiated by a review of the general data in the table on page 000, in which the percentages of mutilated individ- uals of these three species are 10, 12, and 15 respectivelj^ The location and severity of all of these injuries are shown in Plate XX, figs. 1-4. These figures, as previously mentioned, are outline drawings of an average sized fish of each species, on which the line of each of the several injuries found in the collections of the particular species is indicated. If the line of injury crosses the body of the fish, the loss of the entire portion of the body behind the line is indicated. It is to be understood that these plates do not represent any one fish, but the entire series of injuries found among the specimens of a single species superimposed and drawn to scale on the outline of one fish. Considered in connection with the foregoing table Plate XX, figs. 1-4, shows one region, the dorsal quarter, to be uninjured. The majority of the injuries are in the caudal half, only about one-third of them occuring in the ventral quarter. The absence of any injury to the dorsal quarter is striking, and is made still more so by the following table, which locates all the injuries of all the specimens of these three species examined : Species. Regenerating Specimens. Dorsal Quarter. Ventral Quarter. Caudal Half. E. virescens 72 7 20 0 0 0 20 1 5 52 E. macrops 6 S. macrurus 15 Total 99 0 26 73 The ventral quarter and the caudal half share all of the injuries in a ratio of about 1 to 3. From a consideration of the gross anatomy and some experiments and observations made ujion living specimens of these fishes in British Guiana, it was concluded that this distribution of injuries is the result of the joint action of two factors: (1) the liability of the several regions to injury; (2) the relative mortality resulting from injuries to the various parts of the body. The habits of these species explain the first factor. The several regions of THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 189 the body are not equally exposed to injury. These fishes frequent the weeds of the trenches and small streams, for the most part feeding upon insects and small Fig. 31. Mr-BleLddeTsoiEigenmanniavirescens(Val.). Side-view. Crustacea. They are easily frightened, and, being very swift swimmers, seek safety in flight. This habit naturally exposes the caudal region more than any other to the attack of the pursuing enemy. Because of the tapering shape and the straight dorsal profile, the sloping ventral quarter is also more or less exposed to attack from the rear. Fig. 32. Air Bladders of Hypopomus brevirostris (Steindachner). That injury to some regions of the fish would be more apt to be fatal is easily seen from the anatomy of these fishes. The anterior third of the body of the two species of Eigenmannia contains all of the viscera, in addition to the most important parts of the circulatory and nervous systems. S. macrurus does not differ materially from the two species just described, except in the size and shape of the air-bladder, previously mentioned. Its posterior air-bladder is conical and terminates about the length of the head caudad of the viscera proper. It is interesting to note in this connection that no individuals of Sternopygus showed injuries extending en- tirely across the body as far cephalad as several of those which E. virescens was regenerating. (See figures 30 and 32.) With the distribution of injuries just discussed in mind, a number of experi- ments were made in order to ascertain the effect of various injuries and their relative severity. Part III. Experiments. Forty-three specimens of S. macrurus, having an average length of two hundred and fifty millimeters, were collected from a large trench near the Botanic Garden, Georgetown, at about 8 A. M., Sept. 27, 1910. As these fishes were seined, they were put into buckets of the trench-water from which they had been taken and were operated upon within ten or fifteen minutes afterwards. All injuries were made with a razor, and the fishes, immediately after being operated upon, were 190 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. placed in a screened portion of a second smaller trench. As this was fed from the main trench, the fishes were returned to a normal environment. As the screened trench was only about eighteen inches wide and two feet deep their actions were 4 ■■^ Fig. 3.3. Injuries used in experiment. Stcrnopygus macrunis (Bloch and Schneider). easily observed. Figure 34 shows the several injuries discussed under these experi- ments. Each bears the number of the series. Series 1. Injury to the Caudal Appendage. Various amounts of the caudal appendage were removed from five fishes and the entire caudal appendage from three others. These, when returned to the water, swam about much the same as uninjured specimens. The loss of the caudal appendage seemed in no way to disturb their activity. When the appendage was cut off only a tiny drop of blood came to the surface of the wound. All were alive and active when observed twenty-four hours later. Series 2. Injury to Caudal Appendage and Caudal Region. Five more specimens were injured by the removal of the entire caudal append- age and from ten to twenty millimeters of the caudal region of the body. These, when placed in the water again, behaved much as normal fishes though they seemed less incHned to swim about at first. The removal of a larger portion of the caudal region was followed by the loss of a little blood, that is, the entire surface of the wound was covered with blood immediately after the cut was made. This blood came almost entirely from the caudal artery and spread out over the cut surface, but the bleeding stopped when the specimen was placed in water. All of these fishes were alive and active the next morning. Series 3. Diagonal Injuries. Five other individuals were injured by a diagonal cut which removed all of the caudal region, just missing both the viscera and air-bladder. These did not swim when returned to the water, but sank to the bottom, maintaining, however, the normal swimming position. When disturbed they swam feebly with the pectorals and the remaining portion of the anal fin, the major part of which had been removed by this injury. It is well at this point to recall that the Gymnotidce THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 191 swim almost entirely with the long anal fin, the pectorals being used largely to guide the fish. All of this series were dead when visited the following morning. Series 4- Injury in Ventral Quarter. From the anal fin and anal muscles of ten specimens V-shaped pieces about 20 mm. wide at the base were cut, so that the point of the "V" pierced the body cavity for some five millimeters. These when dropped into the water made some rather feeble efforts to right themselves. Seven of them died during the two hours they were observed and the other three were found dead the next morning. Series 5. Surface Injury, Dorsal Quarter. Wedge-shaped pieces about 20 mm. long and 5 mm. deep were cut from the middle of the back in the region above the pectorals from five specimens. The tissue thus removed included only skin, scales and dorsal muscle. These injuries bled considerably more than those of Series 2, the entire surface of the wound being covered with blood shortly after the cut was made, and blood continued to ooze from the wounds for about five minutes after each fish was returned to the water. These injuries were apparently of little consequence to the fishes, for they swam about as actively and in the same fashion as their uninjured associates. On the following morning all were found alive and active. In each case the wouikJ had begun to heal. y^ Series 6. Deep Injury, Dorsal Quarter. From the same region as that operated upon in Series 5, wedge-shaped pieces about twenty millimeters long, and deep enough to remove a portion of the vertebral column, were cut from each of ten fishes. These injuries were such as to sever the vertebral column, the spinal cord and the dorsal blood vessel, the wound thus produced bleeding considerably. The injured fish when returned to the water made disconcerted efforts to swim but soon settled to the bottom. Here they maintained a half normal position or lay completely on one side. Blood continued to ooze from their wounds for about half an hour after the operation and when they were left at the end of an hour and a half most of them seemed almost dead. None of this series were alive next morning. In the above experiments the injuries which produced death during the first twenty-four hours after the operation were those inflicted in Series 3 (the removal of all of the body caudad of the viscera and air-bladder) , Series 4 (the opening of the body cavity and air-bladder), and Series 6 (the severing of the dorsal artery, the spinal cord and the vertebral column in the suprapectoral region). Naturally, specimens regenerating such injuries were not found among the collections. The injuries of the other three series, Series 1 (loss of the entire caudal append- age), Series 2 (removal of the entire caudal appendage plus a small portion of 192 MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the caudal region of the body), and Series 5 (surface injury to the dorsal region), did not i^rove fatal during the first twenty-four hours. On the contrary, the fishes of these series either were not visibly inconvenienced by the injuries, or, as far as could be observed, were completely recovered from the shock of the operation by the end of the first day. Comparing these series with the collections: the majority of mutilated specimens regenerating injuries were of the type of Series 1 or 2. Not a single individual showing an injury similar to that inflicted in Series 5 was taken. The absence of specimens with an injury of the same tji^e as that inflicted in Series 5, namely, a non-fatal injury in the dorsal quarter, as has already been discussed, may be due to the fact that the dorsal quarter is less liable to injury than the caudal half. Nature of Regenerations. — Regenerations were found of various degrees of completeness, in some case almost the entire part removed appeared to have been restored. Caudal appendage, anal fin, muscle tissue, skin, and scales were all regenerated. Three cases, one for each species, will suffice to show the nature of these regenerations. A specimen of Eigenmannia macrops from Rockstone, estimated length one hundred and sixty-five millimeters by comparison with uninjured specimens of the same species, had lost the entire caudal appendage, about sixty-five millimeters in length, and some thirty-five miUimeters of the caudal portion of the body. The regenerated piece was eighty miUimeters in length, fifty millimeters being caudal appendage, and thirty millimeters body proper. The ventral edge of the thirty millimeters of body-tissue bore a well formed anal fin of normal width. It was perfectly fused with the old anal at the line of injury. The regenerated tail was much narrower both dorso-ventrally and laterally, giving the fish a pinched or constricted appearance at the line of injury. Plate XXI, fig. 1, shows a normal uninjured specimen of this species, and Fig. 2 of the same Plate represents the specimen described in the preceding lines. A specimen of Eigenmannia virescens of one hundred and eighty-five millimeters in length, from Wismar, is chosen to illustrate this species. In this specimen the regeneration is especiaUy complete. The regenerated part is quite normal in size, length, color, and markings. It differs from the uninjured portion of the fish in but two particulars: (1) it was a little thinner; (2) it did not fit quite perfectly on the ventral edge where it joined the old anal fin. The part regenerated was sixty- eight millimeters long, of which thirty-eight millimeters was caudal appendage and thirty miUimeters body proper. This seemed by comparison with other normal specimens to be about the amount that had been removed. The breadth at the base was two and one-half millimeters, as compared with the three and one-half miUimeters of uninjured tissue in a normal specimen, and the depth six millimeters; that of the old tissue being eight millimeters. (See Plate XXI, fig. 3.) One of the largest specimens of Sternopygus macrurus, from Georgetown Trenches, five hundred millimeters long, showed three distinct injuries: (1) on the THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 193 end of the caudal appendage thirty-seven miUimeters had been completely restored as far as could be determined; (2) an irregular, semicircular piece fifty-seven milli- meters long and twenty-two millimeters deep had been removed from the anal fin and anal muscles quite well caudad on the anal fin. Here a strip twelve milli- meters wide, bearing a narrow fringe of fin fused at both ends with the old anal, had been regenerated; (3) a piece twenty millimeters long and thirty millimeters deep was gone from the anal region about one hundred millimeters back of the head. In its place was a regenerated mass twenty-two millimeters wide with a rather complete fin on its ventral edge, this fin being fused with the old anal on both ends. This fish showed no abnormalities to account for being thus mutilated. It an- swered in every particular the specific measurements of the species. Plate XXI, fig. 4 gives an outline drawing of this fish showing the regenerations first mentioned. Source of Injury. — The source of these injuries was supposed to be predaceous fishes. As many small alligators and snakes are found in the same habitat these may be responsible for part of them. The wounding of one Gymnotid was ob- served. A specimen of the "hooree," Hoplias malahariais, was seen to bite off the caudal portion of an Eigenmannia virescens. It had been placed in a small trench with several of the latter. The hoorees are abundant in all of the streams from which either Eigenmannia or Sternopygus were collected in British Guiana. General Discussion. The power of regeneration in the Gymnotidce, as long as the injury is not fatal, is quite general. All of the species of which more than a very few specimens were examined showed some regenerated parts. As long as the mutilated specimens amount to no large fraction of the whole number, they may be considered as chance injuries. Out of a large number of individuals of any species of animal some may be expected to have been injured in the natural course of events On the other hand, when the number of injured in the collection of a given species amounts to a considerable per cent, some other factor than chance alone has probably been operative. Tabulating the total number examined in each sub- family with the number injured, we have: Subfamily. Number of Species. Specimens Examined. Specimens Injured. Per Cent. Injured. 1. Gymnotuice 2. Sternopyginm 3. Sternarchinm 2 10 15 250 939 113 7 115 29 3 12 26 Total 27 1302 151 This table and aU of the special data show the members of the first subfamily to be subject to only chance injury, and those of the other two, to frequent injury. The immunity from frequent injury of E. electricus, one of the species of the first subfamil}^, is undoubtedly due to its remarkable electric power. The immunity 194 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. of G. carapo, the second species of the Chjmnotince, as has ah-eady been intimated, may be the result of its color-markings and active, predaceous life. The other two subfamilies, the Sternopygince and Sternarchince, show a relatively high per- centage of injured individuals. This seems to be due to two causes: (1) the exposure of a large amount of tail to injury; (2) the survival of the injuries received in the region of the tail. The longer the caudal portion exposed the greater the chance of its being attacked and injured by other fishes. Size in itself, other things being equal, may be quite a factor in determining the liability to injury. This statement is borne out by an analysis of the injured specimens of Sternopygus macrurus. A larger percentage of the large fishes have been injured than of the small ones. Sternopygus macrurus (Bloch and Schneider). Size. Number of Specimens. Number Injured. Per Cent. Uninjured. 155-250 mm. 250-350 mm. 350-500 mm. 50 100 5 7 24 3 14 24 60 Total 155 34 All the specimens mentioned in this table were taken at the same time in one catch from the Botanic Garden, Georgetown. Of course the element of time in addition to that of size enters into the comparisons in this table. The larger examples, being the older, have been exposed to injury for a longer period than the smaller. The long caudal portion, which contains no viscera or vital organs, may be mutilated without killing the fish. Specimens having been mutilated in this region are therefore in evidence. Species of a shorter type with the viscera occupy- ing relatively much more of the body, if injured, would be more liable to be fatally affected, consequently fewer mutilated specimens would be found in a large col- lection. The presence of so many mutilated specimens among the collections of Gymnotidce does not necessarily mean that the Gymnotidce are more frequently injured than other species of the same habit subjected to the same conditions, but it does show the injuries to be less frequently fatal. The frequent injury to the caudal portion seems due to the elongated tail. Since the Gymnotida' survive these injuries because of the elongate tail and the extreme cephalad position of the viscera the question arises whether they are not "protectively shaped." Regeneration is probably of little importance to the first two species, E. eledricus and G. carapo, as compared with its value to the Sternopygince and Stern- archince, for in these two subfamilies it tends to restore the protective shape. The power of regeneration seems about equally developed in both species subject to frequent injury and those not often injured. The same parts are regenerated by both groups and with about an equal degree of completeness. THE GYMNOTID EELS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. 195 Summary. 1. The power to regenerate lost portions of the caudal half and the anal region is quite general throughout the family Gymnolidoe. Nineteen of the twenty-seven species are known to possess this power of regeneration. 2. The part regenerated is quite like the part lost, scales, fin, fin-rays, muscles, and pigment being restored. 3. Two species at least, G. carapo and E. virescens, regenerate the parts re- moved very completely. 4. Several species of the Sternarchince regenerate a complete caudal fin, which may be larger and may contain more rays than the normal caudal, at what- ever point the part has been removed. The caudal fin is regenerated without the restoration of more than a small portion, if any, of the caudal peduncle. 5. Experiments show injury to the caudal half to be of little consequence. 6. The majority of the injuries foimd were in the caudal region. This locali- zation of injury was noted particularly in the Sternopygince, in which the caudal region bore about three-fourths of the injuries. 7. The elongated tail and the extreme cephalad position of the viscera seem to be protective adaptations. NOTE BY C. H. EIGENMANN. In a paper which appeared after the present contribution was offered for publi- cation, Regan (The Classification of the Teleostean Fishes of the Order Ostario- physi.-Cyprinoidea. Ann & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. VIII, July, 1911, pp. 13-32) recognizes four families and two subfamilies of the " Gymnotiformes " as follows: 1. Rhamphichthyidse {Rhamphichthys) . 2. Sternarchidse. Sternarchinse {Sternarchus, Sternarchogiton, Slernarchorhamphus, Sternarcho- rhynchus) . Sternopyginse {Sternopygus, Steatogenys, Eigenmannia, Hypopomus). 3. Gymnotidse (Gymnotus). 4. Electrophoridse (Electrophorus) . Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XV. Gymnotid Eels of South America. Generic Relationships, Parallelisms, and Convergences. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. Skull of Gtmnotus carapo Linnaeus. Fig. 1, dorsal view; Fig. 2, lateral view, ang., angulare; art., articulare; b. occ, basi-occipital; den., dentary; ex. o., exoccipital; fr., frontal; h. inn., hyomandibular; m. op., interoperculum; vislh., mesethmoid; mx., maxillary; iias., nasal; op., operculum; or. sph., orbitosphenoid ; par., parietal; p. mx., premaxillary ; pr. op., preoperculum; p. sph., parasphenoid; pier., pterotic; pig., pterygoid; qu., quadrate; s. occ, supra- occipital; s. op., suboperculum; sph., sphenotic; su. scap., suprascapular; syjn., symplectic. 198 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XVI. S.occ. ^- ex.o. susca Suscap. s.qcc. r par pter sph. n k -nas. XI w < > o > w o w OS 00 05 « H ■< 1-1 < CO H O Q z z h3 c p EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIIL Skull of Eigenmannia virbscens (Valenciennes). Fig. 1, dorsal view; Fig. 2, lateral view, par., parietal; pter., pterotic; Jr., frontal; nas., nasal; pmx., premaxillary; exo., exoccipital; spc, sphenotic; 6. occ, basioccipital; 1st. s. o., first suborbital; 2d s. o., second suborbital; Srd s. o., third suborbital; max., maxillary; man., mandible; pr. op., preoperculum; in. op., interoperculum; s. op., suboperculum; op., operculum; m. pt., metapterygoid; hy. m., hyomandibular. 202 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XVIII. Skull of Eigenmannia virescens (Val.). Fig. 1. Dorsal View. Fig. 2. Lateral View. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Fig. 19. Cross-section of Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes). Fig. 20. Cross-section of Sternarchus albifrons (Linnaeus). Fig. 21. Cross-section of Ekcirophorus electricvs (Linnaeus). Fig. 22. Cross-section of Electrophorus eleciricus (Linnaeus). Fig. 22. Cross-section of Eledrophorus eleciricus (Linnaeus). Fig. 23. Cross-section of Eledrophorus eleciricus (Linnaeus) near end. Fig. 24. Pseudo-electric tissue of Eigenmannia virescens (Valenciennes) after Sachs, a. end of tail; b. cross- section through same; li. point corresponding to that occupied by the electric organ of Electrophorus eleciricus (Linnaeus); gy. axis of distribution of structural units, wliich are indicated by c; d. nerve- fibers; (after Sachs " Untersuchungen am Zitteraal" p. 69). Notation of Figs. 19-23. 6. S., bundles of Sachs: d., dorsalis; d. t., dorsal thong; H. o., Hunter's organ; I. in., lateralis inferior; I. im., lateraUs imus; I. o., large electric organ; I. s., lateralis superior; n. c., notalis externalis; n. i., notalis internalis; p. e. a., pinnaUs anaUs externalis; p. a. i., pinnaUs analis internalis; p. e. o., pseudo-electric organ; r. I. i., remnant of lateralis imus; S. o., organ of Sachs; v., ventralis. 204 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XIX, Anatomical Details of Structure of Gymnotids. x; X w ® ® o > w o w CO £ o S w (\J CO V ^ Q ■^ W f=^ z a: CO U aj cs 'i^ ^^ fj m I— 1 o =0 CO ^ (M ^ s 1— ,' Ci SI. % 2 s s o S O o z o « w z a H X o CD CM o o o ci h > t5 Z ° a n 5 <^ O H . 1— I ^7 -LJ H . Pi P x; X P-. > o > W w o w PS CO OS o if??- i£JsA^-^•^;:- v;*" ^-4^ ;/ o fiq ^ rl c fe !~ «! lO «>2 o 00 •^ 1 — 1 6 O '^ P^ -^ 03 O 02 »-H CO ^ . o O ^ r -4-J ^ a u o g . — 1 O ffi ^ w r-" <:■■' v. |L! W ' ' n O ri -f o 1 m ^-^ K CO W ^ H C W u PLH X X w > o > C/2 O w s PS o CO o REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. {Very scarce.) 2. A Preliminary list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shateb. Pp. 114. (Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Little Known Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 17, i Plates. (Very scarce.) 4. The EeptUes of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp. 13. ( Very scarce.) 5. Osteology of the Herodiones. By R. W. Shtj- TELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print,) 6. Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) 1, Sabal Bigida; a Kew Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 2. (Out of print.) . 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Heney G. Klaoes. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By E. W. Shu- FELDT. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.).... 10. Description of a Kew Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 9, 3 Plates. . . 13. Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidse (Ha- drosauridae, Claosauridse) Marsh. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 10 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 16. Osteology of the Psittaci. By E. W. Shdteldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus FartiUa in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Smith. Pp. 64 ±8. Two New Species of Eahaman Lepldoptera. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 19. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peteeson and C. W. Gilmobe. Pp. 10 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps 21. lOlnute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 44 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Elizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. 2 pts., pp. 295 23. Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 74 24. The Records of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, Sec. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 90 25. Astropecten (?) montanus, &c. By Eael Doug- lass. Pp. 4 26. Discovery of the Bemains of Astrodon (Pleuro- coelus) In the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 6. (Out of print.) .30 27, 28, 29. .65 30. .50 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. .90 .35 .60 .25 .25 .35 1.25 .10 .15 ¥ .30 .90 2.25 1.60 1.76 .10 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. Osteology of the Iiimicolss. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 56, 1 Plate New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Petebson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. C. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map In Memorlam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigna Lake, N. T., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Elver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hat. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) A Preliminary List of the Hemlptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietnee. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) Notes on the Geology of Southwestern Montana. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 8 Presentation of Beproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, E-aSb Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Ho'^ land. Pp. 11 The Hyoid Bone In Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 A New Species of Kneiffia. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustrls in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O. A. Peteeson. Pp. 8 Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Haeey C. Obeeholseb. Pp. 3. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Pebct E. Eaymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates A New American Cybele. By J. E. Nabeawat and Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 6 Plastron of the Protosteginae. By G. E. Wie- LAND. Pp. 7 Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sis. By Oliveb P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates The Miocene Beds of Western Nebraslrr .^d Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Peteeson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. A New Species of Lonlcera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate Merycochoerus and a New Genus of Merycoldo- donts, with Some Notes. on Other Agriochce- ridas. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .75 .15 .50 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .15 .16 .20 .10 .15 .05 .05 .10 .10 .05 1.50 .15 .16 .25 1.00 .06 1.00 BEPBINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSET7M— Continued 68. On Further Collections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Cabl H. Eioenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAteb and David Peskins Wabd. Pp. 48, 15 Plates 69. An Undetermined Element in the Osteology of the MosasaurldaB. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 60. The Gasteropoda of the Ohazy Formation. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, Panasylvanla, in April and May, 1907. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 6, 2 Plates 63. Description of Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. By E. C. Case. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 64. Notes on Ordovlcian Trilobites: lUtenlds from the Black Biver Limestone near Ottawa, Canada. By Peecy E. Eaymond and J. E. Nabeawat. Pp. 14, 3 Plates 65. Bhlnoceroses from the Oligocene and Miocene Deposits of North Dakota and Montana. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 11, 2 Plates 66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 11, 4 Plates 67. Some Oligocene Iiizards. By Easl DonoLASS. Pp. 8 68. Description of the Type Specimen of Stenomylus gracilis Peterson. By O. A. Peteeson. Pp. 14. 69. Brief Description of Some New Species of Birds from Costa Bica and a Record of Some Species not Hitherto Reported from that Country. By M. A. Cakeikee, Je. Pp. 2 70. Notes on Costa Bican FormicariidtB. By M. A. Caekikeb, Jb. Pp. 3 71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 16, 2 Plates 72. A Preliminary List of the Lepidoptera of West- em Pennsylvania Collected in the Vicinity of Pittsburgh. By Henby Engel. Pp.110 73. The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, Ft. 1. The Fossils of the Bed Shales. By Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 18, 6 Plates 74. Description of a New Species of Procamelus from the Upper Miocene of Montana, with Notes upon Procamelus madisonius Douglass. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 7, 3 Plates 75. Some Sections of the Conemaugh Series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pennsylvania. By Percy E. Baymond. Pp. 12, 3 Plates 76. A Preliminary List of the Unionldse of Western Pennsylvania, etc. By Db. A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 33 77. A Geological Beconnalssance in North Dakota, Montana, and Idaho; with Notes on Mesozolc and Cenozoic Geology. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 78, 7 Plates Cabin (now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. 78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. By O. E. Jennings. Pp. 133, 30 Plates 79. Catalog of SescLui-Centennlal (Pittsburgh) Belies. By Douglas Stewart. Pp. 30, 6 Plates 80. Dromomeryx, a New Genus of American Bumi- nants. By Eael Douglas. Pp. 23, 5 plates. 81. Fossils from the Glacial Drift and from De- vonian and Mississippian near MeadvUle, Pennsylvania. By Wm. Millaed. Pp. 8 82. A New Species of Helodus. By Chaeles B. Eastman. Pp. 2 83. In Memoriam. Charles Chauncey Mellor. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 12, 1 Plate 84. Reports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Eeport No. 1. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 51 85. Reports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 2. By Maeion L. Durbin. Pp. 18 1.26 $ .20 1.36 .05 .10 .16 .20 .25 .30 .20 .26 .10 .06 .46 1.25 .60 .30 .35 .60 1.00 2.76 .45 .30 .10 .05 .15 .60 .26 86. Contributions to a Knowledge of Odonata of the Neotropical Region, Exclusive of Mexico and Central America. By P. P. Calvebt. Pp. 207, 9 Plates 2.26 87. Deinosuchus hatcherl, a New Genus and Species of Crocodile from the Judith Biver Beds of Montana. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 14 20 88. Reports on Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. Beport No. 3. By C. B. Blosseb. Pp. 6, 3 Plates. 89. Preliminary Description of Some New Tltanothe- res from the Uinta Deposits, By Eabl Doug- las. Pp. 10, 3 Plates ,25 90. An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Uca Including Cocos Island. By M. A. Cabbikeb, Je. Pp. 601, 1 Plate 3.00 91. The Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas, Brazil. By J. C. Beanneb. Pp. 18, 3 Plates .40 92. Description of a Collection of Fossil Fishes from the Bituminous Shales at Biacho Doce, State of Alagoas, Brazil. By David Stabb Jobdam. Pp. 12, 9 Plates 55 93. Notes on Ordovlcian Trilobites, No. n. Asaph- Ids from the Beekmantown. By Peboy E. Raymond. Pp. 10, 1 Plate 35 94. Notes on Ordovlcian Trilobites, No. IIL By Peboy E. Raymond and J. E. Nabhaway. Pp. 14, 2 Plates 35 95. Notes on Ordovlcian Trilobites, No. IV. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 21, 3 Plates 40 96. Notes on a Collection of Fishes Made by Jamea Francis Abbott at Irkutsk, Siberia. By David Staee Jordan and WruJAM Francis Thomp- son. Pp. 8, 4 Plates 30 97. South American Tetrigldse. By Lawbenob Brunee. Pp. 55 1.00 98. Preliminary List of the Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series in Western Pennsyl- vania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 15, 5 plates 30 09. Eesults of an Ichthyologlcal Survey About the San Juan Islands, Washington. By Edwin Chapin Staeks. Pp. 52, 3 plates 75 100. Descriptions of a New Species of Pygidium. By Carl H. Eigenmann. P. 1, 1 plate 10 101. The Brachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 45, 4 plates ... .50 102. A New Camel from the Miocene of Western Nebraska. By O. A, Petebson.. .Pp. 7, 4 plates .15 103. A Mounted Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcockl, the Stenomylus Quarry, and Remarks Upon the Affinities of the Genus. By O. A. Peteb- son. Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 104. A Mounted Skeleton of Diceratherlum cooki, Peterson. By O. A. PETiatsoN. Pp. 6, 1 plate .15 105. The Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America, 1907-1910. By W. J. Hol- land, Director. Pp. 4 15 106. A Brief Report Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13 and Localities at Which John D. Haseman Made Collections. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 16 25 107. Descriptions of Some Now Species of Fishes and Ihliscellaneous Notes on Others Obtained Dur- ing Expedition of Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13, 7 plates 50 108. An Annotated Catalog of the Cichlld Fishes Collected by the Expedition of Carnegie Mu- seum to Central South America, 1907-1910. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 45, 20 plates 1.25 109. Some New Species of Fishes from the Rio Iguassu. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 14, 13 plates 65 110. A Contribution to the Ornithology of the Ba- hama Islands. By W. E. Clyde Todd and W. W. Woethinqton. Pp. 77, 1 plate 75 Publications oj the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 80, MEMOIES OF THE OAENEG-IE MUSEUM. VOL. yi. No. 4. "W. J. HOLLAND, Editor. EECOED OF THE FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911 By DAVID STAER JOEDAN and WILLIAM FKANCIS THOMPSON PITTSBDKGH. Pdblished by the Atjthoeity of the Board of Trustees of the CAENEGIE INSTITUTE. September, 1914. PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM AKKUAL BEFOBTS OF THE DIBECTOB 1898, 30c. (scarce); 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30c. (scarce); 1901-14, 25e. each. BEPOETS OF FEOCEEDINGS OF FOUNDEE'S DAY 1898-1914, 35c. each. AITNALS OF THE CABNEGIE MUSEUM The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume; Vols. I-IX, 1901-1914, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in % Morocco @ $4.50. MEMOIRS OF THE CABNEGIE MUSEUM The Memoirs are supplied to those ■who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, at $10 per volume. VOL. I. (1901-3) No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, and No. 3. The Osteology of the Steganopodea. By Probable Habits, with a Bestoration of E. W. Shufeldt $2.76 the Skeleton. By J. B. Hatchee. (Very " 4. Classification of the Chalcid Flies. By scarce.) $3.00 W. H. Ashmead 6.60 " 2. Oligocene Canids. By J. B. Hatchee... 1.50 Vol. I. Bound Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. 555, 39 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; Bound i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. n. (1904-6) No. 1. Osteology of Haplocanthosaunis and Ad- No. 5. The Tertiary of Montana. {Scarce.) By ditional Bemarks upon Diplodocus. By „ „ „?^^ Douglass . •••.... ••••••• • • ^-^^ T T! TT.m^Txx,o tir \ (tonn 6. The Osteology of Diplodocus. By W. J. J.B.Hatchee. {Very scarce.) $2.00 Holland 1.60 " 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. By C. W. Qxh- No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. R. MORE. (Scarce.) 1.50 Wieland $ .75 „ o Ti 1 A • T> • ^ . • "8. New SuiUine Eemains from the Miocene 3. Fossd Avian Bemains from Armissan. of Nebraska. By O. A. Peterson 76 By C. R, Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, No. 4. Description of New Bodents and Discus- % C. V'^'Sot. .°.'. .' ."".'". '.'."."!• $1.00 Bion of the Origin of Dffimonelix. By 0. « lo.A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A. Peterson. (Scarce.) $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Ortmann. . . . 4.00 Vol. II. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in J Morocco at $11.50. VOL. in. No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hoi/- Bica. By C. V. Hartman $6.00 land and 0. A. Peterson $6.00 VOL. IV, No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalpant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Fonnosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- ^3, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp. 4, 3 Plates 25 No. 6. Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Bevision of Entelodontidse. By O. A. '^^^ia- P's. I and n. By A. E. Ort- Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 ^^^- ^P" ^^' ^ ^^^^^^ $2.60 No. 4. Catalogof the Fishes of Formosa. Jordan ^°- ^- °^*^^°S Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolea , ° „ in Carnegie Museum. By Chaeles E. and EiCHARDSON. Pp. 46, 12 Plates 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx + 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 % morocco. Vols. m-V supplied unbound, @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in Vz morocco @ $12.00. VOL. VI. No. 1. A Catalog of the Fishes known from the No. 2. The Lantern-fishes of Japan. Chaeles Waters of Korea. Jordan and Metz. H. Gilbert. Pp. 46, 4 Plates $1.00 Pp. 66, 10 Plates $1.50 No. 3. The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Mas Mapes Ellis. Pp. 88, 9 Plates $1.50 MBMOIES OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. V^OL. VI. NO. 4. RECORD OF THE FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. By David Starr Jordan and William Francis Thompson. (Plates XXIV-XLII.) The senior author spent the summer and autumn of 1911 in Japan and Korea in the interest of International Concihation under the auspices of the World Peace Foundation. His naturahst friends in Japan at once began to make collections of fishes for him, at the same time cheerfully assisting him in his efforts to study the fishes in the scant leisure which his other occupations allowed. A large collection was obtained and through the courtesy of Mr. Asano and Mr. Shiraishi of the Toyo Kisen Kaisha delivered without charge in Cahfornia. About three hundred and ninety species were obtained in Japan. This collection which forms the subject of this paper is shared between the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh, and Stanford University. The types are in the former institution, as the new species are pub- lished under its auspices. The collection consists of the following: 1. A large collection made by Mr. Alan Owston of Yokohama, covering various localities in Japan, the most valuable materials being dredged by him in his steamer, the " Golden Hind." Many valuable specimens from Mr. Owston's collections were obtained by Jordan and Snyder in 1900. Other new species obtained from him have been described by Mr. Shigeho Tanaka, and by naturalists in Europe. 2. A collection made at Misaki by Mr. Kumakichi Aoki, fisherman at the Seaside Laboratory of the Imperial University of Tokyo, under the direction of 205 206 MEMOIRS OF THE^CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Professor Ijima. Mr. Aoki is the most accomplished collector of fishes in Japan, and his services to Jordan and Snyder in 1900 were invaluable. 3. Collections made by Dr. Jordan assisted by Mr. M. Sagimoto, director of the Zakoba market in Osaka, and by a former student, Mr. Michitaro Sindo, in Kobe. These collections were mostly from Osaka, partly from the Yodo River, and partly from the deep-water nets of the trawling fleet, which operates in the Straits of Tsushima between Shimonoseki and Fusan. 4. Collections made by Dr. Jordan at Matsubara on Lake Biwa with the aid of Mr. Kogetsuko Nakagawa, a local fisherman. 5. Collections made about Nagoya by Mr. Kingsbury, principal of a mission- school, and his pupils. 6. Collections made about Okayama by Mr. K. Kusano and Mr. Y. Otaki. 7. A collection made by a former student of Dr. Jordan, Mr. Yoshiro Manabe, teacher of science in the Kwansei Gakuin (college) at Kobe. 8. Collections made by Dr. Jordan about Sendai and Matsushima Bay with the aid of Mr. T. Takamura of the Sendai Museum. 9. Collections made by Dr. Jordan and Mr. Manabe at the island of Awaji near Kobe. 10. Collections made by Dr. Jordan in the markets of Tokyo, Yokohama, and Shimonoseki. Of these collections those obtained through the help of Mr. Owston and of Mr. Aoki are vastly more important than the others. A few species seen and here recorded were for one reason or another not secured in the collection. The following are described as either generically or specifically new: Alepocephalus unibrice'ps, No. 6030.^ Cephalopholis boninius, No. 6038. Nansenia ardesiaca, No. 6023. (Franzia) nobilis, No. 6452. Gnathopogon ishikawce, No. 6029, Cotypes. Franzia ardens, No. 6451, Acheilognathus tabira, No. 6007, Xyrichthys sciistius, No. 6028, Acheilognathus moriokce, Sebastodes owstoni, No. 6026, (Metzia)* mesembrina, Thysanichthys evides, No. 6019, Acanthorhodeus atremiuus, Careproctus burkei, No. 6457, Acanthorhodeus sciosemus, Careproctus gilberti, No. 6456, Rhodeus kurumeus, No. 5011, Chelidonichthys ischyrus, No. 6459, (Tanakia) oryzce, Synchiropus ijimce, No. 6015, ' The numbers following the names of species in this paper are the catalog numbers of the speci- mens in the Carnegie Museum as supplied by Dr. C. H. Eigenmann (W. J. Holland). * Generic names in parentheses are new {W. J. Holland). JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 207 Pseudaspius atrilatus, No. 6012, Solenostomus pxgnius, No. 6020, (Ectenias) brunneus, No. 453, (Icticus) ischanus, No. 6036, Amia sialis, No. 6021, (Calymmichthys) xenicus, No. 6027, {Spedruncitlus) raddiffei, No. 6061. Lycodes tanakce, No. 6004, Coryphcenoides bona-nox, No. 6462, (Tarphops) oligolepis, No. 6010. The following additional species are for the first time recorded from Japan : Diaphus cceruleus (Klunzinger), No. 6603a-g. Lutianus quinquelineatus (Bloch), No. 6349a. Pledorhynchus pica (Cuvier & Valenciennes), No. 6018a, Chcetodon setifer Bloch, No. 6152a, Chcetodon vagabundus Linnaeus, No. 6138a, Tilesina gibbosa Schmidt, No. 6022a-f, Ostracion fornasini Bianconi, Neobythites fasciatus Radcliffe, No. 6206a. Most of the new figures in this paper are the work of Mr. William Sackston Atkinson. A few are by Mrs. Anna Brown Nash. Others are reproduced from papers in the Proceedings of the United States National Museum. We are indebted to Mr. Charles WiUiam Metz for important aid in the determination of species. Family PETROMYZONID^. 1. Lampetra mitsukurii Hatta. Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, 6103a-b. Family CxALEORHINID.E. 2. Mustelus manazo Bleeker. Shimonoseki. 3. Mustelus griseus Pietschmann. Osaka, 6358a. 4. Triakis scyllium Miiller & Henle. Osaka, 6359a. Family SPHYRNID^. 5. Sphyrna zygaena (Linnseus). Osaka, 6361a. Family LAMNID^. 6. Isuropsis glaucea (Miiller & Henle). Tokyo Market; two seen, not taken. 208 MEMOIRS OF THE CABNEGIE MUSEUM. Family SQUALID^. 7. Deania eglantina Jordan & Fowler. a i Fig. 1. Deania eglantina Jordan ife Fowler. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 632). Misaki. A large example, otherwise like the type. Head 4.125 in length, eye 7. The validity of the genus Deania, which is related to Centrophorus, has been questioned. Family NARCOBATID^. 8. Narce japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). Tokyo, No. 6393a. Family RAJID^. 9. Raja meerdervoorti Bleeker. Misaki, Nos. 6173a-b. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 5, fig. 3). 10. Raja kenojei Midler & Henle. Schinabara, Misaki, No. 6183a. Family DASYATID^. 11. Urolophus fuscus Garman. Osaka. Family DOROSOMATID^. 12. Konosirus punctatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Nagoya, Nos. 6020a-c; Misaki, No. 6448a. Family CLUPEID^. 13. Stolephorus japonicus (Houttuyn). Misaki, Nos. 6248a-g. 14. Harengula zunasi (Bleeker). Osaka, Nos. 6178a-e. Adipose eyelid not obsolete; depth 3.4 in length; eye 3.5 in head. .15. Ilisha elongata (Bennett). Osaka. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 209 Family GONORHYNCHID^. 16. Gonorhynchus abbreviatus Temminck & Schlegel. Misaki, No. 6033a, the third specimen known. 240 mm. in length; identical with the one described by Jordan & Herre. Compared with Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus from Port Jackson, Australia, the eye is larger, the head longer, the depth greater, the pectoral longer, and there is one ray less in dorsal and anal. Head 4.25 in body; depth 7.5; D. 11; A. 8. Eye 4 in head, snout 2.5; interorbital 4; pectoral 5 in body. Scales 162-42. In G. gonorhynchus, the head is 4.66 in length, the depth 8.66. D. 12; A. 9. Scales 161^8. Family ALEPOCEPHALIDtE. 17. Alepocephalus timbriceps sp. nov. (Plate XXIV, fig. 1.) A single specimen from Aomori. 270 mm. in total length. Type No. 6030a, Catalog of Fishes, Carnegie Museum. Head 2.75 to base of caudal; depth at pectorals 5.33; eye equal to snout, 4 in head; maxillary 2.66; D. 17; A. 17; P. 11; branchiostegals 7; 65 pores in lateral line. Head very large, nearly as deep as body, which is deepest at pectorals; bony interorbital space, 6.5 in head; postorbital length of head equal to half its whole length; maxillary ending under center of eye; jaws equal; teeth in single series on premaxillaries, of small size, not canine-like; a row of very delicate and minute teeth on lower edge of maxilla, not visible to naked eye as teeth; close-set cardiform series in lower jaw of same size as those on premaxillaries; palatines ridge- like, set on edge with narrow band of similar teeth; gill-rakers 74-19, longest one- third diameter of eye. Dorsal inserted over anus, which is midway between edge of opercle and base of middle caudal ray, and its base 2.5 in head; caudal forked, central rays half length of longest, tenth or eleventh ray longest, counting rudimentary rays from either edge; each edge continued on caudal peduncle by a thin fold of skin half-way to last dorsal and anal rays ; anal inserted under third or fourth dorsal ray, and termi- nating a quarter of the length of the eye behind last dorsal ray; both anal and dorsal on fleshy bases; ventral inserted nearly midway between pectoral and anal insertion, its length slightly greater than diameter of eye; pectoral small, 2.8 in head. Scales imbricate, deciduous, bases narrower than tips, sides straight; con- centric lamellae distinctly visible to naked eye; scales present on bases of vertical fins; head entirely scaleless, covered with loose skin. Color of head dense black, each scale of body tipped with black; aU fins black; mouth-cavity and peritoneum black. 210 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family MICROSTOMATIDyE. 18. Nansenia ardesiaca Jordan & Thompson, sp. nov. (Plate XXIV, fig. 2.) {Nansenia groenlandica Tanaka, non Reinhardt.) This species is well figured by Tanaka. Description of a specimen (No. 6023a) 190 mm. in total length, taken in three hundred and fifty fathoms at Okinose, in Sagami Bay, Alan Owston collection : Head 4.5 in body, 5 in total length; body-depth 8 in body-length; eye 2.33 in head; snout 6.5; maxillary 4.5; interorbital space 4; dorsal raj^s 10; anal 10; pec- toral 12; ventral 12; scales in lateral line 55 (five of which are on caudal) ; from center of breast to middorsal line 8 (counting lateral line); gill-rakers 12+25. Body elongate, subcylindrical, greatest depth from between posterior margin of eye to insertion of dorsal fin; caudal peduncle half this depth. Eyes very large, projecting somewhat above dorsal profile of head and approaching ventral profile; snout very short and blunt; lower jaw somewhat projecting; mouth opening ob- liquely; line of maxillary approaching vertical; maxillary covered by anterior end of pre-orbital, reaching slightly behind anterior margin of eye; teeth small, conical, in a single rather thick-set row in each jaw, none enlarged or canine-like; vomer and palatines toothless; interorbital space broad, concave; suborbital and opercular bones thin and flexible; latter with emargination above angle, leaving open passage to gill-cavity. Dorsal fin inserted slightly before middle of distance between snout and base of caudal, its base half the length of the fourth ray, which is equal to the distance from the tip of snout to posterior border of eye; ventrals inserted slightlj^ behind last dorsal ray, length equal to fourth dorsal ray; anal inserted nearer caudal base than tips of ventrals, longest ray less than diameter of eye; pectorals narrow, first and twelfth rays simple, others branched, longest ray 1.75 in head; adipose fin small, inserted above posterior half of anal fin, its length 2.33 in eye. Caudal 1.5 in head, forked, but not deeply. Scales large, thin, loosely attached; base of scales coarsely serrate, each basal radius projecting; circuli parallel to serrated edges, forming acute angles to cor- respond to teeth of base; circuli very fine and numerous. Tube of lateral line very large, its breadth a fourth of that of its scales; pores large, single; lateral line con- tinued beyond base of caudal as an appendage formed of six or seven successive scales and attached only at the base to caudal ray. Lateral line tube continued over dorsal surface of head to snout, over the occiput and along lower margin of eye. Color brilliant silvery; dusky on snout, jaws, opercular plate, and bases of caudal and ventrals; scales of a bright, silvery appearance. Along the center of JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 211 the back from the occiput to the insertion of the dorsal is a rather firm rod of tissue immediately below the skin. Having but the single specimen, we are unwilling to dissect it to ascertain the nature of this structure. This is probably distinct from Nansenia groenlandica described from a single specimen from Greenland, but Reinhardt's scanty account indicates no certain difference. Family SALMONID^. 19. Oncorhynchus keta (Walbaum). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 9, fig. 8). Sendai. A breeding male, weighing 8 pounds; greenish, side silvery, barred with dirty crimson; no spots; top of dorsal black; A. 14, D. 12 or 13. Gill-rakers 10 + 13. Scales 130. Pyloric ca?ca about 100. Flesh orange, rather soft, becoming pale and mushy when cooked, palatable, but, at the best, much inferior to that of the Masu. This species, the Dog Salmon or Cahco Salmon of Alaska, is the large salmon or Sake of Japan. It is very extensively salted, the flesh when salted being quite red. It ranges southward as far as the Tonegawa, north of Tokyo. No specimen in the Carnegie Museum. 20. Oncorhynchus masou (Brevoort). (Plate XXIV, fig. 3.) {Salmo macrostomus Giinther). Lake Biwa, Sendai, Lake Chuzenji (planted in latter locality). No. 6002a. The Masu, the young being called Yamame or Yamabe, is a species close to the Silver Salmon (0. kisutch) of Alaska. It is common as far south as Lake Biwa, and is sometimes landlocked, as in Lake Chuzenji, where it has been artifically intro- duced. This is a true Oncorhynchus, all its individuals dying after spawning. There is no true trout, that is, no species of Salmo, native in Japan. The salmon called Oncorhynchus yessoensis is not known to the Japanese Bureau of Fisheries and is probably not different from 0. masou. 0. kisutch is not certainly known from Japan, the specimens thus far called by that name being 0. masou. Mr. Tokishiro Koshida of the Bureau of Fisheries informs us that the king Salmon, Oncorhynchus tschawytscha, known as " Masunosuke," or Lord of the Salmon, is found in Nemuro and occasionally as far south as Hakodate. The " Benimasu " or Red Salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, is common in Nemuro and landlocked in the lakes of that region. Oncorhynchus masou is known in Lake Chuzenji as " Hinemasu." It was introduced there from Akita, and has become landlocked. 212 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. GiU-rakers long, 9+15 to 18; scales 133. A. 14; D. 13; vomer with seven or eight sharp teeth. Color olive, sides silvery; back with two or three irregular rows of brown spots, a few on dorsal, some at base, some on upper part of caudal, none on adipose fin. The sides turn red in fall. Another specimen, a male, somewhat hook-nosed. A. 14, besides rudiments. GiU-rakers 8+17. Caudal forked; tip of dorsal paler, not black. Adipose fin large. Unspotted bases of fins dark. Dorsal and caudal with some black spots; back with spots; spots along base of dorsal; pyloric cseca few, not over forty to fifty. Weight three or four pounds. 21. Plecoglossus altivelis Temminck & Schlegel. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. IV, p. 167, fig. 3; I.e. Vol. VI, p. 10, fig. 9). Matsushima, Nos. 6257a-b; Okayama, Nos. 6101a-g; Lake Biwa at Matsubara, Nos. 6409a-f; Yodo River, near Osaka, Nos. 6315a-c. Family SALANGID.E. 22. Salanx microdon Bleeker. Matsushima Bay, Nos. 6065a-f. Depth eight to eleven inches in length. Family AULOPID^. 23. Aulopus japonicus Giinther. (Plate XL, fig. 1). Misaki, No. 6461. Family SYNODONTID^E. 24. Saurida argyrophanes (Richardson). Osaka, Nos. 6332a-c; three specimens, the longest being 250 mm. in length, as long as the types of Saurida eso. Scales 47-54. Misaki, Nos. 6306a-b; Shi- monoseki. No. 6194a. 25. Saurida eso Jordan & Herre. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 12, fig. 12). Osaka, No. 6323a. Length 264 mm. Scales 63. In S. argyrophanes, the scales are always larger. Shimonoseki, No. 6162a. 26. Synodus japonicus (Houttuyn). Kobe, No. 6085a. 27. Trachinocephalus my ops (Forster). Kobe, Nos. 6231a-b; Misaki, Nos. 6193a-b. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 213 Family MYCTOPHID^. The Japanese species of this family are described in a preceding paper by Professor Gilbert. The following were obtained by us from Mr. Owston's dredgings with the " Golden Hind." 28. Dasyscopelus orientalis Gilbert. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, PI. XI, fig. 1). Misaki, No. 4613 type, 4614a-z, 4615; 4616. 29. Diaphus gigas Gilbert. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, PL XII, fig. 2). Sagami Bay, No. 4602a. 30. Diaphus cseruleus (Klunzinger) . Sagami Bay, Nos. 4603a-g. 31. Diaphus latus Gilbert. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, PL XIII, fig. 1). Sagami Bay, No. 4604 type, 4605a-d. 32. Diaphus sagamiensis Gilbert. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, PL XIII, fig. 2). Sagami Bay, No. 4608 type, 4609a-c. Family SILURID^. 33. Parasilurus asotus (Linnaeus). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. IV, fig. 4, p. 168; I. c, Vol. VI, fig. 13, p. 12). Okayama, Tama River, near Tokyo, Nos. 6440a-b; Lake Biwa, Nos. 6291a-e. 34. Liobagrus reini Hilgendorf. Lake Biwa at Matsubara, No. 6125. Fig. 2. Liobagrus reini Hilgendorf. (From Proe. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 910). Depth 6 in total; eye 4 in interorbital; spines of fins not half length of soft rays. 5. Fluvidraco nudiceps (Sauvage). Lake Biwa at Matsubara. Nos. 6275a-b. Young piebald; fins dark; a white caudal spot. 214 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 36. Pseudobagrus aurantiacus (Temminck & Schlegel). Near Tokyo, No. 6422a. Family PLOTOSIDJ^. 37. Plotosus anguillaris Lacepede. Misaki, 6222a-b, 6352 many; Goto Islands, 6421a. Family COBITID^. 38. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 14, fig. 15). Nagoya; Yodo River, at Osaka 6284 many; Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, Nos. 6080a-b. 39. Hymenophysa curta (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6097a. Body with eight transverse black bars, the first on the occiput; two others on the caudal; those on the body broadest above and fading out entirely on the ventral region; fifth bar continuous with black base of dorsal; a light bar across dorsal fin, the fin otherwise black with a clear edge; anal with a black submarginal shade. Caudal with two dark cross- bars, the first across its base, with a central blotch; each lobe tipped with black. The colors in life have not hitherto been fully described. 40. Cobitis taenia Linnseus. Okayama, Nos. 6112a-c. Nos. 6096a-f, Lake Biwa. The Japanese species, if distinct from the European C. taenia, is Cobitis biwce Jordan & Snyder. Family CYPRINID^. 41. Hemibarbus barbus (Temminck & Schlegel). Matsubara, on Lake Biwa, No. 6232a. 42. Pseudogobio esocinus (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, Nos. 6399a-b, Okayama. 43. Sarcocheilichthys variegatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6333 many. 44. Gnathopogon gracilis (Temminck & Schlegel). {Leucogobio biwce Jordan & Snyder.) Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6064a. M The genus Gnathopogon of Bleeker is identical with Squalidus of Dybowsky and Leucogobio of Glinther, both later names. Leucogobio biwce seems to be the same as Capoeta gracilis of Schlegel, which, according to Schlcgel's figures and description, JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 215 has the depth 5.5 in length to fork of caudal, the barbel a little longer than in G. elongatus, the pectorals extending nearly to the ventrals, the vent well-removed from the anal fin, and the scales 4-35-5. Fig. 3. Gnathopogon gracilis (Temminck & Sclilegel). PI. IX, fig. 1). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, 45. Gnathopogon elongatus (Temminck & Schlegel). {Leucogobio guntheri Ishikawa). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara; Nagoya; No. 6161 many, Yodo River, at Osaka. The specimens from Lake Biwa, described as Leucogobio guntheri by Jordan and Fowler, correspond entirely to Professor Ishikawa's account of the species. The Capoeta elongata of Schlegel is certainly the same, agreeing in the deep caudal peduncle and the short pectoral, not extending half way to ventrals. Depth 4 in body; barbel long; scales thirty-eight. 46. Gnathopogon mayedae (Jordan & Snyder). {Leucogobio mayedcc Jordan & Snyder). Fig. 4. Gnathopogon mayedw (Jordan & Snyder). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 828). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6134a. The males bear an overgrowth about the mouth, placed as are the tubercles in Acheilognathus. 47. Gnathopogon ishikawae sp. nov. (Plate XXIV, fig. 4). The description is of type and cotypes, Nos. 6014-c, C. M., altogether fifteen in number from the Chikugo River at Kurume, collected by Jordan and Snyder in 216 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1900, the largest breeding female, sixty-three millimeters in total length, being taken as the type. Head 3.14 in length of body to base of caudal (50 mm.) ; depth equal to head; D. Ill, 7; A. II, 6; scales in lateral line 34; in transverse series between insertions of vertical fins 3.5-2.5; pharjmgeal teeth 5, 2-2, 5. Snout slightly longer than eye, which is 3.75 in head; tip of premaxillaries at, or below, level of lower margin of orbit; mouth but little oblique; barbel long, one- half to two-thirds diameter of eye, its base under the posterior nostril; maxillary ending under the anterior margin of the eye; distance from snout to occiput 5 in body length; gill-rakers very short and soft, 2 or 3 on each limb of first arch; pharyngeal teeth smooth, unserrated, the tips bent toward the lateral surface of each tooth, a grinding surface present; breadth of body more than half its depth, which is greatest at the insertion of the dorsal and slopes evenly to the rather deep caudal peduncle, the length of which is contained 1.33 in head and its depth 2.5 in head. Dorsal inserted, as in all known species of the genus, nearer the snout than the base of the caudal by the length of the former; its margin straight, each ray extending beyond the following one when supine, the first branched ray the longest, 1.12 in head; anal inserted under twenty-second scale of lateral line and beyond tip of dorsal rays, its margin straight, the tips coinciding when supine, extending more than half the distance between last anal ray and the first of the caudal, the length of the longest ray 1.6 in the head; pectorals extending more than two-thirds of the distance to the base of the ventrals, failing to reach them by the diameter of the pupil, their length nearly equal to the distance between the snout and the occiput; ventrals reaching anus, their length less than that of the pectorals by half the diameter of the pupil, the anus removed from the first anal ray by two-thirds the diameter of the eye, and by two and one-half scales; caudal nearly equal to length of head. Lateral line but slightly decurved, complete; scales of middle line of back much enlarged, especially behind the dorsal, where they are slightly over twice the diameter of those on either side of them; before the dorsal there are three rows between the central row and the lateral Hne, while behind the dorsal there are two. Color-pattern lacking, save for a spot of dark at the base of the first dorsal rays; space above the lateral line with irregular spots the size of the scales, the edges of which are occasionally pigmented; scales of the lateral line in the type pigmented where overlapped by the preceding scales; an indistinct dark line or stripe along side behind dorsal, continued anteriorly in an unpigmented space; caudal spot lacking; peritoneum silvery, with small spots of black. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 217 This species is most closely related to Gnathopogon mayedce, from which it may be at once differentiated by the longer barbel and the extension, when supine, of the anal rays, more than half-way from the last anal ray to the first caudal ray. Other differences are the scales enlarged in the middle line of the back, the presence of one more series of scales above the lateral line, the slightly shorter distance from the tip of the snout to the occiput, the longer ventrals, and deeper caudal peduncle. Among the cotypes are both males and females, with ripe gonads. The male is distinguished from the females by the presence of a smooth overgrowth on the front and sides of the snout. The eggs are small, as in others of the genus, being about half a millimeter in diameter. As the female, which was taken as the type, is the most strongly pigmented of any of the specimens, it is probable that the males are not, as a rule, colored more highly than the females. Among the specimens recorded by Jordan and Snyder from Lake Biwa as Leucogobio mayedce there are a number of specimens of this species, all of them very small. Nos. 6009a-c Lake Biwa. This species is named for Pjofessor Chiyomatsu Ishikawa, of the Imperial University of Tokyo, who early studied the fishes of Lake Biwa. Key to Japanese Species of Gnathopogon. a. Anus distant but the breadth of one scale from first anal ray; pectoral extending less than two-thirds of distance to ventrals; gill-rakers numerous, 4-|-9 or 10; body-depth 4. 6. Caudal peduncle deep, 8.5 in body; barbel long, three-fifths of diameter of eye; scales 36 to 38; pharyngeal teeth only occasionally and slightly serrate elongatus. bb. Caudal peduncle slender, about 10 in body; barbel short, one-fourth of diameter of pupil; scales 42; pharyngeal teeth constantly and strongly serrate on grinding surface jordani. aa. Anus distant at least 2.5 scales from first anal ray (two-thirds of eye) ; pectoral extending more than two-thirds distance to ventrals; gill-rakers short and rudimentary, 3 or 4-|-4, lacking anteriorly, c. Depth 4 in body; anus 2.5 scales (two-thirds diameter of eye) distant from first anal ray. d. Scales in middle line of back enlarged; rows between lateral line and dorsal 3.5; anal rays extending over half-way from base of last to first caudal rays; maxillary not reaching beyond orbit, its barbel under nostril; barbel two-thirds of eye ishikawm. dd. Scales in middle line of back not enlarged; rows between lateral line and dorsal 4.5; anal rays not extending half-way to first caudal rays; maxillary reaching beyond orbit; its barbel short, less than pupil mayedce. cc. Depth 6 in body-length; anus distant the breadth of 4.5 scales (1.16 times diameter of eye) from insertion of anal fin; 5 scales above lateral Une; barbel one-half diameter of eye; scales in middle line of back but slightly enlarged gracilis. 48. Acheilognathus rhombeus (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6327 many. Capoeta rhombea Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1846, p. 205, pi. C, fig. 6; near Nagasaki. Acheilognathus rhombeus Bleeker, Prodr. Cypr., 1, 1860, p. 255. 218 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Paracheilognathus rhombeus Bleeker, Atl. lehtln'ol. Cypr., 1863, p. 33. Achilognathus rhombeus Glinther, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 279; Nagasaki, from one of Sclilegel's types; Ishikawa, Prel. Cat., 1897, p. 12; Tokyo, Lake Biwa, Yamashiro. Paracheilognathus rhombea Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. Mus., Vol. XXVI, 1903, p. 815, Lake Biwa, Yodo River, Chikugo River, Funayado; Lake Yogo, Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Jap., VII, Part. 1, 1908, p. 2; Lake Biwa, at Katata and Iba. Acheilognathus rhomheuin Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. N. M., XXIII, 1901, p. 343; Lake Biwa. Achilognathus steenackeri Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom., Paris, 1883, p. 3; Lake Biwa. Apparently the genus Paracheilognathus Bleeker, of which this species is type, characterized by the plicate teeth and the long dorsal, cannot be separated from Acheilognathus. The species of this genus, very numerous in Japan and China, are much alike in appearance and have been the object of much confusion. This species is here described from numerous specimens from Lake Biwa and Chikugo, the longest 11.5 cm. in total length. These are in part those of Jordan and Fowler (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXVI, p. 815). Depth 2.5 to 2.12 in body-length; D. Ill, 12 (11 to 14); A. II, 10 (9 or 10); scales in lateral line thirty-five to thirty-eight, in transverse series between insertion of vertical fins 6/5 or /6; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Head 4 in body-length; snout 3.56 in head; mouth horizontal, tip of pre- maxillaries level with lower edge of orbit; profile of snout arched at nostrils, that of occiput strongly depressed in adults; eye equal to snout or somewhat less; barbels very short, at most, eight times in eye; gill-rakers 4 4-11 on first arch, equal in length to barbels; pharyngeal teeth folded or plicate on the lower lateral face of each in a transverse direction, not truly serrate, with narrow grinding surface and hooked tip; depth of caudal peduncle slightly more than half the length of head, its length 1.25 in head. Dorsal inserted midway between snout and base of caudal, its base 1.12 times length of head, its height nearly equal to head; outline of fin rounded, first rays not extending beyond base of last when supine ; anal inserted under sixth branched dorsal ray, its base 1.5 in that of the dorsal, its height 1.5 in head, margin rounded, first rays not extending beyond base of last; pectorals and ventrals 1.5 in head. Body dark above, especially on line of back; a blue-black strij^e as wide as pupil arising abruptly at fourth scale from last in lateral line and extending forward to below first branched rays of dorsal; a blue-black spot just behind and above angle of opercle nearly as large as eye. Dorsal fin-rays with a white spot on each, half- way to tip, the membranes marked with a corresponding blue-black blotch, just behind white parts of rays; often a second row of white spots on rays distal to the others and separated by darker spaces, giving the appearance of two fine stripes; JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 219 anal similar; caudal dark; paired fins clear; peritoneum black; pharyngeal teeth with pigmented covering save on grinding surfaces. The males of this species differ in no way from the females, save in a darker belly and the presence of tubercles on the snout, and in two patches which are separated from the large tuberculated area before the eyes by a deep fold. The extent of the patches is larger than in most of the other species, but very variable according to the breeding season. 49. Acheilognathus longipinnis Regan. Acheilognathus longipinnis Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1905, p. 364; Lake Biwa (Yamasabu River), Nagoya. Nos. 6418a-b, Nagoya. The following is a description of five specimens, four of them males, the longest 87 mm. in total length, from Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, collected by Dr. Jordan in 1911: Depth 2.16 in body-length to base of caudal; D. Ill, 15; A. II, 14 or 15; scales in lateral line 36, in transverse series 6/6 (between insertions of vertical fins); pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Head 4 in body-length; snout 4 in head, very short in appearance and with its dorsal profile strongly arched; dorsal profile of head depressed at occiput; caudal peduncle short, its length from last anal ray to last vertebra equal to length of head without snout, or 1.4 in head; its depth 2 in head; tip of the premaxillaries at, or below, the level of the lower edge of the pupil; mouth more oblique than usual, due to the short snout; eye longer than snout, 3 in head; barbel absent; gill-rakers 3-f-13 on first arch, comparatively long, and not much shorter anteriorly than posteriorly ; pharyngeal teeth plicate transversely on the lower lateral surface of each tooth, the narrow grinding edge not serrate, tip hooked. Dorsal fin inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal peduncle; third and longest dorsal ray 1.1 in head; margin of fin straight or slightly rounded, its base 2.86 in body-length; anal fin inserted under fifth or sixth dorsal ray, its margin somewhat falcate, its base 3.5 in body-length, its last ray reaching half the distance between its own base and that of the first caudal rays; pectorals reaching base of ventrals, equal to length of caudal peduncle; ventrals extending slightly beyond first anal ray, their length contained 1.33 in head. Color of specimens preserved in formalin very pale, somewhat darker above the lateral line, especially in the case of the female, the line of back darkest; no lateral stripe, or shoulder spot; dorsal fin with two black lines running longitudinally along the center of the fin, alternating with pale lines, the margins of the fins in the males 220 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. with a narrow margin of intense blue-black; anal similarly colored, but with a broader margin of black and more distinct stripes of black and white; pectorals, ventrals, and caudal in female but slightly pigmented, the ventrals in the males of an intense black with the outer rays white; the belly of the males black from throat to anal fin, including the base of the pectorals, the area sharply separated from the colorless area above. The males of this species differ from the females in color as shown above and also in the possession of paired tuberculated areas on the tip of the snout and an area with slightly smaller tubercles on the dorsal surface of the snout between the nostrils and above the anterior edge of the orbit. The fact that this species does not possess a barbel does not exclude it from this genus, because Acheilognathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler possesses the merest rudiment. All of the group with plicate pharyngeal teeth possess very small barbels. 50. Acheilognathus tabira sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 1). Acheilognathus limhata Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. M., XXVI, 1903, p. 818, Lake Biwa at Matsubara and Karasaki, and Lake Yogo; (not of specimens from Morioka, and not of Schlegel) Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Jap., VII, Part 1, 1908, Iba, Matsubara, and Kihama. The types of this species are the original of the description of Acheilognathus limhata Jordan & Fowler, although the specimens utilized by them were mingled with A. moriokce Jordan & Thompson. They are now in the collection of Stanford University. Described from numerous specimens No. 6007a type. No. 6016, forty specimens from Lake Biwa at Matsubara, collected by Dr. Jordan in 1911 and by Jordan and Snyder in 1900, ranging in length from very young to 85 mm. in total length. Depth 3.12 in body-length; D. Ill, 9 or 10; A. II, 9 or 10; scales in lateral line thirty-six or thirty-seven, in transverse series from first rays of vertical fins 6/5; pharyngeal teeth 5-5 (occasionally 6-5 or 5-6). Head 4 in body-length; snout 3.66 in head; mouth very oblique, anterior edge of premaxillaries slightly above lower margin of pupil, the region of the articulation of the mandible prominent; profile of snout arched above nostrils, not at tip of snout, which it does not overhang; eye large; gill-rakers 2+7; pharyngeal teeth hooked, with narrow grinding surface, some of them always serrated or folded on the lower lateral surface, although all are not usually so; lateral line complete; barbel very minute, fine of texture, less than one-fourth diameter of eye in length; caudal peduncle slightly more than twice in head, its length 1.25; breadth of body 2 in head. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 221 Dorsal inserted nearly midway between snout and base of caudal, its base 1.2 in head, its height (first rays) 1.5, these when depressed just reaching base of last ray; anal inserted under last dorsal rays, its base 1.5 in head, its margin nearly straight, tips of first raj's not reaching base of last; height of first rays 1.66 in head; ventrals as long as anal rays, inserted under first dorsal ray; pectorals 1.25 in head. Color plain, save for a blue-black lateral stripe along center of caudal peduncle, nearly half as wide as pupil, tapering to a point under center of dorsal, its broadest part on caudal peduncle, not reaching caudal; a sharply margined blue-black shoulder spot as large as pupil; dorsal with two clear stripes half way up the rays, alternating dark, the margin being dusky; anal similar; other fins colorless, save the dusky caudal; peritoneum black. This species is very hard to distinguish superficiality from Acheilognathus moriokce, from which it differs in more oblique mouth, less falcate anal fin, larger eye, and less strongly marked coloration. The most striking difference is in the plication of the teeth. AU the males of this species in hand have lesser depth than the females ; anal black, edged with white, ventrals black, the first two rays white; and the ventral surface of the belly black or pigmented. Our only specimen from Okayama, a male, has a shorter caudal peduncle and smaller eye than any of our examples from Lake Biwa, and is much paler in color. One specimen from Nagoya has a similar caudal peduncle, but is in other respects similar to specimens from Lake Biwa. " Tabira " is a vernacular name for these fishes about Lake Biwa. 51. Acheilognathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler. Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, Nos. 6063a-d. Acheilognathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 820, Fig. 2; Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, and Lake Yogo, in Mino. — Tanaka, Ann. ZooL Jap., VII, Part 1, 1908, p. 3; Matsubara, on Lake Biwa. The following is a description of the type and cotypes of this species in the ichthyological collection of Stanford University, with numerous other specimens from Matsubara, Lake Biwa. Depth 3.33 in body-length to base of caudal; D. Ill, 8; A. Ill, 8 or 9; scales in lateral line 38, in transverse series between insertions of vertical fins 6/4; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Head 4; snout 3.7 in head; anterior edge of premaxillaries level with lower edge of pupil; mouth horizontal; gill-rakers 2+8, longest at angle, short and thick; pharyngeal teeth hooked, plicate on lower surfaces, usually a narrow grinding sur- 222 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. face; lateral line complete; barbel nearl}^ obsolete, but present as a knob on end of maxillary; caudal peduncle slightlj' longer than usual, 4 in body-length, its depth 10 in body-length. Dorsal inserted nearly midway between snout and base of caudal, its base 1.5 in head, its height 1.5; anal inserted under sixth branched ray of dorsal, its base 2 Fig. ,5. Acheilognathus cyanostigma Joidau & Fowler. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 821). in head, its height 1.66; its margin straight; pectoral 2 in body-depth ; ventral equal to pectoral, inserted below origin of dorsal. Color in alcohol plain, save for the lateral stripe of blue-black originating the width of a scale above the fifth or sixth scale of lateral line in a black spot as large as pupil and continued parallel to line of back to center of caudal, not reaching caudal fin; the anterior end of band frequently faint and the initial spot small; no shoulder spot; dorsal dusky, with a black line on first of distal half of rays, the black margined above and below by narrow white or clear stripes, the margin of fin sometimes touched with black; anal similar, but paler in strongly pigmented forms, with a broad margin of white; ventrals and pectoral clear, the former occasionally black. 52. Acheilognathus limbatus (Schlegel). Capoeta limbata Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1846, p. 203, pi. C, Fig. 5; near Nagasaki. Achilognathus limbatus Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, p. 277; from one of Schlegel's types. Acheilognathus shimasui Tanaka, Ann. Zool. Jap., VII, Part 1, 1908, p. 3; Tokiwa, on Lake Biwa. Among the specimens recorded as Acheilognathus lanceolatus from Funayado, Kiusiu, Japan, by Jordan and Fowler, is a third species, evidently identical with Capoeta limbata Schlegel. The following description is based upon a specimen 56 mm. in total length, 44 mm. in body-length, and five smaller males and females, the smallest 34 mm. in body-length. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 223 Depth 2.3 in body-length to last vertebra, D. Ill, 8; A. II, 10 or 11; scales in lateral line 33, in transverse series between insertions of dorsal and anal 6/4; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Head 4 in body-length; eye 3.12 in head, snout 4, with tubercles in breeding males; gill-rakers short, 2 + 7; pharyngeal teeth smooth, not plicate, hooked, with narrow grinding surface, without color; caudal peduncle strongly tapering, its length 1.3 in head, its depth 2; lateral line complete; barbel long, sUghtly shorter than snout. Dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, distance from snout to first ray 1.66 in body; dorsal base slightly less than four-fifths of length of head, its height 1.5 in head; anal inserted under second branched ray of dorsal, its base equal to that of dorsal; its height 2 in head, its margin straight; ventrals inserted before dorsal, their length slightly greater than anal height; pectorals 1.3 in head. Color plain, without stripes or spots on body, although as a whole darker than usual and with the line of the back very dark; dorsal margined narrowly with black; a broad band of white below the. margin as wide as pupil, the lower part so shaded as to form an indistinct dark band below the white; anal dusky, similar to the dorsal, but stripes less distinct, margin straight; ventrals and pectorals clear; peritoneum black. This species is easily distinguished from all others of its genus in Japan by its greater depth, plain coloration, and fewer number of scales in the lateral line. 53. Acheilognathus intermedius (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6258 many. Capoeta intermedia Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Pisces, 1846, p. 203, PI. C, Fig. 4, near Nagasaki. Acheilognathus intermedius Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1869, p. 278, after Schlegel. — Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1883, p. 3; Lake Biwa. — Ishikawa, Prel. Cat., 1897, p. 12; Tokyo, Yodo River at Kyoto; Maebara and Matsubara on Lake Biwa. Acheilognathus mclanogaster Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo. Nederl., Japan, VI, p. 92, pi. 11, fig. 1, Tokyo.— Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1883, p. 3; Lake Biwa.— Giinther, Cat. Fishes, VII, 1868, p. 278, Tokyo, from Bleeker's types. — Ishikawa, Prel. Cat., 1897, p. 12, Lake Biwa, Owari. — Giinther, Shore Fishes. Challenger, Repts., 1880, p. 72; Lake Biwa. Acheilognathus lanceolata Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 344; Lake Biwa. — Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 819; Tsuchiura, Chikugo River, Yodo River. Lake Biwa, Katata, Lake Yogo, Wakanoura, Owari, near Nagoya (not specimens from Funayado), This species is here described from very numerous specimens, adult and young, from Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, in part the collection of Dr. Jordan in 1911, and in part specimens previously recorded from that locality by earlier authors and now in the collection of Stanford University. They are the originals of Acheilognathus lanceolata Jordan and Fowler. 224 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Depth 3.33 in body-length to base of caudal; D. Ill, 9; A. II, 10; scales in lateral line 36 to 39, in transverse series between insertions of dorsal and anal 6/4, pharj^ngeal teeth 5-5. Head 4 inbodj'-length; eyes 3.57 in head; snout 4; mouth butshghtly oblique; barbel long, somewhat more than half diameter of eye, coarse; gill-rakers 2-)- 8; pharyngeal teeth hooked, smooth, and with narrow grinding surface; caudal peduncle short, 1.14 in head, its depth 2 in head. Dorsal inserted nearly midway between snout and base of caudal, its base 1.125 in head, its height 1.33; anal inserted under fifth or sixth branched dorsal ray, its base 1.33 in head, its height 1.83; its margin straight; pectorals and ventrals equal, 1.5 in head, the ventrals inserted under first dorsal ray. Color in alcohol plain, without lateral stripes or spots, except for an indistinct line along sides of caudal peduncle; dorsal in adult with a broad indistinct bar of blue-black along the middle of membrane; anal similar, but margined with white; pectorals clear; ventrals and belly from jaws to middle of anal nearly black in all the males; peritoneum black. 54. Acheilognathus lanceolatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Capoeta lanceolata Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 1846, p. 202, pi. C, fig. 5, near Nagasaki. Matsubara, on Lake Biwa. We give here a description of a female specimen 93 mm. in total length, with numerous others, male and female, between 56 and 75 mm. in body-length, from Funayado, Kiusiu, collected by Jordan and Snyder (No. 7359, Stanford University Collection) : Depth 3.33 in body-length to last vertebra; D. Ill, 8; A. II, 9; scales in lateral line 35, in transverse series between insertions of vertical fins 6/4; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Head about 4 in body length; eye 3.16 in head; snout slightly longer than di- ameter of eye; mouth but httle oblique; anterior edge of premaxillaries level with lower edge of pupil; gill-rakers 2-)- 8, slender and short; pharyngeal teeth smooth, hooked, with narrow grinding surface, and uncolored; barbel long, equal to snout; lateral line complete; caudal peduncle short, 1.14 in head, measured from last anal ray, its depth moderate, 2 in head; breadth of body, 2 in head. Dorsal insertion midway between snout and base of caudal, its base 1.33 in head, its height 1.5; anal inserted under last dorsal ray. Its base 1.5 in head, its height the same, its margin straight; ventral 1.83 in head, inserted under first dorsal ray; pectoral equal to length of base of dorsal. Color in alcohol plain, save for faint trace of black in a line along sides of caudal ; JOED AN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 225 dorsal surface of head and line of back dark; belly in males coarsely pigmented, with colored area sharply limited above, extending over ventral surface of head and along base of anal; dorsal with black along middle of membrane, but with the rays uncolored, and pattern frequently obscured by a general heavy pigmentation; anal narrowly margined with black, otherwise as dorsal; ventrals black, pectorals and caudal dusky; in many cases fins entirely colorless; peritoneum silvery with black reticulations. This species may be distinguished from others by the absence of strongly marked lateral bands, the long barbels, the number of fin-rays, smooth pharyngeal teeth, proportions of the fin-bases and the measurements of the caudal peduncle. The specimens described were recorded as Acheilognathus lanceolata by Jordan and Fowler. From this species it is differentiated by the possession of one less divided ray in both the dorsal and anal fins, by the longer barbel, and by the greater average depth of the caudal peduncle. 55. Acheilognathus moriokae sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 2). Acheilognathus limbaln Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. N. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 818, in part. Specimens from Morioka, on the Kitakama River, and some specimens from Lake Biwa, at Matsubara. Among the specimens recorded from Morioka by Jordan and .Fowler as Acheilognathus limbata is a species which appears to be new. The type is in the collection of Stanford University. Cotypes are in the Carnegie Museum. Description of the type, 95 mm. in total length and 75 mm. in length to base of the caudal. Head 4 in body-length; depth of body 2.86; D. Ill, 9; A. II, 8; thirty-seven scales in lateral line, in transverse series between vertical fins 6/5; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Tip of premaxillaries at level of, or slightly below, lower edge of pupil; snout slightly overhanging premaxillaries; mouth not very oblique; gill-rakers 2 + 12, of equal length throughout; pharj^ngeal teeth smooth, with a narrow grinding surface and hooked tip; lateral line complete; barbel a quarter of diameter of eye in length, or less, somewhat coarse in texture; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in length of head, its length 1.14 in same, or 4.5 in body-length. Dorsal inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; its base 1.25 in head; its length 1.5; anal inserted under last dorsal ray, its base 1.7 in head, its height the same, first branched ray extending beyond base of last ; margin of fin some- what falcate; ventrals under dorsal insertion, their length equal to anal height; that of pectorals slightly greater. A blue-black lateral stripe along sides of caudal, its width over half as wide as 226 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ej^e, tapering to a point under first dorsal rays and shortly before base of caudal; shoulder-spot very indistinct, diffuse, extending posteriorly over five or six scales. Dorsal slightly margined with black, three narrow white stripes alternating with dark ones on median part of fin; anal nearly colorless, with traces of white stripes on middle of rays; other fins colorless. In a cotype the ventral and anal fins are dusky, but with a clear edge. Of this species we also have a number of specimens from Lake Biwa, resembling the type in every respect. It is distinguished from other species by the number of the fin-rays, short dorsal base, broad lateral stripe, indistinct shoulder-spot, and short barbel. From Acheilognathus tabira it is distinguished by a less oblique mouth, serrated pharyngeal teeth, smaller eye, less depth, more falcate anal, the first developed ray extending always beyond the insertion of the last, and one less ray in both the dorsal and the anal. In none of our specimens is the shoulder-spot so distinct as in Acheilognathus tabira. A specimen from Funayado, Kiusiu, collected by Jordan and Snyder, is a female differing from this species by one less ray in the anal, a very short barbel, and shorter fin-bases. The lateral line is complete, the pharyngeal teeth smooth, with a very narrow grinding surface'. Key to Japanese species of Acheilognathus. a. Pharyngeal teeth in part at least plicate transversely on the lower lateral face of each tooth (not verified in A. brcvianalis); barbels small or obsolete. 6. Paracheilognathiis Bleeker; barbels small. c. Dorsal fin very long, of fourteen or fifteen developed rays; shoulder-spot present, close behind opercle; depth 2.25 in length; anal rays nine or ten; dorsal base 3.5 in body; teeth all pUcate rhombeus. cc. Dorsal fin short, of eight to ten developed rays. d. Shoulder-spot close behind opercle; depth 2.75 in length; base of dorsal short; teeth not all plicate, scales thirty-seven; dorsal rays nine or ten; anal rays nine or ten. .tabira. del. Shoulder-spot five or si.x scales behind opercle; dorsal base very short, 5 in length; scales thirty-nine cyanostigma. bh. Rhodeops Fowler, barbel wanting. e. Dorsal with fifteen developed rays; opercular spot wanting; anal rays fourteen or fifteen; depth 2.125 in length Ivngipinnis. ee. Dorsal with ten developed rays; anal with ten; depth 2.5; scales thirty-three; no shoulder- spot; teeth undescribed smithi. eee. Dorsal with eight developed rays, anal rays seven, depth .3.2 in length; scales thirty-seven; no shoulder-spot; teeth little plicate (?) brcvianalis. aa. Acheilognathus; pharyngeal teeth all smooth; barbel present, short or long; dorsal short, of about eight rays. g. Depth great, 2.33 to 2. 125 in body-lengtli; no lateral stripe; barbels long, over half diameter of eye, and equal to snout; D. Ill, 8; A. II, 10 or 11 limbatus. JORDAN AND THOMPSON! FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 227 gg. Depth less, 3.33 to 2.77. /;. Barbels .slightly over half diameter of eye; lateral stripe indistinct, or lacking. (. D. with nine developed rays; A. 10; barbel 1.5 in snout intermedins. a. D. 8; A. 9; barbel equal to snout lanceolatus. hh. Barbels much less than half of ej'e; lateral stripe indistinct, as wide as pupil of eye. . . moriokm. Note on Metzia Jordan & Thompson, a New Genus of Cyprinidce, Allied to Acheilognathus. The species described by Jordan and Evermann (Proc. U. S. N. Mus., Vol. XXV, 1902, p. 323), as Acheilognathus mesembrinus, may be taken as the type of a new genus, Metzia, characterized by three rows of pharyngeal teeth 1-3-5 on left side, 1-3-4 on right; lateral line complete, decurved; anal inserted behind last dorsal ray; maxillary long, extending beyond anterior border of eye; body deep, com- pressed; peritoneum black; intestine elongate; no barbel. Characters otherwise as in Acheilognathus. Named for Charles William Metz, assistant in Stanford University, and associated with the writers in the identification of the fishes of the collection upon which we are now reporting. 56. Acanthorhodeus atremius sp. nov. (Plate XXV, fig. 3). The genus Ai^nthorhodeus Bleeker is separated from Rhodeus by the develop- ment of one of the rudimentary rays of the dorsal as a distinct spine. The Chinese species of the genus are large fishes, sharply separable from Rhodeus, but the Japanese species of Acanthorhodeus are scarcely distinct from the other genus. This may make the mergence of the two groups necessary. Described from two specimens collected by Jordan & Snyder in the Chikugo River at Kurume in 1900; both males,4.5 and 5 cm. in total length; type in the Stanford University Collection: cotype in the Carnegie Museum. Head 4 in body-length; depth 2.4; eye 2.66 in head; snout 4; length of caudal peduncle from last anal. rays 1.25 in head, its depth 2; dorsal height 1.25; dorsal base 1.125; anal height 1.5, its base 1.2; D..rays II, 10; A. II, 9 or 10; pharyngeal teeth 5-5; scales in lateral series, 32, in transverse series between insertions of vertical fins 11, between occiput and dorsal 16. Snout not overhanging premaxillaries, its tip level with lower half of pupil; maxillaries not quite reaching anterior border of orbit; mouth not very oblique; male with tubercular prominences on snout widely separated and protuberant; a small tuberculated area above and between eye and nostril; no barbels present; pharyngeal teeth hooked, with narrow grinding surface occasionally plicate on the lower side as in Acheilognathus rhombeus; gill-rakers short, 3-|-6. Dorsal inserted midway between snout and base of caudal, its third, or first 228 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. branched ray extending beyond base of last; second ray somewhat spine-like and strong, its length two-thirds that of succeeding ray; first spine three-fifths of length of second; outline of fin straight, last ray nearly as long as third; anal similar, save that its spine is three-quarters of the length of the succeeding ray; its insertion under fourth branched ray of dorsal; its third ray, when supine, extending beyond base of its last ray; pectorals reaching beyond base of ventrals, their length 1.2 in head; ventrals reaching insertion of anal, length slightly less than that of pectorals. Lateral line continued horizontally, only through first four scales, its lateral series of scales then dropping sharply towards ventral line of body. Color-pattern that of Acheilognathus, a lateral blue-black stripe, widest pos- teriorly where it nearly equals diameter of pupil, and ending abruptly; anteriorly the stripe narrows, vanishing two or three scales in front of dorsal; an indefinite shoulder-spot just behind angle of gill-opening, succeeded by a silvery area two scales wide, another indefinite spot behind this, the whole slightly larger than eye; line of back very dark; belly pigmented, as is usual in males of this group; dorsal anteriorly margined with white, posteriorly tipped with black; remainder of fin dusky, with two faint narrow longitudinal stripes about the middle ; anal similar, but with white margin continued posteriorly proximal to black tips of rays; stripes on fin very indistinct, pectorals and ventrals without pattern, latter dark, as is the belly. This species may be easily distinguished by the broad lateral band of blue- black and the white margined anal, besides by the depth and the pharyngeal teeth. 57. Acanthorhodeus sciosemus sp. nov. (Plate XXVI, fig. 1). Described from six females and three males, the longest 4 cm. in total length, from Chikugo, collected by Jordan and Snyder in 1900. The type is in the Stanford University Collection. Head 3.75 in body-length; depth 2.5; eye 2.75 in head; snout 4.25; length of caudal peduncle from last anal rays 1.4 in head, its depth 2; dorsal height 1.33; anal height 1.4. Dorsal rays II, 10; anal rays II, 9 or 10; scales in lateral series 32, in transverse series, between insertions of vertical fins, 11; pharyngeal teeth 5-5. Snout not overhanging premaxillaries, its tip level with center of eye; maxillaries extending to below anterior margin of eye; no barbel present; mouth but slightly oblique ; tuberculated areas on snout of males not prominent in any specimens exam- ined, nor are patches present before eyes; pharyngeal teeth hooked, with narrow grinding surface, without serrations or plicate sides; gill-rakers short, 2-|-4. Dorsal inserted nearer base of caudal than tip of snout b.y length of latter; first branched ray extending beyond base of last, when supine; second ray spine-like with flexible tip, as long as succeeding ray; first spine half length of second; last ray JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 229 three-fifths length of third; outhne of fin straight; anal similar in all respects, its insertion under fourth branched ray of dorsal; first branched ray barely reaching base of last one; pectorals 1.33 in head, just reaching base of ventral, latter four- fifths length of pectorals, and not reaching insertion of anal. Lateral line present in first four scales, series continuing, dropping sharply from fourth towards ventral line of body. A blue-black lateral stripe, half as wide as pupil, beginning three or four scales from last scales on caudal base and continued to within eight scales of angle of gill- opening, broadest part above anal base ; shoulder-spot behind angle of gill-opening present in males only, represented in females by an occasional dusky area; in males very definite, square, as large as pupil, followed by a similar silvery area and a subsequent dark blotch; line of back darkest just before dorsals; belly in males pigmented as usual; dorsal with a prominent, definite blue-black spot somewhat triangular, its tip at base of fifth branched ray, its base as wide as pupil and half- way up second spiny ray ; this spot being apparently the anterior portion of a broad stripe which is posteriorly indistinct; distally to this the fin is white having distad a narrower dusky band parallel to margin of fin; other fins without visible pattern. The males of this species are apparently slenderer than the females with a depth shghtly more than two and one-half times in the body-length; the anal narrowly edged with black; a broader and more vivid lateral stripe and shoulder- spots. The belly is pigmented as usual. In one specimen the spot on the dorsal is lacking. Key to Japanese species of Acanthorhodeus. a. Lateral band broad as pupil, not pointed posteriorly; lateral line completely absent; no large spot on dorsal alremius. aa. Lateral band very narrow, less than half width of pupil; lateral line present in first four scales; a large black spot anteriorly on dorsal sciosemus. 58. Rhodeus kurumeus sp. nov. (Plate XXVI, fig. 2). Described from numerous specimens collected in the Chikugo River at Kurume in Kiusiu by Jordan and Snyder in 1900, the longest female 5 cm. in total length, the longest male 5.3 cm., both breeding, the females frequently with eggs partly extruded through the ovipositor. A male in the Stanford collection is taken as the type; No. 6011a Carnegie Museum is the cotype. Head 3.83 in body-length; depth 2.75; snout 4 in head; eye 3.2; length of caudal peduncle from last anal rays 1.5 in head, its depth 2.125; dorsal height 1.4; dorsal base 3.4 in body-length; anal height 1.33 in head; its base nearly equal to head; dorsal rays II, 10 (or 11); anal rays II, 10 (or 11); pharyngeal teeth 5-5; scales in lateral series 33 (32-35), in transverse series, 11, between occiput and fifteenth dorsal. 230 MEMOIRS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Tip of snout level with center of eye; maxillary ending below nostril and before eye; mouth but slightly oblique; male with tubercular prominences close together on front of snout; a number of horny buds ranged along upper anterior rim of orbit, and numerous others over dorsal surface of head in full breeding male; no barbels present; gill-rakers (in cotypes of sarne size) 3 + 10; pharyngeal teeth smooth, some hooked, others simple, sickle-shaped, grinding surface narrow, in some an indication of transverse striation. Dorsal inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, its first branched ray not reaching base of last, when supine; second ray flexible and pointed at tip, not spine-like, equal to length of succeeding ray; last ray more than three- fourths the length of the second; anal similar, its last ray two-thirds the length of third, its margin straight, not falcate nor emarginate; its insertion under third branched ray of dorsal, tips of last dorsal and anal rays opposite, when supine; pectorals not reaching bases of ventrals; latter barely reaching anal insertion; caudal longer than head. Lateral line lacking, scales in corresponding series in no way modified. Dorsal line of body very dark between occiput and insertion of dorsal; lateral blue-black band rather faint, pointed acutely at both ends, one-fourth as wide as pupil, beginning under fifth or sixth dorsal ray and continued to within four scales of base of caudal; shoulder-spot behind angle of gill-opening indefinite, though present, succeeded by a similar silvery area and another indefinite blotch, the whole larger than eye; dorsal dusky, with two rows of white spots on rays, the proximal row half-way up fin; no large spot present; anal similar, but much less distinctly colored, narrowly edged with black; ventrals dusky (breeding male); pectorals and caudal clear; ventral surface of belly pigmented. The females of this species seem to be slenderer, depth 2.5 in length; without dark ventrals; anal with black margin; belly pigmented and with a fainter lateral stripe and color-pattern on fins less plainly shown. A male specimen from Nagoya, resembling this species, has thirteen dorsal rays and fourteen rays in the anal, with a lesser depth of body. Having but the single specimen, we hesitate to regard it as a distinct species. The fins are plain dusky, the lateral stripe as in the other specimens; the lateral line entirely lacking. Two from Lake Biwa have a like number of fin-rays, and have a black spot ante- riorly on the dorsal. As the normal number of anal rays in Rhodeus kurumeus is but twelve, it is probable that these specimens represent at least one other species. 59. Tanakia oryzae (Jordan & Seale) gen. nov. An examination of the type of Rhodeus oryzce, at present in the collection of Stanford University, shows the lateral line to be apparently lacking posteriorly. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 231 although the scales are modified throughout in a continuous series. The tip of each scale is emarginate and a groove lies along the center of the scale where the tube should lie. This species, with Rhodeus miobuta Tanaka, has barbels as in Acheilo- gnathus. Rhodeus ory zee may be taken as the type of a new genus Tanakia, separated from Rhodeus by the presence of a barbel. It is named for Shigcho Tanaka, the accomplished ichthyologist of the Imperial University of Tokyo. Fig. 6. Tanakia oryzw (Jordan & Seale). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXX, p. 144). Body deep, compressed; mouth small, maxillary not reaching eye; a short barbel at its tip; dorsal and anal of about twelve rays, the first two unbranched; pharyngeal teeth 5-5, smooth, hooked at tip; gill-rakers very short; lateral line incomplete, but marked posteriorly by modifications of a series of lateral scales; peritoneum black; intestine elongate. Fresh-water fishes of small size, about two or three inches in length. 60. Pseudaspius atrilatus sp. nov. (Plate XXVI, fig. 3). Lake Biwa at Matsubara, No. 6012a. D. Ill, 7; A. Ill, 7; P. 16; V. 8; scales in lateral line 82 (79 to 83), in oblique transverse series between dorsal and anal insertions, 22/12, between occiput and dorsal, 59 (52-59); pharyngeal teeth 4, 2 on left, 2, 4 on right; gill-rakers l-|-5 (1 or 2+4 to 7). Head 4 in length to base of caudal; width of head 1.9 in its length; depth of body 5 in its length; eye 5 in head; snout 3.66; interorbital space 3.375; maxillary 3.375; caudal peduncle, depth 2.25, length 1.125; first dorsal ray, length 1.4; base 2.5; first anal ray, length 1.66, its base 2.5; pectoral 1.5; ventral 1.8. Body elongate, not greatly compressed, snout slightly projecting; lower jaw included; upper profile of head straight from nostrils to occiput; posterior margin of eye midway between snout and edge of opercle; maxillary not reaching eye; pharyngeal teeth hooked, with very narrow grinding surface or none; gill-rakers small, widely set; intestine short, one convolution; peritoneum dark. 232 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Dorsal very slightly nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, its margin straight; anal inserted under last dorsal ray; pectorals extending over half-way to ventrals; latter reaching vent, not anal. Caudal forked. Scales small, especially on occiput and breast, lateral line slightly decurved, continuous. Color dark above, with fine irregular stippling; a darker band arising on snout and terminating with slight dilation at base of caudal, which has a basal spot in young; breadth of band equal to diameter of eye. A dark median band from oc- ciput to caudal. Upper fins slightly dusky, lower clear. We have five specimens, 62 to 87 mm. in total length, all from Lake Biwa. The species may be readily separated from Japanese species of Leuciscus by the insertion of the anal fin, which lies under the last ray of the dorsal, and by the small scales. In form and coloration this species resembles the American genus Rhinichthys. In the form of the head it differs considerably from the type of Pseudaspius. resembling more the species of Leuciscus. It may be generically different from Pseudaspius. It has an ally in Korea, which we have also referred to Pseudaspius, 61. Zacco platypus (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa at Matsubara, No. 6219 many, Okayama No. 6013a. A young male much slenderer than the others and the color more vivid. Fe- males with lower fins. 62. Zacco temmincki (Temminck & Schlegel). Okayama, No. 6081a. 63. Zacco sieboldi (Temminck & Schlegel). {Zacco mitsukurii Tanaka.) Lake Biwa at Matsubara, Nos. 6210a-h; Sendai; Nagoya, No. 6449a. Teeth 1, 4, 5-4, 4, 1. Scales 62. 64. Opsariichthys uncirostris (Temminck & Schlegel). Lake Biwa, at Matsubara, No. 6278 many. This abundant chub is an excellent food-fish and deserves introduction into the lakes of America. 65. Pseudorasbora parva (Temminck & Schlegel). Yodo River, Osaka, No. 6283, many; Lake Biwa, at Matsubara. 66. Leuciscus hakuensis Glinther. Two specimens. No. 6331a-b, from Lake Biwa at Matsubara, differ from all others in the lower fins and slightly shorter maxillary. One from Hakodate, No. 6195a, has scales 75; another from Sendai, No. 6245a, has scales 16-79-13. This JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 233 may correspond to Leuciscus taczanowskii as described by Jordan and Fowler, no distinction appearing. This very widely distributed and abundant species shows slight differences in various localities, some of them perhaps being permanent dis- tinctions. 67. Ishikauia steenackeri (Sauvage). (Plate XL, fig. 2). Lake Biwaat Matsubara, No. 6321 many; Yodo River, at Osaka, Nos. 6271a-b, Teeth 2, 4, 5-4, 4, 2. Scales 65. Family ANGUILLID^. 68. Anguilla japonica Temminck & Schlegel. Misaki, Nos. 6249a-d; Okayama, No. 6336a. Family SIMENCHELYID^. 69. Simenchelys leptosomus Tanaka. Izu (Owston Collection). A large specimen eighteen inches long, much larger than the types. The pectoral is much larger, the eye smaller. The body is 1.33 not 1.66 times in the tail. Family LEPTOCEPHALIDiE. 70. Leptocephalus myriaster (Brevoort) . Osaka, Nos. 6324a-b. 71. Leptocephalus nystromi Jordan & Snyder. Misaki, No. 6105a; Osaka, No. 6090a. Fig. 7. Leptocephalus nystromi Jordan & Snyder. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 853). This may be L. heterognathus of Bleeker, but again that nominal species may be the young of L. japonicus, which may in turn be the young of L. erebennus. 72. Leptocephalus riukiuanus Jordan & Snyder. One large example, No. 6288a, 61 cm. long. Head 1.875 in trunk; head and trunk 2 in tail; maxillary 2.5 in head; lower jaw slightly shorter; snout 4; eye 7; Fig. 8. Leptocephalus riukiuanus Jordan & Snyder. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 852)_ 234 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. dorsal inserted over middle of pectoral; thirty-six pores before vent. Pectorals black with lower margin white. Compared with the original type of L. riukiuanus, this specimen seems to be the same. 73. Leptocephalus erebennus Jordan & Snyder. Misaki, Nos. 6286a-b. Fig. 9. Leptocephalus erebennus Jordan & Snyder. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 850). The two specimens agree with the type, which according to Franz is the same as L. japonicus. 74. Leptocephalus anago (Temminck & Schlegel). Shimonoseki. t^Mm Fig. 10. Leptocephalus anago (Temminck & Schlegel). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 856). 75. Leptocephalus megastomus (Giinther). Misaki, No. 6433a. Fig. 11. Leptococephalus megastomus (Giinther). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 855). It has the maxillary shorter than in the figure of Jordan & Snyder and the snout is somewhat shorter. The species is mid-way between Leptocephalus and Congrellus, requiring apparently the union of the two groups. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 235 Family MYRID^. 76. Myrus uropterus Temminck & Schlegel. No. 6460 (Plate XXVII, fig. 7). We here figure a larval eel from Misaki, which we refer, very doubtfully, to this species. We can identify it with no other from Japan. Family MURiENESOCID.E. 77. Muraenesox cinereus Forskal. Osaki, Nos. 6385a-b, Shimonoseki. Family NEMICHTHYID.E. 78. Nemichthys scolopaceus Richardson. Misaki, No. 602oa. Two specimens sixty-nine and ninety-three centimeters long, from Sagami Bay. No tangible distinction from Atlantic specimens is apparent, except that the head is noticeably larger. It is is recorded from Papua, and by Franz from Sagami Bay. Family OPHICHTHYIDJE. 79. Ophichthys asakusae Jordan & Snyder. Kobe, No. 6216a, C. M. Cat. of Fishes (Coll. Manabe). Hitherto known only from a specimen from Misaki in the Aquarium of Asakusa in Tokyo. Fig. 12. Ophichthys asakusce Jordan & Snyder. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 87.3). Family SOLENOSTOMIDvE . 80. Solenostomus paegnius sp. nov. Described from the type from Misaki, C. M. Cat. of Fishes, No. 6020, a male specimen 101 mm. in total length, badly shrunken from immersion in strong alcohol. Head 2.2 in body-length without caudal; depth at base of ventrals 4.23; snout 3.33 in body; eye 6 in snout; maxillary 5 in snout; depth of snout 3 in its length, or 4.5 in head; length of caudal peduncle from last anal ray to middle caudal rays 4.7 in head; dorsal rays V. 20; A. 19; P. 25; V. 8. Body-depth slightly greater than in known species, despite shrunken body; snout very deep, its depth equal to postorbital portion of head; the dorsal ridge, or edge of snout, arched in profile, beginning a diameter of eye before the anterior 236 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. edge of orbit, and ending shortly before the premaxillaries; lower edge of snout not as deep, but longer; siphonate part of snout noticeably deeper than the diameter of eye; upper edge of snout serrate anteriorly and posteriorly (contrasting with *S. cy- anopterus) (PI. XLI, fig. 1), the supra-orbital ridges, which fuse to form dorsal edge of snout, likewise serrated; upper and posterior edges of orbit very coarsely and noticeably serrate, or roughened. Distance from anterior border of eye to first dorsal spine greater than length of snout; height of dorsal spine 3.66 in body-length; tip of spinous dorsal extending to centre of base of second dorsal; distance between dorsal insertions 4.33 in body- length; height of second dorsal equal to diameter of eye; caudal peduncle from last anal ray to middle caudal rays short, 4.75 in head, length of caudal rays slightly greater than that of head; anal similar to soft dorsal; ventrals not adnate to belly, reaching middle of anal base. Color somewhat similar to that of S. cyanopterus; body with small brown spots; pectorals with somewhat larger ones; caudal with numerous elongate, irregular, large spots, the biggest half diameter of eye in length; dorsal with two elongate black spots on membranes between first three rays at mid-height, remainder of fin spotted, as is caudal. The measurements in hundredths of body-length of the type of Solenostomus poegniusave as follows:— Head, .45; snout, .30; eye, .05; maxillary, .06; bodj^-depth at base of ventrals, .22; length of caudal peduncle from last anal to middle caudal rays, .095; depth of snout at middle, .10; height of first dorsal, .26; of second, .05; length of ventral fin, .26; of caudal, .48; distance between tip of snout and first dorsal, .62; between eye and first dorsal, .28; between insertion of dorsal fins, .22. Those of S. cyanopterus (Bleeker), in so far as they differ, are: depth at ventral bases, .19; length of caudal peduncle, .08; depth of snout, .06; length of ventral, .33; of caudal, .34; distance eye to first dorsal, .25; between dorsal insertions, .26. This species differs from the Japanese specimen of Solenostomus cyanopterus (Bleeker) cited by Jordan and Snyder in the much deeper snout; form of the dorsal edge of the snout; the serrated ridges of head; the shorter snout as compared to the distance from the first dorsal spine to the anterior border of the eye; longer caudal; slightly greater depth; and shorter ventral. It is probable that the depth of the snout is not a sexual mark, as the male described by Tanaka as *S. leptosomus has the slenderest snout of any as yet described, save that of the female of S. paradoxus. (Plate XLI, fig. 2) . Franz has recently declared the two latter species synonymous, comparing his own specimen from Dzushi. This is not impossible. The position of the dorsal bases, and their ray-length may be sexual marks, as they must be, if JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 237 the contention of Franz is true. The two nominal species, S. leptosomus and S. paradoxus vary widely in this regard, as well as in the length of the caudal peduncle The present species is sharply differentiated from these two forms by the very short caudal peduncle (a difference too great to be bridged by variation), and the much deeper snout, being in these regards most nearly related to *S'. cyanopterus. For purposes of illustration the figures of the latter and of S. paradoxus are given on Plate XLI, figs. 1 and 2. 81. Syngnathus schlegeli Kaup. Yokohama, Nos. 6412a-b. 82. Urocampus rikuzenius Jordan and Snyder. (Plate XLI, fig. 3). Misaki, Nos. 6083a-b. Rings 11+55 to 11+59. Family AULORHYNCHID^. 83. Aulichthys japonicus Brevoort. Kobe, Nos. 6167a-c (Coll. Manabe) ; Misaki, No. 6410a. Family FISTULARIID^. 84. Fistularia petimba Lacepede. Misaki, Nos. 6348a-g. 85. Fistularia serrata Cuvier. Misaki, Nos. 6290a-e. It corresponds to Giinther's plate XXXII, in the " Shore Fishes of the Chal- lenger." Family MACRORHAMPHOSID^. 86. Macrorhamphosus sagifue Jordan and Starks. Misaki, Nos. 6185a-d. Fig. 13. Macrorhamphosus sagifue Jordan & Starks. (From Proe. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 69). Depth variable, 3.5 to 4.5 in body. Possibly a variant of M. japonicus (Gimther) . 238 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family HEMIRAMPHIDiE. 87. Hyporhamphus sajori (Temminck and Schlegel). Kobe, Nos. 6442a-b (Coll. Manabe). 88. Hemiramphus japonicus Brevoort. (Plate XXVII, fig. 2). Misaki, No. 6034a. It agrees with the account given by Tanaka (Jour. Coll. Sci., Imp. Univ., Tokyo, XXIII, VII, 1908, p. 29) except that the eye is smaller, although Tanaka's specimen was larger than either of ours. Fins similar; air-bladder cellular, as in the type of Hemiramphus, the sides of body flattened and the ventrals posterior, nearly twice as far from the snout as from the base of the caudal. Head 4.5, with beak2.4; mandible3.5 in total length ; D. 14, A. 12. Scales53. Gill-rakers x+26. This species, described by Brevoort from the Riu-kiu Islands, has only been lately recognized by Tanaka from Misaki. Family ATHERINID^. 89. Iso flos-maris Jordan and Starks. Misaki, No. 6239 many. Fig. 14. Iso flos-maris Jordan & Starks. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 205). The genus Tropidostus, based on an Australian species, is identical with Iso, but this earlier name is preoccupied. 90. Atherion elymus Jordan and Starks. Misaki, No. 6087 many. ■ ^ Fig. 15. Atherion elymus Jordan & Starks. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 204). 91. Atherina bleekeri Giinther. Kobe, Nos. 6400a-b (CoU. Manabe); Osaka, Nos. 6088a-b. JOED AN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 92. Atherina tsurugae Jordan and Starks. Misaki, Nos. 6415a-f. 239 Fig. 16. Atherina tsurugci: Jordan & Starks. (From Froc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 202). Family MUGILID^. 93. Mugil cephalus Linnseus. Matsushima Bay, Nos. 6293a-b; Osaka, No. 6259 many. 94. Liza haematochila (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, Okayama, Nos. 6059a-j. Family SPHYR^NID^E. 95. Sphyraena pinguis Glinther. Misaki, Kobe, Yokohama, Osaka, Nos. 6304a-b. Family BERYCIDiE. 96. Gephyroberyx japonicus (Doderlein). Misaki, No. 6340a. D. VIII, 13; A. Ill, 11 ; P. I, 14; V. I, 6. Scales 30 (pores) ; abdominal scutes, 14. Family HOLOCENTRID^. 97. Holocentrus spinosissimus (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6168a. Fig. 17. Holocentrus spinosissimus (Temminck & Schlegel). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXVI, p. 14). 240 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Young with, a black spot between first and second dorsal spine. Body un- marked, except for faint pale streaks following the rows of scales. Family SCOMBRID^. 98. Scomber japonicus Houttuyn. Osaka, Nos. 6388a-b. 99. Auxis thazard (Lacepede). Osaka, Nos. 6294a-b; Sendai, No. 6392a. Family TRICHIURID^. 100. Trichiurus japonicus (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6320a; Misaki, No. 6153a. Family GEMPHYLID^. 101. Ruvettus pretiosus Cocco. Misaki, No. 6280a, a small example. Family ISTIOPHORIDiE. 102. Istiophorus japonicus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Kobe (in collection of the Kwansei Gakuin). 103. Tetrapturus mitsukurii (Jordan & Snyder). Abundant in Osaka Market. Family CARANGID^. 104. Seriola purpurascens (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6292a; Sagami Bay, Nos. 6182a-b; Young specimens, the ventrals reaching slightly over halfway to soft anal. Depth 3.66 in total; head 4. 105. Trachurus japonicus (Temminck & Schlegel). Kobe, Nos. 6177a-b. 106. Decapterus russelli (Riippell). Kobe, No. 6094a. 107. Trachurops crumenophthalma (Bloch). Izu. 108. Caranx equula Temminck & Schlegel. Osaka, No. 6367a; Shimonoseki, No. 6057a; Misaki. Schlegel's plate of this species is correct as to depth of body notwithstanding the criticism of Steindachner. 109. Alectis ciliaris (Bloch). Misaki, Nos. 6334a-c; Yokohama, No. 4195a. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 241 Family EQUULIDiE. 110. Leiognathus rivulata (Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6109a. 111. Leiognathus argentea Lacepede. {Equula nuchalis, Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6119a; Misaki, No. 6446a. Family MENID^. 112. Mene maculata (Bloch & Schneider). Sagami Bay, Nos. 4101a-e (from Owston Collection). Family STROMATEOIDID^. 113. Stromateoides candidus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Family STROMATEID^. 114. Psenopsis anomala (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6238a; Shimonoseki, Nos. 6227a-c; Kobe. 115. Labracoglossa argentiventris Peters. Misaki, No. 6438a, a common and pretty little fish. The relationship of the genus is stiU uncertain. 116. Ectenias brunneus gen. et sp. nov. (Plate XXVII, fig. 3). Type No. 6453a; cotype No. 6454, Misaki. Sagami, No. 6006a. This new genus, Ectenias, is allied to Centrolophus, being distinguished by its elongate, sub terete form of body. There is one dorsal fin, the anterior spines merging into the soft rays; mouth moderate, jaws equal; teeth moderate, few-rowed, shghtly enlarged anteriorly; palatines with small teeth; gill-rakers short; teeth in the oesophagus; scales minute; lateral line complete; dorsal with about fifty-eight rays, anal with twenty-five; ventrals well developed. We give below a description of the type of the species, Ectenias brunneus, No. 6453a, C. M. Cat. of Fishes, a specimen from Misaki one hundred millimeters long. Others, cotypes from the same locality, are smaller. Head 4 in body-length; depth 5.8; eye 3.125 in head; snout 3.5; maxillary 2.25; interorbital space 3.5; depth of caudal peduncle 5; D. 58; A. 25; P. 20; V. 1.5. Scales with about two hundred and fifty pores in lateral line. Head at nape as deep as body, which tapers evenly to caudal peduncle; latter slender, slightly compressed; eye large; maxillary reaching vertical from center of eye; suborbital space less than breadth of maxillary at tip; interorbital space broad, its sides parallel, projecting over anterior edge of eye; nostrils subequal, 242 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. midway between tip of snout and eye, closelj^ apposed, anteriorly with slight rim; jaws equal; teeth of moderate size in both jaws, in a single row posteriorly, two rows present anteriorly, the inner some distance behind the outer; vomer with two somewhat large teeth; palatines with single row of small teeth; those in jaws slightly enlarged in outer row, especially anteriorly; gill-rakers short and blunt, about eleven on lower limb of first arch. Dorsal inserted above pre-opercular margin and extending to within half an eye-diameter from base of caudal, its longest rays half length of head, but slightly lower in any portion of fin; anal inserted midway between base of caudal and center of ej^e, its longest rays about as long as snout, its base extending as far posteriorly as dorsal; pectoral 1.66 in head; ventrals 1.33 in head, inserted under pectoral base; caudal deeply forked. Scales minute, imbedded, not imbricate; lateral line anteriorly sharply arched, apex of curve angular. Color in alcohol dark brown; dorsal, anal, and ventral fins darker, nearly black; pectorals colorless; anal dusky, save for tips of lobes, which are clear. Although allied to Centrolophus, the color and texture of Edenias shows it to be a shore-fish. Family ICOSTEID^. 117. Icticus ischanus gen. et. sp. nov. (Plate XXVII, fig. 4.) Type No. 6036a, from Okinawa. The new genus Icticus seems related to Icichthys. Body oblong, compressed, the tissues soft; lateral line present; inner ventral ray adnate to belly on either side of groove, which begins at ventrals and ends at the anus; body scaled; scales cycloid, small; teeth in a single series in each jaw, some on vomer and palatines. Fine loose teeth on upper pharyngeals; six branchio- stegals; gill-openings wide, the membranes free from isthmus; four gills, a slit behind the fourth; pseudobranchise large; air-bladder present, small; dorsal long, divided into two separate fins, free from caudal; ventrals below pectoral base; body oblong, compressed; the skeleton soft and flexible, the whole structure soft as in Icosteus and Icichthys. The type of Icticus ischanus, described here, is a specimen two hundred and forty-five millimeters in total length, coming from Okinawa, Riu-kiu Islands, No. 6036a Carnegie Museum Cat. of Fishes. Head 3.4 in length to base of caudal; depth 4.166; eye 4 in head; maxillary 3.33; snout 3; pectoral 1.75; ventral 2.5; D. XII-30; A. 30; P. 19; scales in lateral line 125 (approximate); ten scales between insertion of first dorsal and lateral line. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 243 Body soft, with little firmness; dorsal and ventral contours evenly arched; body compressed, especially at bases of dorsal and anal; depth of caudal peduncle 4.5 in head, dilating posteriorly at base of rudimentary rays; head blunt, sides flat, as is dorsal surface; snout vertical in profile at tip; jaws equal, lower series of teeth included; maxillary short, not reaching eye, completely hidden by preorbital; teeth in lower jaw close-set, cardiform, somewhat arrow-shaped, with fine antrorse serrations on each edge; diminishing quickly in size at mandibular symphysis; the teeth in the upper jaw widely set and irregularly placed, lacking posteriorly; teeth on upper pharyngeals fine, slender, and not thickly set. Dorsal composed of two fins, base of first 1.5 in head, of second 1.5 times length of head; outline of first somewhat rounded, of second parallel with fin- base; height of both dorsals equal to eye; caudal forked; middle rays half length of outer; anal similar to second dorsal and of equal height, its insertion under that of latter; pectoral extending to midway between vent and anal insertion; ventrals inserted imder pectoral base, their inner rays separate and adnate to either side of a shallow groove extending back to anus. Scales small, cycloid, present on cheeks, opercles, pectoral and caudal bases, and body, very deciduous; lateral line two-thirds of eye-diameter below dorsal base, with which it is parallel. Color uniformly dark; fins black; peritoneum and lining of mouth-cavity black. Family CARISTIIDiE. 118. Caristius macropus (Bellotti). (Plate XXVIII, fig. 7). {Pteraclis macropus Bellotti, Atti. Soc. Sci. Nat. Ital., Milan, 1903, p. 137. fig. VI, Yokohama). Sagami Bay, No. 6024a (from Owston Collection). This specimen represents a second species of the singular genus Caristius, obtained from the shores of Japan. It was originally made known by Cristoforo Bellotti in 1905, under the name of Pteraclis macropus. The specimen before us, from the Kuro Shiwo off Sagami Bay is, however, plainly a member of the genus Caristius, and at the same time distinct from Caristius japonicus. The following description of this specimen was drawn up for Professor Edwin Chapin Starks. Dorsal rays 34; anal 22; pectoral 18; ventral I, 5. Head 3 in length; depth of eye 2. Eye 2.33 in head; maxillary 1.66. Body and fins extremely fragile. The form is much compressed, elevated to a rounded angle above eye, sharply declivous in front of eye, and sloping backward in a straight line (straighter than 244 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. in the drawing) to caudal peduncle. The body is covered with small, circular, cj'cloid, deciduous scales, a few only remaining near the middle of the body behind the pectoral. One was found below the pectoral in the region where they are enlarged in Caristius japonicus. It was not larger than the others. The cheek .,--7 j Fig. is. Caristius japonicus Smith & Pope. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 491). and opercle was fully scaled, the scales similar to those on the body, though few scales now remain. The lateral line is distinct and runs from the upper part of the opercle on a level with the upper margin of the pupil, straight back, with no curve whatever, to the middle of the caudal base. There was probably a sheath of scales along the base of the dorsal and anal, as in Pteraclis, but the scales are smaller and more deciduous than in this genus. There are rather slender teeth in a straight row on the edges of both jaws and on the vomer and palatines. The cheek is deep and triangular, about four-fifths of the diameter of the eye in depth. The gill-rakers are rather slender, the longest about half the diameter of the pupil and they number 6-|-14. The pectorals are a little shorter than head, reaching about to ninth anal ray. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 245 The ventrals are very long, a little longer than the body without the head, and reaching base of caudal. Dorsal very high, beginning over the eye, the first two rays short, the third longest of all, nearly four times length of second, reaching middle of caudal, the posterior margin of the fin nearly straight, the rays gradually shortened to the last, which is about two-thirds head. Caudal short, shorter than head, apparently truncate, and beginning under middle of pectoral, its rays sub- equal, and not one-third as high as the dorsal. All the fin-rays extremely slender and fragile. Little color remains. The body is light slate-blue ; the dorsal, anal, and ventrals black, the caudal and pectorals colorless. This species seems to differ from Caristius japonicus in being slenderer, in having the cheek deeper, the ventrals not nearly so far in front of the pectorals, the anterior scales not enlarged, the ventral rays longer and perhaps the dorsal and anal rays also. These fins are broken off in the type of Caristius japonicus. The specimen, 5.5 inches long, was taken by Alan Owston in the Kuro Shiwo, or Black Current, off Misaki, Sagami Bay, in Japan. It is in the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. Since the publication of the excellent description and figure of Bellotti, the genus has been unnoticed, until the discovery by Dr. Hugh M. Smith of the related species which he called Caristius japonicus. The type of this species (Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, XVIII, 1905; p. 249), was described in 1905 by Gill and Smith from the island of Shikoku in Japan as the " type of a new family of jugular acanthopterygians." Smith and Pope, (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXXI., 1906; p. 490, fig. 10), in the following year published a figure of it. In December 1912, Dr. Jordan (American Naturalist, Dec, 1912, p. 148) referring to Dr. Shufeldt's work on the pteraclid fish Pterycombus hrama, made this remark " the singular Caristius, lately described from Japan by Dr. Smith, is an ally of Pterycombus and belongs to the same family." In the same month, Regan (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. X., Dec, 1912, p. 637), expressed a belief that Caristius japonicus Gill and Smith, and Platyberyx opalescens Zugmayer (Res. Camp. Sci., Monaco, XXXV, 1911, p. 101, PI. 5, fig. 5), were " probably congeric and perhaps not specifically distinct " and that they both were referable to the berycoid fishes. As Mr. Regan had no specimens of either of these forms it is not surprising that he should have regarded the two as related. Caristius and Platyberyx have no more in common than a superficial resemblance, and Caristius is certainly not related to the berycoid fishes. Its affinities seem obviously to be with the scombroid forms, especially with Pteraclis, the genus in which Bellotti placed it. 246 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. In our judgment, the Caristiidce compose a family distinct from the Ptera- clidce, their nearest relatives, and from the Bramidce to which both are allied. The apparent differences between Caristius and related genera may be thus indicated: Family PTERACLIDiE. Dorsal very high, beginning on head, continuous, its rays all. simple; anal similar, beginning far forward, almost as long as dorsal; ventrals jugular, small, inserted below the eye. Scales firm, lobate. Vertical fins with a basal sheath of scales. Pleraclis Gronow {velifera).^ Centropholis Hilgendorf (petersi). Dflrsal with 10 to 13 graduated rays; ventral rays, 1, 5; anal very high, its first long ray reaching to end of base of fin. Plerycombus Fries (brama). As in Pleraclis, but the anal lower, the first long ray of anal reaching only to middle of fin. Benteuia Jordan and Snyder {(esticola) . Essentially as in Pteraclis, but with the fifth dorsal and second anal ray much enlarged. Ventrals very short, under the eye. Family CARISTIIDyE. Anal beginning near middle of body; ventrals jugular, but behind eye. Scales small, caducous. Caristius Gill and Smith (japonicus). Family BRAMIDyE. Characters included above. The Brainidw differ in the hard scales, and in the backward insertion of the dorsal which is low and behind the head. Anal moderate, inserted below middle of body. Family VELIFERIDiE. The Veliferidm (Vilifer Schlegel), (hypselopierus), have the fins much as in Caristius, but the mouth is wholly different, and the family has no relation to Caristius or to Pteraclis. Family PEMPHERID.E. 119. Pempheris japonicus Doderlein. Misaki, No. 6176a. Family CHEILODIPTERID^. 120. Amia sialis, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 2). The following is a description of the type. No. 6021, C. M. Cat. of Fishes, a specimen 123 mm. in total length, coming from Suruga Bay, Japan. Dorsal VII-I, 9; anal II, 8; scales in lateral line 25; in transverse series 10; head 2.6 in body-length to base of caudal; depth 2.4; eye 3.75 in head; depth of caudal peduncle 2.5 in head; gill-rakers 5+13. Body deep, nearly equal in depth to length of head; maxillary reaching to below 2 Pteraclis ocellatus Cuvier and Valenciennes, with but two graduated rays in the dorsal and the ven- trals I, 3, if these characters are exact, belongs to a different genus. It is probably, however, a true Pteraclis. J JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 247 middle of eye, 2 in head; lower jaw barely longer than upper; snout equal in length to eye; preopercle finely serrate on both limbs; no canines present. Third and fourth dorsal spines subequal, half length of head; spine of soft dorsal 2.125 in head, its first two rays equal to post-orbital part of head. Anal inserted under second soft ray of dorsal, second spine 3 in head. Pectoral reaching nearly to anal, as do ventrals; caudal emarginate. Scales finely ctenoid, rather loose; lateral line as usual. Color nearly uniform, pattern lacking, save for an indistinct, small caudal spot; ventrals and spinous dorsal dark, latter black at tip. All other fins somewhat dusk}'. This species is apparently most closely related to Anna nigra (Doderlein) from which it differs in its longer spines, its soft dorsal and anal, longer pectorals, shorter maxillary, and lighter color of anal, ventral, and soft dorsal fins. 121. Amia semilineata (Temminck & Schlegel). Kobe No. 6040; Shimonoseki, Nos. 6444a-h; Osaka, Misaki, Nos. 6221a-b. Fig. 19. Amia semilineata (Temminck & Schlegel). (FromProc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 903). 122. Amia kiensis (Jordan & Snyder). Fig. 20. Amia kiensis (Jordan & Snyder). " (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, p. 906). 248 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Misaki, No. 6051, tide-pools. Young 3 cm. long, similar to adult in color, save lack of stripes on dorsal and anal. Family KUHLIID^. 123. Safole Taeniura (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Misaki, No. 6091 many. Abundant in the tide-pools. Color like that of the adult. Family SERRANIDiE. 124. Lateolabrax japonicus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Shimonoseki, No. 7276a; Shinabara; Sendai. 125. Niphon spinosus Cuvier & Valenciennes. Osaka; abundant in the market. Misaki, No. 6318a, tide-pools, young 6 cm. long. A dark stripe from snout through eye to upper caudal rays, a fainter one below from lower caudal rays, and another as faint along dorsal profile of body from soft dorsal rays, where it is intense, separated narrowly from its fellow of the opposite side. 126. Cephalopholis boninius sp. nov. (Plate XXIX, fig. 7). Description of type. No. 6038, a specimen 180 mm. in total length, from the Bonin Islands. Head 2.6 in body-length to base of caudal, 3 in total depth; 3 in body; eye 5.75 in head; snout 3.66; maxillary 2; interorbital space 7.5; dorsal rays IX, 16; anal III, 9; scales in lateral series 108; in transverse series between insertion of dorsal and lateral line, 17; between lateral line and anal insertion 42; gill-rakers 7 + 11. Maxillary extending to below posterior border of eye; latter small, 1.5 in snout; interorbital space narrow and slightly convex; teeth in upper jaw with enlarged outer row and minor band of minute teeth; a canine on each side anteriorly; a patch of enlarged depressible teeth behind each, most teeth posterior to these canine-like; similar and opposed patches in lower jaw, on sides and inner row of enlarged teeth, with several rows of much smaller teeth outside, all depressible save the outermost and smallest; vomer with a V-shaped patch of small depressible teeth; palatines with single row of similar ones. Gill-rakers stout and short, one half diameter of eye in length. Pre-opercular margin finely serrate on lower half of upper limb; opercle with three spines, middle longest. Dorsal inserted over point of opercle; fourth to ninth spines subequal; 3.33 in head; first rays but slightly longer, longest (eleventh) 2.5 in head; anal inserted JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 249 under fourth dorsal ray, second spine longest and stoutest, 3 in head; longest ray 2.33 in head; tips of dorsal and anal rounded, reaching base of caudal; pectorals not quite reaching anal insertion 1.5 in head; ventrals reaching anus, 1.9 in head; caudal rounded. Scales small, ctenoid, absent on snout, jaws, and lower side of head, present on bases of vertical fins. Body and vertical fins uniformly and evenly covered with brown spots (in alcohol) having a diameter one fourth that of eye arranged in irregular rows on fins and in part on body, separated by once or twice their own diameter. Two rows on spinous dorsal, four on dorsal and anal; pectoral with single spot on upper base; ventrals unspotted, narrowly tipped on outer rays with black; belly and breast unspotted, as is maxillary and chin. 127. Epinephelus morrhua (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Misaki, No. 6055a. Fig. 21. Epinephelus morrhua (Cuvier & Valenciennes), p. 455). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXVII, Young with stripes as in the adult, but broader than the interspaces. 128. Epinephelus megachir Richardson. (Fig. 22). A very small specimen. No. 6042a, doubtfully identified from a pool at Misaki. Second dorsal spine very elongate, 1.25 in head; ventral spines equally long. D. XI, 18; A. Ill, 8. 129. Epinephelus akaara (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, Nos. 6353a-d; Misaki, tide-pools. No. 6047. Young 32 mm. long. D. XI, 15; A. Ill, 8; scales about ninety-eight. Black in color everywhere,'especially on fins, clear spots as large as pupil scattered regularly over body and fins. Caudal and anal narrowly margined with white. The iden- tification of these young fishes is rather doubtful. 250 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. -J '1 ""^ Fig. 22. Epinephelus megachir Richardson. (From Froc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXVII, p. 449). 130. Epinephelus epistictus (Temminck & Schlegel). Kagoshima, No. 6172a. Fig. 23. Epinephelus epistictus (Temminck & Schlegel). (From Froc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXVII, p. 453). 131. Epinephelus septemfasciatus (Thunberg). Enoshima, Nos. 6424a-b; Misaki, Nos. 6049a-d; Shimonoseki, No. 6267a; Osaka, Nos. 6354a-c. One specimen has the coloration entirely plain, except for the black saddle on the caudal peduncle, and for the black moustache-streak. 132. Chelidoperca hirundinacea (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Misaki, Nos. 6240a-b. The smallest example has four dark lateral spots, or oblong blotches 133. Aulacocephalus temmincki Bleeker. Misaki, No. 6381a. Interorbital space strongly convex. Pale strii^es not well defined anteriorly D. X, 11; A. Ill, 9. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 251 134. Franzia nobilis (Franz) gen. nov. (Plate XXIX, fig. 2). Misaki. One specimen, No. 6452, agreeing with the description and figure of Anthias nobilis given by Dr. Franz. The maxillary, however, reaches to opposite the posterior border of the pupil. Head 3.5, as long as pectoral; depth 2.66; D. X, 17; A. Ill, 8; Scales 6-42-14. This species differs from all the others hitherto referred to Anthias and Pseu- danthias in having the spinous dorsal closely scaled. In other respects it is similar to Pseudanthias and Dalanthias. It has the third dorsal spine much elongate, the caudal lobes much produced, but not the ventrals. It should form the type of a distinct genus, which may be named for its discoverer, Dr. Victor Franz, the type being Anthias nobilis Franz. 135. Franzia ardens sp. nov. (Plate XXX, fig. 1). Type No. 6457, a specimen ninety-three millimeters long to tips of middle caudal rays, from Misaki. Head 3.5 in body-length without caudal; depth 2.66; eye 3.66 in head; inter- orbital space 3; maxillary 2.33; snout 4.33; third dorsal spine 2.14; last dorsal ray 2; second anal spine 2; last anal ray 1.5; pectoral 1.1; ventrals equal to head; D. X, 17; A. Ill, 7; forty-three scales in lateral line; scales in transverse series from insertions of ventral fins to lateral line 5/15; gill-rakers 10+21. Maxillary extending to below center of eye; teeth in upper jaw in an enlarged outer row and a narrow band of minute inner teeth; a short canine tooth at either side of tip of upper jaw, and a larger pair immediately behind, which point back- ward and slightly medially; lower jaw with a single row of teeth on sides similar to outer row of upper jaw, then forming a narrow band of minute teeth anteriorly, which is narrowly interrupted at the mandibular symphyses ; a short pair of canines pointing forward at tip of lower jaw, and a larger pair on either side at some distance behind; inner rows not enlarged anteriorly; pre-opercle serrate, rounded; opercle and interopercle somewhat serrate, opposite pre-opercular angle; opercle with two spines; gill-rakers two- thirds of eye. Dorsal spines nowhere elongate, outline of fin rounded, third spine longest; tip of last dorsal rays pointed, extending nearly to caudal base; soft anal sharply angular posteriorly, its last rays slightly produced, reaching slightly beyond last dorsal rays to base of caudal; second anal spine slightly longer than third, 2.125 in head; ventrals extending to anus, not filamentous, second ray but slightly longer than first; pectorals rounded at tip, not reaching anus; caudal lobes produced; basal third of spinous and soft dorsal, and of soft anal, scaled; snout, maxillary, head and body completely scaled. 252 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Color-pattern lacking in alcoholic specimens, save for three indistinct yellowish stripes running longitudinally along body, the second through the eye; bases of dorsal and anal of similar color. This species very greatly resembles Zalanthias or Pseudanthias venator Snyder, differing mainl}' in the remarkable fact that in the latter the bases of the vertical fins are not scaled, save for a " low sheath " at the base of the soft dorsal. From Franzia nobilis it is distinguished by the lack of the elongated dorsal spine, by the color, proportions of fins, etc. 136. Sacura margaritacea (Hilgendorf). Misaki, Nos. 6174a-b. Some specimens with, others without, a large black spot on body. Anthias pulcher Doderlein, characterized by the presence of this mark, is doubtless the same as Sacura or Anthias margaritacea, in which the spot is wanting. 137. Zalanthias azumanus (Jordan & Richardson). {Anthias japonicus Hilgendorf, the name pre-occupied.) Misaki, No. 6169a-c. 138. Pikea japonica (Doderlein). (Coll. Owston) Boshu, No. 4168a; Yenoshima, Sagami Bay, No. 4238a. Family LOBOTID^. 139. Lobotes surinamensis (Bloch). Matsushima, a large example seen, the second known from Japan. It is known locally as Matsudai (Pine-cone porgy). Family LUTIANID^. 140. Lutianus quinquelineatus (Bloch). Kominato, No. 6349a, Oshima Island (off Sagami Bay). This specimen from Oshima corresponds entirely with specimens from the East Indies. A strong interopercular knob and preopercular notch are present; dorsal surface of head scaled to above eyes; no lingual teeth; vomer with a A-shaped band of teeth; lateral stripes narrow, five in number, three upper converging to upper edge of eye (not as in L. kasmira); sixty-five scales above lateral line, fifty-five below in longitudinal series; the rows of scales above the lateral line oblique. This is the fish described and figured by Bloch. It differs from L. kasmira in having larger scales, narrower body-bands, and in the different distribution of the latter. It has not been recorded from Japan since the time of Bloch. I JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 141. Lutianus russelli (Bleeker). Osaka, No. 6394a. 25a S;' Fig. 24. Lutianus russelli Bleeker. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIX, p. 451). 142. Lutianus vitta (Quoy & Gaimard). Osaka, No. 6378a. x^-^ X;' Fig. 25. Lutianus vitta (Quoy & Gaimard). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIX, p. 449). 143. Pristipomoides sieboldi (Bleeker), (CoU. Owston) Sagami Bay, No. 4268a-d. 144. Doderleinia berycoides (Hilgendorf). Odawara, Straits of Tsushima, in deep water, No. 6389a; found in the Zakoba market at Osaka, No. 6316a-b. Four young specimens. The pre-opercle is set with long, rather weak spines, strongest at the angle. 145. Euthyopteroma virgatum (Houttuyn). Osaka, No. 6310a-d. 254 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Fig. 26. Euthyopteroma virgatum (Houttuyn). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XLI, p. 565). Family H.EMULID^. 146. Therapon ocyrhynchus Temminck & Schlegel. Okayama (Kusano and Otaki), No. 6273a-b; Osaka. 147. Parapristipoma trilineatum (Thunberg). Osaka, No. 6376a-b. 148. Plectorhynchus pica (Cuvier & Valenciennes). (Plate XXX, fig. 2). One specimen No. 6018a, 100 mm. in total length, 73 mm. in length without caudal, from Boshu, Japan. The color and proportions of this fish show the typical variations of the young of these forms. The caudal is elongate and pointed, the spines high, and the color- bands broad. The latter, as is known in allied forms, break up and disappear with age, or become narrowed. Diagramma orientale Cuvier and Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. des. Poiss., plate 124) shows almost identically the coloration of the present specimen, but differs in showing thirteen spines and larger scales. Plectorhynchus pica {Cf. Giinther, Fische Stidsee, Plate XXII, fig. A) corresponds very closely with the present specimen in all particulars, save a deeper pre-orbital in the plate given by Giinther, which is not accurate in proportions. We here describe and figure our specimen, as it is apparently rare and not hitherto known from Japan. Most members of this group have a wide distribution. Head 3.4 in body-length without caudal; depth 3.25; D. XII, 20; A. Ill, 7; scales ninety-seven in series below lateral line, fourteen between latter and dorsal insertion, twenty-two between lateral line and anal insertion; profile from snout to dorsal insertion strongly arched, nearly straight along dorsal base; pre-orbital depth two-thirds diameter of eye; snout 3 in head; eye 3 in head, equalling maxillary, which reaches anterior border of eye; teeth in villiform bands in both jaws, outer rows slightly enlarged; pre-opercle coarsely serrate. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 255 Spinous dorsals rounded, third to fifth longest, 2.33 in head; pectorals 1.5 in head; ventrals same; caudal elongate, as is typical of the young of these forms. Scales absent on snout, jaws, maxillary, and anterior three-quarters of pre- orbital, present on bases of soft fins, in a sheath at base of spinous dorsal; everywhere ctenoid; mandibular rami each with five large pores. Color-pattern striking, of contrasting dark brown and white; belly and lower portion of sides white from last anal ray to throat and above level of pectoral; snout white from tip to a line from vertical of anterior margin of eye including all of maxillary and lower jaw; a large white saddle extending as far down as lateral line on nape, another at base of last three dorsal spines and first three rays of similar extent; caudal peduncle with broad white cross-band; upper rays of caudal white, save on base; anal, pectoral, and ventrals colorless; soft dorsals colorless on distal half; spinous dorsal black, save for last three spines; all other parts of body a deep brownish black, pattern everywhere clear cut with even margins, nowhere diffuse or indefinite. 149. Plectorhynchus cinctus (Temminck & Schlegel). Kobe, No. 6205a (Coll. Manabe). 150. Plectorhynchus pictus (Thunberg). Sagami Bay, No. 6154a; Misaki, tide-pools, No. 6043a. 151. Hapalogenys mucronatus (Eydoux & Souleyet). Osaka, No. 6375a-e. 152. Hapalogenys nigripinnis (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6406a. A specimen everywhere intensely black in color on fins and body, save for lighter shades on breast. Family BANJOSID^. 153. Banjos banjos (Richardson). Misaki, No. 6058a, young in the tide-pools. Traces of seven or eight dark stripes on body, an interrupted band across nape, along edge of opercle, another from eye across maxillary; snout and head mottled with dark color; spinous dorsal black distally, a broad black stripe along base; body-bands continued on soft dorsal; a black spot between second anal spine and first soft ray; ventrals black; pectoral with a spot at base. 256 MEMOIKS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. I Fig. 27. Banjos banjos (Richardson). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XLI, p. 541). Family SPARID^. 154. Pagrosomus major (Temminck & Schlegel). (Mem. Cam. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 34, fig. 24). Misaki, No. 6191a-d; Shimonoseki, Kobe, No. 6366a; Osaka, Yokohama, Sendai. The young of this species is readily known from related species by having a black spot on base of pectoral. 155. Evynnis cardinalis (Lacepede). Misaki, No. 6439a-d; Osaka, No. 6391a. 156. Raius tumifrons (Temminck & Schlegel). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 35, fig. 25). Misaki, Tsushima Straits, No. 6371a-f. This species makes the bulk of the fishing of the trawlers between Tsushima and Shimonoseki. They are sent frozen to the Osaka market. Color Ught crimson, the nose yellow, a diffuse yellow blotch below middle of base of dorsal. 157. Spams latus Houttuyn. Osaka, No. 6298a-g. JORDAN AND THOMPSON! FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 257 Fig. 28. Sparus latus Houttuyn. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XLI, p. 584). 158. Sparus macrocephalus Basilewsky. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 35, fig. 26). (Chrysophyrs swinhonis Giinther.) Matsushima Bay, No. 6428a; Shimonoseki, No. 6396a-g; Osaka. Family KYPHOSID^. 159. Kyphosus cinerascens (Forskal). Misaki, No. 6067a. A young example, 67 mm. long. D. XI, 12; A. Ill, 11. Identical with a specimen from Calayan in the Philip- pines. Only twice before recorded from Japan. 160. Girella mezina Jordan & Starks. Misaki, No. 6132a. Fig. 29. Girella mezina Jordan & Starks. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 497). 258 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Fourteen centimeters long. The white band seen in the type is missing, doubt- less disappearing with age. 161. Girella punctata Gray. Kobe, No. 6335a; Misaki, No. 140a-b; Osaka, No. 6268a, \^ Fig. 30. Girella -punctata Gray. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXII, p. 498). 162. Girella melanichthys (Richardson). Misaki, No. 6203a-c. ^''W Fig. 31. Girella melanichthys (Richardson). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXII, p. 498). Family SCI^NID^. 163. Sciaena mitsukurii (Jordan and Snyder). (Plate XLII, fig. 1). Sendai. 164. Sciaena schlegeli (Bleeker). Matsushima Bay; No. 6297a; Osaka, No. 6347a-g. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 259 Family OPLEGNATHID^. 165. Opiegnathus fasciatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Shimonoseki, No. 6337a-i; Kobe, No. 6209a-c (Coll. Manabe); Misaki, No. 6407a. 166. Opiegnathus punctatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6369a. Family HISTIOPTERID^. 167. Histiopterus typus (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6247a. Family PRIACANTHID^. 168. Pseudopriacanthus niphonius (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Misaki, No. 6074a-c; Sagami Bay. Found at Misaki in tide-pools. Young three centimeters long. Dark cross- bands very wide, five or six times width of interspaces. Spinous dorsal and anal black, as are pectorals and ventrals. Soft vertical fins clear, with small vivid black oblong spots. Family MULLIDiE. 169. Upeneus spilurus (Bleeker). Misaki, No. 6106a. Three dark stripes barely visible. Eye 4.2 in head ; depth of caudal peduncle 8.5 in body-length. 170. Upeneus bensasi (Temminck & Schlegel). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 40, fig. 32). Misaki, No. 6181a; Awaji Island. Family APLODACTYLID^E. 171. Goniistius zonatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 41, fig. 34). Misaki, No. 6263a; Enoshima, No. 6073a. Family POLYNEMIDiE. 172. Polydactylus agonasi (Jordan and McGregor). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 40, fig. 33). Family SILLAGINID^E. 173. Sillago sihama (Forskal). Misaki, No. 6166a-b. 260 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 174. Sillago japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). Osaka, No. 6235a; Shimonoseki, No. 6218a-b. Family LATILID^E. 175. Latilus japonicus (Houttuyn). Misaki, No. 6149a-b; Osaka, No. 6304a. Family MALACANTHID.E. 176. Oceanops latovittata (Lacepede). Nafa, Okinawa, Riu Kiu (in collection of the Kwansei Gakuin at Kobe). Family ECHENEIDID^. 177. Rhombochirus megalodiscus (Franz). One specimen, Misaki, No. 6274a. Disk 2.8 in body-length to base of caudal. Eye 8 in head; otherwise as in Franz's figure. D. XVIII-22, A. 20. 178. Remorina brachyptera (Lowe). Misaki, No. 6223a; Matsushima Bay; Sendai, No. 6295a. Family CEPOLID^. 179. Acanthocepola limbata (Cuvier & Valenciennes). v Misaki, No. 6435a. J Head 10.5 in length; depth 14. Eye 3 in head, snout 4.5; D. 103, A. 101. | Scales four hundred and twenty or more. This agrees in all regards with the ? account given by Jordan and Evermann (Proc. U. S. N. M. XXV, 1902, p. 363) of ? a specimen from Formosa called Acanthocepola mesaprion. i 180. Cepola schlegeli (Bleeker). Misaki, No. 6060a. Head 7.5; depth 10; D. 65; A. 64; three hundred and seventy scales. Eye 2.66 in head; snout 5.33. Maxillary reaching posterior border of pupil; a black spot between maxillary and premaxillary. Family EMBIOTOCID^. 181. Ditrema temmincki Bleeker. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VH, p. 42, fig. 36). Shimonoseki; Osaka, No. 6404a; Misaki, No. 6397a-c. 182. Neoditrema ransonneti Steindachner. (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 43, fig. 37). Misaki, No. 6423a-c. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 261 Family POMACENTRID^. 183. Chromis notatus (Temminck & Schlegel). Kobe, No. 6230a-c (Coll. Manabe). 184. Abudefduf sordidus (Forskal). Misaki, No. 6146 many; 125 cm. long. Also numerous young from tide-pools. 185. Abudefduf saxatilis (Forskal). Misaki, No. 6077 many. Family LABRID^. 186. Choerodon azurio (Jordan & Snyder). Shimonoseki, Osaka, No. 6387a. 187. Semicossyphus reticulatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). (Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 43, fig. 38). Shimonoseki. 188. Lepidaplois perditio (Quoy & Gaimard). Two young specimens, No. 6308a-b, the longest 18 cm., from an unknown locality, probably Misaki. The color is pale, the black blotch under the dorsal very distinct, extending on the rays. The pale area before it is obscure. The black spots between the Fig. 32. Lepidaplois perditio (Quoy & Gaimard). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 618). dorsal spines are very distinct. Head with violet reticulations around pale spots. The large specimens taken by Jordan and Snyder at Wakanoura are much deeper in color, verging on violet. Cossyphus atrolumbus Cuvier & Valenciennes is doubt- less based on young examples like these. The figure of L. perditio given by Quoy & Gaimard from a sketch made by Quoy, when his ship was apparently being wrecked on the reefs of Tonga-tabu, is clearly incorrect; the black spot and the pale area are both wrongly placed. 262 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. D. XII, 10; A. Ill, 12; Scales 5-34-13; head 3.5; depth 2.5. 189. Lepidaplois macrurus (Lacepede). From Owston Collection; No. 4250a. (No label, probably from Okinawa). 190. Pseudolabrus japonicus (Houttuyn). Misaki, No. 6158a-g; Shimonoseki, No. 6197a-b, 9, 6202 a-b, d'; Izu. 191. Pseudolabrus gracilis (Steindachner), Misaki. 192. Cirrhilabrus temmincki Bleeker. Misaki, No. 6458. Young example with the ventrals not elongate; fins darker than usual. Fig. 33. Cirrhilabrus temmincki Bleeker. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 652). 193. Stethojulis terina Jordan & Snyder. (Coll. Owston) Izu, No. 4305a. 4 fc » » *.'v> >■■■""■" WW Fig. 82. Limanda angustirostris Kitahara. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 208). 374. Limanda angustirostris Kitahara, Matsushima Bay, No. 6317. D. 73; A. 54. Scales 76. 375. Limanda yokohamae (Giinther). Shinabara, near Tokyo, No. 6160a. 310 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 376. Kareius bicoloratus (Basilewsky ) . Osaka, No. 6066a. s^??-^ Fig. 83. Dexistes rikuzenius Jordan & Starks. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 213). 377. Dexistes rikuzenius Jordan & Starks. {Araias ariommus Jordan & Starks). Two specimens of this deep-water flounder from Tsushima Straits were taken in the market of Osaka. One, No. 6342a, is in the Carnegie Museum. Eyeball scaly above. Head 4.16 in length; dorsal rays, sixty-nine and seventy- three, anal rays, fifty-seven and fifty-nine. Scales, sixty-five and sixty-seven (pores), gill-rakers x+7. In the type of Araias ariommus, the eyeball is also scaly above and the two are identical. 378. Platichthys stellatus (Pallas). (Mem. Cam. Mus., Vol. VI, p. 60, fig. 61). Matsushima Bay, No. 6339a, a subarctic species, rare thus far to the southward. Family SOLEID^. 379. Aseraggodes kobensis (Steindachner) . Misaki, No. 6114. 380. Amate japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). Shimonoseki, No. 6225a-d; Misaki, No. 6396a-j. JORDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 311 .,1 Fig. 84. Aseraggodes kobensis (Steindachner). (From Proc. U. S N. M., \'ol. XXXI, p. 230). 381. Zebrias zebrinus (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6373a; Shimonoseki. V ■■^. '■^ ■ ^ ■ '• '^=^^A V • ,. OcV *./-^^ / .^.^'-#;: -^ ">:^v ^4ri^- Fig. 85. Amate japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 228). 382. Zebrias japonicus (Bleeker). Kobe, No. 6215a; Misaki, No. 6180a (Coll. Manabe). Fig. 86. Zebrias zebrinus (Temminck & Schlegel). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXI, p. 233). 312 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 383. Rhinoplagusia japonica (Temminck & Schlegel). Shimonoseki, Misaki, No. 6312. The name Rhinoplagusia of Bleeker has priority over Usinosita, based on the same type japonica. 384. Areliscus interruptus (Glinther). Misaki. Family TRACHYPTERID^. 385. Trachypterus ishikawae Jordan & Snyder. A small specimen from Sagami Bay, 86 cm. long, No. 6384a, which has lost a part of the tail and caudal fin, corresponds completely with the description of the type, save that in the latter the pre-orbital is described as " very wide, radiate, rugose." This is a clerical error, the maxillary being meant, as is evident from the large adult example in the Stanford Collection and the illustration of the type. The pre-orbital is about 5 in the eye, not bony, nor prominent. The premaxillaries are greatly protractile and in the type they are fully extended, as is evident from the plate. The premaxillary processes extend to the nape, slightly behind the eye. The teeth are slightly longer and more prominent than in our large adult example. The vomer has similar teeth. Family LOPHIIDiE. 386. Lophiomus setigerus (Vahl). Misaki, No. 6082a-b. FAMILY ANTENNARIID^. 387. Antennarius tridens (Temminck & Schlegel). Misaki, No. 6383a-b; Kobe. 388. Antennarius nox Jordan. Misaki, No. 6382a. A large example, with the color-pattern of the type, but the ground-color pale, not jet-black. Family CERATIID^. 389. Chaunax fimbriatus Hilgendorf. A small specimen. No. 6035a, one hundred and eighty millimeters long from Misaki, together with two specimens from Sagami Bay, collected by the Albatross, differ from an Atlantic specimen of Chaunax pidus Lowe in the extension of the rostral tentacle back of the anterior border of the eyes, the coarser character of the skin prickles, and larger eye, as well as in the presence of filaments on the lower side of the body. JOKDAN AND THOMPSON: FISHES OBTAINED IN JAPAN IN 1911. 313 The eye in C. pidus is .09 of body-length, in C. fimbriatus .07-.075 in specimens of same size. Gtinther^^ regards these two species as synonymous, but makes no remark on the above mentioned characters. Fig. 87. Anlennarius nox Jordan. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, p. 376). Family OGCOCEPHALID^. 390. Halieutaea stellata (Vahl). Boshu; Sagami Bay; Misaki, No. 6142a-b. The smallest of these specimens shows a much narrower disk than the others, its breadth equal to the distance from the snout to the last of the base of the dorsal fin and an absence of small prickles between the larger spinules of the disk. The larger two show these prickles and a broader disk, equal to the distance from the snout to the pectoral angle. These, however, on comparison with other specimens are shown to be extremes of variations. 1* Challenger, Deep Sea Fishes, p. 58. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XXIV. J.>... JjifJ.y^ . \. ., ~- "V- -T^W^T^W^: > 'i. '•^f. sfi' «.*■ '"■'■l^T2^;i;:^f '■'"'" JOKB.N & Thompson. Fig. 2. A<..„.. „n/..ac« Johoan & Thompson. i-iG. d. Unco,}vimhm masou (Brevoort). Fig. 4. Gnathopcgon ishikawcB Jordan & Thomp IPSON. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, vi. Plate XXV. Fig. 1. Acheilognathus tabira Jordan & Tho MPSON. Fig. 2. Acheilognathus morioka- Jord.\n & Thompson. I'iG. 3. Acanthorhodius atremius Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XXVI. Fig. 1. .4ca////i9r/iodi(is scwsemit,? Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 2. Rhodcus kunimeus Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 3. Pseudaspiiis atrilatm Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XXVIII. I ^y. \ iw 5? hiG. 1. Caristiuf< macropus (Belloiti). I-ig. 2. Amia sialis Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, Plate XXIX. liG. 1. Cephalopholis boninius Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 2. Franzia nobilis (Franz). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XXX, Fig. 1. Franzia ardens Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 2. Pleclorhjnchus pica. (Cdvier & Valenciennes). Fig. 3. Xyrichthys sciislius Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XXXI. tJ" ^'^' ^ «* ^ ^ ^^ * % 4^ %. % # : Frti. I. Inniidiusdea (Temminck & Sc HLEGEL). Fig. 2. Pseudomonocanthus nigromaculatuf! (Tanaka) i-iG. 3. Sebastodes mpstoni Jordan & Thomp.son. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XXXII. Fig. 1. Sebastcdss flammeus Jordan & Starks. Fig. 2. Sebastodes joyneri (Gunther). Fig. 3. Thysanichihys evides Jordan & Thompson. H =5S cq 6 fa Q s o W 2 fa Memoirs Cabnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XXXIV, Fig. 1. Careprodus gilberti Jordan & Thompson. Fig. la. Careprodus gilberti Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 2. Careprodus burkei Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 2a. Careprodus burkei Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol VI. Plate XXXV. , j^ *■ ^ ^ «. ^ m i^ ■^ ^ ^ w in CxJ o CO z o rfj EL, O K Z « o S 6 z o to S o « H =S z Q K O Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XXXVI I, ./ Fig. 1. Ateleopus japonicus Bleekee. Fig. 2. Lycudes tanakce Jordan & Thompson. Fig. 3. Spectrunculus radcliffei Jordan & Thompson. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XXXVIII. ^^^^^^^^^!^^^<^ m^m^ Fig. 1. Coryphwnoides bona-nox Jordan & Thompson. Fig. la. Scale of do. Fig. 2. Macrourus asper Gunther. >< >< X X w -J o > o w 2: en PS a Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, Plate XL. Fig. 1. Aulopus japonicus Gunther. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, Pl. 32.) Fig. 2. Ishikauia steenackeri (Sauvage). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, Pl. 10.) Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XLI. Fig. 1. Solenostomus cyanopterus (Bleeker). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, Pl. 3.) Fig. 2. Solenostomus paradoxus (Pallas). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, Pl. 4.) Fig. 3. Urocampus rikuzenius Jordan & Snyder. (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIV, Pl. 7.) Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, Plate XLII, Fig. 1. Scioenia mitsikurii (Jordan & Snyder). From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXXIX, p. 248.) Fig. 2. Neobyihites sivicola (Jordan & Snyder). (From Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. XXIII, Pl. 37.) REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OP THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. (Very scarce.) $ .30 2. A Prellmiaaxy list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shatee. Pp. 114. {Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Little Known Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 17, 4 Plates. (Very scarce.) 65 4. The Keptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp.13. (Very scarce.) 60 5. Osteology of the Herodiones. By B. W. Shu- PELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print.) 6. Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) 7. Sabal Eigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 2. (Out of -print.) 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Henbt G. Klaqes. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By E. W. Shu- PELDT. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.) 90 10. Description of a New Species of Baeua (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. By J. B. Hatchek. Pp. 9, 3 Plates. . . .35 13. Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. .60 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidae (Ha- drosauridae, Claosaurids) Marsh. By J. B. Hatches. Pp.10 25 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 25 16. Osteology of the Psittaci. By E. W. Shupeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) 35 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus Partula in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Smith. Pp. 64 1.25 18. Two New Species of Bahaman Lepidoptera. By W.J.Holland. Pp.4 10 19. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peterson and C. W. Gilmoee. Pp. 10 15 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By Botd Ceumrine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps $ .30 21. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Crumeinb. Pp. 44 90 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Tohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Blizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd Ceumrine. 2 pts., pp. 295 2.25 23. Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Crumeine. Pp. 74 1.50 24. The Kecords of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, Sec. Edited by Boyd Ceumrine. Pp. 90 1.75 25. Astropecten (?) montanus, &c. By Eael Doug- lass. Pp.4 10 26. Discovery of the Eemalns of Astrodon (Pleuro- coelus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 6. (Out of print.) 27. Osteology of the Limicolse. By E. W. Shupeldt. Pp. 56, 1 Plate 28. New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate 29. Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By O. P, Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 30. Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates 31. Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. 0. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map 32. In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 33. The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) 34. On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Eiver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 35. A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietneb. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) 36. The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) 37. The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) 38. Notes on the Geology of Southwestern :.Iontana. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate 39. A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 40. Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 8 41. Presentation of Eeproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museiun. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates 42. List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, Etst Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 11 43. The Hyoid Bone in Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 44. Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny Comity, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 45. A New Specie's of Kneiffla. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 46. Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustris in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. 47. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 48. The Agate Spring FossU Quarry. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 8 49. Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Haeey C. Oberholseb. Pp. 3. 50. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates 51. A New American Cybele. By J. E. Naerawat and Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 6 52. Plastron of the Protosteginse. By G. E. Wie- land. Pp. 7 53. Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, coUeoted from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sis. By Oliveb P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates. . . , 54. The Miocene Beds of Westeni Nebrast-T -nd Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. 55. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate 56. Merycochcerus and a New Genus of Merycoido- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochoe- ridae. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. 57. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .75 .15 .50 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .15 .20 .10 .15 .05 .05 .10 .10 .05 1.50 .16 .16 .25 1.00 .05 1.00 EEPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 68. On Purther Collections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Carl H. Eiqenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAtee and David Perkins Wabd. Pp. 48, 15 Plates • 69. An Undetennined Element In the Osteology of the Mosasaurldse. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 60. The Gasteropoda of the Chazy Formation. By Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana In Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, Pannsylvania, in April and May, 1907. By ■W. J. Holland. Pp. 6, 2 Plates 63. Description of Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. By E. C. Case. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 64. Notes on Ordovlcian Trllobites: Ulaenidae from the Black River Limestone near Ottawa, Canada. By Percy E. Raymond and J. E. Nakraway. Pp. 14, 3 Plates 65. Ehlnoceroses from the Oligocene and Miocene Deposits of North Dakota and Montana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 11, 2 Plates 66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. By Eakl Douglass. Pp. 11, 4 Plates 67. Some Oligocene Lizards. By Eakl Douglass. Pp. 8 68. Description of the Type Specimen of Stenomylua gracilis Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 14. 69. Brief Description of Some New Species of Birds from Costa Eica and a Kecord of Some Species not Hitherto Keported from that Country. By M. A. Carrikeb, Jr. Pp. 2 .' 70. Notes on Costa Eican Formicariidae. By M. A. Cabbiker, Jr. Pp. 3 71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 16, 2 Plates 72. A Preliminary List of the Lepidoptera of West- em Pennsylvania Collected in the Vicinity of Pittsburgh. By Henry Engel. Pp. 110 73. The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, Pt. 1. The Fossils of the Eed Shales. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 18, 6 Plates 74. Description of a New Species of Procamelus from the Upper Miocene of Montana, with Notes upon Procamelus madisonius Douglass. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 7, 3 Plates 75. Some Sections of the Conemaugh Series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pennsylvania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 12, 3 Plates 76. A Preliminary List of the Unionidae of Western Pennsylvania, etc. By Dr. A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 33 77. A Geological Eeconnaissance in North Dakota, Montana, and Idaho; with Notes on Mesozolc and Cenozolc Geology. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 78, 7 Plates Cabin (now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. 78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. By O. E. Jennings. Pp. 133, 30 Plates 79. Catalog of Sesqui-Centennlal (Pittsburgh) Eelics. By Douglas Stewart. Pp. 30, 6 Plates 80. Dromomeryx, a New Genus of American Eumi- nants. By Earl Douglas. Pp. 23, 5 plates. 81. Fossils from the Glacial Drift and from De- vonian and Mississippian near Meadville, Pennsylvania. By Wm. Millard. Pp. 8 82. A New Species of Helodus. By Charles R. Eastman. Pp. 2 83. In Memoriam. Charles Chauncey Mellor. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 12, 1 Plate 84. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Eeport No. 1. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 51 85. Eeports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Eeport No. 2. By Marion L. Durbin. Pp. 18 1.26 $ .20 1.36 .05 .10 .16 .20 .25 .30 .20 .25 .10 .05 .46 1.25 .60 .30 .35 .50 1.00 2.75 .45 .30 .10 .05 .15 .50 .25 86. Contributions to a Knowledge of Odonata of the Neotropical Eeglon, Exclusive of Mexico and Central America. By P. P. Calvert. Pp. 207, 9 Plates 2.25 87. Deinosuchus hatcheri, a New Genus and Species of Crocodile from the Judith Elver Beds of Montana. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 14 .20 88. Eeports on Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. Eeport No. 3. By C. B. Blosseb. Pp. 6, 3 Plates. 89. Preliminary Description of Some New Titanothe- res from the Uinta Deposits. By Earl Doug- las. Pp. 10, 3 Plates 25 90. An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Eica Including Cocos Island. By M. A. Carrikeb, Jr. Pp. 601, 1 Plate 3.00 91. The Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas, BrazU. By J. C. Beanner. Pp. 18, 3 Plates .40 92. Description of a Collection of Fossil Fishes from the Bituminous Shales at Eiacho Doce, State of Alagoas, Brazil. By David Stabb Joedan. Pp. 12, 9 Plates 55 93. Notes on Ordovlcian Trllobites, No. II. Asaph- idae from the Beekmantown. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 10, 1 Plate 35 94. Notes on Ordovlcian Trllobites, No. in. By Percy E. Raymond and J. E. Narraway. Pp. 14, 2 Plates 35 95. Notes on Ordovlcian Trllobites, No. IV. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 21, 3 Plates 40 96. Notes on a Collection of Fishes Made by James Francis Abbott at Irkutsk, Siberia. By David Staer Jordan and William Francis Thomp- son. Pp. 8, 4 Plates 30 97. South American Tetrlgidae. By LiAWEENce Bbuneb. Pp. 55 1.00 98. Preliminary List of the Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series in Western Pennsyl- vania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 15, 5 plates 30 99. Eesults of an Ichthyological Survey About the San Juan Islands, Washington. By Edwin Chapin Stares. Pp. 52, 3 plates 75 100. Descriptions of a New Species of Pygidium. By Carl H. Eigenmann. P. 1, 1 plate 10 101. The Brachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 45, 4 plates ... .50 102. A New Camel from the Miocene of Western Nebraska. By O. A. Peterson. . .Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 103. A Mounted Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcockl, the Stenomylus Quarry, and Remarks Upon the Affinities of the Genus. By O. A. Peter- son. Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 104. A Mounted Skeleton of Diceratherium cookl, Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 6, 1 plate .15 105. The Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America, 1907-1910. By W. J. Hol- land, Director. Pp. 4 15 106. A Brief Eeport Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13 and Localities at Which John D. Haseman Made Collections. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 16 25 107. Descriptions of Some Now Species of Fishes and Miscellaneous Notes on Others Obtained Dur- ing Expedition of Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13, 7 plates 50 108. An Annotated Catalog of the CicMId Fishes Collected by the Expedition of Carnegie Mu- seum to Central South America, 1907-1910. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 45, 20 plates 1.25 109. Some New Species of Fishes from the EIo Iguassu. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 14, 13 plates 65 110. A Contribution to the Ornithology of the Ba- hama Islands. By W. E. Clyde Todd and W. W. Worthington. Pp. 77, 1 plate 75 )5'^\^ Publications oj the Carnegie Muuum, Serial No. 81. MEMOIES OF THE OAENEGIIE MUSEUM. VOL. YI. NO. 5. "W. J. HOLLAND, Editoe. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM PART II. SUPPLEMENT TO THE CATALOG OF FISHES FROM THE UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA By C. E. EASTMAN PITTSBURGH. PtTBLISHED BY THE AUTHOEITY OF THE BoAKD OF TkCSTEES OF THE CAENEGIE INSTITUTE. September, 1914. PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM ANNUAL EEPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR 1898, 30c. (scarce); 1899, 25o.; 1900, 30e. (scarce); 1901-14, 25c. each. EEPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER'S DAT 1898-1914, 35e. each. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe ia advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume; Vols. I-IX, 1901-1914, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in % Morocco @ $4.50. MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, at $10 per volume. VOL. L (1901-3) No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, and No. 3. The Osteology of the Steganopodes. By Probable Habits, with a Restoration of R. W. Shuteldt $2.76 the Skeleton. By J. B. Hatcheb. {Very " 4. Classification of the Chalcid Flies. By scarce.) $3.00 W. H. Ashmead 6.60 " 2. Oligocene Canidse. By J. B. Hatcher. . . 1.50 Vol. I. Bound Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. 555, 39 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; Bound i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. n. (1904^6) No. 1. Osteology of Haplocanthosaums and Ad- No. 5. The Tertiary of Montana. {Scarce.) By ditional Remarks upon Diplodocus. By ,, _ „^^J^ Douglass •'••-'•• ^-^^ T T, XT trr \ No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. R. MORE. {Scarce.) 1.50 Wieland $ .76 „„„.,.. ^ . . . . "8. New Suilline Remains from the Miocene « 3. FossU Avian Remams from Annissan. of Nebraska. By 0. A. Peterson 75 By C. K. Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, No. 4. Description of New Rodents and Discus- % C. V'!^™. ."' .' ""Z. ^!^ $1.00 sion of the Origin of D^monelix. By 0. « lo. A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A. Peterson. {Scarce.) $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. B. Ortmann.... 4.00 Vol. II. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. m. No. 1. Archseological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hol- Rica. By C. V. Hartman $6.00 land and 0. A. Peterson $6.00 VOL. IV. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chaltant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Fonnosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- ^3, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp.4 3 Plates 25 ^°- ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Revision of Entelodontida.""By"o."A. "" "^^nia. Pts. I and II. By A. E. Ort- Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 ^ , ^^^ /?• 69, * Hates.. . . . $2.50 XT- A r«o*-i„»„*4.i,-T.- V r-rt T No. 7. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolea No. 4. Catalogof the Fishes of Formosa. Jordan -^ qI^^^^^ Unserm. By Charles R. and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates.... 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx -j- 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 % morocco. Vols. m-V supplied unbound, @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in % morocco @ $12.00. VOL. VI. No. 1. A Catalog of the Fishes known from the No. 3. The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Waters of Korea. Jordan and Metz. Max Mapes Ellis. Pp. 88, 9 Plates $1.50 Pp. 66, 10 Plates $1.50 No. 4. Record of the Fishes obtained in Japan, 1911. D. Starr Jordan and William No. 2. The Lantern-fishes of Japan. Charles Francis Thompson Pp. 109, 19 Plates H. Gilbert. Pp. 46, 4 Plates $1.00 and 87 text-figures $3.50 MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. Vol. VI. No. 5. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PART II. SUPPLEMENT TO THE CATALOG OF FISHES FROM THE UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. By C. R. Eastman. (Plates XLIII-XLVIIA). When, in the spring of the year 1910, a systematic investigation of the fossil fishes in the Carnegie Museum was undertaken by the present writer on the in- itiative of the Director, Dr. W. J. Holland, attention was first directed to the remarkably fine series of specimens from the Upper Eocene of Monte Bolca, near Verona, in northern Italy. What was then supposed to be the entire suite of material belonging to the Museum passed through the writer's hands, for the purpose of being identified, labeled, cataloged, and in part exhibited. This done, an account of the collection of Bolca fishes, illustrated by a number of plates, was published in the Fourth Volume of the Memoirs of the Carnegie Museum.^ Subsequently it was fortunately discovered that the paleichthyological resources of the Museum were greater than had been supposed. The discovery was made by Mr. 0. A. Peterson, who in re-arranging a large quantity of paleonto- logical material in storage, came across a case of fossils marked " Bayet Collection." This box was found to contain a number of unusually well preserved specimens of fishes from Monte Bolca, some of them having already served the purpose of illus- trating the Veronese fauna in an earlier publication, and therefore ranking as hypotypes.' It can be confidently affirmed without exaggeration that in point ' "Catalog of Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum, Part 1. Fishes from the Upper Eocene of Monte Bolca." Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, 1911, No. 7. ^ Three suchon^nalexemplsiTs, nsimely, Amphistiumparadoxum, Ephippus rhombeus, a,nd Rhombus minimus, were figured by A. B. Massalongo in his Memoir entitled Specimen Photographicum Animalium quorundam Plantarumque Fossilium Agri Veronensis, etc., Verona, 1859. 315 316 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. of excellence of preservation, one of these hypotypes, that catalogued as No. 5305, is unsurpassed by any fossil fish from this locality which has thus far been brought to light. The following pages are supplementary to Part I of the Catalog of Fossil Fishes from Monte Bolca in the Carnegie Museum. Subclass ELASMOBRANCHII. Family Trygonid^. 1. Trygon muricata (Volta). (Plate XLIII). 1796. Raja muricata G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Beronese, p. 37, pi. ix, figs. 1, 2. 1818. Trygonohatis vulgaris H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., xxvii, p. 336. 1835. Trygon gazzolce L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 247. 1843. Trygon gazzolce L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. Ill, p. 382. 1862. Alcxandrinum sp. R. Molin, Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Vol. XLII, p. 579. 1874. Alexandrinum molinii A. de Zigno, Mem. R. Istit. Veneto, Vol. XVIII, p. 289, PL XII. 1874. Trygon gazzolce A. de Zigno, I. c, p. 180. 1894. Trygon {Tceniura) muricata 0. Jaekel, " Die eocanen Selachier vom Monte Bolca," p. 142, pi. iv, fig. 32. 1904. Trygon muricatus C. R. Eastman, Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, Vol. XLVI, p. 23. 1905. Trygon muricatus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Vol. XIII, No. 34, p. 8. 1911. Trygon muricata C. R. Eastman, Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 352. Type. — Nearly complete skeleton; Paris Museum of Natural History. Two well-preserved examples of this species are figured by Jaekel in his mono- graph on Eocene Selachians from Monte Bolca, one of which had previously been made the type of a separate genus and sjDecies, the so-called Alexandrinum molini of Baron A. de Zigno. The second of Jaekel's originals was erroneousl}^ stated by that author to have been the identical specimen which is shown in Plate IX, Fig. 1, of Volta's work. In point of fact, however, Volta's type-specimens are preserved in the Paris Museum of Natural History, and were there studied by the present writer some ten years ago. The sole character by which the genus Alexandrinum is said to be distinguished EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 317 from Trygon relates to the more distal position of the caudal spine, which arises at a distance behind the pelvic arch about equal to the maximum width of the disc. Jaekel in his memoir above referred to rightly holds that this does not constitute a valid differential character, for examination of a number of specimens shows that the relative position of the caudal sting is about the same in all. Two examples of this Eocene ray are contained in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum, one small and preserved in counterpart, the other a beautiful specimen, larger than the type, and showing many structural details in great per- fection. The small, evidently immature individual, is cataloged as No. 4521 +4521a, and the larger adult specimen bears the Catalog No. 4304. An illus- tration of the latter is shown in Plate XLIII. In this the various cartilages of the head, especially those about the mouth and scapular arch, and of those forming the axes of the pectoral fins, are clearly visible, and a number of small teeth, of the characteristic Trygon-type, are also seen to be attached to the palato-quadrate cartilage. An impression is preserved of the body-walls of the trunk on either side of the vertebral columns as far as the point of insertion of the caudal spine. The latter displaj^s a median dorsal groove, bears a double series of strong posterior denticles, and has a total length of about 9 cm. Subclass TELEOSTEI. Order Solenichthyes. This ordinal term, first proposed by Dr. C. T. Regan for the Centriscoids only, and afterwards (in 1909) extended so far as to include the Aulostomids and Lopho- branchs, marks the present-day conception of the evolutionary history of that group of physoclistous fishes with abdominal ventrals, of which the sticklebacks form the well-known ground- type. The Gasterosteids and their immediate allies were first united by Cope in 1887 under the comprehensive designation of Hemibranchii, and the limits of this sub- order were enlarged by A. Smith Woodward in 1901 to include also the Lopho- branchs of Cuvier, pursuant to the view of Knerand Steindachner (1863) that these are only extremely specialized sticklebacks with tufted gills. For this same associ- ation of Lophobranchs and Hemibranchs the new name of Thoracostei was proposed by Swinnerton in 1902, and that of Pthinobranchii was suggested for it by 0. P. Hay at about the same time. Boulenger, in 1904, having attempted to show that the Lamprididse are related to the Hemibranchs, defined the enlarged suborder which he called " Catosteomi " as consisting of the forms just named, together 318 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. with the Lophobranchs of Cuvier, and the family Pegasidse, whose position in the system was admitted to be still somewhat doubtful. In 1903 ajDpeared an important paper by C. E. Starks^ on the Osteology of the Hemibranchiate Fishes, in which he discussed the arrangement of families belonging to this division in the sense originally proposed by Cope, and calls attention to the fact that " Dr. Gill has pointed out how the tube-mouthed forms have descended in an unbroken line from Gasterosteus through Spinachia and the family Aulorhyn- chidae, these constituting the superfamily Gasterostoidea " (I. c, p. 622). The Danish writer H. F. E. Jungersen published in 1908 a valuable memoir, in which it was shown that the features of the Aulostomids, Centriscoids, and Lophobranchii are such as to compel us to regard these divisions as constituting a natural group. This view was supported by Regan in two papers published by him during the years 1909 and 1910, the final arrangement of families advocated by him being as follows : Order Thoracostei Swinnerton. " The order Thoracostei comprises the Gastrosteidse and Aulorhynchidae. Swinnerton'' has shown that the dermal plate which appears as part of the coracoid is in reality a distinct element. I cannot accept Jungersen's view that these fishes belong to the Scorpsenoidea, although I readily admit that the Aulostomids are more distinct from the Thoracostei than I recently considered them to be."^ Order Solenichthyes Regan. Under this caption are included by Regan the Aulostomids, Centriscoids, and Lophobranchs, whose features show that they form a natural group. A few words may be said regarding the constitution of these orders, Thoracostei and Solenichthyes. Under the first-named are now placed by Regan only the Gasterosteidse and the Aulorhynchidae, in which procedure he follows the example of Gill and Starks in their earlier arrangement of modern genera of sticklebacks. As early as 1871 the former of these writers had associated the families Aulorhyn- chidse and Gasterosteidse in a single division contrasting with the Aulostomids and Centriscoids, and in a subsequent review of the forms of the order in 1884 he remarks pointedly as follows :'' " Far from being able to see any close affinity between ' The Shoulder-Girdle and Characteristic Osteology of the Hemibranchiate Fishes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. (1903), Vol. XXV, p. 619. * Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., XLIX, 1905, p. 363. ' Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1909 (8), Vol. Ill, p. 84. ' Gill, T. N., "On the mutual relations of the Hemibranch Fishes." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1884, p. 155. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 319 the Aulorhynchidse and Aulostomidse, I am unable to appreciate any very distinctive differences from the GasterosteidiE, and the clear affinity between Aulorhynchus and Spinachia is such that I regard the family Aulorhynchidse simply as a conven- ient one at the most, and as expressing the culmination in one direction of the tendency characteristic of the order. I should be scarcely disinclined to dissent from any one who should combine the Gasterosteidse and Aulorhynchidae in one family." Starks' views on the same subject are thus stated: " Gasterosteus and closely related genera are the most generalized of the Hemibranchs. They are the only ones in the group having the following typical characters: Anterior vertebrse unmodified; suspensorium and mouth normal; ribs typical; post-temporal approaching the normally forked condition, and parietals present (the last a superfamily character). " Dr. Gill has pointed out how the tube-mouthed forms have descended in an unbroken line from Gasterosteus through Spinachia and the family, Aulorhynchidse, these constituting the superfamily Gasterostoidea. " The Gasterosteidse and Aulorhynchidse should perhaps be regarded as a single family, but following the lead of the above authority, they are here kept separate, though the latter family is regarded ' simply as a convenient one at the most ' " (1. c, p. 622). Boulenger, in the Volume on Fishes in the Cambridge Natural History (1904), subscribes to a similar opinion. He writes: " The genera Aulorhynchus and ^mKscms, each with one species from the North Pacific, much resemble Spinachia in outward form and in the equal size of the an- terior vertebrse, but the snout is still more produced, tubiform, and the ventral fins are formed of one spine and four soft rays. The difference which justifies their separation as a distinct family resides in the disposition of the ribs, which are flat- tened and anchylosed to the lateral bony shields " (p. 631). According to the writer just quoted the extinct genus Protaulopsis, from the Upper Eocene of Monte Bolca, does not properly belong to the group of sticklebacks, as suggested by A. Smith Woodward, but should be associated with the Scom- bresocidse. Another fossil genus, Protosyngnathus, from the fresh-water Tertiary of Padang, Sumatra, is made by Boulenger the type of a new family, and regarded as intermediate in position between sticklebacks and the Aulostomid division of Solenichthyes. It agrees with the former group, writes this author, " in possessing slender, free ribs, and with the latter in having the first vertebrse elongate, though to a less degree than in Aulostoma." 320 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. As for the constitution of the order Solenichthyes, this is made by Regan in his later publications to comprise the Aulostomids, Centriscoids, and the old Cu- vierian group of Lophobranchii, or specialized sticklebacks with " tufted " gills. The family Pegasidse is admitted by Boulenger into the same association with the foregoing, but is excluded from this order by Regan and placed in a group by them- selves (order Hypostomides) . We have now to consider the position of two fossil forms, concerning which there is some difference of opinion. These are the genera Urosphen and Rham- phosus of Agassiz, both from the Eocene of Monte Bolca. They were both referred to the flute-mouths (Fistulariidae) by Dr. Giinther, but, as recognized by Dr. Gill, and following him A. Smith Woodward, " one of them is more nearly related to the Macrorhamphosidse and Gasterosteidse." For the one in question the new family Rhamphosidse was established by Gill to contain it, and Urosphen was also made the type of an independent family. The two new families proposed by Gill in 1884 are thus defined bj^ him: Urosphenid^. Hemibranchs with the first four vertebrae much elongated, a moderately elongated body, a long tubiform mouth (ventrals abdominal?, dorsal unknown), and a very large cuneiform caudal. Rhamphosid^. Hemibranchs with the anterior vertebrae normal (not elongated) and separate, about twenty-two (eight abdominal and fourteen caudal) vertebrae in all, plates on the nape and shoulders only, with a tubiform mouth, subthoracic ventrals, a dorsal spine behind the nuchal armature, and the second dorsal and anal far behind and opposite. Regarding Urosphen, it may be recalled that Agassiz himself recognized its intermediate position between the Aulostomids and Fistulariids. Unlike the former, Urosphen is scaleless, and small teeth are present in the jaws. From Fistularia it is distinguished chiefly by the form of the very large cuneiform caudal fin, but in other respects approaches very closely to that genus. In grouping it provisionally with recent flute-mouths, A. Smith Woodward gives the following tabulation : ^ V Synopsis of Genera. No free dorsal spines; caudal fin forked, with elongated median rays; no scales Fistularia. A series of free dorsal spines; caudal fin rhombic, without elongated ray; small ctenoid scales present Aulostonia. Imperfectly known, but all caudal fin-rays much elongated; no scales Urosphen. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 321 There remains to be considered the genus Rhamphosus, which is placed by A. Smith Woodward among the Centriscidse, and made by Gill the type of an inde- pendent family. Only two species are known, R. rastrum (Volta) and R. biserratus Bassani, both from the Eocene of Monte Bolca and both very rare. Nearly all writers who have noticed this genus have recognized its close agreement in the majority of structural characters with the modern Centriscus and Amphisile, as these terms are commonly used (not, however, in the sense employed by Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1883, Vol. V., p. 575). The differences which it presents were pointed out in the first instance by Agassiz, with the exception of one very important feature. He failed to emphasize the fact that in the fossil form the mouth is not borne at the end of an elongate, tubiform snout. And yet, at the very close of his diagnosis of the genus he writes: " Les machoires s'ouvrent peu et sont placees immediatement au dessous de I'orbite." This observation of Agassiz, which is undoubtedly correct, appears to have been overlooked by subsequent writers, all of whom ascribed to Rhamphosus, either directly or by implication, a character which it does not possess, namely, that of having a " snout produced in a long tube, with small, terminal, toothless mouth." In reality the condition is very different from that which is common throughout the order, and resembles that occurring in modern sword- and sail-fishes, or in the extinct Aspidorhynchus, Hemirhynchus, Blochius, &c., where the snout is produced in a sharp, spear-like rostrum. These are all forms in which a prominent beak results from a forward extension of the upper jaw only, but a parallel modification is found in the " Half-Beaks " or Hemiramphs, in which it is the lower jaw only that is produced. A still different modification is that observed in the African family of Mormyrids, where the pore-like mouth is at the extremity of a long, taper- ing proboscis. Regarding the latter group the following remark by Boulenger is of interest to us in the present connection: " Some species of Mormyrops show how a form like Gymnarchus may have evolved out of a more typically-formed fish. Nothing is more striking than the variation in the shape of the snout within one and the same genus, and the names given to some of the species {ovis, caballus, elephas, taniandua, numenius, ibis) are suggestive of resemblance with the heads of various animals." (Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, p. 550.) Similar modifications of the snout are to be observed in the family Gymnotidse. Just as a series of stages in the formation of a tubiform snout can be traced in the sticklebacks leading from Gasterosteus through Aulorhynchus up to the flute- mouths, so in the same manner a series is traceable from the non-elongate snout of 322 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Gymnarchus, through Mormyrus, up to the extremely specialized organ of Gnatho- nemus. Progressive stages in the elongation of the rostrum in scombroid fishes have been pointed out by Regan. The structural changes which have attended the formation of a beak are illustrated in the following diagrams: Fig. 1. Diagram showing the structure of the rostrum in AcanUwcyhium (a), Histiophorus (6), Xiphias (c), and Xiphiorhynchus (d). pmx, prffimaxillary; mx, maxillary; na, nasal; eth, ethmoid; fr, frontal. (After C. T. Regan, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. Ill, 1909, p. 73). No attempt has ever been made, so far as the present writer is aware, to explain by what means or processes the gradual formation of a rostral beak has been brought about. An interesting theory, however, has been advanced by Dr. Gregory to explain the progressive elongation of the pre-orbital region in the Syngnathidte to form a tubiform snout with terminal jaws. The explanation given is as follows: EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OP MONTE BOLCA. 323 " The taste for minute prey to be sought by poking about in odd corners may have determined some of the peculiar specialization of the Sea-horse order. We may imagine these to have continually sought smaller and smaller food until the tiny particles came to be sucked up by the elongate muzzle. After probably passing through a stage somewhat like Syngnathus, but less eel-like, the ancestral Sea-horse did not need the quick-darting form of the body to capture its food or to escape enemies; hence the fan-like tail was suppressed (in Hippocampus), and the rapidly vibrating pectoral and dorsal fins enabled the fish to poise, humming-bird fashion, while sucking food through the tubular beak." (Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. XVII, 1907, p. 495). Without proceeding further into the question of origins, we wish to lay stress on the fact that among sticklebacks two distinct lines of specialization are traceable as regards the conformation of the region between the orbit and the mouth. Pro- gressive modification in one direction leads to the pushing forward of this whole region, the jaw parts being carried along in this facial elongation and the mouth retaining its terminal position. An evolutionary series of Gasterosteiformes, showing gradual transformation with respect to these characters, was first worked out by Dr. Theodore N. Gill. And it is to be noted that at the same time that the snout was becoming elongated into a slender tube, scales over the body were becoming progressively superseded by dermal armor. The armament is first indicated in the form of bony scutes arranged in rows along the back and fianks, and finally culminates in the cuirass of Amphisile, which is fused with the enlarged ribs and other portions of the endoskeleton (c/. Gregory, I. c, p. 493). The second line of progressive modification culminates in the formation of a rostral beak recalling that found in certain Xiphiiformes ( Histiophorus, Blochius, etc.), though the mouth is situated ventrally and but little in advance of the orbits. This series may also be supposed to begin with Gasterosteus or its immediate pro- totype, and leads through stages which are not recorded in paleontology up to the longirostrate type of which Rhamphosus is the only known example. Now the interesting thing to note is that this second evolutionary series is not only specialized in the direction of acquiring a sword-like rostrum, but it also exhibits the unfolding of characters which are progressively displayed in the parallel evolutionary series. For convenience we may distinguish these as (1) the tube- snout, and (2), the rostrate series, both having Gasterosteus as a common starting- point. The evolutionary changes that have taken place appear to have proceeded in the following manner. A generalized or " synthetic type," to use Agassiz's phrase, 324 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. contains within itself certain potentialities of continuous variation. It is charged, so to speak, with a complex of latent characteristics. One set of these is that which terminates in an elongated tubiform snout, the other in the development of a peculiar kind of dermal armor, including a long and slender dorsal fin-spine. In the tube-snout evolutionary series the gradual elaboration of these two sets of characters, which may be supposed to be resident potentially in Gasterosteus, goes hand in hand; and thus we find. that Centriscus has both a tubular snout and is provided with dermal armor and a well-developed dorsal fin-spine. But in the rostrate series one of these sets of characters is suppressed, no tubular snout being developed. The second group of characters which was potentially present in Gasterosteus is developed in precisely the same fashion as in the Centriscoids, with the result that in Rhamphosus we find a body-armor paralleling that in Centriscus, and a remarkably similar dorsal fin-spine. The divergence in forms with reference to the splitting up of the original complex of characters might be illustrated by the following scheme : Fistulariids t Aulostomids I Urosphen I Aulorhynchus Amphisile T Centriscus Rham )hosus Gasterosteus Family Rhamphosid^ Gill {emend.). Solenichthyes with Gasterosteus-like form of body, the anterior vertebrse discrete and not elongated, about twenty-two (eight abdominal and eighteen caudal) vertebrse in all ; dermal plates on the nape and shoulder-region only; a single, elongate dorsal spine arising from the hinder end of the nuchal armature. Mouth small, and placed as in Gasterosteus, but the upper portion of the head produced in an elongate rostrum. Ventral fins subthoracic, the second dorsal and anal remote and opposite. 2. Rhamphosus rastrum (Volta). (PL XLIV, Figs. 1-3). 1796. Uranoscopus rastrum G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 22, pi. V, fig. 4. 1796. Centriscus G. S. Volta, ibid., pi. LXXV, fig. 1 (errore). EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 325 1818. Centriscus aculeatus H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 339. 1835. Rhamphosus aculeatus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 291 (name only). 1839-42. Rhamphosus aculeatus L. Agassiz, Poiss., Foss. Vol. IV, p. 270, pi. XXXII, fig. 7. 1888. Rhamphosus aculeatus L. Vaillant, Exped. Scient. Travailleur et Talisman, Poissons, p. 339. 1898. Rhamphosus aculeatus F. Bassani, Palsentogr. Italica, Vol. Ill, p. 82; pi. IX, fig. 4. 1901. Rhamphosus aculeatus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Part IV, p. 378. 1905. Rhamphosus rastnun C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, No. 34, p. 20. 1911. Rhamphosus aculeatus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 362. Type. — Nearly complete skeleton; Paris Museum of Natural Histor3\ The genotype, which attains a length of about 14 cm. Maximum depth of body occurring in about the region of the pectoral arch, behind which the trunk is slender and gradually tapering. Distance between the orbit and extremity of the elongated rostrum equal to that between the orbit and origin of the second dorsal fin, and equalling also the length of the single dorsal spine. The latter is slender, acuminate, nearly rectilinear, and posteriorly denticulated. The beak also bears a series of minute denticles. Dorsal and anal fins equal and directly opposed, each with nine rays, and caudal with sixteen rays. Scales very minute, having the form of dermal granulations or papillae. This is an extremely rare form, only two examples being found in the Paris Museum and a small imperfect one in the British Museum. One fully grown and three immature individuals are contained in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, being cataloged as follows: 5328, 5310 + 5310a, 5312, and 4213 + 4213a. Two of these are figured in the accompanying plates. Family UrdsPhenid^ Gill. Solenichthyes with the first four vertebrae" much elongate, a moderately elongated and slender body, a long tubiform snou't with terminal mouth, second dorsal and anal remote, similar and opposite, caudal fin relatively large, vertebra? between fifty and sixty in number; scales absent. Genus Urosphen Agassiz. No new characters can be added to the generic diagnosis of this genus, but a further study of one nearly complete skeleton in the collection warrants the estab- lishment of a new species, the description of which immediately follows. 326 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 3. Urosphen attenuata sp. nov. 1911. Urosphen dubia Eastman, Mem. Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 361, PI. XCVI, fig. 2. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum (Cat. No. 4499). A small species attaining a length of about 20 cm. having about the same pro- portions as the type of U. dubia, but more vertically compressed, and differing in the conformation of the caudal fin. This is intermediate in character between the caudal fin of U. dubia, which is cuneiform with all of the rays gradually in- creasing in elongation above and below axially, or medianwards, and that of Fistu- lariids in which two axial rays are excessively elongated. The neural and haemal spines of the last vertebral centrum are expanded into fan-shaped laminse medially Fig. 2. Tail of Urosphen attenuata Eastman. X 1- C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4499. in contact and together forming a urostyle,' which supports in all six slender, greatly elongated and closely apposed caudal fin rays, half the number being epiaxial and half hypaxial (see Fig. 2). In addition, a series of ten short rays, increasing gradually in length from the anteriormost onwards until about the fifth, after which all are of uniform length, arise from the dorsal and ventral margins at the posterior extremity of the body, being supported by the neural and haemal spines of the last five vertebrae. The dorsal and anal fins are remote, similar, and opposite, the former with eighteen rays, and the latter with twenty. The trunk and head are vertically much com- pressed, and the small, terminal mouth is provided with minute conical teeth. In the type-specimen the undigested skeletal remains of a small teleost are seen in the forward part of the intestinal tract. The holotype has already been figured in the Memoirs (1911) under the name of U. dubia. ' Reference may be made here to the writings of R. H. Whitehouse (Proc. Roy. Soc, Vol. 72 B, 1909, p. 139), and C. T. Regan (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. V, 1910, p. 5.31) on the caudal fin of Clupeoids, and the Tcleostean urostyle. The last-named author remarks (l. c, p. 533): "A comparative study leaves no room for doubt that in many cases the urostyle is merely the result of anchylosis of the uroneurals and that centra take little or no part in its formation, and I do not think that there are any fishes in which a urostyle has been formed simply by anchylosis of posterior centra; but that is a matter which requires further investigation." EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 327 Order Berycomorphi. The view is commonly entertained that the fishes belonging to this order are very generalized, as is shown by such characters as the large number of pelvic fin-rays, and the persistence of the pneumatic duct in certain genera, as well as the widespread distribution and importance of the group so long ago as the Cretaceous. The family Berycidse is represented in the Upper Eocene fauna of Monte Bolca by two genera, Holocentrum and Myripristis, remains of which are not uncommon. The typical species of these genera, which are represented in the collections of the Museum, have already been considered in the Catalog of Fossil Fishes published in Volume IV of the Memoirs of this institution. Order Heterosomata. Physoclistic Teleosts with asymmetrical craniimi and strongly compressed body, the precaudal region short; pelvic bones directly attached to the cleithra (clavicles) ; fins without spines. The Heterosomata, or Flat-fishes, are to be regarded as aberrant, strongly compressed Perciformes or a derivative from that stock, instead of being asym- metrical Gadoids, as was formerly svipposed. They differ from all other fishes in having an asymmetrical cranium; both eyes are on one side in the adult, this side being uppermost and pigmented, whilst the lower or eyeless side is usually devoid of pigment. Boulenger has expressed the view that the Upper Eocene genus Amphistiuni is allied to the symmetrical ancestor of the flat-fishes, and this opinion is also shared by Regan, who, however, regards Amphistium as a Percoid not far removed from Platax, and approaching in some respects to the existing Psettus. As true Soles accompany Amphistiuni in the Upper Eocene, the ancestral form from which flat- fishes are derived must have been evolved at a still earlier period. Valuable de- scriptions and figures of the crania in flat-fishes were published by Traquair^ in 1865, and various classificatory schemes have been proposed for the group by recent writers. ** Suborder Pleuronectoidea. Dorsal fin extending forward on the head at least to above the eye ; all the fin- rays articulated, each pelvic fin of six or fewer rays. No supramaxillary bone; no palatine teeth; lower edge of urohyal deeply emarginate, so that the bone appears 8 Trans. Linn. Soc, Vol. XXV, 1865, pp. 263-296. » Kyle, H. M., Kept. Fisheries Board Scotland, Vol. XVIII, 1900, pp. 335-368.— Boulenger, G. A., Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, 1904.— Regan, C. T., Origin and Evolution of the Teleostean Fishes of the order Heterosomata. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), Vol. VI, 1910, pp. 484-496. 328 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. forked. On each side is a single postcleithrum or none. Vertebrae never fewer than twenty-eight (9+19). Jordan and Evermann, in their Catalogue of North American Fishes, recognize only the two families, Plcuronectidse and Soleida?, but in the more recent scheme of Regan there is considerable further subdivision. Among fossil forms, Solea proper first appears in the Lower Miocene, and a species commonly assigned to "Rhombus" (in the Cuvierian sense) is present already in the Upper Eocene. The term Rhombus was, however, applied in 1800 by Lacepede to a genus of Butterfishes, or seven years before its employment by Cuvier for the turbot; hence modern usage requires it to be replaced among flat-fishes by the term Bothus, proposed in 1810 by Rafinesque. Not all of the characters pertaining to the recent Bothus can be observed in the Eocene forms, and in particular, fewer vertebrae are present in the latter, the number being not more than nine abdominal and nineteen caudal. Hence it is desirable to designate the fossil species commonly referred to "Rhombus " by a new generic name. The term Eobothus may be conveniently employed for this purpose. Eobothus, nom. nov. In general like the existing Bothus, but with not more than nine abdominal and nineteen caudal vertebrae. Mouth wide, the jaws and dentition being nearly equally developed on both sides; a narrow band of minute, conical teeth on the margin of the jaws. Abdominal vertebrae with broad transverse processes and very small, delicate ribs; epi- and hypaxial spines at base of caudal fin somewhat expanded, but not fused together into laminar plates. Both pairs of fins present; dorsal arising just over the eye; caudal fins separate, rounded behind. Scales small and thin, showing under the lens very fine parallel, more or less longitudinal or obliquely directed striae. 4. Eobothus minimus (Agassiz). (PI. XLV, Figs. 1-2). 1796. Pleuronectes quadratulus G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 260, pi. I.XIII, fig. 3 {errore). 1835. Rhombus minimus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 301 (name only). 1839-42. Rhombus minimus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 289, pi. XXXIV, fig. 1. 1859. Rhombus minimus A. B. Massalongo, Specimen Photogr. Anim. Foss. Agr. Veron., p. 36, pi. XIII, fig. 1. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 329 1901. Rhombus minimus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., pt. IV, p. 607. 1911. Rhombus minimus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, p. 383. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Paleontological Museum, Munich. "A very small species, attaining a length of about 10 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus contained two and a half times in the length from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin; maximum depth of trunk about four-fifths of latter measure. Vertebrse ten to twelve in the abdominal, twenty in the caudal region. Dorsal and anal fins deepest in their middle portion, the former with about sixty-five, the latter with about forty-five rays; both these fins terminating very close to the caudal, which comprises seventeen to nineteen rays. Small scales well developed, apparently cycloid " (A. S. Woodward). Two additional examples of this early species of flat-fish, both of them beauti- fully preserved, have been found in the material belonging to the Carnegie Museum. These bear the catalog numbers 5313, and 5314 + 5314a. Affixed to the former of these is an original label in unknown handwriting, stating that this is the original specimen figured by Massalongo in Plate XIII, fig. 1, of the Memoir published by him in 1859. These specimens are remarkable for the distinctness with which nearly all of the fine structural characters are displayed, and yet little can be added to the full and accurate description of the skeleton as given by Agassiz in his " Recherches." This author gives a table showing the arrangement of supports for the dorsal and anal fins with reference to the neural and haemal spines. Some variation is to be noted in this respect, and one observes also that as a rule the extremities of these elements are not usually in contact, as represented in the figure of the holotype given by Agassiz. In both of the specimens belonging to the Carnegie Museum now under discussion the first two neurapophyses are much expanded laterally, delicate ribs are seen, the paired fins are well shown, and a number of minute teeth may be recognized. There appears to be a dense squamation, all of the scales being finely striated. It is interesting to note that Agassiz, in commenting on the scale-characters of Pleuronectids, remarked upon their resemblance to those of Chaetodonts (Poiss. Foss. IV, p. 288); and again, in the description of the genus Macrostoma {ibid., p. 260), argued at length upon the close approximation between Pleuronectids of the Psettus type and laterally compressed Chsetodonts like Platax. 330 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Order Percomorphi. Phj^soclistic Teleosts with symmetrical cranium; pelvic bones directly attached to the cleithra; each pelvic fin composed of one spinous and five soft rays or still further reduced; no orbitosphenoid, and no bony stay for the pre-operculum. Under this order are comprised in the more recent classifications of Regan the following six suborders: Percoidei, Scombrodei, Kurtodei, Gobioidei, Blennioidei, and Scorpsenoidei. Suborder Percoidei. Family Carangid^. Genus Amphistium Agassiz. Trunk much deepened, and head short and deep, with rather large supra- occipital crest. Eye large; cleft of mouth of moderate size and directed upward; teeth minute or absent. Paired fins small, the pelvic pair inserted in advance of pectorals; dorsal fin not much elevated, extending along the greater part of the back, with three or four feeble anterior spines; anal fin almost or quite as much extended as the dorsal, with three or four feeble anterior spines; caudal fin rounded. Scales very small, none enlarged or thickened. 5. Amphistium paradoxum Agassiz. 1796. Pleuronedes platessa G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 179, PI. XLIV, fig. 1 (errore) . 1818. Pleuronedes platessa H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 357 (errore). 1835. Amphistium paradoxum L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 294 (name only). 1834-44. Amphistium paradoxum L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. V, Pt. l,p. 44, PI. XIII. 1905. Amphistium paradoxum C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, No. 34, p. 24. Type.^Nearly complete fish; Museum of Natural History, Paris. The genotype, attaining a length of about 20 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus somewhat exceeding half the maximum depth of the trunk, which is contained twice or slightly less in the total length of the base of the caudal fin. Vertebral column composed of nine abdominal and fifteen caudal vertebrae, all abbreviate and massive. Dorsal and anal fins gently rounded and equally elevated, each with from twenty-one to twenty-three stout, articulated, and divided rays. This rare and interesting species is considered by Boulenger " to realize in EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 331 every respect the prototype of the PleuronectidsE before they had assumed the asymmetry which characterizes them as a group." By the author just named this supposed ancestral flat-fish is placed in close association with the Zeidae, from which family it differs, however, in the smaller number of vertebrse, and in having the dorsal and anal spines more reduced, adnate, and continuous with the series of soft rays. A copy of Boulenger's restoration of this species is given in figure 3. It Fig. 3. Amphislium paradoxmn Agassiz. Upper Eocene, Monte Bolca, Italy. Skeleton as restored by Boulenger, about one-half the natural size. (C/. Mem. Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, p. 383). is based upon two nearly complete specimens preserved in the British Museum of Natural History and these two specimens afterwards furnished Dr. Regan the basis for the following statement: " I much more readily subscribe to Boulenger's view that the Upper Eocene Amphistium is allied to the symmetrical ancestor of the flat-fishes, for in my opinion this fish is a Percoid, which should probably be placed in the family Scorpididse near the existing Psettus, or may perhaps be related to Platax. Thanks to the courtesy of Dr. A. Smith Woodward, I have been able to examine the two examples of Amphistium paradoxum in the British Museum. The caudal fin has seventeen principal rays above and below (Agassiz gives the formula for this fin: 6. I. 8; 7. I. 2) ; the pelvic fin, preserved only in the Monte Bolca specimen, is formed of a spine, and, in my opinion, five soft rays, for I cannot see a greater number inserted on the pelvic bone which lies uppermost, the outlines of which are fairly distinct. " Boulenger's restoration shows several features of Psettodes or Zeus which I am unable to see in the fossils; thus he shows the lower jaw nearly as long as the head and the pre-operculum vertical and scarcely curved, whereas the lower jaw appears to be only a little more than half the length of the head, and the pre-oper- culum to have a distinct lower limb; also the origin of the anal fin is not so far 332 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. forward in the actual fossils as it is in the restoration." (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1910 (8) Vol. VI, p. 486.) This species is not represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, but there has sometimes been included under it a closely allied form which is here considered as specifically distinct, and the discussion of which immediately follows. 6. Amphistium bozzianum Massalongo. (Plate XLV, Fig. 4.) 1859. Amphistium bozzianum A. B. Massalongo, Spec. Photogr. Anim. Foss. Agr. Veron., p. 37, pi. XIII, fig. 2. 1887. Amphistium bozzianum A. de Zigno, Mem. R. Istit. Veneto, Vol. XXIII, p. 14. 1901. Amphistium bozzianum. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. IV, p. 435. T^Jpe. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum. (Cat. No. 5308). This species appears to be known only by the original holotype, which is now the property of the Carnegie Museum. It is of relatively small size, measuring only about 5 cm. in length from the extremity of the snout to the base of the caudal fin. By Belotti it was regarded as an immature example of A. paradoxum Agassiz, but its claims to recognition as a distinct species were re-affirmed in 1879 by Baron de Zigno, and his views are fully confirmed by the present writer's examination of the holotype. This latter has a less deep body than A. paradoxum, the vertebral column and its neural and hsemal arches are more delicately constructed, the caudal fin is relatively smaller and the dorsal and anal more elevated, and the number of dorsal fin-rays is greater (twenty-eight as compared with twenty-three) than in A. para- doxum. It is to be noted that the paired fins and bones of the head are much more clearly displayed in Massalongo's holotype than in the original of A. paradoxum figured by Agassiz. Genus Ductor Agassiz. 7. Ductor leptosomus Agassiz. 1796. Callionymus vestence G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 140, pi. XXXII, fig. 2 (error e). 1796. Gobius smyrensis G. S. Volta, ibid., p. 241, PI. LVIII, fig. 2 (errore). 1818. Callionymus vestince H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 359. 1818. Gobius smyrensis H. D. de Blainville, ibid., p. 358. 1834. Ductor leptosomus L. Agassiz, Verhandl. Ges. vaterliind. Mus. Bohmen, p. 66 (name only). EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 333 1835. Dudor leptosomus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 293 (name only). 1834-44. Dudor leptosomus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. V, Pt. 1, p. 53, pi. XII. 1876. Dudor leptosomus F. Bassani, Atti. Soc. Veneto-Trent. Sci. Nat., Vol. Ill, p. 184. 1901. Dudor leptosomus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. IV, p. 448. 1911. Dudor leptosomus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 369. Type. — Imperfect fish; Museum of Natural History, Paris. Besides the examples of this species already cataloged as part of the Bayet Collection in the Carnegie Museum, an additional specimen, preserved in counter- part, is contained in the material upon which report is now being made. It is cataloged as No. 5315+ 5315a. Genus Zanclus Cuvier and Valenciennes. 8. Zanclus brevirostris Agassiz. 1796. Chcetodon canescens G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, PI. XXVI, fig. 2 (errore). 1842. Zanclus brevirostris L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 236, pi. XXXVIV. 1911. Zanclus brevirostris C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 372. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Museum of Natural History, Paris. Among the additional suite of specimens that has recently come to light is an excellently preserved representative of this species, cataloged as No. 5306. It proves to be the left-hand counterpart of the example already cataloged as No. 4415. This specimen bears two original MS. labels in an unknown hand, reading as follows: " Dono di Eugenio Sardagna, Venezia, 18 Nr. 1888 {ex Galleria Man- fron)." " ChcBtodon canescens Volta, Ittiol. Veron; Tav. 26, fig. 2." Family CH^TODONTiDiE. Genus Pyg^us Agassiz. 9. Pygaeus coleanus Agassiz. 1834-42. Pygoeus coleanus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, pp. 16-256, PL XLIV, fig. 5. 1838-42. Pygceus egertoni L. Agassiz, ibid., p. 257 (imperfect fish, British Museum). 1838-42. Pygceus gibbus L. Agassiz, ibid., p. 257 (distorted fish, British Museum). 1901. Pygceus coleanus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. IV, p. 557. Type. — Imperfect fish; British Museum. This is an imperfectly known small Chaetodont, of which nearly aU of the 334 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. specimens, so far brought to light, have been more or less distorted. One such, preserved in counterpart and cataloged as No. 5317+5317a, is contained in the lot of material from Monte Bolca, which originally formed part of the Bayet Col- lection. Two others, smaller, but better preserved, are cataloged as Nos. 5322 and 5323. There are also preserved in the same collection two or three examples of an allied form from the Lower Miocene of Chiavon, Vicentin, in northern Italy. Genus Ephippus Cuvier. 10. Ephippus rhombus (Blainville). (Plate XLVI, Fig. 1). 1796. Chcetodon mesoleucus G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 41, PL X, fig. 1 (errore). 1796. Chcetodon chirurgus G. S. Volta, ibid., p. 177, PL XLIII (errore). 1818. Chcetodon chirurgus H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 353. 1818. Cha'todon rhombus H. D. de Blainville, ibid., p. 353. 1823. Cha'todon rhotJiboides J. F. Kriiger, Gesch. Urwelt, Pt. II, p. 671. 1842-44. Ephippus longipennis L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, pp. 15, 225, PL XL. 1859. Ephippus longipennis A. B. Massalongo, Spec. Photogr. Anim. Foss. Agr. Veron., p. 34, PL IX. 1876. Ephippus longipennis F. Bassani, Att. Soc. Veneto-Trent. Sci. Nat., Vol. Ill, p. 179. 1886. Ephippus longipennis W. Szajnocha, Pamiet. Wydz. matem-przr. Akad. Umiejet. Krakow, Vol. XII, p. 108, Pis. II, III. 1901. Ephippus rhombus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 559. 1911. Ephippus rhombus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 380, PL XCII, fig. 2. Type. — Imperfect fish; Paris Museum of Nat. History. One is certainly safe in saying that no more perfectly preserved fish from the Monte Bolca locality has yet been made known than the splendid example figured by Massalongo in Plate IX of his work published in 1859. The identical specimen now forms part of the Bayet Collection in the Carnegie Museum, and is cataloged as No. 5305. It bears an original MS. label in an unknown hand reading: " E I'esemplare figurato nella tav. IX. dello Specimen Photogr. di Massalongo." EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 335 Family Sparid^e. Genus Sparnodus Agassiz. 1 1 . Sparnodus vulgaris (Blainville) . The synonj-my of this species is very long, and need not be given here, as no particularly noteworthy example has been added to the collection since the Catalog of Monte Bolca Fishes in the Carnegie Museum was published two years ago. However, among the material recently brought to hght is one very curious specimen which is clearly of composite nature, being made up of portions of various indivi- duals artfully pieced together, though not in accordance with the teachings of comparative anatomy. It is catalogued as No. 5330, and is worthy of preservation in its present state as a curiosity, or monstrosity. Family Labrid^ (Wrasses). Narial opening double on each side. Marginal teeth prehensile; vomer and palatines toothless; lower pharyngeal bones (rarely also upper pharyngeals) fused together. Spinous portion of dorsal fin at least as much extended as articulated portion; anal fin with two to six spines, nearly equal to, and opposite, the hinder dorsal fin. Scales usually cycloid, rarely feebly ctenoid. Existing Wrasses are brilliantly colored marine fishes with thick lips, strong pointed teeth on the jaws, and conical or tubercular teeth on the pharyngeals. An able discussion of the group is that by Dr. D. S. Jordan, entitled " A Review of the Labroid Fishes of America and Europe," to be found in the Report of thelJ. S. Fish Commission for 1887 (1891), pp. 559-699. In the paper of Dr. Jordan just referred to the procedure was adopted of uniting the genus Crenilabrus of Cuvier and Valenciennes with the earlier described Sym- phodus of Rafinesque. At a later period, however, the distinguished ichthyologist in question found reason for changing his opinion, and for maintaining Crenilabrus and Symphodus as distinct genera. Thus, in a note published in Science for August 19, 1904, (Vol. XX, p. 245), he writes as follows: " I should now separate Crenilabrus C. and V. as a valid genus from Symphodus Raf. (= Coricus C. & V.) with which I united it in 1891. Symphodus scina has the general characters of Crenilabrus, the serrated pre-opercle and other features, but it has the snout strongly produced, giving a concave profile, a matter probably worthy of generic distinction. Crenilabrus like Symphodus has thirteen or fifteen dorsal spines, and thirty-one to thirtj^-three vertebrae. I do not see how C. szajnochce can be properly placed in it, as these numbers are fairly constant within the same genus. C. szajnochce should form the type of a new genus." 336 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. EoLABROiDES gen. nov. An extinct genus allied to the existing Labrus, Crenilabrus, Symphodus, etc., and known thus far only by the type species, which was originally described under the name of Crenilabrus szajnochce Zigno. Adopting the suggestion of Dr. D. S. Jordan, it may be more properly considered as the type of a distinct genus, for which the new name of Eolabroides is proposed at the suggestion of the veteran naturalist and supreme authority in American ichthyology, Dr. Theodore N. Gill of Washington. Diagnosis. — An extinct genus, known only by the type species, much resembling the existing Labrus, but with fewer vertebrae, and an extended dorsal fin with more than twice as many soft rays as in the living genus. Scales not extending over the opercular apparatus and cheeks. 12. Eolabroides szajnochae (A. de Zigno). (PI. XLVI, Figs. 2-3). 1887. Crenilabrus szajnochce A. de Zigno, Mem. R. Istit. Veneto, Vol. XXIII., p. 17, fig. 3. 1904. Symphodus szajnochce C. R. Eastman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. XLVI., no. 1, p. 29, PI. I., fig. 5. 1904. Crenilabrus szajnochce D. S. Jordan, Science, n.s., Vol. XX., p. 245. A species attaining a total length of about 12 cm. to the base of the caudal fin. Snout not produced and but little pointed; trunk oblong and laterally compressed. Vertebrae about twenty-eight in number, of which sixteen are caudal. Dorsal fin much extended, with thirteen spines and eighteen soft rays; anal fin with three stout spines and eight articulated rays; caudal fin rounded, with sixteen principal rays preceded by several shorter ones above and below, which are supported by the epi- and hypaxial processes of the three hindermost vertebrae. Scales of moderate size, finely striated, but not posteriorly serrated. Operculum and pre- operculum with denticulated posterior margin. Marginal teeth conical, slightly recurved; pharyngeal dentition not observed. Type. — Imperfect fish; present location unknown. Besides the type, which is small and imperfectly preserved, but one other example of this species has hitherto been made known. This second specimen is now the property of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Mass., and, like the holotype, is of small size, having a total length of 10 cm. to the base of the caudal fin. In point of preservation it leaves much to be desired, and although associated with the genus Symphodus by the present writer, in the opinion of Dr. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 337 D. S. Jordan it seemed preferable to regard it and also the holotype of " Crenila- brus " szajnochoB as pertaining to a distinct genus. This suggestion of Dr. Jordan is now adopted, and the two previously described specimens together with two additional examples belonging to the Carnegie Museum and figured in the present paper, are placed in a new genus, Eolabroides, of which the diagnosis has just been given, and the specific characters of the type-species redefined. Both specfmens belonging to the Carnegie Museum are preserved in counter- part. The larger of them is cataloged under separate numbers, one for each half (4340 and 5303). The two halves of the smaller specimen are cataloged as 4331 and 4331a respectively. One of the counterparts of each specimen is figured in the accompanying plates, and that bearing the catalog number 5303 has been submitted to Dr. Gill for examination, he having expressed a desire to study its characters, and in particular to compare the skeleton with Agassiz's figure of a unique fish from Monte Bolca, named by him Toxotes antiquus. Concerning the type of the last-named form. Dr. Gill is convinced that it has nothing in common with the modern freshwater group of Toxotids or archer- fishes,^" all referable to a single genus, but on the whole is unwilling to speak con- fidently as to its precise systematic position, like Agassiz himself, who was per- plexed to locate the example of the so-called " Toxotes antiquus " which came under his observation. Under date of May 28, 1913, Dr. Gill has been kind enough to state for the writer's benefit his conclusions on these matters in the following paragraph of a personal letter: " The specimen figured by Agassiz does not belong to the genus Toxotes, as is evident from the general form, the development of the fins, and the abdominal cavity. The specimen you have sent me is not congeneric with Agassiz's and is, so far as the evidence goes, a Labrid. I cannot identify it with any recent form, however. If my count is correct, it has the fin-formula : D. XIV -f 14; A. Ill +6 ; C. 5+13 (branched) +4. I will count the rays again. Give my kind regards to Dr. Holland, and explain why I did not acknowledge receipt of the specimen before." In a subsequent letter, dated August 21, 1913, the same eminent authority makes the following additional statement: " The so-called Toxotes antiquus of Agassiz is entirely distinct generically from the modern genus Toxotes, and I doubt whether it belongs to the same family. The two differ in these respects : — ■« Gill, Theodore N., " The Archer-fish and its Feats." Smithson. Misc. Coll., Vol. LII, 1909, No. 1861, pp. 271-286. 338 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Toxotes (living). ' Toxotes ' antiquus Ag. Body rhomboid. Body compressed, fusiform. Back declivous from dorsal to snout. Back convex from dorsal to snout. Dorsal with 4 to 6 graduated stout Dorsal with several weak spines fol- spines followed by shorter branched lowed by longer branched rays. rays. Anal longer than dorsal, with 3 stout Anal much shorter than dorsal. spines. "The distinctive characters are not patent in the fossil nor in the figure of ' Toxotes,' so that I cannot give the systematic position of either the fossil you have sent me, or of the so-called ' Toxotes ' antiquus. Like so large a proportion of other fossil fishes uncertainty must remain for the present." (C/. Appendix, p. 345). Family Pomacentrid^. This is a family of marine fishes, with skeleton closely similar to that of the Chromidae and Labridse. The narial opening is single on each side, and the scales are usually ctenoid. Genus Odonteus Agassiz. 13. Odonteus sparoides Agassiz. (Plate XLVII, fig. 1) 1839. Odonteus sparoides L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 178, PL XXXIX, fig. 2. 1898. Odonteus sparoides var. depressus F. Bassani, Palseont. Ital., Vol. Ill, p. 83, PL VIII, fig. 2. 1911. Odonteus sparoides C. R. Eastman, Mem. Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 379, PL XCVII, fig. 1. Type. — Imperfect fish; Paris Museum of Natural History. This is an extremely rare form, only a few specimens of which are to be found in European Museums, and two in the Carnegie Museum. One of these has already been figured in volume IV of the Memoirs, and the second example is shown of the natural size in Plate XLVII, Fig. 1. It bears the catalog number 5307, and is probably an immature individual. Family Percid^. Teeth small and conical, usually extending over inner bones of the mouth; pre-operculum serrated. Lower pharyngeal bones nearly always separate. Spinous portion of dorsal fin usually as much extended as the articulated portion; anal fin usually with one to three, rarely five to seven spines, nearly equal, and opposite EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 339 to the hinder dorsal fin. The family comprises marine and freshwater fishes univer- sally distributed in temperate and tropical regions. Genus Cyclopoma Agassiz. This genus, supposedly extinct, includes a few Tertiary species, which struc- turally bear a considerable resemblance to the existing Lates, and are actually referred to that genus by P. Bleeker (Archiv. Neerland, 1876, Vol. XI, p. 263). We prefer to follow the example of A. Smith Woodward, however, who agrees with the original author in regarding it as a distinct genus. 14. Cyclopoma (?) micracanthum (Agassiz). (Plate XLV, fig. 3, and Plate XLVII, fig. 2). 1796. Holocentrus maculatus G. S. Volta, Ittioht. Veronese, p. 234, PI. LVI, fig. 3 (errore) . 1796. Amia indica G. S. Volta, ibid., p. 149, PL XXXV, fig. 4 {errore). 1818. Amia indica H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 347. 1835. Smerdis micracanthus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 33, PL VIII, figs. 1,2. 1836. Dules medius L. Agassiz, ibid., p. 93, PL XIII, fig. 4. 1901. Cyclopoma (J) micracanthum A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. IV, p. 504. 1905. Cyclopoma {?) micracanthum C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Vol. XIII, No. 34, p. 25. 1911. Cyclopoma (f) micracanthum C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 375. Type. — Imperfect fish; olim Hartman collection, Goppingen. This is a very small species, attaining a total length of about 10 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus about equal to the maximum depth of the trunk and shghtly exceeding one-third of the total length to the base of the caudal fin. Anterior dorsal fin with one spine and eight or nine articulated rays, its anterior origin as far from the occiput as the termination from the caudal fin ; the second to fourth spines about equal in size, their length not exceeding one-half the depth of the trunk at their insertion, and scarcely exceeding that of some of the divided rays. Anal fin with three spines and six articulated rays, less than the posterior dorsal in extent; the second anal spine stoutest, but not longer than the third. Two small but excellently preserved examples of this species are contained 340 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. among the specimens belonging to the Bayet Collection, and are shown in the accompanying plates (Cat. Nos. 5320 and 5329). Most of the structural details are displayed in the larger of these to better advantage than in any other specimen which has come under the observation of the writer. Genus Dules. This recent genus is represented in the Upper Eocene fish-fauna of Monte Bolca by a single species, D. temno'pterus Agassiz, of which but few examples are known. None are preserved in the British Museum; only one (the original holo- type) in the Paris Museum, and but three in the Carnegie Museum. These last- mentioned examples are cataloged as Nos. 4297, 5316+6315a and 5324. They are all smaller than the holotype and are evidently immature, but well preserved. Agassiz's description of this species is to be found in volume IV, p. 91, of his Re- cherches sur les Poissons Fossiles, 1836. Suborder Scombroidei. Maxillaries more or less firmly attached to the non-protractile premaxillaries, which are typically produced and pointed anteriorly. Cranium with the orbito- rostral portion elongate and the postorbital portion abbreviate; parietals separated by the supra-occipital; no orbitosphenoid; basisphenoid present; pro-otics giving rise to an osseous roof for the myodome. Vertebral column of solid centra which are co-ossified with the arches. Pectoral arch attached to the cranium by a forked post-temporal; no mesocoracoid; pterygials more or less regularly hourglass- shaped, four in number, three of them attached to the scapula. Pelvic fins of a spine and five soft rays or variously reduced, thoracic or subthoracic in position, the pelvic bones attached to the clavicles. Division Xiphiiformes. Hypural nearly or quite hidden by the bases of the caudal fin-rays. A long pointed rostrum, formed by the united premaxillaries and by the nasals, the latter meeting in front of the ethmoid and then diverging and tapering forward. Mouth with lateral cleft; teeth small or absent. Epi-otics separated by the supra-occipital. Pectoral fins placed low. Family Blochiid^. Vertebral column consisting of twenty-four vertebrae. Pelvic fins absent. Neural and haemal spines not expanded. Ribs apparently sessile. Body covered with slightly imbricated, diamond-shaped, bony scutes; two longitudinal series of enlarged scutes on each side. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 341 The above re-descriptions of the larger groups of Scombroid fishes are taken from Dr. Regan's diagnoses as contained in his paper published in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for January. 1909. It is of interest to note that in this paper the genus Blochius is removed from association with Blennoid fishes, and assigned to a position intermediate between sail-fishes {Histiophorus and Tetrapterus) and sword-fishes (Xiphiidse). Blochius, an extinct genus and the solitary representative of the family to which it belongs, has been regarded by paleichthyologists from Agassiz onward as of doubtful systematic position. Certain cylindrical spines, found always in the detached condition, and assigned to the provisional " genus " Coelorhynchus, have been compared with the slender, elongate rostrum of Blochius, and a theoretical association of these remains is perhaps permissible. But it is a matter of consider- able interest to note the resemblances to which Regan has called attention between Blochius and Xiphias. For instance, in the paper above referred to, Dr. Regan speaks as follows : " The adult Xiphias gladius differs considerably from Blochius, but very young specimens clearly show its relationship to the extinct genus. An example of nearly 200 mm. in the British Museum is very similar to Blochius longirostris, resembling it in the long slender jaws, the elongate body with the greatest depth just behind the head, and the continuous dorsal fin. The body is covered with rough non- imbricated scales, with four longitudinal series of enlarged scales on each side, two corresponding in position to the lateral series in Blochius and the others running at the base of the dorsal and anal fins." Concerning the osteology of Scombroid fishes in general, reference may be made at this point to the important papers of E. C. Starks on this subject pubUshed in the Journal of Morphology, Vol. XXI, pp. 77-79, and in the Leland Stanford Junior University Publications, University Series, No. 5, 1911. Suborder Gobioides. Pelvic fins thoracic; opisthotic enlarged, extending downwards to the basioc- cipital. T Family Gobiid^. This family comprises small fishes, which are widely distributed on the coasts of temperate and tropical seas, sometimes also occurring in fresh water. With the exception of the single genus Eocottus, the precise systematic position of which is doubtful, no satisfactorily preserved remains of this family have been discovered. In the opinion of Dr. A. Smith Woodward Eocottus should be placed in the family Cottidse among the Scorpjeniformes. More recently Dr. Regan has expressed the 342 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. opinion that " the Eocene Eocottus may be a Gobioid, and Lepidocottus also may belong to the same group. "^^ Genus Eocottus A. S. Woodward. 15. Eocottus veronensis (Volta). 1796. Gobius barbatus G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 48, PI. XI, fig. 1. 1796. Gobius veronensis G. S. Volta, ibid., p. 51, PL XI, fig. 2. 1818. Gobius veronensis H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 358. 1835. Gobius macrourus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 291 (name only). 1838-39. Gobius macrurus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, pp. 12, 203, PL XXXIV, figs. 3, 4. 1876. Gobius macrurus F. Bassani, Atti Soc. Veneto-Trent. Sci. Nat., Vol. Ill, p. 180. 1901. Eocottus veronensis A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. IV, p. 581. 1911. Eocottus veronensis C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 385, PL XCIX, fig. 1 (figure inverted). Type. — Imperfect fish; Paris Museum of Natural History. The best preserved examples of this species, which have thus far been brought to light, are those contained in the British and Carnegie Museums. Three specimens are listed in the published catalog of the latter institution, and we have now to record the accession of three additional specimens, smaller than the others, but fairly well preserved. These have received the catalog numbers: 5325, 5326, 5327. Suborder Blennoidei. Pelvic fins jugular or mental, each of one to four rays, the first of which may be spinous; parasphenoid sending up a wing on each side, which is joined by suture to the frontals. Family Blennid^. Elongated fishes with stout caudal pedicle; snout not produced. Most of the abdominal vertebrae with downwardly directed transverse processes bearing the small ribs. Dorsal fin occupying nearly the whole of the back, often subdivided; anal fin also much extended; caudal fin rounded or tapering. Scales small or absent, and no bony scutes. " Regan, C. T. "The Osteology and Classification of the Tclostean' Fishes of the Oidrr .Sclero- parei." Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8), Vol. XI, 1913, p. 181. EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 343 Genus Pterygocephalus Agassiz. Head short and orbit very large; mouth small, with conical teeth. Vertebrae about ten in the abdominal, fourteen in the caudal region. Dorsal fin very high, the foremost large spine displaced forwards above the head, but the fin otherwise continuous, each scale with a longitudinal keel, and the keels forming regular lines along the trunk. 16. Pterygocephalus paradoxus Agassiz. (PL XLV, Fig 5). 1796. Labrus malapterus G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 228, PI. LV, fig. 3 (errore) . 1818. Labrus malapterus H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 351. 1835. Pterygocephalus paradoxus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 295 (name only). 1839. Pterygocephalus paradoxus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 191, PI. XXXII, figs. 5, 6. 1853. Cristiceps paradoxus J. Miiller, Neues Jahrb., p. 123. 1876. Cristiceps paradoxus F. Bassani, Atti Soc. Veneto-Trent. Sci. Nat., Vol. Ill, p. 178. 1901. Pterygocephalus paradoxus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, Pt. IV, p. 595. 1905. Pterygocephalus paradoxus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, No. 34, p. 29. 1911. Pterygocephalus paradoxus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. IV, No. 7, p. 388, PL XCVI, fig. 5. Type. — Imperfect fish; Paris Museum of Natural History. This, the type-species, includes small-sized fishes allied to the existing Cristiceps, the total length not much exceeding 5 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus equalling maximum depth of trunk and somewhat less than one-third of the total length of the fish to the base of the caudal fin. Separate dorsal fin-spine about twice as long as the next, the length of which slightly exceeds depth of trunk at its point of insertion ; continuous dorsal fin with nine spines and nine articulated rays; anal fin with three spines and seven articulated rays. Two examples of this rare and interesting form are preserved in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum; one, cataloged as No. 4215, which has already been figured, and another which is larger and more perfect, cataloged under the numbers 5309-|-5309o. In this latter, which is in counterpart, all of the fins, the details of the squamation, and arrangement of cranial plates are very favorably displayed. 344 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 17. Gobius microcephalus Agassiz. (Plate XLV, Fig. 6). 1839. Gobius microcephalus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, p. 204, PL XXXIV, fig. 2. 1901. Gobius microcephalus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. IV, p. 588. 1905. Gobius microcephalus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Vol. XIII, p. 33; pi. II, fig. 3. Type. — Imperfect fish; British Museum of Natural History. The type and hitherto only known example of the species which has been called by this name is a small fish doubtfully assigned to a position among the Gobies by Agassiz, and considered by Woodward as " probably a Blennoid though not satis- factorily determinable." The original author remarks that, without undertaking to fix definitely its precise systematic position, it is yet possible to point out its leading specific char- acters, and among these he notes the following: " d'une part, la position tres avancee de I'anale, et de I'autre, la forme tres raccourcie de la tete; caractere qui lui a valu de ma part le nom de G. microcephahis. La colonne vertebrale est loin d'etre massive; les cotes sont longues et greles. ... La dorsale epineuse parait avoir ete separee de la dorsale molle par une echancrure assez prof onde ; ses rayons vont en decroissant depuis le premier jusqu'au septieme ou dernier, qui n'a pas meme la moitie de la longuer des premiers rayons mous. Ceux-ci sont au nombre de neuf , au moins, et vont aussi en se raccourcissant d'avant en arriere. . . . L'anale est composee d'au moins six rayons, qui sont assez allonges. La caudale est tres ample, en egard a la taille du poisson " {I. c, p. 204). Of this species but few examples are known. The British Museum possesses only the holotype, which' is a small individual, and its precise systematic position is regarded as doubtful. None are to be found in the Paris Museum of Natural History, and none in this country, with the exception of two specimens belonging to the Carnegie Museum. One of these, cataloged as No. 5504, has already been figured in Vol. IV of the Memoirs of the Museum, and the other, which is larger and more perfect, has recently come to light. It bears the Catalog No. 5319. APPENDIX. [Since the foregoing pages were written and after they had been put into type, the Editor received a request from the Author to incorporate in the body of the text a lengthy series of changes and additions. A careful examination of this EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 345 new manuscript has satisfied the Editor that the proposed alterations do not justify the expenditure of time and money which would be called for in practically resetting the entire article. In deference, however, to the wishes of Mr. Eastman the Editor incorporates the essence of certain of his pages which seem worthy of being printed. After relating the result of several private interviews with Dr. Theodore N. Gill, the Author announces that the so-called " Toxotes antiquus" (cf. pp. 337-8) should definitely be regarded as belonging to the fossil Labroids, and suggests the erection of a new genus for its reception, for which, in honor of Dr. Gill, he pro- poses the generic name Gillidia. The Editor takes pleasure in printing the diagnosis supplied by Dr. Eastman. W. J. Holland.] Gillidia, gen. nov. An extinct genus allied to Eolabroides, known at present only by the type species, which was described by Agassiz under the name of Toxotes antiquus. Head relatively. long and low. Body of moderate size, compressed, fusiform, the dorsal contour from the snout to the middle of the back scarcely arched. Dorsal fin with six spinous rays, of which the first is short, and none are longer or stouter than the succeeding twelve articulated rays. Anal fin much shorter than the dorsal, with three stout spines followed by twelve branched rays. Caudal fin expanded, scarcely cleft, the superior lobe with eight, and inferior with seven, articulated rays. Squamation coarse, especially in the flank-region; scales with posterior margin entire. 18. Gillidia antiquus (Agassiz). 1796. Scicena jaculatrix G. S. Volta, Ittiolit. Veronese, p. 183, pi. XLV, fig. 1 (errore) . 1818. Lutjanus ephippium H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., vol. XXVII, p. 347 (errore). 1835. Toxotes antiquus L. Agassiz, Neues Jahrb., p. 302 (name only), 1835-42. Toxotes antiquus L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss., Vol. IV, pp. 16*, 264, pi. XLIII. 1901. Toxotes antiquus A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. IV, p. 561 (sub Chsetodontidae). 1905. Toxotes antiquus C. R. Eastman, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, Vol. XIII, No. 34, p 25. Holotype. — Imperfect fish preserved in counterpart; Paris Museum of Natural History (Cat. No. 10,812 + 10,813). 346 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The only known example of this species is that which has already served for the original of figures and descriptions by Volta and Agassiz. It would be super- fluous to here enumerate the specific characters, which have been noted in con- siderable detail by the latter author. Genus Mene Lacepede. [In Part I of the "Catalog of Fossil Fishes in the Carnegie Museum, " Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, p. 366, Mr. Eastman alluded to the fact that numerous fine examples of Mens rhombea (Volta) are contained in the collection, but gave no figure of the species, except a reproduction of a text-figure, showing the cranial osteology, taken from Cramer's article entitled "Ueber Me7ie rhombeus (Volta)" (c/. Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell., Vol. LVIII, 1906, pp. 181-212). This omission the Editor supplies in Plate XLVIIA by a figure of one of the well-preserved speci- mens belonging to the Bayet Collection (No. 4369), showing the remarkable development of the anterior rays of the pelvic fins. The introduction of this plate is made in order to visualize the difference between Mene rhombea (Volta), Mene oblongn (Agassiz) (c/. Eastman, Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, PL XCII, fig. 3), and the species hereinafter described by Eastman as a new species under the name Mene novce-hispcmicp , cf. Text-figure 4. W. J. Holland.] 19. Mene novae-hispaniae, sp. nov. 1755. "Fish which we call an old-wife." F. Byam, Philos. Trans., Vol. IX, p. 295, PI. IX. Type. — Figure of a fish found in counterpart on the island of Antigua, the location of the specimen not now being known. Closely resembling M. rhombea, but the dorsal border less strongly arched, and trunk not so deep as in that species. Maximum depth of trunk equalling its length from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin, and the latter appar- ently slightly excavated. Dorsal fin located as in M. rhombea; but giving no evidence as to the extent of elongation of the anterior ray of the pelvic fin. ****************** From the standpoint of paleogeographical distribution, and also as a criterion for determining the age of the strata exposed at an elevation of about 900 feet above sea-level in the Island of Antigua, it is a matter of considerable scientific interest to be able to determine positively the presence of a species of Mene, hither- to unrecognized as such, and indeed unnamed, in the older Tertiary rocks of the western hemisphere. Historical interest also attaches to the fact that the original I EASTMAN: FISHES FROM UPPER EOCENE OF MONTE BOLCA. 347 specimen to which attention is now directed formed the subject of the earliest pubhshed contribution to the Uterature of paleichthyology emanating from the New World. The communication referred to is in the form of a letter written by the Rev. Francis Byam under date of March 31, 1755, and read before the Royal Society of I.,ondon in December of that year. It is printed in Volume XLIX (page 295) of J'liJksJhrni-.Va/.XLlr.TAB.R. p.ua ri-n- Fig. 4. Mene, novce-hispanice Eastman. (Type.) Being a reproduction of about one-half size of the illustration given in the Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XLIX, Plate IX, 175.5. (Photographed by A. S. Coggeshall). the Philosophical Transactions of that body, accompanied by a steel engraving which portrays the original specimen. This engraving is reproduced in fig. 4, which is a little more than one-half the size of the original. As both the illustration and the published account of the fossil fish have been overlooked by modern ichthyologists, it may be of service to quote the following passage: 'To WiUiam Fauquier, Esq., F.R.S. ... As you have the honour to be a member of the Royal Society, I have sent you, by Captain Barrett, in a box directed for you, what I esteem to be a great curiosity. It is a stone, that was brought from a quarry, for a building in the 348 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. town: the quarrj^ is in the side of a mountain, and is about three hundred yards higher than high-water mark, and about two miles from the sea. When the mason struck it with his hammer, it spHt in two, and discovered the exact por- traiture of a fish (on each stone) which we call an old wife.' J)::):**************** That which is chiefly interesting to note in regard to this specimen, which clearly belongs to a new species, is that its position in the line of evolutionary pro- gression is intermediate between the two other known fossil forms, M. rhombea and M. oblonga. The fact that these two are both from an upper Eocene horizon furnishes additional evidence in support of the view of Dr. T. Wayland Vaughan and others that the fossiliferous strata of Antigua are of early Tertiary age. In- deed, all thie data that are now available favor a correlation of these beds with the Upper Eocene. ****************** Mr. Eastman also calls attention in his manuscript to the fact that two other species of fossil fishes from the West Indies have been discovered, both of which appear to have eluded the notice of some recent writers and catalogers. They are : Aetohatis poeyi Castro, Anales Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., Vol. Ill, 1873, p. 193, from the Tertiary of Cuba; and Zebrasoma deani Hussakof, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, 1907, pp. 125-6. The latter is "the first fossil species known to be referable to the genus Zebra- soma Swainson," cf. Hussakof. I.e. INDEX OF GENERA. Page. Page. Amphistium 330 Odonteus 338 Cyclopoma 339 Pterygocephalus 343 Ductor 332 Pygseus 333 Dules 340 Rhamphosus 324 Eobothus nov 328 Rhombus 328 Eocottus 342 Sparnodus 335 Eolabroides nov 330 Symphodus ' . . . 336 Ephippus 334 Toxotes 337 Gillidia nov 345 Trygon 316 Gobius 344 Urosphen 325 Holocentrus 339 Zanclus 333 Mene 346 Zebrasoma 348 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI Plate XLIII Tnjgon muricata (Volta). X \circa. C. M. Cat. Fishes, No. 4304. > X r w PS P5 ^-n ^'^ \'/r 11 m o (M ^H m CO lO tM lO o CO in o ^ ^ 6 CO »-H fe \^ 71 r/; M^ cn C/J O ■r f^ O H H ti< -i; H O O § >^ C^ l_^ <. C) w mj^ IS! X H !/j N] H <; k; Ph H J <: Q ^ K- K^ tJ ^ o ~i. a. >-», :^ 5= ^ ci 8 ^ -S' -Sf 0= Q^ a; -; (^^ CO CD o o ta ^■^ \^ lEMOiRS Carnegie Museum. Vol, VI. Plate XLV. . v' ' r'.'^ ..-..V,i r •;'.■•/<• 1 Figs. 1-2. Eabolhus minimus Agassiz. Nat. size. C. M.Cat. Foss. Fishes, Nos. 5314a, 5314. Fig. 3. Cijclopoma micrncanthum Agassiz. X f . C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5329. Fig. 4. Amphistium hozzianum Massolongo. X \. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5308. Fig. 5. Pterygocephalus paradoxus Agassiz. Nat. size. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5309a. Fig. 6. Gabius microcephalus Agassiz. X f. Q-. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5319. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XLVI. Fig. 1. Ephippus rhombus Blainville. Nat. size. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5305. Fig. 2. Eolabroides szajnochce Zigno. Nat. size. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5.303. Fig, 3. Eolabroides szajnochce Zigno. Nat. size. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4331a. > X w > o > C/3 o w < O E w O CO <^ CO Lo ^ a-^ S H H S K ffi S 2 I ^ ^ '& i § Eh 5 <) o u <: s «3 " !~ si. c; o S3 ^ (H CO o £ i-i Eh Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate XLVII a. // I / / / / / / O. "*>rv-;:7r. 7/ VS09^-»-7,»|^l^^ Men. rho,n,ea (Vct..) C. M. Cat. Fos. F:sh.s, No. 4369. (Suoht.v K.o.c.b.) EEPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. {Very scarce.) $ .30 2. A Pieluninary list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny Comity, Pa. By J. A. Shafeb. Pp. 114. {Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Iiittle Known FossU Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 17, 4 Platea. {Very scarce.) 65 4. The Eeptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp. 13. {Very scarce.) BO 5. Osteology of the Herodiones. By E. W. Shtj- FELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print.) 6. Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. {Out of Print.) 1. Sahal Bigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 2. {Out of print.) 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Henby G. Klages. Pp. 30. {Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By E. W. Shtj- FELDT. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. {Very scarce.) 90 10. Description of a New Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 15. {Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 9, 3 Plates.. . .35 13. Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 21, 2 Plates, .60 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidee (Ha- drosauridse, Claosaurids) Marsh. By J. B. Hatches. Pp.10 25 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 .25 16. Osteology of the Psittaci. By E. W. Shtjfeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. {Scarce.) 35 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus Partula in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Suith. Pp. 64 1.25 18. Two New Species of Bahaman Lepidoptera. By W.J.Holland. Pp.4 10 19. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peteeson and C. W. Gilmoeb. Pp. 10 15 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By Boyd Csumbine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps $ .30 21. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Botd Csumbine. Pp. 44 90 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Elizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Botd Cetjmeine. 2 pts., pp. 295 2,25 23. Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Csumbine. Pp.74 1.50 24. The Eecords of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, &c. Edited by Boyd Csumbine. Pp. 90 1.75 26. Astropecten (?) montanus, &c. By Eabl Doug- lass. Pp.4 10 26. Discovery of the Bemains of Astrodon (Pleuro- coelus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 6. {Out of print.) 27. Osteology of the Limicolae. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 56, 1 Plate 28. New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate 29. Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By 0. P. Hat. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 30. Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Petesson. Pp. 42, 12 Platea 31. Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. 0. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map 32. In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 33. The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Pebct E. Eatmond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. {Out of print.) 34. On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Biver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hat. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of priiit.) 35. A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietneb. Pp. 49. {Scarce.) 36. The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Peecy E. Eaymond. Pp. 58, 5 Platea. {Scarce.) 37. The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 81. {Scarce.) 38. Notes on the Geology of Southwestern Montana. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate 39. A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 40. Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genua Oambarus. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 8 41. Presentation of Beproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates 42. List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, E&st Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hox^ land. Pp. 11 43. The Hyoid Bone in Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 44. Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 45. A New Species of Eneiffia. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 46. Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustrls in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. 47. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 48. The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O, A. Peteeson. Pp. 8 49. Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Haeey C. Obesholses. Pp. 3. 50. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Pebot E. Eatmond. Pp. 101, 4 Platea 51. A New American Cybele. By J. E. Nabeaway and Peecy E. Eatmond. Pp. 6 52. Plastron of the Protosteginse. By G. E. Wm- LAND. Pp. 7 53. Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the IVtioceno by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen« sis. By Olivee P. Hat. Pp. 6, 8 Platea 54. The Miocene Beds of Western Nebraslrt -.nd Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Petesson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. 55. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate 56. Merycochoerus and a New Genus of Merycoido- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochoe- ridse. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. 57. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .76 .16 .60 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .15 .20 .10 .16 .06 .05 .10 .10 .05 1.50 .15 .15 .26 1.00 .06 1.00 REPRINTS FROM THI! ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 68. On Purther Collections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Carl H. Eigenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAteb and David Pebkins Wakd. Pp. 48, 15 Plates 59. An Undetermined Element In the Osteology of the Mosasauridse. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 60. The Gasteropoda of the Chazy Formation. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana In Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, Pennsylvania, in April and May, 1907. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 6, 2 Plates 63. Description of Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. By B. C. Case. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 64. Notes on Ordovician Trilobites: Ulsenidse from the Black Biver Limestone near Ottawa, Canada. By Percy E. Raymond and J. E, Narbaway. Pp. 14, 3 Plates 65. Bhinoceroses from the Oligocene and IMiocene Deposits of North Dakota and Montana. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 11, 2 Plates 66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 11, 4 Plates 67. Some Oligocene Lizards. By Eabl Douglass. Pp. 8 68. Description of the Type Specimen of Stenomylus gracilis Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 14. 69. Brief Description of Some New Species of Birds from Costa Bica and a Becord of Some Species not Hitherto Beported from that Country. By M. A. Cabrikee, Jr. Pp. 2 70. Notes on Costa Bican Formicariids. By M. A. Careiker, Jr. Pp. 3 71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 16, 2 Plates 72. A Preliminary List of the Lepidoptera of West- em Pennsylvania Collected in the Vicinity of Pittsburgh. By Henry Enqel. Pp. 110 73. The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, Pt. 1. The Fossils of the Bed Shales. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 18, 6 Plates 74. Description of a New Species of Procamelus from the Upper Miocene of Montana, with Notes upon Procamelus madisonius Douglass. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 7, 3 Plates 76. Some Sections of the Conemaugh Series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pennsylvania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 12, 3 Plates 76. A Preliminary List of the Uniouidse of Western Pennsylvania, etc. By De. A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 33 77. A Geological Beconnaissance in North Dakota, Montana, and Idaho; with Notes on Mesozolc and Cenozoic Geology. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 78, 7 Plates Cabin (now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. 78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. By O. E. Jennings. Pp. 133, 30 Plates 79. Catalog of Sesqui-Centennial (Pittsburgh) Belies. By Douglas Stewart. Pp. 30, 6 Plates 80. Dromomeryx, a New Genus of American Buinl- nants. By Eael Douglas. Pp. 23, 5 plates. 81. Fossils from the Glacial Drift and from De- vonian and Mississippian near MeadvUle, Pennsylvania. By Wm. Millard. Pp. 8 82. A New Species of Helodus. By Charles R. Eastman. Pp. 2 83. In Memorlam. Charles Chauncey Mellor. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 12, 1 Plate 84. Beports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 1. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 51 85. Beports of Expedition to British Guiana oif the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Report No. 2. By Marion L. Durbin. Pp. 18 . 1.26 9 .20 1.36 .06 86. Contributions to a Knowledge of Odonata of the Neotropical Begion, Exclusive of Mexico and Central America. By P. P. Calvert. Pp. 207, 9 Plates 2.25 87. Deinosuchus hatcheri, a New Genus and Species of Crocodile from the Judith Biver Beds of Montana. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 14 20 88. Beports on Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. Report No. 3. By C. B. Blosser. Pp. 6, 3 Plates. 89. Preliminary Description of Some New Tltanothe- res from the Uinta Deposits. By Eael Doug- las. Pp. 10, 3 Plates 26 An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Bica Including Cocos Island. By M. A. Cabrikee, Jr. Pp. 601, 1 Plate 3.00 The Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagoas, Brazil. By J. C. Branner. Pp. 18, 3 Plates .40 Description of a Collection of Fossil Fishes from the Kituminous Shales at Biacho Doce, State of Alagoas, Brazil. By David Stabe Jordan. Pp. 12, 9 Plates 55 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. II. Asaph- idae from the 3cekmantown. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 10, 1 Plate ; 35 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. III. By Peecy E. Raymond and J. E. Naeeaway. Pp. 14, 2 Plates 35 Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. IV. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 21, 3 Plates 40 Notes on a Collection of Fishes Made by James Francis Abbott at Irkutsk, Siberia. By David Stare Jordan and William Francis Thomp- son. Pp. 8, 4 Plates 30 South American Tetrigidse. By Lawrence Beuner. Pp. 55 1.00 Preliminary List of the Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series in Western Pennsyl- vania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 15, 5 plates 30 Eesults of an Ichthyological Survey About the San Juan Islands, Washington. By Edwin Chapin Staeks. Pp. 52, 3 plates 75 , Descriptions of a New Species of Pygldium. By Carl H. Eigenmann. P. 1, 1 plate 10 , The Brachiopoda and Ostracoda of the Chazy. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 45, 4 plates ... .50 . A New Camel from the Miocene of Western Nebraska. By O. A, Peterson. . .Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 , A Mounted Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcocki, the Stenomylus Quarry, and Remarks Upon the Affinities of the Genus. By O. A. Peter- son. Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 . A Mounted Skeleton of Diceratherium cooki, Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 6, 1 plate .15 The Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America, 1907-1910. By W. J. Hol- land, Director. Pp. 4 15 A Brief Report Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13 and Localities at Which John D. Haseman Made Collections. By Carl H, Eigenmann. Pp. 16 25 Descriptions of Some New Species of Fishes and IVIiscellaneous Notes on Others Obtained Dur- ing Expedition of Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13, 7 plates 50 An Annotated Catalog of the Cichlid Fishes Collected by the Expedition of Carnegie Mu- seum to Central South America, 1907-1910. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 45, 20 plates 1.25 Some New Species of Fishes I'rom the Bio Iguassu. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 14, 13 plates 65 A Contribution to the Ornithology of the Ba- hama Islands. By W. E. Clyde Todd and W. .25 W. Woethington. Pp. 77, 1 plate 76 .10 90. .15 91. 92. .20 93. .25 .SO 94. .20 95. .25 96. .10 97. .05 98. .46 1.25 99. .60 100 101 .30 102 .35 103 .60 104 1.00 105. 2.76 106. ,46 .30 107. .10 .06 108. .15 109. .50 110. \^ 1^^ Publications oj the Carnegie Museum, Serial No. 82. MEMOIES OF THE CAENEaiE MUSEUM. VOL. YI. NO. 6. W. J. HOLLAND, Editoe. CATALOG OP THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM PART III. CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES FROM THE LITHOGRAPHIC STONE OF CERIN, FRANCE By C. K. EASTMAN PITTSBUEGH. Published by the Authoeity of the Board of Trustees of the CAENEGIE INSTITUTE, September, 1914. i PRICE LIST OF PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM ANNUAL KEPORTS OF THE DIRECTOR 1898, 30c. (scarce); 1899, 25c.; 1900, 30c. (scarce); 1901-14, 25c. each. REPORTS OF PROCEEDINGS OF FOUNDER'S DAY 1898-1914, 35c. each. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Annals are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-bound), as published, @ $3.50 per volume; Vols. I-IX, 1901-1914, bound in green cloth @ $4.00; bound in 1/2 Morocco @ $4.50. MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM The Memoirs are supplied to those who subscribe in advance in parts (paper-boimd), as published, at $10 per volume. VOL. I. (1901-3) No. 1. Diplodocus, Its Osteology, Taxonomy, and No. 3. The Osteology of the Steganopodes. By Probable Habits, with a Restoration of R. W. Shutkldt |2.76 the Skeleton. By J. B. Hatches. (Very " 4. Classification of the Chalcid Flies. By scarce.) $3.00 W. H. Ashmead 6.50 " 2. Oligocene Canidae. By J. B. Hatcher... 1.50 Vol. I. Bound Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. 555, 39 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; Bound J Morocco at $11.50. VOL. n. (1904^6) No. 1. Osteology of Haplocanthosanrus and Ad- No. 5. The Tertiary of Montana. (Scarce.) By ditionj Remarks upon Diplodocus. By „ ^ ^,^,f^^^^'',i Dipiodo,;us.' -By W.' J. ^''' J. B. Hatcher. (Very scarce.) $2.00 Holland J.SO " 2. Osteology of Baptanodon. By C. W. Gil- No. 7. The Osteology of Protostega. By G. B. MORE. (Scarce.) 1.60 „ „ ,.t^^^^^- •••-;••••.••••.•••• \VV;- ' '^^ " 8. New Suillme Remains from the Miocene " 3. Fossil Avian Remains from Armissan. of Nebraska. By 0. A. Peterson 76 By C. R. Eastman 1.00 No. 9. Notes on the Osteology of Baptanodon, „ ^ _. . ^. . „ _ , ^ , T^. with a Description of a New Species. No. 4. Description of New Rodents and Discus- g q -^ Gilmore $1.00 sion of the Origin of Dsemonelix. By O. « 10. A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A. Peterson. (Scarce.) $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Ortmann. . . . 4.00 Vol. II. Bound in Green Cloth, large 4to, pp. circ. 500, 45 Plates, can be supplied at $10.75 per volume; in i Morocco at $11.50. VOL. in. No. 1. Archseological Investigations in Costa No. 2. Osteology of Moropns. By W. J. Hoii- Rica. By C. V. Hartman $6.00 land and 0. A. Peterson $6.00 VOL. rv. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalpant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Formosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- '^3, 12 Plates 1.60 Pp 4 3 Plates .25 ^°' ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Revision of Entelodontids.''By''o.'"A. " ^^^^^- 3^*^- ix ^""^^p; ^^ ^- ^- ^^'^ *„ -„ T. T> -i-i/. r, T^i -^ oinrn MANN. Pp. 69, 4 Plates $2.60 Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 xt^«^i t. i-i. ^ n/r^^i XT A n ,. ^ ri.v Ti- V ^.T. t No. 7. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolea No. 4. Catalog of the Fishes of Formosa. Jordait ^^ Carnegie Museum. By Charles R. and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates. . . . 1.26 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V, The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By 0. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx -{- 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 1/2 morocco. Vols. ni-V supplied unbound, @ $10.00; in cloth @ $10.75; in % morocco @ $12.00. VOL. VI. No. 1. A Catalog of the Fishes known from the No. 3. The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Waters of Korea. Jordan and Metz. Max Mapes Ellis. Pp. 88, 9 Plates $1.50 Pp. 66, 10 Plates $1.50 No. 4. Record of the Fishes obtained in Japan, 1911. D. Starr Jordan and William No. 2. The Lantern-fishes of Japan. Charles Francis Thompson Pp. 109, 19 Plates H. Gn-BERT. Pp. 46, 4 Plates $1.00 and 87 text-figures $3.50 MEMOIRS OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. VOL. VI. NO. 6. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PART III. CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES FROM THE LITHOGRAPHIC STONE OF CERIN, FRANCE. By C. R. Eastman. (Plates XLVIII-LVI.) The subject matter of the following Catalog consists of a large and representa- tive assortment of Upper Jurassic fishes from Cerin (Ain) in southeastern France, the material being contained in the Bayet Collection, which was acquired by the Museum through the generosity of Mr. Andrew Carnegie in 1903. It is now generally considered that the deposits of lithographic limestone in the Department of Ain, France, and in the vicinity of Solenhofen, Bavaria, are of contemporary age, both being referable to the Lower Kimmeridgian division of the marine Upper Jura, and not to the Corallian (upper member of the Middle Jura), as some writers have supposed. The stratigraphic relations of the fish-bearing beds at Cerin will be clear from an inspection of the annexed diagram showing the geological section across this region. Essentially the same ichthyic fauna is represented in the lithographic stone of Cerin, France, and in similar deposits of the general region around Solenhofen, Bavaria; the latter locality, however, furnishing the more abundant and more diversified forms of animal life. The composition of the fish-fauna is essentially " ganoid "; that is to say, teleost fishes of the Crossopterygian and Actinopterygian orders predominate, cartilaginous forms are in the minority, and the Dipnoan sub-class is without known representatives. Among Elasmobranch fishes the Batoidei, or rays, outnumber the sharks, and Holocephali occur very sparsely 349 350 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. at the Bavarian locality, no trace of them having been found in the corresponding deposits in France. In many cases where the same genera occur in both localities, they are found to be represented by different species, as is perhaps natural to expect from the point of view of geographic distribution. Besides the fishes, some fifty species of which were known from Cerin during the life-times of Louis Agassiz and Victor ThioUiere, mention should be made of MOLARO DE DON M» LACHAT 1170 ' CROIX, DC L-W ROCHE C/»RR1ERE DE CERIN ^i^RRRTIQuE t'Za AMT*"-'^'^*'^ MOULIN QAPRECNiN Fig. 1. Geological Section in the Vicinity of Cerin, France. (After Gervais). the occurrence of Rhynchocephalian and Pterosaurian genera in the French deposits, also of a considerable number of insects and Crustacea, apparently identical with those which are found in Bavaria. Of somewhat different nature lithologically, but yielding approximately the same ichthyic fauna, and regarded in consequence as the homotaxial equivalent of the beds at Cerin, is the Lower Kimmeridgian bituminous limestone of Orbagnoux, Ain, France. One of the pioneer students of this fauna, Victor ThioUiere of Lyons, writing in 1854, speaks as follows regarding the synchronism of the deposits at Orbagnoux, Cerin, and Solenhofen: " Les schistes d'Orbagnoux sont principalement representes dans la collection de M. Itier par leurs vegetaux nombreux et varies; mais ils avaient aussi fourni . . . toute une serie de Thrissops, Leptolepis, Aspidorhynchus, Caturus, Pycnodus [ = Microdon? Eastman] et autres poissons, que j'ai examines avec d'autant plus d'interet qu'ils m'ont donne la pleine conviction de I'identite de la faune ichthyo- logique des schistes bitumineux avec celle des calcaires lithographiques. Cette identite, que je n'avais annoncee en 1850 que sur des preuves moins decisives, ne peut pas plus etre revoquee en doute aujourd'hui, que celles de tout I'ensemble qui EASTMAN : CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CAENEGIE MUSEUM. 351 en resulte avec la faune de Solenhofen." " Les Poissons Foss. &c., dans le Bugey,"p. 3. The medium in which organic remains are preserved in the calcareous and bituminous deposits of southeastern France has not the same fineness as that of the Bavarian lithographic stone, hence the more delicate details are less exquisitely portrayed in the form of impressions than at the famous locality of Solenhofen. Nevertheless the perfection in which most of the hard parts are preserved in the rock is truly marvellous. The chief difficulty with which vertebrate paleontologists have to contend is the accidental distortion or displacement of parts owing to pressure of freshly deposited sediment during fossilization. A brief resume may be offered at this point concerning earlier contributions to our knowledge of the Jurassic fish-fauna of the Bugey. Local geologists appear to have become interested in collecting fossil remains from this region as early as the second decade of the nineteenth century, and credit for having discovered the fish-bearing beds of Cerin is awarded by later writers to M. Jules Itier, who began in 1821 the preparation of a geological map of the Department of Ain. The con- clusions reached by this excellent observer after many years of patient effort were finally published in a communication entitled " Memoirs sur les roches asphaltiques de la chaine du Jura."^ In 1838 a civil engineer and geologist, named M. Drian, brought together a small collection of fish-remains from the quarries of lithographic stone of Cerin in the commune of Marchamp (Ain), and some eight years later these remains passed into the hands of M. Victor ThioUiere of the University at Grenoble, who at once became deeply interested in their investigation, and whose labors were unfortunately cut short by death before his final memoir was completed. It is affirmed by Professor ThioUiere's associates, MM. Falsan and Dumortier, that the beginning of our knowledge of the Cerin fish-fauna is traceable to the lively curiosity aroused by the collection of the I;yonese geologist, Drian. The latter, in 1838 as stated by these authors, " decouvrit les belles empreintes de poissons de la carriere de Cerin, commune de Marchamp (Ain) ; puis en 1846 11 les communiqua a V. ThioUiere. L'examen de ces echantillons fut le point de depart des per- severantes et remarquables recherches de ce dernier savant, qui, pour s'occuper uniquement de I'etude de cette riche faune et pour combler une lacune restee dans les travaux geologiques fran>;ais n' hesita pas a abandonner le trace de la carte geologique du departement du Rhone." Two short notices were published by M. ThioUiere during the years 1848-50, the second of which contained a description of certain reptilian remains from the 1 Bull, de la Soc. de Statistique de I'Isere, Vol. II, 1839, p. 128. 352 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. same region, which had been submitted to Hermann von Meyer and studied by him.^ In 1854 appeared the handsome memoir of ThioUiere, upon which his claims for recognition as a student of paleichthyology chiefly rest.^ The sequel to this work was not completed during the author's life-time, although a dozen plates intended for its illustration had been printed in 1858, and were exhibited before the visiting members of the French Geological Society at a meeting held at Nevers in that year. A short paper presented by ThioUiere on this occasion was his last published contribution,* death having ensued a few months later; but in 1873 the aforementioned plates were issued under the editorial care of M. Paul Gervais, accompanied by annotated extracts from some of ThioUiere's earlier writings, and by essays on the local paleobotany and a stratigraphic section at the hands of Count de Saporta and MM. Falsan and Dumortier. This publication, designated as " seconde livraison," appears under the same title as ThioUiere's memoir of 1854, and is evidently intended to be supplementary to it. At the beginning of his introductory remarks prefixed to the memoir of 1873 just referred to. Professor Gervais makes the following significant observation: " Une etude plus complete de la collection ThioUiere, aujourd'hui deposee au Museum de Lyon, et une nouvelle comparaison des poissons qu'elle comprend avec ceux qu' on a recueillis dans les terrains analogues de la Baviere et ailleurs, conduiront a des resultats plus importants encore. Nous ne saurions trop re- commander ces recherches aux naturalistes qui seront en mesure de les accomplir." We have quoted the foregoing remarks in order to show that it was realized by competent paleontologists two score years ago that a thorough-going revision and comparative study of the Solenhofen and Cerin vertebrate faunas was a de- sideratum, and that such an investigation promised extremely valuable results. ThioUiere and Andreas Wagner of Munich had previously held the same opinion, as wiU appear from the following comments of the first-named author, with reference to the collections from Solenhofen: " On salt que les richesses dont il s'agit n'ont pas ete suffisamment etudiees par M. Agassiz. II est urgent, comme le remarque ^ Premiere notice sur un nouveau gisement de poissons fossiles dans le Jura du D6partement de 1' Ain. Annales de la Soc. Nationale d'Agriculture, Histoire Naturelle, et Arts Utiles de Lyon, Vol. I, 1849, pp. 43-66. Seconde notice sur le gisement et sur les corps organises fossiles des calcaires lithographiques dans le Jura du D^partement de I'Ain, comprenant la description de deux reptiles in6dits provenant de ces couches, par M. Hermann de Meyer. Lyons, 1850, p. 80, with 2 plates. ' " Description des Poissons Fossiles Provenant des Gisements Coralliens du Jura dans le Bugey." Lyons, 1854, pp. 28, with 10 plates. * "Notice sur les Poissons Fossiles du Bugey et sur 1' Application de la M6thode de Cuvier k leur Classement." Bull. Soc. GM. de France, Vol. XV, p. 782. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 353 fort justement M. Wagner, de faire disparaitre les lacunes, les doutes, et les in- exactitudes que le celebre naturaliste de Neufchatel a ete force de laisser dans ses Recherches, relativement aux especes des schistes lithographiques de la Baviere."^ Fortunately for the science of paleichthyology the lacunse in our knowledge of the Kimmeridgian fish-fauna of Bavaria, of which writers of half a century ago complained, have been in large measure filled by the unremitting researches of a long procession of students. Deficiencies still exist, however, in the extent and thoroughness of our knowledge of the contemporary ichthyic fauna of southeastern France. The quarries of lithographic stone in this region are relatively little worked and in some localities have been abandoned; the supply of materials is at best scanty; and the region is less easily accessible than the level plateau country of the Alb in northern Bavaria. For these and various other reasons comparatively few investigators have been in later years attracted to the study of the Cerin fauna. The list is, indeed, exhausted when we have mentioned the names of A. Wagner and Karl A. von Zittel of Munich, and Professor Albert Gaudry of Paris, all deceased, and H. E. Sauvage of Boulogne-sur-Mer, and Dr. A. Smith Woodward of London. Through exchange with the Lyons Museum of Natural History in 1873, a number of well- preserved specimens from Cerin were received by the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Massachusetts. This material has been studied in con- nection with that belonging to the Carnegie Institute in Pittsburgh, and a portion of the results is incorporated in the present modest contribution. After the above general statements we proceed to the description of the dif- ferent genera and species from Cerin represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. As in the preceding parts of the Catalog, the systematic arrangement of families and genera follows closely that laid down in Dr. A. Smith Woodward's " Catalogue of Fossil Fishes," and the chief diagnostic characters have been almost entirely extracted from the same source. CLASS PISCES. Subclass I. ELASMOBRANCHIL Order PLAGIOSTOMI. " Head prolonged in front of the ventrally-situated mouth as a more or less prominent pre-oral rostrum; vertebral column consisting of alternating basi- and inter-dorsal cartilages, generally supported by more or less well developed chorda-centra. Pectoral and pelvic fins uniserial. Pelvic girdle and claspers 6 Memoir of 1854, p. 6. 354 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. present. Except in two families the branchial arches and clefts are invariably five in number. An operculum is not developed." (T. W. Bridge, Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, p. 442). Suborder BATOIDEI. " Body generally discoidal or rhombic in shape, the axial portion being formed by the flattened head and trunk, and the lateral portions by the enormously ex- panded pectoral fins, which are usually confluent with the sides of the head. Tail slender, sharply marked off from the trunk, to which it usually appears as a mere appendage. Dorsal fins, when present, on the tail. Anal fin absent. Branchial clefts ventral in position. Spiracles large, usually crescentic. Vertebrae tecto- spondyhc." (T. W. Bridge, I. c, pp. 457-8). Family RHINOBATID^. "Tail strong and long, with two well-developed dorsal fins; a caudal and a longitudinal fold on each side. Disk not excessively dilated, the rayed portion of the pectoral fins not being continued to the snout. No electric organs in the Hving forms." (A. S. Woodward, Cat. Fishes B. M., Pt. I, p. 77). Teeth smaU, numerous, in pavement. Genus Belemnobatis ThioUiere. " Tail very distinct from the disk, which is almost of rhombic shape. Pectoral fins not extending forwards beyond the base of the snout; pelvics not notched. Tail with two smooth spines upon the proximal half, and apparent/?/ two dorsal fins on the distal half, without caudal fin. Body partially covered with conical dermal tubercles, the larger only superficially calcified. Teeth minute, smooth." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, p. 83). 1. Belemnobatis sismondae ThioUiere. 1854. Belemnobatis sismondce ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, p. 8; pi. Ill, fig. 1. 1873. Belemnobatis sismondce ThioUiere. Op. cit., Pt. II (ed. P. Gervais), p. 12; pi. I, fig. 1. 1889. Belemnobatis sismondce A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 84. Type. — Complete skeleton; present location unknown. " Snout moderately obtuse; tail shorter than disk. Dermal tubercles largest between the pelvic fins; of considerable size along the median line of the back and on the anterior portion of the disk." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, p. 84). Total length upwards of 50 cm. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 355 This rare form, of which but few specimens have been brought to Hght, is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum from Cerin, by a single imperfect individual, which displays the greater part of the disk and a few caudal vertebrae. Both the pectoral and pelvic arches together with the branchial clefts and cartilaginous rays (radialia) of both pairs of fins are well exhibited. The specimen is cataloged as No. 5131. Subclass TELEOSTOMI. Order CROSSOPTERYGIA. Suborder ACTINISTIA. ' Family CCELACANTHIDJ^:. "Body deeply and irregularly fusiform, with cycloidal, deeply overlapping scales, more or less ornamented with ganoine. Branchiostegal apparatus consisting of an operculum on each side and a single pair of large jugular plates. Paired fins obtusely lobate. Two dorsal fins and a single anal; the anterior dorsal without baseosts, obtusely lobate. Axial skeleton extending to the extremity of the caudal fin, usually projecting and terminated bj^ a small supplementary caudal fin. Air- bladder ossified." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. II, p. 394). This family, first recognized by Professor Agassiz in the second volume of his Poissons Fossiles (1844, p. 168), and afterwards greatly restricted by Huxley in two important memoirs of the British Geological Survey (Decades X and XII, 1861 and 1866), is at present understood as comprising not more than six clearly defined genera, among which the most satisfactorily known are Coelacanthus proper, Macro-poma, and Undina. The typical genus enjoys a truly remarkable range from the Upper Devonian to the close of the Paleozoic, and if the evidence of one or two doubtful forms be deemed trustworthy, possibly even higher in the stratigraphic column. The remaining genera extend throughout the Mesozoic, and exhibit such constancy of structural characters that the group has been cited as one of the most distinct and sharply demarcated in the animal kingdom. Huxley, for instance, remarks upon its singular compactness and homogeneity in the following paragraph: " The Coelacanthini, as thus understood, are no less distinctly separated from other fishes than they are closely united to one another. In the form and arrange- ment of their fins, the structure of the tail and that of the cranium; the form and number of the jugular plates; the dentition; the dorsal interspinous bones; the pelvic bones, the ossified air-bladder; the Coelacanthini differ widely from either the Saurodipterini, the Glyptodipterini, or the Ctenodipterini; but, on the other 356 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. hand, they agree with these famiUcs and differ from almost all other fishes, in the same respects as those in which the families just mentioned have been shown to agree with one another; viz., the number of the dorsal fins, the location of the paired fins, the absence of branchiostegal rays and their replacement by jugular bones." '^ In a subsequent memoir the author whom we have just quoted speaks as follows regaring the extraordinary conservatism and persistence manifested by the group of Coelacanth fishes ever since its introduction :'' " Bearing in mind the range of the Coelacanths from the Carboniferous [since ascertained to extend from the Devonian] to the Chalk formations inclusive, the uniformity of organization of the group appears to be something wonderful. I have no evidence as to the structure of the base and side-walls of the skull in Coelacanthus, but the data collected in the present Decade shows that, in every other particular, save the ornamentation of the fin-rays and scales, the organization of the Coelacanths has remained stationary from their first recorded appearance to their exit. They are remarkable examples of what I have elsewhere termed ' persistent types,' and, like the Labyrinthodonts, assist in bridging over the gap between the Paleozoic and the Mesozoic faunse." The chief feature in which this family shows specialization is in the large sym- metrical caudal fin, which exhibits a series of supports directly apposed to the neural and haemal arches, equalling in number both these and the overlapping dermal rays. It is also specialized, as noted by Dr. A. S. Woodward,^ in the following respects: (i) the fusion of the bones of the pterygoquadrate arcade; (ii) the reduction of the inf radentaries to one ; (iii) the reduction of the opercular apparatus to one operculum on each side and a pair of gular plates ; (iv) the loss of the baseosts in the anterior dorsal fin ; and (v) the ossification of the air-bladder. Genus Undina Miinster. "Teeth absent on the margin of the jaws, but a few hollow, conical teeth within. Supplementary caudal fin prominent; the rays of all the fins broad and robust, often expanded, and closely articulated in the distal portion; small, upwardly- pointing denticles on the preaxial rays of the first dorsal and caudal fins. External ' Huxley, T. H., Preliminary essay upon the systematic arrangement of the Fishes of the Devonian Epoch, prefixed to the tenth decade of Figures and Descriptions illustrating British Organic Remains (1861, p. 20). ' Huxley, T. H., Illustrations of the Structure of the Crossopterygian Ganoids. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of the United Kingdom, Decade XII., 1866, and reprinted in the supplementary volume of the Scientific Memoirs of Thomas Henry Huxley, 1903, p. 65. 8 Outlines of Vertebrate Palaeontology, 1895, p. 78. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 357 bones and scales superficially ornamented with tubercles or fine interrupted ridges of ganoine; parafrontal and circumorbital bones plate-like, without superficial excavations." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. II, p. 409). 2. Undina penicillata Miinster. 1834. Undina penicillata G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 539. 1842. Coelacanthus striolaris G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 40. 1842. Coelacanthus kohleri G. von Miinster. Ibid., p. 40. 1842 Coelacanthus striolaris G. von Miinster. Beitr. Petrefakt., Pt. V, p. 57; pi. II, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16. 1844. Undina striolatus and U. kohleri L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. II, p. 171. 1863. Undina penicillata A. Wagner. Abh. Math.-Phys. CI., K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Vol. IX, p. 696. 1869. Coelacanthus penicillatus R. von Willemoes-Suhm. Palaeontographica, Vol. XVII, p. 80; pi. X, figs. 2, 3; pi. XI, fig. 3. 1871. Coelacanthus harlemensis T. C. Winkler. Archives Mus. Teyler, Vol. Ill, p. 101 ; pi. IV. 1881. Coelacanthus harlemensis B. Vetter. Mittheil. K. Mineral.-Geol. Mus. Dresden, Pt. IV, p. 13; pi. II, fig. 4. 1887. Undina penicillata K. A. von Zittel. Handb. Palaont., Vol. Ill, p. 175, fig. 177. 1887. Undina acutidens K. A. von Zittel. Ibid., p. 175, fig. 1776 (fig. of scales only). 1888. Undina penicillata O. M. Reis. Palffiontogr., Vol. XXXV, pp. 30, 36; pi. II, figs. 5, 6, 9, 10; pi. IV, figs. 3, 4. 1888. Undina acutidens 0. M. Reis. Ibid., pp. 10, 36; pi. I, figs. 2-6, 8-24. 1891. Undina penicillata A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. II, p. 410. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Paleontological Museum, Munich. " This species, which is the type of the genus, attains a length of about 40 cm. Trunk robust, but elongated; head and opercular apparatus occupying somewhat less than one-quarter of the total length. Fin-rays slightly expanded in the ar- 358 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ticulated distal half; dorsal fins well developed, the first consisting of about ten relatively stout rays, the second and the anal each comprising at least twice that number of more slender rays; principal caudal fin comprising about eighteen to twenty stout raj^s above and below. Jugular plates four times as long as broad, covered with sparse elongated tubercles; operculum, cheek-plates, and mandible delicately tuberculated. Scales ornamented with numerous irregularly and closely arranged elongated tubercles." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. II, p. 410). The above synonymy and diagnosis are taken from A. Smith Woodward, who regards it as still doubtful whether the Coelacanth remains described by ThioUiere from the Upper Jura of Cerin, under the name of Undina cirinensis (Poiss. Foss. Bugey, pt. i, 1854, p. 10) are not identical with the type-species. The status of the specific names hitherto applied to Cerin forms, namely U. cirinensis and U. minuta, will be readily understood from the following observations by Willemoes-Suhm (Palseontographica, 1869, Vol. XVII, p. 79): "ThioUiere beschreibt aus Cirin einen kleinen Coelacanthus [= Undina] der sich von Mlinsters penicillatus nur dadurch unterscheidet, dass, wahrend dieser oben 21 und imten 17-18 Strahlen in der Caudale zeigt, oben nur 15 und unten 13 vorhanden sind. Wagner fand nun unter den ebenfalls aus Cirin dem Miinchener Museum eingesandten Fossilien einen sehr kleinen Coelacanthen, der im Ganzen gut erhalten ist, doch den hintern Korpertheil von der zweiten Rlickenflosse an verloren hat. Bei Aufstellung dieser Species legt er nun besonderes Gewicht auf die Kleinheit des gefundenen Exemplars die ihm als Charakter genligt. Ich kann mich dieser Ansicht nicht anschliessen. . . . Falls vollstandigere kleinere Exem- plare gefunden werden, wird sich vielmehr wahrscheinlich herausstellen, dass auch der Coelacanthus minutus zum Thiollieres Ccelacanthus cirinensis gehort." Thiolliere's description of his so-called Undina cirinensis was published in 1854, and the small form named by Wagner Undina minuta, likewise from Cerin, was not described until 1863, hence Thiolliere's name has priority, in case both are not synonyms of U. penicillata. The original of the French author's description is stated to have had a total length of 28 cm. and maximum depth of about 6 cm. Wagner's type was considerably smaller, and may well have been an immature individual. A much larger specimen of Undina than any hitherto made known, and one which presents differences apparently having specific value, is that described below. 3. Undina grandis sp. nov. (Plate XLVIII, fig. 2). A large and imperfectly definable species, estimated to have equalled U. gala in size, and differing from it and other described forms in the structure. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 359 position, and ornamentation of the median fins. Anterior portion of the body unknown. Type. — Posterior portion of large fish; Carnegie Museum, Cat. No. 4748. It is unfortunate that the complete form of the body is unknown in the species under discussion, which is founded upon an imperfectly preserved and somewhat distorted caudal portion of a fish considerabh^ exceeding U. penicillata in size, and approximating U. gulo. In so far as the number of rays supporting the lobes of the principal caudal fin may be relied upon as a differential character, the new species presents the following contrast to its congeners: Name of Species. Number of Caudal Fin-rays. Undina gulo (Egerton) 16-18 above and below. penicillata Miinster 18-20 " " cirinensis Thiolliere 15 " ; 13 " " grandis Eastman 25 " ; 19 " The supplementary caudal fin in the form under discussion is relatively shorter, that is, less produced backwards, than in other species, and comprises eleven flexed and articulated rays above and below. A noteworthy feature is that the rays of the principal caudal are provided along their expanded lateral surface with a series of minute conical denticles, similar to those occurring along the posterior border of the dorsal fin-rays of certain species of Macrosemius. The rays of all the fins are acutely pointed at their distal extremities. The posterior dorsal and anal fins comprise each about fifteen rays, are more acuminate than in other species, and arise nearer the base of the caudal fin. The position of the pelvic and pectoral pair is indicated in the type-specimen, and the pair of elongated and slender basi- pterygia, which are apparently fused, where they meet in an expanded distal process, are well displayed. The axis is remarkably broad, tapers gradually posteriorly, but becomes expanded in the region of the articulated portion of the caudal fin-rays, after which it again tapers, being continued to the tip of the supplementary caudal fin. The lateral line is prominent, and runs parallel with the cartilaginous axis. None of the scales display the outer surface satisfactorily, but appearances suggest that the external ornament consisted of rather sparse and discontinuous ridges of ganoine, directed more or less longitudinally or slightly radiating. The covered portion of the scales is marked by numerous delicate concentric striae crossed by another fine series having a fan-shaped arrangement. In U. gulo and U. penicillata the scales are externally ornamented with numerous closely spaced elongated tubercles; and in U. cirinensis the scale characters are thus described by the original author : 360 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. " Les ecailles proprement dites sont a peu pres indiscernables, bien qu'elles existent: ce qui tient a leur tres-faible epaisseur; mais on reconnait a la loupe, que la surface du corps est parsemee de petites epines fort aigues, disposees par zones qui doivent correspondre au bord posterieur des ecailles " (ThioUiere, I. c, p. 10). Order ACTINOPTERYGII. Suborder PROTOSPONDYLI. Family SEMIONOTID^. "Trunk more or less deeply fusiform, rarely cycloidal. Cranial and facial bones all robust and opercular apparatus complete, but branchiostegals sometimes reduced; parietals meeting in the middle line; mandibular suspensorium vertical or inclined forwards, and gape of mouth small; teeth styliform or tritoral, especially well developed on the inner bones of the mouth, and with vertical successors. Notochord persistent, the vertebrae never advancing beyond the annular stage. Fin-rays robust, the majority well-spaced, articulated, and divided distally; fulcra large; dorsal fin not extending more than half the length of the trunk. Scales rhombic, except occasionally in the caudal region." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 49). Genus Lepidotus Agassiz. " Trunk fusiform and only moderately compressed. Marginal teeth robust, styliform, inner teeth stouter, often tritoral but smooth; opercular apparatus well-developed, with a narrow arched pre-operculum, but with few branchiostegal rays, and the gular plate wanting. Ribs ossified. Fin-fulcra very large, present on all the fins, biserial. Paired fins small; dorsal and anal fins short and deep, the former opposed to the space between the latter and the pelvic fins; caudal fin slightly forked. Scales very robust, smooth or feebly ornamented; flank-scales not much deeper than broad, with their wide overlapped margin produced forwards at the superior and inferior angles; scales of the ventral aspect nearly as deep as broad; dorsal and ventral ridge-scales usually inconspicuous." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 77). 4. Lepidotus laevis Agassiz. (Plate XLVIII, Fig. 1). 1837-44. Lepidotus Icevis L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 254; pi. XXIXe, figs. 4-6. (?) 1846. Lepidotus subundatus G. von Miinster (errore). Beitr. Petrefakt., Pt. VII, p. 37; pi. Ill, fig. 16. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 361 1860. Lepidotus Icevis F. J. Pictet. Descript. Rept. et Poiss. Foss. Jura Neufchatelois, p. 26, Pis. VI, VII. 1875. Lepidotus Icevis K. Fricke. Palajontogr., Vol. XXII, p. 377; pi. XXI, fig. 1. 1895. Lepidotus Icevis A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes B. M., Pt. Ill, p. 103. 1908. Lepidotus Icevis F. Priem. Annales de Paleont., Vol. Ill, p. 10; PI. I, fig. 1. Type. — Scale; Museum of Soleure, Switzerland. A robust species, attaining a length of about 75 cm., the proportions in general resembling those of L. elvensis, but with deeper body, the maximum depth being contained only about two-and-a-half times in the total length. External bones more or less rugose and ornamented with prominent and closely spaced tubercula- tions. Teeth short, stout, and smooth, the majority oval in outline, and sometimes showing a median coronal tubercle or apex; splenial teeth apparently in more than three concentric series. Scales large and smooth, none much deeper than long, except those of the middle of the flank anteriorly; principal flank-scales with a few broad ridges and furrows radiating from the center to the hinder border, where they form a distinct pectination; as many as forty- three transverse scale-rows from the region of the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. Until recently, no well-preserved examples of this species have been known from the lithographic stone of Cerin. In 1908, however, a very excellent specimen be- longing to the Paris Museum of Natural History was described by Professor F. Priem, and one nearly as large and quite as well preserved forms part of the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum, cataloged as No. 5130. In it all of the fins, with the exception of the dorsal and caudal, are tolerably well shown, and the cranial osteology is unusually well displayed. It will be profitable to compare the figure that is given of the head with Professor Priem 's diagram (Z. c.) showing the relation of the cranial and facial elements in the specimen studied by him. Family MACROSEMIID^. " Trunk elongate, or elongate-fusiform, more or less laterally compressed. Cra- nial and facial bones moderately robust, or delicate, and opercular apparatus complete; mandibular suspensorium vertical or inclined forwards, and gape of mouth small; marginal teeth styliform, inner teeth similar or tubercular. Noto- chord persistent, the vertebrae never advancing beyond the annular stage. Fin- rays robust, the majority well-spaced, articulated and divided distally; fulcra 362 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. variable; dorsal fin elongated, usually extending at least half of the length of the trunk. Scales rhombic." (A. S. Woodward, /. c, Pt. Ill, p. 163). Genus Ophiopsis Agassiz. "Trunk much elongated, gradually tapering from the occiput backwards or the dorsal margin only slightlj^ arcuate; head large or of moderate size. Marginal teeth acutely pointed. Notochord invested with delicate ring-vertebrse; ribs ossified. Bifurcation of dorsal fin-rays variable; fulcra often absent on paired fins and usually confined to the base of the median fins. Paired fins relatively large; dorsal fin ordinarily e.xtending about half the length of the back, high in front, low behind; anal fin small; caudal fin forked. Scales covering the whole of the trunk, in regular series, united by peg-and-socket articulation, and often pectinated at the hinder border; the scales at the middle of the flank scarcely deeper than broad, few of the ventral scales much broader than deep; no enlarged ridge-scales." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 165-6). 5. Ophiopsis attenuata Wagner. 1863. Ophiopsis attenuata A. Wagner. Abhandl. K. Bay. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys. CL, Vol. IX, p. 655. 1873. Ophiopsis attenuata Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 19; pi. VIII, fig. 2. 1895. Ophiopsis attenuata A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 167; pi. Ill, figs. 2, 3. Type. — Trunk of fish; Paleontological Museum, Munich. A species attaining a length of about 15 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus equalling the maximum depth of the trunk, and contained about five times in the total length of the fish; maximum depth of trunk twice as great as the width of the caudal pedicle. External head-bones and opercular bones smooth. Dorsal fin occupying about one-half of the length of the back, the length of the dorsal fin-rays rapidly decreasing in a posterior direction, and most of them un- divided. Scales delicately serrated, not pectinated. This species is represented in the Carnegie Museum by two average-sized and tolerably well-preserved individuals, cataloged under the numbers 4041 and 4422. 6. Ophiopsis guigardi Thiolliere. 1873. Ophiopsis guigardi Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, pi. VII (figure only). EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 363 1895. Ophiopsis guigardi A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Ft. Ill, p. 169. " Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A species attaining a length of about 30 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus equal to the maximum depth of the trunk and contained about five-and- a-half times in the total length of the fish; maximum depth of trunk twice as great as the depth of the caudal pedicle. Fin-fulcra slender, extending up the anterior ray of each median fin. Dorsal fin less than half as long as the back, much elevated in front, arising at the beginning of the second third of the trunk. Scales relatively large and smooth." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 169). This is a rare form, known only from Cerin, and is not represented in the Bayet Collection. 7. Ophiopsis macrodus Thiolliere. (Plate LI, fig. 2). 1850. Ophiopsis macrodus Thiolliere. Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Lyon [2] Vol. Ill, p. 148. 1873. Ophiopsis macrodus Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 19. 1895. Ophiopsis macrodus A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 172. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A much elongated species of small size, attaining a total length of about 18 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus equal to the maximum depth of trunk, and contained about five times in the total length; width of caudal pedicle half as great as the maximum depth of trunk. Head and opercular bones smooth, teeth elongate-conical, of relatively very large size and widely spaced. Dorsal fin low, not much extended, and arising at a point about opposite the pelvic pair. Fin- fulcra slender on all the fins, none of which is strongly developed. Scales smooth and relatively small, with entire posterior borders, and in numerous vertical series. This species has been briefly described but not previously illustrated, and would appear to be a rare form. From the type species, 0. procera, it is distinguished hy the following characters, as noted by the original author: " L'espece nouvelle . . . me parait differer de VO. procerus en ce que les dents en sont beaucoup plus fortes et la dorsale bien moins vigoureuse. Les ecailles de VO. macrodus ne sont pas, non plus, aussi uniformes que celles de l'espece de Solenhofen." A single example of this species is preserved in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum. It is cataloged as No. 4104, and is shown in the plate. A small example of Notagogus is contained in the same slab. 364 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus Histionotus Egerton. . " Head large, snout acute; the dorsal margin of the trunk rising above the head to an angulation from which the body gradually tapers backwards. Marginal teeth much elongated, closely arranged. Notochord invested with delicate ring- vertebrae. Fins consisting of distally bifurcating rays, all with large A-shaped fulcra; pectoral fins much larger than the pelvic pair; dorsal fin arising at the angu- lation of the back, extending to the caudal pedicle, high in front, becoming low behind; anal fin small; caudal fin forked. Scales covering the whole of the trunk, in regular series, united by peg-and-socket articulation, and more or less pectinated at the hinder border; [the scales of the middle of the flank and of the dorsal region much deeper than broad, with more or less convex hinder border — Eastman] ; those of the ventral region at least as broad as deep ; postclavicular scales very large ; the ridge scales of the caudal pedicle not much enlarged." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 173-4). 8. Histionotus falsani ThioUiere. (Plate XLIX, fig. 1). 1873. Histionotus falsani ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 14; pi. V, fig. 1. 1895. Histionotus falsani A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 175. Type. — Much fractured fish; Lyons Museum. A species about equalling the type of the genus in size, but the maximum depth of the trunk somewhat exceeding half its length, and the head with opercular apparatus at least as deep as long. Marginal teeth strong and conical, closely crowded. Fulcra prominent on all the fins; scales delicately pectinated along their posterior border. This species was at first regarded by the original author as identical with H. angularis Egerton from the Purbeck of Dorset and Wiltshire. It differs from the latter form, however, and also from H. oberndorferi of Wagner, in the less acute angulation of the back, less rapidly tapering posterior region of the trunk, and less coarsely serrated character of the scales. A single representative of this species, preserved in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, is shown in the plate and is No. 4077. It is nearly as large as the type of the genus, and presents the appearance of having a discontinuous dorsal fin. The resemblance to Histionotus in other respects, however, is too close to permit us to doubt that it is properly referred to this genus. Eastman: catalog of fossil fishes in carnegie museum. 365 Genus Macrosemius Agassiz. " Trunk gradually tapering from the occiput backwards ; head large, snout acute. Teeth much elongated, closely arranged. Notochord persistent, without ring-verte- brse; ribs ossified. Fins consisting of very robust, bifurcating rays, without fulcra except in the caudal; pectoral fins much larger than the pelvic pair; dorsal fin arising immediately behind the occiput and extending continuously to the caudal pedicle; anal fin small; caudal fin rounded. Scales thin and more or less pectinated, with peg-and-socket articulation, and apparently wanting towards the dorsal margin; scales of the middle of the flank relatively large, becoming smaller both dorsally and ventrally, in the former case by dichotomy of the vertical series; about four very large ridge-scales on the ventral border between the anal and caudal fins." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 176-7). Three species of Macrosemius have been described from the lithographic stone of Cerin under the following names: M. dumortieri, M. fourneti, and M. helence ThioUiere, the last-named imperfectly defined. A single fragmentary specimen, catalogued as No. 4034, and probably belonging to this genus, is contained in the Bayet Collection. Genus Notagogus Agassiz. "A genus scarcely distinguished from Propterus, differing only in the non- elongation of the anterior rays of the dorsal fin, which are very widely spaced, and in the less deeply forked character of the caudal fin. The vertebral rings also appear to be more robust than in Propterus." (A. S. Woodward, I. c., Pt. Ill, p. 186). 9. Notagogus inimontis ThioUiere. (Plate XLIX, fig. 2; Plate L, figs. 1, 2). 1850. Notagogus imimontis ThioUiere. Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Lyon [2] Vol. Ill, p. 137. 1858. Notagogus iunismontis ThioUiere. BuU. Soc. Geol. France [2], Vol. XV, p. 783 (Name only). 1873. Notagogus inimontis ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 15; pi. VI, fig. 3. 1893. Notagogus inimontis H. E. Sauvage. BuU. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun, Vol. VI, p. 428. 1895. Notagogus inimontis A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. 3, p. 188. Type.— 'Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A smaU species having about the same form and proportions as N. denticulatus, 366 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. but distinguished from the latter by its relatively larger teeth and the steeper facial profile of the head. The two portions of the dorsal fin about equally elevated, each with about nine rays, those of the posterior portion more closely approximated than those of the anterior portion. Fulcra well developed on all the median fins. Scales prominently denticulated along the hinder border. This species is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by several specimens, catalogued under the following numbers: 4033, 4035, 4399, 4418, 4654, 5115, and 5516. The one catalogued as No. 4399 is of unusually large size, ap- proaching that of average specimens of N. pentlandi. It bears considerable resemblance to the undescribed form figured by ThioUiere under the name of /. margaritce. 10. Notagogus ornatus sp. nov. (PI. L, fig. 3.) Type. — Nearly complete fish in counterpart; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 5114 +51 14a. A species attaining a length of about 14 cm., of robust proportions and with gently arched dorsal and ventral contours, the length of the head and opercular apparatus equalling the maximum depth of the trunk and contained two and one- half times in the total length, exclusive of the caudal fin. External bones of the head ornamented with delicate striae, or sometimes with fine vermiculating rugse. A circumorbital ring present. Jaws powerful, teeth stout, conical, and closely spaced. Dorsal fin extended, but not much elevated, the anterior portion com- prising thirteen, and the posterior nine rays. Anal fin arising opposite the hinder part of the posterior dorsal, well developed, and with about eight rays. Caudal fin not deeply forked. Fulcra present on all the median fins. Scales with numerous fine obliquely directed pectinations along their hinder border; about thirty-six vertical series are to be counted along the lateral line, which is distinctly indicated, and twelve longitudinal series in the deepest part of the trunk. Scales of the pectoral region sharply differentiated by their smaller size and almost cycloidal form from those covering the flanks and abdominal region. A few enlarged ridge-scales at the base of the tail above and below and in advance of the anal fin. This species is distinguished from H. inimontis and the imperfectly known H. margaritce, which accompany it in the Cerin locality, by its larger size, the deeper contour of the body, more numerous dorsal fin-rays, and, as far as may be judged from the published figures of the above-named species, by its scale-characters. Three examples of it are contained in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum, cataloged as Nos. 5114+5114a, 4071, and 4660+4660a. The first of these is selected as typical. 1 EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 367 Family PYCNODONTIDJ^ " Trunk deeply fusiform or cycloidal. Cranial bones robust, and a median occipital plate separating the parietal elements; facial bones delicate, or wanting; opercular apparatus reduced to a small operculum, large pre-operculum, and not more than two branchiostegal rays; mandibular suspensorium much inclined for- wards and gape of mouth small; teeth prehensile on the premaxilla and dentary, wanting on the maxilla (if this bone be present) and the pterygo-palatine arcade; tritoral on the single vomer and the splenials; all the teeth apparently without vertical successors. Notochord persistent, destitute of ossifications in its sheath. Fin-rays robust, the majority well-spaced and articulated; fulcra absent, except perhaps quite at the base of the caudal fin; dorsal and anal fins more or less extended. Scales rhombic when present, frequently wanting on the whole or part of the caudal region; almost invariably strengthened by the inner rib on their anterior margin and united by a peg-and-socket articulation in connection therewith." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Ft. Ill, pp. 189-190). Genus Microdon Agassiz. " Trunk deeply fusiform, often almost discoidal, with a slender abbreviated caudal pedicle. Head and opercular bones ornamented with reticulating rugse and pittings; teeth smooth, sometimes feebly indented in the lateral series; vomerine teeth in five longitudinal series, the inner lateral pairs regularly alternating with the widely spaced median teeth; splenial teeth in four series; the innermost being relatively small ; the second the largest or principal series. Neural and hsemal arches of axial skeleton of trunk not expanding sufficiently to encircle the notochord. Fin-rays robust, closely articulated, and much divided distally. Pelvic fins present; dorsal and anal fins very high and acuminate in front, rapidly becoming low and fringe-like behind, the former occupying at least the hinder half of the back and the latter somewhat shorter, arising more posteriorly; caudal fin forked. Scales orna- mented with reticulating rugse or pittings, and covering only the anterior half of the trunk in advance of the median fins, though sometimes partly extended over the middle of the flank of the caudal region." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Ft. Ill, pp. 221-2). The type of the genus is M. elegans Agassiz. 11. Microdon bernardi (ThioUiere). (Flate LII, figs. 1 and 2.) 1854. Pycnodus bernardi ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, pt. i, p. 17, with plate. 368 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1856. Microdon hernardi J. J. Heckel. Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math-Natur. CL, Vol. XI, p. 201. 1860. Microdon hernardi Wagner. Gelehrte Anzeig. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Vol. I, p. 396. 1895. Microdon hernardi A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 224. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A species attaining a total length of about 30 cm. " Maximum depth of trunk equalling about two-thirds of the length of the head and trunk without caudal fin; rostrum i^rominent, and head with opercular apparatus occupying somewhat less than one-quarter of the total length of the fish. Vertebral axis at origin of dorsal fin midway between the dorsal and ventral borders of the fish. Principal series of mandibular teeth much wider than the two outer series, of which the innermost is insignificant. Dorsal fin occupying considerably more than half of the back, much more elevated than the anal fin, which is also shorter. Ridge-scales delicate on the back, robust but feebly serrated on the ventral border; flank-scales orna- mented with dehcate radiating rugae." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 224-5). This species is represented in the collection by the following mentioned speci- mens: Car. Mus. Cat. Nos. 4040, 4084a, 5118, 5132. 12. Microdon wagneri (ThioUiere) . (PL LIII, figs. 1 and 2). 1854. Pycnodus wagneri ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, p. 23; PL V, figs. 1, 2. 1856. Microdon wagneri J. J. Heckel. Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-Natur. CL, Vol. XI, p. 201. 1860. Microdon wagneri Wagner. Gelehrte Anzeig. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Vol. I, p. 396. 1895. Microdon wagneri A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 225. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyqns Museum. "A species resembling the type, in size, general form, and proportions, and apparently only differing in the extension of the squamation over the middle of of the flank of the anterior half of the caudal region." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 225). The following mentioned specimens belonging to this species are preserved in the collection of the Museum: Car. Mus. Cat. Nos. 4078, 4090, 4306, 4320. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 369 13. Microdon egertoni (ThioUiere) . (PL LIV, fig. 1.) 1854. Pycnodus egertoni ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, p. 24, PI. VII, fig. 2. 1856. Microdon egertoni J. J. Heclcel. Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-Natur. CI., Vol. XI, p. 201. 1860. Microdon egertoni A. Wagner. Gelehrte Anzeig. K. Bay. Akad., Vol. I, p. 396. 1895. Microdon egertoni A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 226. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A species of small or moderate size, closely resembling M. elegans, but stated to be distinguished from it in not exhibiting any angulation of the frontal profile, and in having fewer vertebrae. As remarked, however, by Dr. A. S. Woodward, the first character " may be due to imperfect preservation, and the second is difficult to observe with certainty " (J. c, p. 226). The following suite of specimens belonging to this species is contained in the collection of the Carnegie Museum: Nos. 4085, 4557, 5106, 5107. 14. Microdon sauvanausi (ThioUiere). (Plate LIV, fig. 2.) 1850. Pycnodus sauvanausi ThioUiere. Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Lyon [2], Vol. Ill, p. 131. 1854. Pycnodus sauvanausii ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey., Pt. I, p. 15, PL IV. 1856. Microdon sauvanausii J. J. Heckel. Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-Natur. CL, Vol. XI, p. 201. 1895. Microdon sauvanausi A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 226. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. " A large species attaining a length of about 60 cm. Maximum depth of trunk apparently equalling about half of the length of the head and trunk without caudal fin; head with opercular apparatus occupying somewhat more than one-quarter of the total length of the fish. Each premaxilla with two chisel-shaped teeth, [other teeth imperfectly known]. Scales apparently confined to the more anterior part of the trunk." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 225-6). This species is represented in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum by a single specimen of moderate size, fairly weU preserved, with the exception of the anterior part of the head, and cataloged as No. 4666. This and the next 370 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. following species are of interest because they acquaint us with stages showing progressive deepening of the trunk with increasing specialization, M. Uteri being regarded as a survival of a more primitive type, in which the form of body was elongated and but slightly deepened. A parallel series of modifications is furnished by the genera Lepidotus and Dapedius among the Semionotidse, and by typical members of the Palseoniscidae and Platysomidse in earlier times. It is evident that the deep-bodied forms were not adapted for rapid locomotion, and, as indicated by the prevailing type of crushing dentition, they were in all probability bottom-feeders. The large size of the orbits in certain genera occurring at the Solenhofen and Cerin localities suggests that they were probably inhabitants of great depths. Abundant evidence exists, as shown by Dr. Walther and others, to prove that the lithographic stone of Bavaria and southeastern France was deposited under shallow-water conditions, often within lagoons of coral atolls. The presence of a few deep-sea types amid a fauna consisting for the most part of shallow-water inhabitants does not militate against the general theory of the origin of these deposits, but merely bears witness to the fact that the total complex was diversified from time to time by occasional stragglers from outlying regions. The following remarks by Dr. E. Hennig may be appropriately quoted in connection with this subject: " Die Pyknodonten sind, nach einem Ausdruck Agassiz's, poissons broyeurs, d.h. ihre Nahrung bestand aus Krustazeen, Muscheln, und Schnecken. Die einander entsprechend gewolbten Kauplatten des Ober- und Unterkiefers mit ihren kraftigen, meist in geschlossenen Reihen gestellten Mahlzahnen und die unge- wohnlich starke Abkauung weisen ebenso darauf hin wie die Heranziehung der gesamten unteren Kopfhalfte zur Festigung des Gebisses und die darin zum Ausdruck kommende Konvergenz mit dem lebenden AnarrhicJias lupus. Auch die weitgehende Differenzierung der Ziihne und die zu vermutende Ausschaltung eines hiiufigeren Zahnwechsels machen eine starke Inanspruchnahme der Kauwerkzeuge in hohem Maase wahrscheinlich. " Die Beute bestand also auf festsitzenden oder langsam kriechcnden Bewoh- nern des Meeresgrundes und wurde mit den langen und kraftigen Schneidezahnen losgerissen und aufgelesen. Mit dem Aufenthalt zwischen Unebenheiten des Bodens wurde bereits das Aufwartsriicken des Auges in Verbindung gebracht; auch die hohe Lage der Brustflossen und die Verklimmerung der Bauchflossen diirften in der gleichen Ursache ihre Erklarung finden. Die Grosse der Augen scheint sogar anzudeuten, das die Tiefe, in der die Tiere sich aufhielten, keine unbetrachtliche war. Wennman auch nicht mit 0. Fraas anzunehmen braucht, EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 371 dass die lithographischen Schiefer selbst in grosserer Tiefe abgesetzt seien, so stande doch nach der Walterschen Erklarung der Solnhofener Plattenkalke nichts der Ansicht entgegen, dass die" Fische aus tieferen Gewassern der Nachbarschaft eingeschleppt worden sind." 15. Microdon itieiri (Thiolliere) . 1850. Pycnodus itieri Thiolliere. Ann. Soc. Sci. Phys. et Nat. Lyon [2], Vol. Ill, p. 132. 1854. Pycnodus itieri Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, p. 22, PL VI, and two text-figures, p. 23. 1856. Microdon itieri J. J. Heckel. Denkschr. K. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-Natur. CI., Vol. XI, p. 201. 1860. Microdon itieri A. Wagner. Gelehrte Anzeig. K. K. Akad. Wiss., Vol. L, p. 396. 1895. Microdon itieri A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 227. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. "A moderately elongated species, attaining a total length of about 50 cm. Maximum depth of trunk contained three times in the length of the head and trunk without caudal fin; head with opercular apparatus occupying only about one-fifth of the total length of the fish. Vomerine teeth closely arranged; those of the medianseriesmuchbroader than long; those of the inner paired series elongated and their axes oblique, each pair alternating with the median teeth but scarcely pressed between these; outer teeth irregularly quadrate, about as broad as long, and very closely arranged. Splenial teeth (according to ThioUiere's diagram) much spaced; those of the principal series two or three times as broad as long, rounded at each end ; those of the innermost series minute, and those of the two flanking series somewhat broader than long, the outer twice as large as those of the inner flanking row. Dorsal fin occupying about half of the back, and anal fin more than two-thirds as much extended as this. Scales apparently confined to the most anterior portion of the trunk." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 227). The form of the body of this species indicates it to be one of the most primitive of the genus and family, possibly a direct descendant of an ancestral type of Pyc- nodont. It is known only from Cerin, and is not represented in any other than the Lyons Museum. ' Hennig, Erwin. Gyrodus und die Organisation der Pycnodonten. Paleontogr., 1906, Vol. LIII, p. 200. 372 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. In Part I of ThioUiere's Poissons Fossiles de Bugey, p. 23, diagrams are given showing the complete dentition of this species. Several examples of the detached upper and lower dental plates, perhaps referable to this species, are preserved in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, and the most perfect of these is shown of the natural size in the accompanying text-figure. Fig. 2. Detached splenial dentition of a Pycnodont fish from Cerin, France, provisionally re- ferred to Microdon itieri Thioll. X 1/1. Cat. No. 4241. Family EUGNATHID^. " Trunk fusiform or elongate, not much laterally compressed. Cranial and facial bones moderately robust, externally enamelled, and opercular apparatus complete; mandibular suspensorium nearly vertical or inclined backwards and gape of mouth wide; snout not produced; premaxillse in contact mesially and usually separate ; marginal teeth conical, and larger than the inner teeth. Notochord usually persistent, the vertebrae rarely more than incomplete rings. Fin-rays robust, articulated, and divided distally; fulcra conspicuous. Dorsal fin short and acu- minate. Scales rhombic, sometimes with rounded postero-inferior angle." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 285). Genus Caturus Agassiz. " Trunk elongate-fusiform. External head-bones and opercular bones feebly ornamented with rugse and tuberculations, all except the cheek-plates robust; snout obtusely pointed, and maxilla straight or with a slightly concavely-arched dentigerous border; teeth relatively large and arranged in a sparse series on the margin of the jaws; smaller on the palatine and on the splenial, where they are in single series anteriorly, minute and almost granular on the other inner bones; preoperculum nearly smooth and narrow; operculum deep, much broader below than above, and suboperculum of moderate size. Ossifications in the sheath of the notochord insignificant or absent in the smaller species, consisting only of separate hypocentra and pleurocentra in the largest species; ossified ribs slender, not reaching the ventral border of the abdomen. Fulcra biserial, well-developed on all the fins, those of the pectoral being especially elongated and sometimes in part fused together. Pectoral much exceeding the pelvic fins in size, but the EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 373 latter well-developed; dorsal and anal fins triangular in shape, the former arising opposite or immediately behind, the pelvic fins; caudal fin deeply forked. Scales delicate, smooth, feebly crimped or in part tuberculated, deeply overlapping, and none much deeper than broad; a few series anteriorly quadrangular and possibly sometimes united with peg-and-socket, the others more or less cycloidal, and very few narrowed on the ventral aspect of the fish. Lateral line inconspicuous." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 329-330). 16. Caturus furcatus Agassiz. (Plate LV, fig. 1.) 1833. P achy cormus furcatus L. Agassiz. Neues Jahrb., p. 476, and Poiss Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 11. 1833. UroBus nuchalis L. Agassiz. Neues Jahrb., p. 477, and Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 12. 1834. Caturus latus G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 539. 1834. UrcEus furcatus L. Agassiz. Verhandl. Ges. Vaterland. Mus. Bohmen, p. 70. 1839. Caturus maximus and macrodus L. Agassiz. Neues Jahrb., p. 118. 1839-44. Caturus latus L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. II, p. 117; pi. LVI. 1842-44. Caturus furcatus L. Agassiz. Ibid., Pt. II, p. 116; pi. LVIa. 1844. Caturus maximus and macrodus L. Agassiz. Ibid., Pt. II, pp. 118, 294. 1844. Caturus nuchalis L. Agassiz. Ibid., Pt. II, p. 293. 1863. Caturus maximus A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bay. Akad. Wiss., Math-Phys. CI., Vol. IX, p. 700. 1863. Caturus furcatus A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 701. 1863. Caturus latus and cyprinoides A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 702. (?) 1873. Caturus furcatus Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 18; pi. XIII, fig. 1. (?) 1873. Caturus latus Thiolliere. Ibid., p. 18, pi. XIII, fig. 3. 374 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1881. Caturus furcatus B. Vetter. Mittheil. K. Mineral. -Geol. Mus. Dresden, Pt. IV, p. 109. 1887. Caturus maximus K. A. von Zittel. Handb. Palsont., Vol. Ill, p. 228, fig. 241 a. 1887. Caturus furcatus K. A. von Zittel. Ibid., p. 228, figs. 241 b-g. 1887. Caturus elongatus K. A. von Zittel. Ibid., p. 227, fig. 240 (errore). 1895. Caturus furcatus A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 332. According to the last-named author, the small fishes described under the following names also appear to be immature examples of this species: 1833. Uranus macrurus L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 12. 1839. Caturus microchirus L. Agassiz. Neues Jahrb., p. 118. 1842. Caturus obovatus G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 44. 1844. Caturus macrurus L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. II, p. 118. 1844. Caturus microchirus L. Agassiz. Ibid., pp. 118, 294. 1861. CaittrMS /erox Winkler. Descript. Poiss. Foss. Solenhofen (Natuurk., Verhandl. Holland. Maatsch. [2], Vol. XIV, p. 56, fig. 10). 1863. Caturus microchirus A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Math-Phys. CI., Vol. IX, p. 703. 1863. Caturus macrurus A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 706. 1863. Caturus obovatus and gracilis A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 707. 1871. Caturus feroxW\n]s\cY. Archiv. Mus. Teyler, Vol. Ill, p. 176; pi. V, figs. 2, 3. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Royal Bohemian Museum, Prague. " The type-species attains a length of about one meter. Length of head with opercular apparatus about equal to the maximum depth of the trunk and usually less than one-quarter of the total length of the fish. Caudal region tapering to a EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 375 comparatively slender pedicle; its depth little, if at all, exceeding one-third the maximum depth of the abdominal region. Teeth large, with very slender apex, and about forty in total number in the dentary; depth of operculum somewhat ex- ceeding its maximum breadth; branchiostegal rays about twenty-four. Dorsal fin with about twenty rays, deeper than long, its depth equalling about one-half that of the trunk at its origin; this fin arising in advance of the middle of the back, the distance from the occiput to its origin being about equal to that from its hinder border to the base of the caudal fin. Pelvic fins arising opposite the front half of the dorsal fin; anal fin smaller than the dorsal, with from twelve to fourteen rays. Scales smooth, or in part marked with a few feeble, short, transverse striae." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 333). The specimens listed below agree with those from Cerin, which are assigned to this species by Thiolliere, but the identity of which with the type-species is regarded by Dr. A. S. Woodward as somewhat uncertain: Nos. 4062, 4064, 4074, 4074a, 4097, 4300, 4301, 4302, 5108. 17. Catunis driani Thiolliere. 18. Caturus velifer Thiolliere. The two foregoing are large species, occurring in the lithographic stone of Cerin, France, known only by a few examples, and not represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, except by one or two obscure fragments (Cat. No. 4089). It may be remarked here that the genus Callopterus, two species of which have been described from the Lower Kimmeridgian of Ain, France, is very closely related to Caturus, differing only in the more remote position of the dorsal fin, which is almost completely opposed to the anal. No examples of Callopterus are preserved in either the British or the Carnegie Museums. Suborder ^THEOSPONDYLI. " Notochord varying in persistence, but pleurocentra and hypocentra usually fused, never forming alternating discs or rings; tail abbreviate-heterocercal or homocercal. Mandible complex, with well-developed splenial rising into a coronoid process, which is completed by a distinct coronoid bone. Infra-clavicular plates wanting in the pectoral arch; pectoral fin with more than five basals. Scales ganoid." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 415). Family ASPIDORHYNCHID^. " Head and trunk much elongated, the snout produced, and the abdominal much longer than the caudal region; tail homocercal. Cranial and facial bones 376 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. robust, and opercular apparatus complete, all more or less ganoid, mandibular suspensorium vertical or inclined forwards, but gape of mouth wide; a distinct azygous presymphysial bone present in the mandible; marginal teeth slender, conical. Branchiostegal rays numerous. Vertebral centra annular or amphio- coelous. Fins small, with broad, flattened rays, branched and articulated distally; fulcra minute or absent. Scales rhombic, much deepened on the flank." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 415). This family, which perhaps may be regarded as ancestral to the modern gar- pikes (Lepidosteidae) comprises two genera, which are distinguished by the following differential characters : "Synopsis of Genera. Rostrum much produced in advance of mandibular symphysis, and intercalary cheek-plate between the suborbitals and preoperculum; foremost scales of lateral line not deeper than those immediately beneath Aspidorhynchus. Rostrum scarcely if at all produced in advance of mandibular symphysis; suborbitals in contact with preoperculum; all scales of lateral line deeper than those immediately beneath Belonostomus." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 415). Genus Belonostomus Agassiz. " Snout very slender, scarcely if at all produced in front of the extremity of the much-elongated presymphysial bone; cheek-plates robust, the postorbitals extend- ing to the anterior border of the preoperculum; the conical teeth irregular in size, largest on the hinder part of the premaxillse and the median line of the presymphysial bone, obtuse on the splenial and reduced to a fine granulation on the inner face of the ectopterygoid. Ossified vertebrae usually pierced by a remnant of the noto- chord. Fin-rays distally bifurcating; fulcra wanting on paired fins, rare on median fins. Pelvic fins situated near the middle of the trunk; dorsal and anal fins short- based, triangular, remote and opposed; caudal fin symmetrically forked. Scales robust, smooth or rugose; in three deepened series on the flank of the abdominal region, and the series traversed by the lateral line the deepest; dorsal scales between the flank scales and the median ridge in two series." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 498). 19. Belonostomus muensteri Agassiz. (Plate LV, figs. 2 and 3). 1834. Aspidorhynchus munsteri L. Agassiz. Verhandl. Ges. vaterland. Mus. Bohmen, p. 70 (name only). 1837. Belonostomus munsteri L. Agassiz. Bericht Versamml. deutsch. Naturf., Jena, 1836, p. 127 (name only). EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 377 1844. Belonostomus miinsleri L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. II, pp. 141, 297, pi. XLVIIa, fig. 2. 1848. Belonostomus muensteri C. G. Giebel. Fauna der Vorwelt, Fische, p. 155. 1861. Belonostomus munsieri T. C. Winkler. Descript. Poiss. Foss. Solenhofen (Natuurk. Verhandl. Holland. Maatsch. [2] Vol. XIV) p. 34, fig. 5. 1863. Belonostomus miinsteri A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bay. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys. CL, Vol. IX, p. 689. 1863. Belonostomus speciosus A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 689. 1887. Belonostomus speciosus 0. Reis. Sitzungsber. Bay. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys. CI., Vol. XVII, p. 159, pi. I, fig. 4. 1895. Belonostomus muensteri A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 429. " Type. — Head and anterior part of trunk; British Museum. A species of moderate size attaining a length of about 40 cm. Head with opercular apparatus occupying about one-quarter of the total length; maximum depth of trunk contained fifteen times in the total length. Cranium about five times as long as its maximum depth, jaws equal in length, the pointed anterior extremity of the dentary bones suturally united with a deep roirentering angle in the pre-symphysial bone; external ornament very finely rugose. Vertebrae in the form of robust constricted rings, longer than deep. Space between the origin of the pelvic fins and that of the anal fin about equal to the space between the latter and the caudal. Scales finely tuberculated, partly rugose; those of the lateral line not much exceeding in depth the series below." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 430). This species is represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum by several well-preserved specimens, cataloged under the following numbers: Car. Mus. Cat., Nos. 4043, 4321, 4343, 4653, 5112, 5113, 5133. A distorted and indistinct impression of the trunk belonging to this or a closely related species is cataloged as No. 4068. 20. Belonostomus tenuirostris Agassiz. (Plate LI, fig. 3). 1833. Aspidorhynchus tenuirostris L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 14. 1834. Belonostomus tenuirostris L. Agassiz. Neues Jahrb., p. 388. 378 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1837. Belonostomus tenuirostris L. Agassiz. Bericht Versamml. deutsch. Naturf., Jena, 1836, p. 127. 1837. Belonostomus tabulatus L. Agassiz. Ibid., p. 127 (name only). 1844. Belonostomus tenuirostris L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. II, pp. 143, 297. 1844. Belonostomus suhulatus L. Agassiz. Ihid., pp. 143, 297. 1863. Belonostomus tenuirostris A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bay Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys., CI., Vol. IX, p. 691. 1863. Belonostomus tenuirostris var. brevivertebralis A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 691. 1873. Belonostomus tenuirostris V. ThioUiere, ed. P. Gervais. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 24. 1881. Belonostomus tenuirostris B. Vetter. Mittheil. K. Mineral-geol. Mus. Dresden, Pt. IV, p. 85. 895. Belonostomus tenuirostris A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 431. 1912. Belonostomus tenuirostris juv. C. R. Eastman. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. VIII, p. 184, pi. X. Type. — Incomplete fish; present location unknown. "A species of very slender proportions attaining a length of about 30 cm. Head with opercular apparatus occupying one-third of the total length; maximum depth of trunk contained fourteen times in the total length. Cranium about nine times as long as its maximum depth, having the snout excessively elongated and projecting to some extent in advance of the anterior extremity of the mandible; the pointed front end of the dentary bones suturally united with a deep re-entering angle in the pre-symphysial bone; superficial ornament consisting of delicate rugse. Vertebrae in the form of separated narrow rings, much deeper than broad. Scales smooth or feebly tuberculated and rugose; those of the lateral line not much ex- ceeding in depth the series below." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 431-2). ThioUiere's recognition of this species in the paleichthyic fauna of Cerin is stated to have been based upon two specimens showing the head, in which the rostrum projects considerably in advance of the anterior extremity of the mandible. A single specimen in the Carnegie Museum, catalogued as No. 4080, seems referable to this species, judging from the characters of the head, proportions of the anterior part of the trunk (which lacks the caudal region), and depth of the vertebral rings. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 379 The small and incomplete fish, which is illustrated in the accompanying plate, possesses unusual interest on account of its containing within the abdominal cavity a well preserved skeleton of a small Rhynchocephalian reptile. The prey had been swallowed head first, and may have caused the death of the fish, as diges- tion had not proceeded far enough to dismember the limbs nor to disturb the natural position of the body-parts of the reptile, beyond a slight lateral compression of the trunk. The head, notwithstanding its small size, is very well preserved, a fact which is the more remarkable, when we consider the peculiar conditions which have revealed to us the fate of both creatures. In the case of the reptile, which is probably a young Homceosaurus, certain of the cranial elements and vacuities are distinguishable as well as the sensory canals and even a few minute teeth. So far as the writer is aware, paleontology affords no other instance of a fossil reptile enclosed within the digestive tract of a fish. The apparent anomaly of finding a land reptile within the body of a marine fish may be accounted for by supposing the former to have been a shore-inhabitant of a coral island, thus resembling the modern Sphenodon in habitat. The creature may have been carried out to sea by floating vegetation, and been seized at a distance from land by a marine carnivorous fish. The proximity of land to the locality when the deposits at Cerin were laid down is indicated by a considerable quantity of plant remains, which have been described by Count G. de Saporta. An exceedingly well preserved example, which has been chosen for the purpose of illustrating the characters of the adult of this species, is that shown in Plate LI, fig. 3, which belongs to the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Suborder ISOSPONDYLI. " Notochord varying in persistence, the vertebral centra usually complete, but none coalesced; tail homocercal, but haemal supports not much expanded or fused. Symplectic bone present; mandible simple, each ramus consisting only of two elements (dentary and articulo-angular), with rare rudiments of a splenial on the inner side. Pectoral arch suspended from the cranium; a precoracoid arch present, infraclavicular plates wanting; pectoral fin with not more than four or five basals. Pelvic fins abdominal. Scales ganoid only in the less specialized families." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 446). Family PHOLIDOPHORID^. "Trunk elegantly fusiform. Head with delicate membrane-bones, the subor- bital and circumorbital plates completely covering the cheek, all enamelled; snout 380 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. not produced; mandibular suspensorium nearly vertical or inclined forwards, and gape of mouth wide; premaxilla very small; maxilla large, loosely attached and with two well-developed supramaxillary plates; teeth small and conical. Opercular apparatus complete. Vertebral centra never advanced beyond the annular stage; ribs delicate; no fused nor expanded haemal arches at the base of the tail. Inter- muscular bones absent. Fin-fulcra present, but usually small; dorsal and anal fins small, the former above or behind the pelvic fins. Scales ganoid, more or less rhombic, but deeply overlapping, and the hinder margin often somewhat rounded." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 446-7). Genus Pholidophorus Agassiz. " Trunk not much deepened, and head relatively large. External bones smooth or delicately ornamented with rugse and tuberculations ; sensory canal on suborbital and preorbital plates branched; maxilla more or less arched, the oval margin convex and provided with minute teeth; mandibular teeth larger, but still minute and arranged in a single series. Preoperculum broad mesially and marked with slight radiating furrows; suboperculum large, but smaller than the trapezoidal operculum, from which it is divided by an oblique suture; branchiostegal rays numerous. Pleurocentra and hypocentra in notochordal sheath fused or separate. Fin-fulcra small, extending along the foremost ray of each of the fins. Pectoral not excessively large, but much exceeding the pelvic fins in size; dorsal and anal fins triangular in shape, not extended, the former opposite or arising somewhat behind the pelvic fins; caudal fin deeply forked. Scales thin, deeply overlapping, usually with an inner rib and peg-and-socket articulation, and the external layer of ganoine smooth or feebly ornamented; principal flank-scales deeper than broad, ventral scales in part broader than deep; no enlarged series of ridge-scales, but a large scale at the base of one or both lobes of the caudal fin, and three slightly enlarged scales round the anus at the base of the anal fin. Lateral line opening by widely separated large pores." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, pp. 447-8). The occurrence of this genus in the Lithographic Stone at Cerin was first reported by ThioUiere, who recognized what he considered to be three new species, without, however, describing or naming them. Wagner, in 1860, recorded the presence of his newly described P. ovatus in the Cerin deposits, an identification concerning which later writers appear to have entertained some doubt. The only scientifically described species of this genus occurring at the Cerin locality is P. similis. EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 381 21. Pholidophorus similis A. S. Woodward. (PI. LVI, fig. 1). 1895. Pholidophorus similis A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 470, pi. XIII, fig. 2. Type. — Nearly complete fish; British Museum. A species attaining a length of about 20 cm. " Length of head with opercular apparatus nearly equalling the maximum depth of the trunk, which is contained from four-and-a-half to five times in the total length of the fish. Head and oper- cular bones very finely rugose. Fin-rays stout and smooth. Pelvic fins arising far in advance of the middle point of the trunk, and the dorsal fin opposed to them. Scales large, ornamented with fine oblique striations, more or less radiating, and terminating at the hinder margin in denticulations; several series of flank-scales deeper than broad; the orifices of the lateral line inconspicuous." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 470). The undermentioned examples are representative of this species in the col- lections of the Carnegie Museum. Car. Mus. Cat., Nos. 4063, 4069, 4081, 4082, 4095, 4326, 4661, 4667. 22. Pholidophorus ovatus Wagner. 1863. Pholidophorus ovatus A. Wagner. Abh. Bay. Akad., Wiss., math.-phys. CI., Vol. IX, p. 666. 1895. Pholidophorus ovatus A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 471. " Type. — Fish with imperfect median fins; Paleontological Museum, Munich. A robust species attaining a length of about 18 cm., not yet clearly distinguished from P. granulatus, but perhaps with a somewhat less deepened trunk. Fin-rays smooth and stout ; fulcra conspicuous. Fins and scales as in the preceding species." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 471). A single, moderate-sized, incompletely preserved example, cataloged as No. 4073, and probably referable to this species, is contained in the Bayet Collection. Genus Pleuropholis Egerton. " Trunk elongate-fusiform, and upper caudal lobe conspicuous. External bones smooth or delicately ornamented with rugae and tuberculations; maxilla more or less arched and the oval margin convex; teeth minute. Vertebral centra annular. Fulcra present on aU the fins. Pelvic fins well developed, but smaller than the pectorals; dorsal and anal fins longer than deep, opposite. Scales thick and moderately overlapping; those of the middle of the flank excessively deepened, covering nearly the whole of it, each strengthened within by a broad rib and exhibit- 382 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ing a peg-and-socket articulation; dorsal and ventral scales few, relatively small and rhomboidal. Lateral line deflected, passing down the second or third deepened flank-scale and then traversing the uppermost series of small ventral scales." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 482-3). 23. Pleuropholis thiollieri Sauvage. 1873. Pleurophoilis V. Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, pi. VI, fig. 6. 1883. Pleuropholis thiollieri H. E. Sauvage. Bull. Soc. Geol. France [3], Vol. XI, p. 499. 1895. Pleuropholis thiollieri A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, pp. 485-6. " Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A species attaining a length of about 12 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus about equalling the maximum depth of the trunk and contained nearly five-and-a-half times in the total length of the fish; caudal pedicle slender, its width equalling two-thirds the depth of the fiank-scales in the middle of the abdominal region. Pelvic fins arising midway between the pectorals and the anal; the latter fin arising slightly behind the middle point between the pectorals and the caudal. Scales smooth, not serrated." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp, 485-6). This species is represented in the collection by two individuals of average size, cataloged as Nos. 4318 and 4322. A smaller example, cataloged as No. 4032, is perhaps also referable to the same species. This latter is of about the same size as the unnamed original of Thiolliere's Plate VI, fig. 5, a specimen which was sub- sequently described by Sauvage (BuU. Soc. Geol. France [3] Vol. XI, 1883, p. 498; pi. XIII, fig. 1) under the preoccupied title of P. egertoni. According to Dr. A. S. Woodward, the original of Thiolliere's and Sauvage's illustrations is indistinguish- able from P. serrata Egerton. In whatever way we may regard the identity of Thiolliere's original (Poiss. Foss., Pt. II, 1873, pi. VI, fig. 5) the specimen bearing the Carnegie Museum Catalog Number 4032 differs from it in the non-serrated condition of the principal flank-scales. Family OLIGOPLEURID.E. " Trunk fusiform. Head with delicate membrane bones, scarcely, if at all, enamelled; mandibular suspensorium nearly vertical or inclined forwards, and gape of mouth wide; teeth small or of moderate size. Vertebral centra well-ossified, with no distinct pleurocentra and hypocentra in any part of the column; large free EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FLSHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 383 neural spines in the abdominal region ; ribs short ; no fused or expanded haemal arches at the base of the tail. Intermuscular bones rare or absent. Fin-fulcra present; dorsal and anal fins acuminate in front, of variable length. Scales thin, more or less rounded, and deeply imbricating." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 490). Genus CEonoscopus Costa. (Syn. Attakeopsis V. ThioUiere; Macrorhipis A. Wagner.) "Head large and snout pointed; maxilla much deepened behind, with nearly straight dentigerous border; teeth of moderate size, stout and conical or styliform. Vertebral centra usually about as long as deep, and the side of each exhibiting a median longitudinal ridge with a deep pit above and below; ribs robust, but short. Fin-rays robust, all closely articulated and divided at some distance from the base ; fulcra conspicuous on the median fins. Dorsal and anal fins short-based, the former almost or completely in advance of the latter; caudal fin much forked. Scales large." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 494-5). 24. CEonoscopus desori (ThioUiere). 1858. Attakeopsis desori ThioUiere. Bull. Soc. Geol. France [2] Vol. XV, p. 784 (name only). 1873. Attakeopsis desori ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. II, p. 23, pi. XI. 1887. CEonoscopus desori K. A. von Zittel. Handb. Paleont., Vol. Ill, p. 232. 1895. CEonoscopus desori A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 497. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. This species, regarded by ThioUiere as the type of a distinct genus, named by him Attakeopsis, is of moderate size, attaining a length of about 35 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus nearly equal to the maximum depth of the trunk and contained somewhat more than four times in the total length of the fish ; cauda pedicle less than half as deep as the abdominal region. Teeth closely arranged in the maxilla and dentary. Vertebrae not more than 50 in number and mostly as long as deep. Pelvic fins arising at a point about midway between the pectorals and anal fin; median fins as in 0. cyprinoides. An. excellent figure of an example of this species, without description, is given in the posthumous work of ThioUiere, published in 1873. A single specimen is recorded in Dr. Woodward's Catalogue as belonging to the British Museum. Two 884 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. representatives of this species are contained in the collections of the Carnegie Museum, one having a length of 17 cm. and the other of 28 cm. These bear the catalog numbers 4303 and 4432 respectively. The former of these displays the undigested remains of a small vertebrate, probably a lizard-like reptile, within the abdominal cavity. Either the vertebral column of the enclosed prey has been flexed upon itself, or there are two small creatures to be seen within the body of the fish. 25. CEonoscopus elongatus Eastman. (Plate LVI, figs. 2 and 3). 1912. CEonoscopus elongatus C. R. Eastman. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. VIII, p. 185, pi. XL Type. — Nearly complete fish in counterpart: Carnegie Museum Catalogue No. 4079+4079a. A small-sized species, attaining a length of about 20 cm. and distinguished from all others belonging to the same genus by its slender and elongated form of body, and by the more forward position of the dorsal fin, which arises opposite the pelvics, and does not extend back of a point midway between them and the origin of the anal. Length of the head with opercular apparatus exceeding the maximum depth of trunk, and contained about five times in the total length of the fish. Vertebrae about 50 in number, with strong neural and hsemal spines. A single large ridge-scale at the upper and lower borders of the caudal pedicle. Teeth small and conical. All fins relatively small, caudal lobes not much expanded. The holotype of this species is a nearly complete fish preserved in counterpart, cataloged as No. 4079-|-4079a. It has a total length of 19 cm., and is interesting for containing apparently a small Rhynchocephalian reptile within the abdominal cavity. Another example, cataloged as No. 4088, is about one-third smaller than the type and is complete except for the anterior margin of the head, which is wanting. Three small specimens of Leptolepis are preserved in the same slab, one either superimposed over the body of the large fish in a longitudinal direction, or contained inside. Family LEPTOLEPID^. " Trunk elegantly fusiform. Head with delicate membrane-bones, the sub- orbital and circumorbital plates almost or completely covering the cheek, more or less enamelled ; parietal bones meeting in the middle line ; snout not produced ; mandibular suspensorium nearly vertical or inclined forwards, but gape of mouth wide; pre- maxilla very small; maxilla large, loosely attached and with two well-developed supramaxillary plates; teeth small and conical. Opercular apparatus complete. Vertebral centra well ossified, but always pierced by the notochord; ribs delicate; EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 385 no fused or expanded haemal arches at the base of the tail. Intermuscular bones present. Fin-fulcra absent; fin-rays more or less divided and articulated distally; dorsal and anal fins small, the former usually short-based, above or behind the pelvic pair. Scales thin, cycloidal and deeply imbricating, usually ganoid in their exposed portion; lateral Hne not observable." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 500). Genus Leptolepis Agassiz. "Head large and teeth minute; sclerotic ossified. Maxilla arched, with a slightly convex dentigerous border; mandible prominent, and dentary sharply rising into a thickened, obtuse elevation near its anterior extremity; preoperculum broad mesially, with a large inferior limb, marked with radiating ridges; sub- operculum large, but smaller than the trapezoidal operculum, from which it is divided by an oblique suture. Vertebrae in the form of much-constricted cylinders, with little or no secondary ossification. Pelvic fins relatively large; dorsal fin about as long as deep, opposed to the pelvic pair or to the space between the latter and the anal; anal fin small, not much extended; caudal fin deeply forked. Scales completely covering the trunk; no enlarged or thickened ridge-scales." (A. S. Woodward. I. c, P. Ill, p. 501). 26. Leptolepis sprattiformis (Blainville). 1755. Figure by G. W. Knorr. Samml. Merkwiirdigk. Natur, pi. XXIII, figs. 2, 3; pi. XXVIII, fig. 3; pi. XXIX, figs. 2-4. 1818. Clupea sprattiformis H. D. de Blainville. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 330. (?) 1839. Leptolepis pusiUus G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 680. 1833-44. Leptolepis sprattiformis L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 13; Pt. II, pp. 130, 294, pi. LXIa, fig. 1. 1839-44. Leptolepis macrolepidotus L. Agassiz. Ibid., Pt. II, p. 132, pi. LXI, figs. 4-6. 1863. Leptolepis sprattiformis A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bay. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys., CL, Vol. IX, pp. 741, 744. 1888. Leptolepis sprattiformis K. A. von Zittel. Handb. Palaont., Vol. Ill, p. 272, fig. 279. 1895. Leptolepis sprattiformis A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 513. 386 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Museum of Natural History, Paris. The occurrence of this species in the Lithographic Stone of Cerin, France, is reported by ThioUiere in the faunal list included in his posthumous work of 1873. A considerable number of small and indistinct impressions which may be referred to this species, or may be the fry of some other Leptolepid, are contained in the Bayet Collection. A slab in which several are to be seen has already been spoken of in connection with a specimen of (Eonoscopus elongatus (No. 4088), which appar- ently contains one of the small fry inside. 27. Leptolepis dubia (Blainville) . (Plate LI, Fig. 1). 1818. Clupea dubia H. D. de Blainville. Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., Vol. XXVII, p. 331. 1833-44. Leptolepis dubius L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, Pt. I, p. 13; Pt. II, pp. 134, 294 (in part). 1895. Leptolepis dubius A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 509, pi. XIV, figs. 6, 7. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Museum of Natural History, Paris. This is a large and robust species, attaining a length of about 30 cm., and very abundant in the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria. It has not hitherto been reported from other localities than in the neighborhood of Solenhofen and Eichstadt, but there is one example in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum which is evidently referable to this species, and is figured in the accompanying plates. It is from the Upper Jura of Cerin, France, and, together with the smaller species of the same genus, serves to illustrate the close correspondence existing between the faunse of the respective localities. The figured specimen is cataloged as No. 4396. Genus Thrissops Agassiz. "Head small and teeth minute; sclerotic ossified. Maxilla arched, with a slightly convex dentigerous border; mandible prominent, the dentary apparently intermediate in form between that of Leptolepis and JjJthalion. Opercular ap- paratus as in Leptolepis. Vertebral centra well ossified, strengthened by a median lateral ridge; the free neural arches in the abdominal region much elongated and thickened, the ribs also especially robust. Pelvic fins much smaller than the pectorals ; dorsal fin small and short-based, opposite to the anal fin, which is acuminate in front, and much extended behind; caudal fin forked. Scales completely covering the trunk; no enlarged or thickened ridge-scales." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 521). EASTMAN: CATALOG OF FOSSIL FISHES IN CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 387 28. Thrissops formosus Agassiz. 1833-44. Thrissops formosus L. Agassiz. Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, pt. I, p. 12; Pt. II, p. 124, pi. LXVa. 1844. Thrissops subovatus L. Agassiz {ex Miinster MS.). Ibid., Pt. II, p. 128 (undefined). 1839. Thrissops ovatus G. von Miinster. Neues Jahrb., p. 680. 1852. Thrissops formosus F. A. Quenstedt. Handb. Petrefakt., p. 219, pi. XVII, fig. 19. 1863. Thrissops formosus A. Wagner. Abh. K. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys. CL, Vol. IX, p. 734. 1863. Thrissops subovatus A. Wagner. Ibid., p. 734. 1888. Thrissops formosus K. A. von Zittel. Handb. Palaont., Vol. Ill, p. 273, figs. 280, 281. 1895. Thrissops formosus A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 521. " Type. — Nearly complete fish; Paleontological Museum, Munich. The type-species, attaining a length of about 50 cm. Head with opercular apparatus occupying from one-eighth to one-seventh of the total length of the fish; maximum depth of trunk much exceeding the length of the head with opercular apparatus, and contained about three-and-a-half times in the length of the trunk from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. Vertebrae at least 60 in number, about 32 being abdominal and 28 caudal. Pelvic fins arising much nearer to the anal than to the pectorals, and comprising about 5 rays; dorsal fin with 14 rays, arising somewhat behind the origin of the anal, which is much elevated in front and comprises not less than 30 rays; caudal fin very deeply forked and the lobes slender. Scales partly ornamented with delicate radiating striae." (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 521). A single undoubted representative of this species, which has not been heretofore reported from the French lithographic limestone, forms part of the Bayet Collection in the Carnegie Museum, and is cataloged as No. 4083. It has a total length of about 34 cm., the extremity of the tail being preserved in impression. 29. Thrissops regleyi ThioUiere. 1854. Thrissops regleyi ThioUiere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, pi. X, fig. 2 (figure only). 388 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1861. Thrissops clupeoides Winkler. Natuurk. Verhandl. Holland. Maatsch. [2] Vol. XIV, p. 21, fig. 3. 1895. Thrissops clupeoides A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 523. Type. — Nearly complete fish; Lyons Museum. A species attaining a length of about 25 cm. Head with opercular apparatus contained about four times in the total length exclusive of the caudal fin, and equal- ling the maximum depth of the trunk. Vertebrse about 50 in number, of which 25 are caudal. Fins as in the type-species, except that the caudal is much less deeply forked and with broader lobes. Lower limb of the preoperculum ornamented with about ten fine radiating elevated ridges. 30. Thrissops heckeli Thiolliere. 1854. Thrissops heckeli Thiolliere. Poiss. Foss. Bugey, Pt. I, pi. X, fig. 1 (no description). 1895. Thrissops heckeli A. S. Woodward. Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 527. Type. — Contorted large fish; Lyons Museum. The holotype of this undescribed species is a large specimen having a total length of about 73 cm. It is slender and elongate in form, the proportions resembl- ing those of T. formosus, but the pectoral and caudal fins are much more strongly developed than in that species, and the lobes of the tail are narrower and longer. A single specimen in the collection of the Carnegie Museum, cataloged as No. 4091, is apparently referable to this species. It shows the head-region with the opercular apparatus, together with the powerful pectoral fin of the left-hand side, in which thirteen extremely stout rays are to be counted, decreasing in length gradually in a posterior direction. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate XLVIII. Fig. 1. Lepidotus Icevis Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5130. X! i- Fig. 2. Umlina grandis sp. Nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4748. X \. X X t« IK O o « 'H o £ « 'S o s =5^ Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI Plate L. BS2r if' -^s^jrf W-■/l,^■•vir ■: Fui. 1. \ota(j(i(jus inimuntis Thiolliere. C. M- Cat. Foss. Fi.shes, No. 5115. X f. Fig. 2. Notmjugus inimontis Thiolliere. C INI. Cat. Fo.ss. Fishes, No. 4399. X f . Fig. 3. Notagogus ornatus sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5114a. X f. a. o > :3 w CO o w s: PS -a; o to o S w X CD O ^; CO "* I-' • ^ « ,7-r w < ^ s^ H < O ,^ O ^ o — -. « ,x z 2 « 2 K c eq '^ ■~ • ^ b ::::^ i-c; -^ ^ ^ ^ <\ o as 1 — 1 c4 CO O O O u, t^ l^ Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LII. ^ >^' ^ \ " \. \ \ Fig. 1. Micrcdon bernardi (Thiolliebe). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4084. X ---. Fig. 2. Microdon bernardi (Thiolliere). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5118. X f. lEMOiRS Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, Plate LIII. Fig. 1. Microdon Wagnen (Thiollieke). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4090. X f. Fig. 2. Microdon Wagneri (Thiolliere). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4320. X h Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI, Plate LIV, _^ r^ 'AS^:/tVA 1l! \ Fig. 1. Micnidoit egedoni (Thiolliere). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes,[No. 5107. X i- Fig. 2. Micmdon sauvaiiaui^i (Thiolliere). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4666. X Tih- Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate LV. Fig. 1. Caiurus fuiratiis (AeiASsiz). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4;iUl. X |. Fig. 2. Belenodomus muensteri Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4343. X |. Fig. 3. Belenostoiuiis muensteri Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5112. X f . Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol VI Plate LVI. Fig. 1. PliiilidnjJwrus siniiUs A. S. Woodward. C. M. Cat. Fo.ss. Fi.shes, No. 4981. X }■ Fig. 2. G'Jonuscopits elongatus sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4079. X l- Fig. 3. CEonoscopus elongatus sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4079a. X 'k- REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. {Very scarce.) 2. A Preliminary list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shapee. Pp. 114. (Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Little Known Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 17, 4 Plates. {Very scarce.) 4. The Reptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp. 13. (Very scarce.) 5. Osteology of the Herodiones. By R. W. Shu- TELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. (Out of print.) 6. Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) 1. Sabal Eigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 2. (Out of print.) ■ 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Henry G. Klages. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By B. W. Shxt- FELDT. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.).... 10. Description of a New Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By 0. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dlspar Marsh. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 9, 3 Plates. . . 13. Structure of the Fore Limbs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidse (Ha- drosauridae, Claosauridae) Marsh. By J. B. Hatcher. Pp. 10 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 16. Osteology of the Psittaci. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus Partula in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Suith. Pp. 64 18. Two New Species of Bahaman Lepldoptera. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 10. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peterson and C. W. Gilmobe. Pp. 10 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1748-1785. By- Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps 21. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 44 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Heath Farm near West Elizabeth, 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd (Jrtjmrine. 2 pts., pp. 295 23. Minute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 74 24. The Eecords of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, &o. Edited by Boyd Crumrine. Pp. 90 25. Astropecten (?) montanus, &c. By Earl Doug- lass. Pp. 4 26. Discovery of the Eemains of Astrodon (Pleuro- coslus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatcheb. Pp. 6. (Out of print.) ,30 27. 28. 29. .65 30. .50 3L 32. 33. 34. 35. .90 2.25 1.60 1.75 .10 36. 37. 38. 39. .36 40. .60 41. .26 42. .25 .36 43. 44. 1.25 45. .10 46. .16 47. 48. $ .30 49. 50. .90 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. Osteology of the Limicolas. By E. W. Shufeldt. Pp. 56, 1 Plate New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. C. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Percy E. Eaymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Eiver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hat. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietneb. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) Notes on the Geology of Southwestern Llontana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Frocambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Oetmann. Pp.8 Presentation of Reproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, Eut Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hoi^ land. Pp. 11 The Hyoid Bone in Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 A New Species of Eneif^a. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate Note on the Occurrence of Triglochin palustrls in Pennsylvapia. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostacbys) . By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 8 Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Harry C. Odeeholseb. Pp. 3. The Chazy Formation and Its Faima. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates A New American Cybele. By J. E. Narrawat and Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 6 Plastron of the Protosteginse. By G. R. Wds- land. Pp. 7 Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sis. By Oliver P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates The Miocene Beds of Western Nebrasl'T ..nd Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunae. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate Merycochoerus and a New Genus of Merycoido- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochoe- ridae. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .76 .16 .60 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .16 .20 .10 .16 .06 .06 .10 .10 .05 1.50 .16 .16 .26 1.00 .05 1.00 REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 68. On Further Collections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Cari. H. Eigenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAtee and David Perkins Wakd. Pp. 48, 15 Plates 1.25 69. An Undetermined Element in the Osteology of the Mosasauridse. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 $ .20 60. The Gasteropoda of the Chazy Formation. By Percy E. Eatmond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 1.35 6L A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana in Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 05 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, P J ^ J -r,- ^ith a Description of a New Species. No. 4. Description of New Rodents and Discus- g q -^ Gilmore $1.00 Bion of the Origin of Daemoiielix. By O. " lo. A Monograph upon the Crawfishes of A. Peterson. (Scarce.) $1.75 Pennsylvania. By A. E. Ortmann.... 4.00 VOL. in. No. 1. Archaeological Investigations in Costs No. 2. Osteology of Moropus. By W. J. Hol- Eica. By C. V. Hartman $6.00 land and 0. A. Peterson $6.00 VOL. IV. No. 1. Early Chinese Writing. By Frank H. No. 5. New Carnivores from the Miocene of Chalfant. Pp. 36, 50 Plates $3.00 Western Nebraska. By C. A. Peterson. No. 2. Formosan Fishes. By D. Starr Jordan. Pp- 73, 12 Plates 1.50 Pp 4 3 Plates 25 ^'^- ^- Monograph of the Najades of Pennsyl- No. 3. Revision of Entelodontidk'." 'sy" oVa. ' '<'ania. Pts. I and 11. By A. E. Oet- Ti Ti lie n Til x oocn MANN. Pp. 69, 4 Platcs $2.50 Peterson. Pp. 116, 9 Plates $2.50 ^t -,-.., t, -i,-^ ^ ,, ^-oi vT^«ii ri.vTi-1. r-n T No. /. Catalog Eocene Fishes from Monte Bolea No. 4. Catalog of the Fishes of Formosa. Jordan .^ Carnegie Museum. By Charles E. and Richardson. Pp. 46, 12 Plates 1.25 Eastman $3.00 VOL. V. The Fresh Water Fishes of British Guiana. By C. H. Eigenmann. Pp. i-xx 4- 578, frontispiece, and 103 plates. $10 unbound; $10.75 cloth; $12.00 Vz morocco. VOL. VI. No. 1. A Catalog of the Fishes known from the No. 4. Record of the Fishes obtained in Japan, Waters of Korea. Jordan and Metz. 1911. D. Starr Jordan and Willum Pp. 66, 10 Plates $1.50 Francis Thompson Pp. 109, 19 Plates and 87 text-fi'^ures $3.50 No. 2. The Lantern-fishes of Japan. Charles ° H. GmjEET. Pp. 46, 4 Plates $1.00 j^^^ 5.7 Catalog of the FossU Fishes in the No. 3. The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. Carnegie Museum. Parts II-IV. By C. Max Mapes Ellis. Pp. 88, 9 Plates $1.50 R. Eastman $•''•00 AUG 9 1915 MEMOIES OF THE CAENEGIE MUSEUM. Vol. VI. No. 7. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. By C. R. Eastman. Part IV. Descriptive Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Solenhofen, Bavaria.* (Plates LVII-LXXIII.) The present paper deals with the fossil fishes from Solenhofen, and is princi- pally based upon the fine collection of these acquired through the generosity of Mr. Andrew Carnegie in 1903, when the paleontological treasures amassed by Baron Bayet were purchased for the Museum. The Bayet Collection, by far the largest and most important assemblage of Mesozoic fishes from European localities to be found in any institution on this side of the Atlantic, compares favorably with many of the best known European collections from the same locality. A splendid suite of specimens illustrating the ichthyic and reptilian fauna of the Solenhofen deposits is to be seen on exhibition in the Hall of Fossil Vertebrates, where it constitutes an imposing display. * In July, 1913, Dr. C. R. Eastman submitted to the Director a manuscript upon the Fossil Fishes from Solenhofen contained in the Carnegie Museum. For reasons, which it is not necessary here to state, various delaj's occurred in the preparation of the manuscript for pubhcation and of the plates which accompany it. The present paper cannot be accepted as a perfect catalog of the fossil fishes from Solenhofen contained in the Carnegie Museum, but because it embodies some valuable information and tends to throw new light upon the subject the Editor gives it to the public. W. J. Holland. 389 390 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. It must be regarded as an exceedingly fortunate circumstance for paleontology that calcareous deposits of the kind known as Lithographic Stone should occur in the Upper Jurassic rocks of various parts of Europe, more especially in northern Bavaria and in the Department of Ain, France, because of the excellence of preser- vation in this medium of the most delicate structures and impressions. Laid down in the shallow lagoons of coral atolls in the form of fine calcareous ooze, the material itself, and the conditions under which it was deposited, lent themselves to the registration with extreme fidelity of the structural features of the organisms which were imbedded in it. In consequence it not infrequently happens in the case of the fishes that we are acquainted not only with the entire skeletal anatomy and the minute details of the hard parts, but even with soft tissues, such as the muscular fibres, the air-bladder, the intestinal tract, the fin- membranes, and in a few rare instances with the egg-capsules of cartilaginous forms. The favorable circumstances of preservation, to which these structures and others equally delicate, such as the plumage of Archoeopteryx and impressions of Medusa' bear witness, have enabled us to study fossil organisms embedded in hard rock with a degree of minuteness, which is scarcely possible elsewhere through- out the stratigraphic column. A few words as to the general character of the ichthyic fauna of Solenhofen may be appropriate. It is chiefly composed, as is the universal rule in strata of Mesozoic age, of "ganoids," that is, of teleostomous fishes belonging to both the Crossopterygian and Actinopterygian orders. A number of interesting survivals of archaic types are to be observed, not the least remarkable among which belong to the group of primitive sturgeons, Chondrostei, and to the characteristically Mesozoic suborder known as Protospondyli. Examples are furnished under either head by the genera Coccolepis and Homceolepis which are the terminal members of the long-lived series to which they respectively belong, the Poloeonisddce and SemionotidcB. Undina presents another illustration. The Dipnoan subclass, which formed so important an element of the Paleozoic vertebrate fauna, is without known representatives in the strata under considera- tion, or indeed anywhere in the Jurassic, the group having declined markedly in the Trias, although its more generalized members continued to survive until modern times. Coincident with the decline of Paleozoic lung-fishes is to be noted the almost total extinction of Elasmobranchs toward the close of the older era, in which they had been especially prolific. Nevertheless fragmentary remains of this class are recognizable in rocks of Triassic age, and entire skeletons of undoubted Selachians CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 391 {Palceos-pinax) are known first from the Lower Lias. These latter have completed vertebral centra, and the Upper Jura furnishes examples of well-formed vertebrae of the types characteristic of modern sharks and rays, that is to say, truly astero- spondylic and tectospondylic vertebral centra. Students of the group are well aware that, as was first demonstrated by Prof. Carl Haase, the time-honored division of Selachii into sharks and rays corresponds very closely to constant differences displayed by the structure of the vertebral bodies. In the rays, or Tedospondyli, a series of concentric lamellae surrounds the primitive double cone of each vertebral centrum; in the majority of sharks (Asterospondyli) the centra, when fully developed, are strengthened by longitudinal ridges or radiating laminae, which, when viewed in transverse section, present a stellate appearance. Typical representatives, therefore, of the suborders embracing modern sharks are met with in the fauna of the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria. Nearly complete examples are known of a shark resembling the recent Cestracion (Heterodontus), and the same is true of certain dog-fishes, Scyllium and Pristiurus, while beautifully preserved skeletons of Squatina and Rhinobatus, scarcely to be distinguished from their modern successors, occur in the same horizon. Turning our attention finally to the order or sub-class of Holocephali, this is represented in the fauna under discussion by two genera, Chimceropsis and Ischyodus. The collections of the Carnegie Museum do not contain examples of either of the two last-named genera, but the deficiency is more than compensated by a number of splendidly preserved rays, including a magnificent Rhinobatus from Eichstadt, the counterpart of which is figured in von Zittel's "Handbuch der Palaontologie," Vol. Ill, p. 102. An inspection of the subjoined classificatory scheme will permit the major divisions of the class Pisces, which enter into the constitution of the fauna of the Lithographic Stone, to be recognized at a glance. Class PISCES. Subclass. Order. Suborder. (Pleuropterygii) Not represented. ilchthyotomi.) " (Acanthodei.) " Selachii. Elasmobranchii Plagiostomi I Batoidet. Holocephali Chimceroidei. 392 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Subclass. Order. Suborder. Crossopterygii Actinistia. Chondrostei. Holostei. Teleostei. Teleostomi After these brief introductory remarks we pass on to the enumeration of the genera and species of the fishes from Solenhofen which are represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum. CLASS PISCES. Sub-Class I. ELASMOBRANCHII. "The Elasmobranchs are certainly a very primitive race of Fishes. Their earliest representatives of whose structure we have any precise knowledge (e. g., Cladoselache and Pleuracanthus) are in many respects the most archaic of known gnathostomatous Craniates, and from such types as these, among others, we may very reasonably look for the ancestors of all or most of the remaining groups of Fishes. It has been well said of Pleuracanthus that 'it is a form of Fish which might with little modification become either a Selachian, Dipnoan, or Crossop- terygian," while the condition of the primary upper jaw in the Chondrostean Polyodon suggests that even the more primitive Actinopterygii had an Elasmo- branch origin." (Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, pp. 435-6.) We here follow the arrangement adopted by Professor T. W. Bridge in the Cambridge Natural History, grouping the Selachians and Batoidei under the ordinal term of Plagiostomi. It should be borne in mind, however, that authorities are not agreed as to the propriety of maintaining these subdivisions in the ordinary manner, that is, classifying as sharks those cartilaginous fishes which have lateral giU-clefts, and as rays those with ventral gill-clefts. More or less constant differ- ences exist with regard to the manner of specialization of the vertebral centra, as indicated by the terms asterospondylic and tectospondylic, and it is further recognized that modern sharks and rays form two approximately natural groups, the former tending towards agility in swimming, the latter towards expertness in feeding on the bottom. Although a few existing sharks have become adapted for hfe on the sea-bottom and have a depressed form of body, nevertheless they do not have the enlarged pectoral fins which belong to the rays, and the anal fin in no case disappears, as it does in the latter. » Smith Woodward, Vert. Palffiont., 1898, p. 32. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 393 Order PLAGIOSTOMI. Suborder SELACHII. Family CESTRACIONTID^. Genus Cestracion Cuvier. "To this existing genus, commonly known as the Port Jackson shark, have been referred certain skeletal remains, not as yet satisfactorily distinguished from it, which occur in the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria. The type-specimen, upon which the so-called 'Acrodus falcifer' Wagner (= Cestracion) was founded, is preserved in the Paleontological Museum at Munich, and other imperfect portions of the skeleton are to be seen in the British Museum. None, however, exhibits the entire outline and fin-characters at all satisfactorily."'^ 1. Cestracion falcifer Wagner. (For references to the literature prior to 1911 cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 332.) 1911. Cestracion falcifer C. R. Eastman, Amer. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, p. 400. "The typical example of this species shows everj^ indication of being an adult individual and is estimated to have had a total length of about 40 cm. In it the two dorsal fin-spines are seen to be of unequal size, both are slightly recurved, and that of the anterior dorsal is inserted at a point about midway between the origin of the pectorals and posterior dorsal fin. It would appear from the pub- lished figures, also, that the pelvic pair arises opposite the first dorsal; and the shagreen granules are described as ' schaufelf ormige oder kornelige,' without being markedly differentiated in size. "To this species has been referred by von Zittel (loc. cit., p. 77) a well pre- served smaller individual, the total length of which is only 12.5 cm., or less than one-third of that of the type. According to the same author this smaller speci- men, which he regards as the young of C. falcifer, has feebly striated lateral teeth, and is provided with enlarged stellate tubercles in the dorsal region. The descrip- tion of this feature reads : ' Neben den schaufelformig gestalteten Chagrinschuppen liegen in der Riickenregion kurze gekriimmte Stacheln, welche sich auf einer vierstrahligen Basis erheben.' "It cannot escape notice that the smaller example just referred to presents characters in common with the well-preserved specimen in the Carnegie Museum from the same horizon and locality, immediately to be described as the type of a s Eastman, C. R., Am. Jour. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, p. 400. 394 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. new species, and it seems proper to associate under the latter head the small shark, which von Zittel regarded as the young of C. falcifer."^ 2. Cestracion zitteli Eastman. (Plate LVII, fig. 1.) 1911. Cestracion zitteli C. R. Eastman, Amer. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, p. 401, pi. I. Type. — Nearly complete skeleton; Carnegie Museum (Cat. No. 4423). "The example, which is here regarded as typifying a distinct species, merits special attention on account of its being probably the most perfect post-Liassic Cestraciont shark, which has thus far been discovered in the fossil state. Agreeing in principal characteristics with the small form described by von Zittel as the young of C. falcifer, as above stated, its features are nevertheless judged to be sufficiently distinctive to warrant a separation from that species. "The more important differences relate to the position of the dorsal fins, form and relative size of the dorsal fin-spines, number and size of the vertebral centra, and presence of a series of enlarged, radially ridged, and acutely conical shagreen tubercles along the back. A comparison of characters displayed by the dentition in the type-specimen is impossible, as the teeth are unfortunately not preserved, but in the small Munich example, which may be with entire propriety associated with the type now under description, the lateral teeth are said to be 'mit einer Anzahl von Zacken versehen.' This may be understood to mean that the oral surface is faintly rugose, transversely striated perhaps, or else that the coronal margin is slightly indented. In anj^ case, however, the teeth must have been exceedingly minute. "A summary of the chief features of interest presented by the type-specimen may be given as follows : Form of body slender and elongate ; total length from extremity of snout to that of the vertebral column about 15 cm. Vertebral centra varying somewhat in length, being more compressed in a longitudinal direction underneath the second dorsal fin. About twenty-five centra occupy the interval between the bases of the two dorsal fin-spines, and it is noteworthy that these latter abut almost directly against the column. . . . The spines themselves are of relatively large size, smooth, sharply pointed distally, and only slightly arcuate or recurved."'* They were evidently deeply implanted in the soft parts, but have become to a slight extent displaced from association with the front margin of the fins prior to fossilization. ' Eastman, I. c. * Eastman, C. R., Am. Jour. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, 1911, p. 401. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 395 "Portions of the fin-membrane or shagreen-covering of the pectoral pair, as well as the greater part of the pelvic, anal, and caudal fins are preserved. The anal is nearly opposite the posterior dorsal, and except for being more sharply pointed, resembles it in form and proportions. The pelvic pair is decidedly acumi- nate, and placed midway between the anal and pectoral pair. The pelvics slightly exceed the second dorsal in size, which latter is somewhat higher and longer than the first dorsal; and the depth [width] of the pectorals is about one third greater than that of the pelvic pair. Nearly the entire front margin of the right pectoral fin is preserved, but the distal portion of the left pectoral is either concealed or broken away. The same is true of the terminal part of both lobes of the caudal."^ The general outline of body and position of all the fins is shown in Plate LVII, fig. 1. The shaded area immediately behind the head and thoracic region indi- cates a fracture in the containing rock. The configuration of the head is well shown by a continuous mass of calcified cartilage and closely crowded shagreen granules preserved in natural position. Teeth are not visible, the head being exposed from the dorsal aspect without indi- cations of mouth-parts. Two forwardly placed openings are probably to be interpreted as nasal and orbital respectively. Fine shagreen granules bearing each a single acuminate recurved spine occur in regular series everywhere over the surface of the body, and cover the fin-membranes as well. Just above the vertebral column and evidently indicating the median c s b Fig. 1. Surface view of the dermal denticles of Scyllium sp. (From Bridge after Klaatsch, Cambridge Natural History, Vol. on Fishes, p. 184, fig. 99.) b, basal plate; c, canal which perforates basal plate and becomes the axial pulp-cavity of the spine; /.6., intersecting fibrous bands of the dermis; s, spine; in the spine of one scale the dentinal tubules are shown. The smaller denticles are those most recently formed. line of the back is a longitudinal series of spinules corresponding to ridge-scales, which extends from the anterior dorsal fin caudad nearly to the base of the upper lobe of the tail. 6 Eastman, C. R., I. c, pp. 401-402. 396 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. These spinules are not very greatly enlarged, but in advance of the first dorsal fin they become interspersed with, and finally replaced by, a series of much larger shagreen-scales, the surface of which is elevated into a number of sharp ridges radiating from a common point of intersection. These stellate spicules are longest along the front margin of the first dorsal fin, but smaller ones of similar form, or more frequently with two rays meeting at right angles, are distributed over the region of the head. These structures are no doubt identical with those described by von Zittel as " vierstriihlige Schuppen" in the Munich example already referred to. IQaatsch's figure of the shagreen-denticles in a modern dogfish is reproduced herewith to illustrate the manner of arrangement. Both the shagreen and calcified cartilage in various portions of the body are exquisitely preserved in the specimen. Family SCYLLID^ (Dog-Fishes). Genus Phorcynus® ThioUiere. Dorsal fins above the pelvics and anal respectively, which latter are small. Form of body slender, length of head contained about five times in the total length. Tail of moderate length, with axis flexed upward in well-developed superior caudal lobe. 3. Phorcynus catulinus ThioUiere. (Plate LVII, fig. 2.) 1854. Phorcynis catulina ThioUiere, Poissons Fossiles etc. dans le Bugey, p. ST. 1889. Phorcynis catulina A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 458. 1911. Phorcynus catulinus C. R. Eastman, Am. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, pp. 402-3. This is the only known species and type of the genus, which attains a length of about 40 cm. In the form and position of the fins it closely resembles the recent Ginglymostoma, except for the slightly more anterior origin of the first and second dorsals. "Phorcynis ThioUiere; Phorcynus Eastman, Am. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, 1911, p. 402 {errore). {Error hie iteratus). The Editor takes occasion to emphatically protest against the change which has been made in this generic name by Dr. Eastman. The change is contrary to the laws of priority (cf. Proc. Seventh Internat. Zool. Congress, p. 43, Art. 19). ThioUiere in forming the name took the stem of the Greek noun ^opkDs, which is opicCv-, and added the feminine ending is, thus forming a noun, which may be interpreted to m ean " a sea-goddess." H'e might better have added the Greek inflectional ending V, but he did not. At this date, after the name has been accepted by two generations of scholars, it is rather late to propose a modification. At the insistence of Dr. Eastman I leave the name as he has spelt it, but record my protest against the liberty he has taken. If arbitrary changes like this are con- stantly to be made, there never will be any possibility of arriving at "a stable scientific nomenclature " in ichthyology, or any other of the natural sciences. W. J. Holland. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 397 "Our knowledge of this species has depended hitherto solely upon the type specimen, which lacks the anal and is in other respects incomplete. It must be regarded, therefore, as an extremely fortunate occurrence that a second and more perfect example of this forerunner of modern Dogfishes should have been dis- covered a half-century after the first was found, and should provide the means of further enlightenment concerning this genus and species. "The total length of the Carnegie Museum specimen, which bears the catalogue number 4780, is a trifle less than 40 cm. It is a little difficult to determine the exact length of the head, but it was apparently contained between five and six times in the total length. The outline of the cranial roof, including the orbits on either side, and that of the lower jaw, is clearly shown. In the ethmoidal region and elsewhere in the body, the rounded or polygonal tesserae of the endoskeletal cartilage are beautifully displayed, and the same remark applies to the fine shagreen- granules occurring throughout the integument. Just beneath the orbital cavity are to be seen impressions of a few minute teeth, each provided with one principal and a pair of lateral cusps. "The vertebral column is preserved intact almost to the extremity of the tail, being flexed upward to support the upper caudal lobe. Ninety-six vertebral centra are to be counted in continuous series, and it is probable that not more than five or six are missing from the posterior extremity. The centra are of the usual hour-glass form, and do not call for any special comment. "Both the median and paired fins are very well preserved. The pectorals are large, lappet-like, not abruptly truncated distally as in modern representatives of Scyllium, but obtusely pointed, as is the case in Cretaceous species of Palce- oscyllium. The low pelvic fins arise at a point opposite the middle of the first dorsal. The endoskeletal supports consist of at least a dozen segmented radialia. The first dorsal arises at about the middle of the back, is of triangular form and moderate height, with twelve or more strong radialia. The second dorsal is similar to the first, but smaller, and the gently rounded anal lies directly beneath its posterior half. The tail is strongly heterocercal, in this respect differing from Palceoscyllium and resembling the recent Ginglymostoma. "A minor feature which deserves perhaps casual mention is the preservation within the intestinal tract, near the vent, of portions of undigested food, including small ganoid scales, fragments of a small finely striated dorsal fin-spine (doubtless the young of some Cestraciont shark), and a number of small Echinoid spines, besides a few Foraminifera tests."' ' Eastman, I. c. 398 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The close resemblance between the genus and species under consideration and the form described by Wagner as Paloeoscyllium formosum, from the Kimmeridgian of Solenhofen, appears to have been overlooked by students of fossil fishes gener- ally. This inadvertence is perhaps attributable, however, to the imperfect con- dition of the type-specimen which served for Thioiliere's description, although in the text it is stated that the anal fin has not been preserved, and the outlines of all the others are indicated merely by a slight discoloration of the matrix. "Le contour du corps et de toutes les nageoires est indique seulement par la coloration differente de la pierre, et le relief n'est sensible que pour la colonne dorsale" {I. c, p. 10). Judging from the published figure, the fin, which Thiolliere interprets as one of the pelvics, is more properly to be regarded as a displaced pectoral belonging to the opposite side of the body. If a pelvic, it must have been displaced forwards. Genus Palceoscyllium Wagner. "First dorsal fin above or partly behind the pelvics; origin of second dorsal in advance of the anal, which is small. Tail of moderate length."^ Teeth minute, with at least one pair of lateral cusps. 4. Palaeoscyllium formosum Wagner. (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 338.) This species, which is the type of the genus, attains a length of about 40 cm. Pectoral fins large, in form resembling those of the existing Scyllium. Pelvic fins completely beneath the first dorsal; anal fin beneath the hinder portion of the second dorsal. Vertebral column composed of about one hundred asterospondylic centra. Known only by the original of Wagner's figure and description, this species is worthy of notice in this connection on account of its close affinity to the pre- ceding genus. The Cretaceous Thyellina of Agassiz is also a near ally. Suborder BATOIDEI. Family SQUATINID^. Genus Squatina Dumeril. All known fossil Squatinidse exhibit the characters of this, the single surviving genus, and are consequently referred to it. The earliest species are of Upper Jurassic age. They resemble sharks in having lateral gill-clefts, but agree with Rhinobatus in the forward extension and lateral expansion of the pectoral fins; « A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, Vol. I, p. 338. CATALOG OP THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 399 and their general structure points to their being probably survivors of ancestral rays. 5. Squatina alifera Miinster. (Plate LXVII, fig. 2.) (For synonymy c/. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 66.) "Head gently rounded and blunt in front. Dermal granules varying from simple or stellate booklets to blunt, rounded tubercles; no great mass of the latter observed in advance of the head or paired fins. Caudal fin very large" (A. kS. Woodward, I. c, Pt. I, p. 67). One excellently preserved specimen belonging to this species, in some respects more perfect than the type, is to be seen on exhibition in the Hall of Vertebrate Paleontology of the Carnegie Museum. The structure of the head, pectoral and pelvic arches, fin-rays, the dentition, etc., is very well shown. The anterior dorsal and caudal fins are not indicated. The posterior dorsal fin is triangular, of com- paratively large size, and situated about midway the length of the tail, as in the type. The total length of the fish is about 88 cm. 6. Squatina minor Eastman. (Plate LVH, fig. 3.) 1911. Squatina minor C. R. Eastman, Amer. Journ. Sci. (4), Vol. XXXI, p. 403, PL III. Type. — Complete skeleton; Carnegie Museum (Cat. No. 4737). In general like the preceding species, but distinguished from it by its smaller size (total length 49 cm.), relatively narrower disk, and more posterior position of both dorsal fins. The first dorsal arises at a point about one-third of the distance between the hinder extremity of the pelvic fins and the tip of the tail; the second dorsal midway between the latter point and origin of the first dorsal. The denti- tion and other characters are as in the typical species. The differential characters given in the foregoing diagnosis are considered of sufficient weight to warrant a specific separation between the form here described and its larger contemporary which accompanies it in the same locality, S. alifera. Not more than two or three examples of the latter form have thus far been brought to light, so far as published information goes, and the holotype of the recently described allied species is unique. Hence the genus Squatina must be regarded as having been represented very sparsely and by not more than three species at the time of its advent in the Upper Jura of Solenhofen. 400 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 7. Squatina speciosa H. von Meyer. (Plate LXVIII, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 67.) Several nearly perfect examples of this small ray are preserved in the Carnegie Museum, the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Massachusetts, and the British Museum. Those in the first-mentioned institution bear the catalog numbers 4052, 4053 (in counterpart) and 4054. One of them is noteworthy for displaying to excellent advantage, the contour of the body in the form of an im- pression but no new details are added to our previous knowledge of the species. Family RHINOBATID^. "This family dates from the Upper Jurassic and is at present widely distrib- uted, being represented by about five genera and twelve species. Most of these are inhabitants of tropical and subtropical seas." Cf. Cambridge Natural History, Fishes, p. 460. Genus Rhinobatus Klein. The nomenclature and synonymy of this genus, from which the family derives its name, is discussed by Garman in his memoir on the Plagiostomia published in 1913. Variously written as Rhinobates, Rhinobatos, and Rhinobatus, the estab- lishment of the genus under the last-named style is credited by Garman to J. T. Klein, 1776, the type being fixed as Rata rhinobatos Linne, 1758. Most writers, following Miiller & Henle, have ascribed the authorship of the genus to Bloch (ed. Schneider, 1801). 8. Rhinobatus bugesiacus (Thiolliere) . (Plate LXVI, fig. 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 78.) "Snout produced and acute, the two rostral ridges narrow, and separated by a broad groove throughout their length. Cleft of mouth straight. Disk moder- ately broad; length of pectoral fin nearly 2^/^ times its breadth at the point of insertion. Skin covered with fine shagreen, without large tubercles or spines" (A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes, Part I, p. 78). As first recognized by A. Smith Woodward, the type of the so-called Spatho- batis mirabilis is only a large variety of this species. It is preserved in counter- part, one of the halves belonging to the Paleontological Museum in Munich, and the other to the Carnegie Museum (Cat. No. 5396).* This particular specimen is * Note by the Editor. — This specimen lias undergone and survived great dangers. One evening in Brussels, when the writer was engaged in packing up the collection of Baron Bayet for shipment to Pittsburgh, the hour being late, he gave orders that no more specimens should be brought down from CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 401 admirably preserved, and has become familiar to students through the published figure given in von Zittel's Handbuch; hence it is only necessary to record the fact that the counter-impression, which formed part of the Bayet Collection, is now to be seen on exhibition in the Carnegie Museum. Its sex is denoted by the pair of claspers. The caudal portion of another large ray, probably referable to this species, is cataloged under the number 4409, and consists of about one hundred vertebrae retained in their natural position, together with portions of the endoskeletal cartilage, belonging apparently to the pelvic girdle. Neither dorsal nor caudal fins are preserved in this specimen, and only the posterior dorsal is shown in the counterpart of the Munich example. Genus Belemnobatis Thiolliere. 9. Belemnobatis sismondae Thiolliere. (Plate LXVII, fig. 1.) (For synonymy c/. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. I, p. 84.) This species occurs typically in the Upper Jurassic of Cerin, France, and has not been previously reported from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria. A single specimen from the latter locality, however, to be seen on exhibition in the Carnegie Museum (Cat. No. 4408), and remarkable for its perfect state of preservation, should undoubtedly be placed here. It measures 58 cm. in total length. The tail is spineless, and shows no indication of dorsal or caudal fins. The structure of the skull and nearly all of the endoskeletal parts are admirably displayed. the upper floor of the remise where they were stored, and that work should cease for the day. Two of his overzealous assistants disobeyed, and, going up to the loft, attempted in the darkness to bring down this heavy and almost priceless slab. Descending the stairs in the dim light they stumbled and came rolling down the steps with their burden, which fell, and was shattered into scores of fragments upon the pavement of the lower court. The packers were instantly ordered from the spot, and sent away for the night. By the light of a lantern the writer, assisted by Dr. Eastman, working until nearly midnight, succeeded in gathering up the fragments, fitted them together, and then laying a large sheet of trans- parent paper over them made a careful tracing of their outlines, designating each piece by a number corresponding to numbers placed upon the tracing. On the following morning these pieces were carefully packed in cotton and together with the tracing were brought to America. With the outline before us, the writer, assisted by Mr. 0. A. Peterson, succeeded in adjusting each bit to its place, and no one un- acquainted with the fact, would imagine that at one time this noble specimen had lain a mass of com- minuted fragments upon the pavement of a Belgian court-yard. It is in every way as good as if it had not been "smashed into smithereens." W. J. Holland. 402 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Subclass TELEOSTOMI. Order I. CROSSOPTERYGII. Family CCELACANTHID^. This family is remarkable among fishes for its conservatism and great lon- gevity. From their first appearance in the Upper Devonian, the Coelacanthidse range practically unchanged through the intervening formations to the Upper Cretaceous. The most satisfactorily preserved remains are those obtained from the Lias and Upper Chalk of England, and from the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria. Those from the latter horizon have been exhaustively treated in a memoir by Dr. Otto M. Reis of Munich.^ Genus Undina Mlinster. 10. Undina penicillata Miinster. (For references to the synonymy see A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Part 11, p. 410.) Four well-preserved examples of this somewhat rare form are comprised in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum, and are cataloged under the fol- lowing numbers: 4055, 4703 (in counterpart), 4791, and 4792. One of them is interesting because it shows the outlines of the ossified air-bladder, but none dis- plays features not previously known. Order HOLOSTEI (LEPIDOSTEOIDEI). Family SEMIONOTIDiE. To this family belongs a series of deep-bodied forms represented by Dapedius, Tetragonolepis, Homoeolepis, etc., which attain a notable development in the Lias, but become extinct with the last-named genus in the Upper Jura. But a solitary example of Homoeolepis is laiown from Upper Jurassic rocks, and this is clearly indicative of a new species, the description of which follows : Genus Homceolepis Wagner. A form in general resembling Tetragonolepis, but distinguished from it by the much less protuberant character of the ventral region, the relatively lower ^ 0. M. Reis, " Die Coelacanthiuen, mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung der im Weissen Jura Bayerns vorkommenden Gattungen," Paleoutographica, Vol. XXXV, 188S. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 403 position of the pectoral fins, and by the greater number of scales in the vertical series below the vertebral axis. The pre-operculum is also much wider than in either Dapedius or Tetragonolepis. The typical species is H. drosera (Egerton), from the Upper Lias of Wurtem- berg, which by some authors is included in the same genus with Tetragonolepis. Fig. 2. Dapedius politus Leach. (After Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 131.) The characters exhibited by the undermentioned species, which forms the terminal member of the group, may be regarded as confirming Wagner's recognition of this genus as distinct from Tetragonolepis. 11. Homoeolepis suborbiculata, sp. nov. (Plate LVIII, fig. 3.) Type. — Complete fish in counterpart; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 4762, 4762a. A large species attaining a length of about 33 cm. Maximum depth of trunk about equal to its length (exclusive of the caudal fin) , and three and one-half times as great as the depth of the caudal pedicle. Head with opercular apparatus rather less than four times in the total length; the external bones almost smooth, with very few small sparse tubercles. Marginal teeth small, styliform, unicuspid. Pelvic fins arising midway between the pectorals and the anal; dorsal and fins each with about thirty rays, of which the more anterior ones are the most elevated, the dorsal fin being decidedly acuminate in front in consequence of this radial elongation. 404 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus Lepidotus Agassiz. 12. Lepidotus notopterus Agassiz. (For synonymy c/. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 92.) This species is represented in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum by a single contorted individual, in which the squamation of the posterior part of the trunk is well displayed. It is cataloged as No. 697. 13. Lepidotus ovatus, sp. nov. (Plate LVIII, fig. 2.) A species attaining a length of about 38 cm. and closely resembling L. minor in form and proportions, but with more strongly developed median fins, without dorsal ridge-scales, and the heavier squamation of the trunk arranged in more numerous longitudinal and transverse series. Flank-scales apparently smooth and not serrated. Fin-fulcra very large, those of the dorsal fin seven in number and more than half as long as the anterior dorsal fin-rays; those of the anal fin twelve in number and proportionally shorter. Pelvic fins arising midway between the pectoral pair and the anal, in this respect differing from the condition observed in L. notopterus. The holotype and only known example of the species, the distinguishing characters of which have just been summarized, is a nearly complete fish, pre- served chiefly in impression, which bears the catalog number 4730. It has a total length of 29 cm. to the base of the caudal fin, in which the length of the head with opercular apparatus is contained four times. The maximum depth of trunk is 11 cm. The number of oblique scale-rows counting along the lateral line is about forty, and of longitudinal scale-rows in the middle of the body about twenty- four. Family MACROSEMIID^. Genus Ophiopsis Agassiz. 14. Ophiopsis procera Agassiz. (Plate LXX, fig. 1.) (For synonymy c/. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 166.) This genus and species was instituted by Agassiz upon the evidence of two incompletely preserved skeletons from the Lithographic Stone, one of which had a total length of about 30 cm. and the other of 10 cm. The smaller specimen was regarded by Agassiz as indicating an immature individual, and the larger as repre- senting the full-sized or adult stage of the species. We here follow the procedure of Agassiz in referring to 0. procera a small example measuring 14 cm. in total length, which bears the catalog number 4690. Another larger example in the collection is cataloged as No. 4691. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 405 15. Ophiopsis tenuiserrata (Agassiz). (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 168.) This species is represented in the collection by a single imperfectly preserved fish, in counterpart, having a total length of 17 cm., and cataloged as No. 5021 + 5021a. 16. Ophiopsis attenuata Wagner. (Plate LXII, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 167.) One excellently preserved example of this species is contained in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. It is cataloged as No. 4856. " Genus Histionotus Egerton. 17. Histionotus parvus Vetter. 1881. Histionotus parvus B. Vetter, Mittheil. K. Mineral. -Geol. Mus. Dresden, Pt. IV, p. 48, PI. II, fig. 5. Type. — Imperfect small fish; Dresden Museum. The distinguishing specific characteristics of this form are enumerated by Vetter as follows: (1) its relatively small size; (2) its remarkably deep head and proportionally large size of the same; (3) its nearly vertical shoulder-girdle; and (4) the convex posterior margin and rounded inferior angles of the flank-scales. The holotype serving for Vetter's description exhibits a total length of 9.5 cm. and maximum depth of 3 cm., the depth of the head being 2.5 cm., and its length 2.7 cm. None of the median fins are preserved, but their position and general outlines are recognizable in the form of impressions. The dorsal fin is seen to be high and acuminate, extending for some distance over the middle of the back; the anal is pointed and remote, and the caudal fin is forked. The width of the caudal pedicle is contained two and a half times in the maximum depth. Teeth are not to be seen in the actual specimen, and according to the author the struc- tures which are represented as such in the lithographic figure "verdanken ihre Entstehvmg der Phantasie des Zeichners." So far as known the holotype of the species remains unique. Its characters are worthy of notice in this connection in order that the differences between it and the next following species may be more readily comprehended. 18. Histionotus reclinis, sp. nov. (Plate LXII, fig. 4.) Type. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 5002. A small species, attaining a total length of about 10 cm., the length of the head with opercular apparatus being about equal to the maximum depth, and 406 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. contained slightly less than four times in the total length to the base of the caudal fin, which latter is scarcely forked and consists of about twenty-four rays. The short and low dorsal, with ten articulated rays, arises behind the middle point of the back, and the anal with fewer rays, is nearly opposite. Pectorals large, with about seventeen rays. Fulcra well-developed on all the unpaired fins. Scales in regular series, none especially deepened, posterior border nearly straight and strongly denticulated, the squamation extending over the upper lobe of the tail, and pro- ducing an upturned appearance of the latter. The specific title has reference to the last-mentioned character. Orbit large, high up; dentition not observed. Genus Macrosemius Agassiz. 19. Macrosemius rostratus Agassiz. (Plate LXIII, fig. 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 177.) This species is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by two excellent examples, cataloged under the numbers 4764, 4765. 20. Macrosemius dorsalis, sp. nov. (Plate LXV, fig. 2.) Type. — Distorted fish; Carnegie Museum Catalog No. 4765. A species of moderate size, attaining a total length of about 20 cm., in which the length of the head with opercular apparatus is contained about four times. Dorsal fin much elevated, and comprising about thirty-two rays, denticulated on their posterior borders, and somewhat expanded distally. Pelvic fins arising slightly in advance of the middle point between the pectoral and caudal fins, and the anal arising shortly behind. Exposed portion of the scales covered with fine striae extending from the delicate pectinations of the posterior border. This species, which is founded upon a unique, but somewhat crushed speci- men from Solenhofen, approaches in certain respects the forms described from Cerin, France, by ThioUiere; but is distinguished from them by the greater elevation of the dorsal fin, and the slenderer form of the rays, which are but little expanded distally. Genus Propterus Agassiz. 21. Propterus microstomus Agassiz. (Plate LXII, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 183.) This elegantly formed fish is of comparatively rare occurrence in the Litho- graphic Stone of Bavaria, and has not been found elsewhere. No examples are contained in the collections of the British Museum, and but one, an exceedingly CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 407 perfect specimen in counterpart, in the Carnegie Museum. This is cataloged as No. 4468 + 4468a. 22. Propterus speciosus Wagner. (Plate LXIII, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 184.) Two nearly complete individuals in the collection are referable to this species. These are cataloged as numbers 4698 and 4825, and have a length of 12 cm. and 7 cm. respectively. 23. Propterus conidens, sp. nov. (Plate LXII, fig. 2.) Type. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 4825. A small species, attaining a length of about 10 cm. and maximum depth of 2.7 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus contained nearly three times in the total length to the base of the caudal fin. Form of body elegantly fusiform, the dorsal and ventral borders gently arched, and width of the caudal pedicle a little more than half as great as the maximum depth of trunk. Fins as in P. speciosus, except that the dorsal fin is less elevated, its height falling considerably short of the maximum depth, and comprising apparently fewer rays. Caudal fin deeply forked. Scales finely denticulated. The specific title is bestowed in allusion to the dental characteristics. The marginal teeth are sharply pointed, long and slender, and closely apposed to one another; as many as thirteen of them are to be counted along the rim of the jaw on one side. Genus Notagogus Agassiz. 24. Notagogus decoratus, sp. nov. (Plate LXVIII, fig. 2.) Type. — Well-preserved small fish; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 5110. Founded upon a unique specimen having a total length of 4.7 cm. Length of head with opercular apparatus exceeding the maximum depth of the trunk, and contained three times in the total length to the base of the caudal fin. Dorsal and ventral borders little arched, the trunk tapering very gradually toward the tail. Dorsal fin arising far forwards, its anterior portion comprising about fifteen rays,* very widely spaced after the first three, which are closely approximated; second portion of the dorsal fin with about ten rays, also widely spaced with the exception of the first three; the rays of both portions gradually decreasing in length from the third or fourth ray onwards, and those of the anterior portion more elevated than those of the posterior portion; the longest fin-rays exceeding the maximum depth of trunk. Caudal fin slightly forked, comprising about sixteen rays, its margins 408 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. fringed with fulcra. Anal fin with seven rays; pelvics midway between the anal and the pectoral pair; the latter comprising about twelve much elongated rays. Scales thin, with five or six very long and sharp denticulations along the posterior border, and covered with exceedingly delicate horizontal striations on the inner surface. Teeth minute. The holotype of this species is shown from the left lateral aspect in Plate LXVIII, Fig. 2, somewhat larger than natural size. A portion of the squamation having adhered to the opposite half of the containing matrix, the scales are seen from the inner side in the only part of the specimen which is now preserved. They are semitranslucent, and the remarkably strong denticulations are visible through the thickness of the overlapping series. Family PYCNODONTID^. Genus Mesodon Wagner. 25. Mesodon macropterus (Agassiz). (Plate LXI, figs. 1 and 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 199.) This species is represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum by two relatively large-sized individuals (Cat. Nos. 4733, 4891), which measure about 22 cm. in total length, but are slightly injured in the region of the head; also by a pmx Fig. 3. Mesodon macropterus. (After A. S. Woodward, "Outlines of Vertebrate Paleontology," p. 105, 1898, fig. 74.) CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 409 very small specimen in counterpart (4456,4456a), which is perhaps to be regarded as indicating a dwarf variety. The subjoined restoration of this species (Fig. 3) is copied from A. Smith Woodward. Genus Gyrodus Agassiz. "Trunk deeply fusiform or discoidal, with a slender abbreviated caudal pedicle. Head and opercular bones ornamented with tubercles; cheek and gular region covered with small, imbricating cycloidal scales; teeth more or less rugose and mammillated, those of the vomer in five, and those of the splenial in four regular series. Neural and hsemal arches of axial skeleton of trunk not expanding sufficiently to encircle the notochord. Fin-rays robust, closely arranged, articu- lated, and divided distally. Pelvic fins present; dorsal and anal fins low and fringe-like, except in front where they rise to an elevated point, these two fins arising at about the same point and not extending in advance of the hinder half Fig. 4. Gyrodus hexagonus (Blainville). (After E. Hennig in "Palseontographica," Vol. LIII, 1906i PI. XI, fig. 2.) of the trunk; caudal fin deeply forked, with slender lobes. Scales tuberculated or rugose, covering the whole of the trunk" (A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 233). 410 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 26. Gyrodus macrophthalmus Agassiz. (Plate LXIX, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 233.) This species is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by a well-preserved individual having a total length of 25 cm. (No. 4734) showing the characteristic scale-markings and part of the dentition. Hennig's proposal to suppress this, the type-species, and also G. frontatus, in favor of Blainville's term, G. hexagonus, cannot be sustained. 27. Gyrodus frontatus Agassiz. (Plate LXI, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, pp. 235-6.) A species, so far as known, closely similar to the type, only differing in the relatively greater protuberance of the abdominal region, in the simple mammillation of the teeth, and in having the tubercular ornamentation of the scales without reticulations, extending over the ventral half of the fish {cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 236). This form is well represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum, the examples belonging to it being cataloged as follows: 10, 690, 691, 3003,4685, 4735 (in counterpart), 4736, 4763 (in counterpart), 4796, 4797 (in counterpart), 4798 (in counterpart) , 4799, 4893. The figure on PL LXI is unfortunately reversed. 28. Gyrodus circularis Agassiz. (Plate LXIX, fig. 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 238.) A magnificent example of this species, having a total length of 75 cm., forms one of the most attractive exhibits of fossil fishes to be seen in the Hall of Vertebrate Paleontology in the Carnegie Museum. It is cataloged as 4407x. Another specimen (Catalog Number 4407), of even larger size shows the well-preserved squamation of the left side of the trunk. Family EUGNATHID^. Genus Eugnathus Agassiz. 29. Eugnathus longiserratus (Agassiz). (Plate LXIV, figs. 1 and 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 301.) Three well-preserved specimens referable to this species form part of the exhibition series of the Carnegie Museum, and are cataloged under the numbers 4686, 4719 (in counterpart), and 5021 respectively. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 411 Genus Caturus Agassiz. 30. Caturus furcatus Agassiz. (Plate LIX, fig. 3; Plate LX, fig. 2; Plate LXI, figs. 4 and 5; Plate LXVIII, fig. 1; Plate LXXII, fig. 3; Plate LXXXIII, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 332.) This, the typical species, is of common occurrence in the Lithographic Lime- stone of Bavaria and the Department of Ain, France; and, owing to its abundance and favorable state of preservation, nearly all details of its skeletal organization are accurately known. An excellent restoration is given by Dr. A. S. Woodward in his Catalog, Pt. Ill, p. 331, fig. 36. A view of the underside of the head of a specimen (No. 4451) is given on Plate LXVIII, fig. 7. In the opinion of Dr. A. S. Woodward, various small forms of Caturus, which have been described under different specific titles, are to be regarded as immature examples of the type species, C. furcatus. As shown by comparison of a large series of specimens, the latter is.no doubt represented in the Lithographic Stone by several well-marked varieties, which appear, nevertheless, to grade into one another, and for that reason can scarcely be separated into species clearly dis- tinguishable from the type. It is more expedient, therefore, to group them all under one head, in which case the trivial names C. macrurus, microchirus, obovatus, ferox, and gracilis become synonyms of C. caturus. From the large suite of material belonging to the Carnegie Museum several well-preserved examples have been chosen for illustration in the present Memoir, among them one of the small varieties which was named by Agassiz C. macrurus. This is shown in Plate LXI, fig. 4. The remaining specimens in the collection are cataloged as follows: 696, 866, 871, 872, 4028, 4451, 4697, 4699, 4713, 4720, 4721, 4723, 4771, 4774, 4778, 4790, 4795, 4808, 4809, 4809a, 4859, 4861, 5013, 5014, 5020, 5049, 5053. 31. Caturus pachyurus Agassiz. (Plate LIX, fig. 1.) (For synonj'my cj. A. 8. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, pp. 336-7.) This is a much rarer form than the tyjie species of Caturus, and is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by a single well-preserved specimen, which bears the catalog number 4724, and is shown on Plate LIX. 412 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family AMIID^. Genus Megalurus Agassiz. 32. Megalurus lepidotus Agassiz. (Plate LXX, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 36.) Only two examples of this early Amioid species are listed in Dr. Smith Wood- ward's Catalog as belonging to the British Museum. The Carnegie Institute is fortunate in possessing a number of well-preserved specimens, catalogued as follows : 4732, 4767, 4768, 4769, 4812, and 4862. The first four are in counterpart. 33. Megalurus elegantissimus Wagner. (Plate LXX, fig. 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 365.) The following numbered examples in the Carnegie Museum are referable to this species: 693, 4854. Family PACHYCORMIDJ^.. Genus Sauropsis Agassiz. 34. Sauropsis longimanus Agassiz. (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 375.) This is an extremely rare form, occurring, so far as known, only in the Litho- graphic Stone of Bavaria, though a closely related species, as yet undescribed, is reported by A. Smith Woodward from the Oxfordian of Wiltshire. Neither the Carnegie nor the British Museum possesses examples of the species. 35. Sauropsis depressus, sp. nov. (Plate LX, fig. 3.) Type. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 4766 + 4766a. Form of body slender and elongate, the length of head with opercular apparatus considerably exceeding the maximum depth of trunk. Pelvic fins arising midway between the pectorals and the anal; dorsal fin arising opposite the low fringe-like posterior portion of the much extended anal, and consisting of comparatively few rays; the anterior rays of the dorsal and anal equal in elevation, but rapidly de- creasing posteriorly. Other characters similar to those of the type species. The holotype of this extremely slender species is a well preserved skeleton having a total length of about 32 cm., in which the trunk is exhibited from the lateral, and the head, which is reflexed, from the ventro-lateral aspect. It is in counterpart, and the skeletal structure can be studied in its entirety by combining both halves. In the tyi:)c specimen of S. longimanus figured by Agassiz the head CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 413 is shown in profile, thus affording a tolerably clear idea of the arrangement of the cheek and opercular plates, but yielding no information as to the covering of the thoracic region; the present specimen, on the other hand, completes our knowledge of the underside of the head, and displays besides the branchiostegal and opercular apparatus to excellent advantage. The anterior portion of the space between the mandibular rami is completely covered by a narrow, triangular gular plate, behind which occur the closely spaced series of branchiostegal rays, these latter being in juxtaposition superiorly with the angular element, interoperculum, and suboperculum in ascending order. In the thoracic region the interspace between the divergent series of branchiostegal rays is occupied apparently by a single, thin, delicate plate, which probably owes its origin to the fusion of a number of small scales. The structure of the mandible is not altogether clear, but the splenial is evidently a long delicate plate, beset with small conical teeth, while the angular occupies about one-third of the outer face of the ramus. The maxilla is long and slender, tapering in front, deepest behind, and in its middle portion is in contact with the sclerotic ring, which is ossified. The latter is apparently bounded posteriorly by a ring of small circumorbitals, the boundaries between which have become obliterated. With regard to the structure of the fin in the type-species Agassiz remarks as follows: "Les nageoires refletent en quelque sort a I'exterieur cette forme grele du squelette, car leurs ra^^ons sont tous sans exception excessivement fins: Les pectorales qui ont valu a I'espece son nom sont tres-developpees, fort longues, et en meme temps tres-larges. Les plus grands rayons debordent beaucoup I'inser- tion des ventrales. Autant les pectorales sont grandes, autant les ventrales sont petites." These characters of the paired fins hold true for the new species under dis- cussion, as well as for the type, the only difference being that the pectoral fin-rays are more numerous in the present form than in S. longimanus. Upwards of forty are to be counted in the specimen now in hand, and although Agassiz does not state the number observed by him in S. longimanus, only half as many are shown in the published illustration (Poiss. Foss., Vol. II, PI. LX). The median fins are essentially alike in the two species, except for the more remote position of the dorsal in the example here made the type of a new species, as already noted. The caudal fin is most exquisitely preserved, and shows the upward prolongation of the axis for a short distance into the superior lobe. The scales and internal skeletal structure do not call for particular mention. 414 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 36. Sauropsis curtus, sp. nov. (Plate LXVI, fig. 1.) Type. — Nearly complete fish; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 4772. Form of body deeper and more compact than in other known species, the trunk relatively short and tapering rapidly posteriorly, the width of the caudal pedicle equalling about one-third of the maximum depth. Length of head with opercular apparatus equalling maximum depth, and contained nearly four times in the total length to the base of the caudal fin. Form and position of the fins as in the type species (*S. longimanus) , except that the pectoral pair is less strongly developed, and the rays of all the fins show articulations throughout their entire length. Dorsal fin-supports about thirty, and anal fin-supports about fifty in number, all more closely spaced than the neural and haemal spines. Number of the latter upwards of ninety from the anterior portion of the axis to a point under- neath the hinder extremity of the dorsal fin, and their total number estimated to have been about one hundred and twenty-five. Lateral line conspicuous, parallel with the axis, and continued over the parieto-frontal bones of the head. Operculum subtriangular and much deepened; pre-operculum narrow and elongate, in contact through its entire length anteriorly with the vertically elongate postorbital. Snout obtuse; dentition as in the type-species. The holotype answering to the above description is a magnificently preserved specimen, having a total length of about 28 cm., and of very great importance on account of the perfection with which the cranial and facial elements are displayed. A remarkable feature is the great elongation in a vertical (transverse) direction of all of the parts lying between the postorbital and posttemporals. The postorbital itself occupies the space which in the existing Amia is covered by a distinct portion of the integument overlying the pre-operculum and extending forward to the angle of the jaws. Genus Hypsocormus Wagner. 37. Hypsocormus insignis Wagner. (Plate LXXI, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cj. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 391.) An exceptionally perfect example of this species (No. 5398) having a total length to the base of the caudal fin of 53 cm., and displaying all of the fins and skeletal parts to advantage, is to be seen on exhibition in the Hall of Fossil Vertebrates in the Carnegie Museum. The pectoral fin-rays are stouter and more numerous than are shown in A. S. Woodward's restoration of this species, and the supports for the anal are somewhat longer. For purposes of comparison the figure given by Woodward is here reproduced. CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 415 An interesting structure not hitherto observed in connection with this species ^is the presence of a long and tapering air-bladder, the calcified walls of which show a series of transverse ridges not unlike those formed by muscle-fibres in modern Ga- noids and Dipnoi. Confluent with the intestinal tract in front, the organ in question extends longitudinally close to the ventral body-wall along one side of the sup- ports for the anal fin, and terminates in a closed sac immediately behind the latter. Fig. 5. Hypsocormus insignis Wagner. (After A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, fig. 40, p. 393.) Somewhat similar structures have been observed in Pachycormus and Astheno- cormus, and are interpreted in the latter by B. Vetter as spiral valves of the intestine (c/. infra, p. 461). The numerous internal septa ("convolutions" of Vetter), small size of the organ, and its prolongation into the region posterior to the anal fin, are characters which militate against this view of its nature. For the sug- gestion that the structure in question is a calcified air-bladder the writer is indebted to his friend, Dr. C. H. Eigenmann, than whom no one is better qualified to pass judgment upon the actual specimens submitted for examination. According to this eminent authority, the form and position of the air-bladder exhibit a wide range of variation among closely related genera of modern teleosts, even within the limits of a single subfamily, such as the Curimatinse" of the Chara- cidae or Sternopyginae" among the Gymnotidse. '" Eigenmann, Carl H. and R. S., "A Revision of the Edentulous Genera of Curimatinse," Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci., 1889, Vol. IV, pp. 409-440. "Ellis, Max Mapes, "The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America," Mem. Carn. Mus., Vol. VI, No. 3, 1913, pp. 186-189. 416 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 38. Hypsocormus macrodon (Wagner). (Plate LXXI, figs. 1 and 2.) (For sj^nonymy cj. A. S. Woodward, Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus., Pt. Ill, p. 394.), Two representatives of this species occur in the collections of the Carnegie Museum, both of large size and well-preserved, and both on exhibition in the Hall of Fossil Vertebrates. One, having a total length of about 65 cm., is pre- served without any distortion other than vertical crushing, and displays the head- parts and all the fins in very nearly their entirety. The other, which is more than twice the size of the first, is contorted in such manner that the body is coiled upon itself, the head and inferior caudal lobe being closely approximated. The relatively short head, with its large, forwardly placed orbit, together with the slender and elongate form of body, terminating in a widely expanded caudal fin, give to this species a characteristic expression. The bones of the head are finely tuberculated, and the scales delicately striated. The ventral fins are situated midway between the pectorals and anal fin. To this species may also be referred an imperfect detached head, cataloged as number 4794. • Genus Asthenocormus A. S. Woodward. 39. Asthenocormus titanius (Wagner). (For synonymy c/. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p.' 380.) Of this species, one of the largest of Jurassic Pachycormidse, only two tolerably complete individuals are known, the holotype which is in Munich, and the inter- esting specimen studied by Vetter, which belongs to the Dresden Museum. In neither specimen is the dentition satisfactorily shown, nor is any trace preserved of the pelvic fins. Nevertheless there is reason to believe that the latter organs were present, and that a series of enlarged prehensile teeth was borne anteriorly by the jaw-parts. Such, at least, are among the characters which have been ob- served in the case of the next following species. Mention should be made in this connection of a peculiar structure described by Vetter in the example studied by him, the significance of which would seem to have been misinterpreted. The position of the stomach and intestinal tract is clearly indicated in the specimen belonging to the Dresden Museum and according to the author just named, the intestine is provided posteriorly with a remarkably well-developed spiral valve. The small diameter of this tube, its tapering posterior extremity and total absence of coprolitic matter in its interior, are features difficult to reconcile with the view that we here have to do with a much convoluted spiral valve. A more plausible interpretation is to regard it as a calcified air-bladder CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 417 similar to that already observed in Hypsocormus, and the convoluted appearance of which is due to the presence of numerous transverse fibrous bands and ridges. From analogy with recent forms in which similar bands occur, it may be presumed that the interior was partitioned off by transverse septa extending between the ridges. 40. Asthenocormus retrodorsalis, sp. nov. T^/pe.— Imperfect fish; Carnegie Museum (Cat. Nos. 4863, 4863a, 48636). A species nearly equalling the type of the genus in size, and resembling it in general form and proportions, but distinguished from it chiefly by characters of the median fins and the dentition. Pelvic fins present, and the low triangular dorsal fin arising behind the anal. This species is established upon the evidence of a single nearly complete indi- vidual, preserved in counterpart, from the Lithographic Stone of Kelheim, Bavaria, and contained in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum. The head and anterior portion of the trunk have been considerably crushed and deformed, but the remainder of the body is preserved without distortion and shows the lateral aspect, the position of all the fins being clearly indicated. Fig. 6. Asthenocormus retrodorsalis, sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes,"lNos. 4863 "and 4863a.^X i- As denoted by the specific title, the dorsal fin is remote, arising behind the origin of the anal, and is much shorter than the latter. The dorsal fin consists of comparatively few rays, which posteriorly rapidly decrease in size. The anal fin has become detached, but its internal supports are preserved intact ; these depend almost vertically from the haemal spines, and are seen to be about thirty in number. The small pelvic pair is situated midway between the pectorals and anal fin. The proximal portions of both pectorals are preserved, but the distal two thirds have been broken away. The caudal fin is complete, exhibiting the very fine sub- division of the rays at its hinder border, but no fulcra along the anterior margin. New and interesting features are presented by the dentition of this species. 418 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Teeth are not preserved in either of the containing slabs which display nearly the entire body of the fish, but are found associated with some of the opercular plates and jaw-parts which have been fractured off from the main portion of the fossil, the whole mass being embedded in a separate block of limestone which evidently lay in juxtaposition with the two larger slabs.* It is difficult to identify all of the plates which are found partly overlying one another and forming a more or less confused mass in this smaller block of limestone, but it is evident at a glance that other elements bordering the mouth-cavity besides those in direct relation with the jaws were dentigerous. Small, recurved conical teeth were probably borne on the entire palatal roof, including the pterygoids and parasphenoid, and some may have lined the throat cavity, as is perhaps to be inferred from the occurrence of numerous small conical teeth in clusters, which show no signs of havingbeen em- bedded at the base in alveolar sockets and can scarcely be considered as jaw-teeth. As regards form and mode of occurrence, the teeth just described agree closely with the conditions noted by Vetter in two individuals of the type-species studied by him. This will appear from the following passage which is extracted from the account of the dentition of A. titanius given by the author just named. ^^ * Since Dr. Eastman wrote these lines the Director has had the specimens carefully examined, with a view to ascertaining possible points of contact between the pieces embedded in the plaster mount. This work was very carefully done by Mr. O. A. Peterson. It is now discovered that the upper caudal lobe of the specimen in both slabs is very ingeniously made out of plaster of Paris. Whether it is possibly a cast made from fragments, which were not preserved, and for wliich this plaster of Paris reproduction was substituted, it is not now possible to say. The examination made shows that, as restored by the original collector, he was careless in noting the contacts, with the result that the lower lobe of the caudal as placed was quite too near the vertebral column, a piece containing the fulcra evi- dently having been dropped out. Figure 6, wliich has recently been made by Mr. Prentice, shows the exact facts as to the caudal lobes. In reference to the head (48636) which has been associated by Dr. Eastman with the specimen, it must be said that this association is not determinable by any contacts which can be discovered in the an- terior parts of either of the larger slabs containing the body of the fish. All the plaster has been removed and a diligent search has been made for contacts, but none are discoverable. If it belonged to the larger blocks, it must have been lying at some remove from the rest of the body of the fish. There is a presumption in favor of its having been a part of this specimen, arising from the color and composition of the matrix. Unfortunately Baron Bayet does not appear to have always appreciated the importance of preserving exact records as to the origin of specimens, and we have no clue in any list of purchases made by him, or any of his correspondence, which is in our hands, which would serve to establish the fact that the head and the body associated by Dr. Eastman belonged together. This association, while it appears plausible, nevertheless does not rest upon evidence which is incontestable. W. J. Holland. " Vetter, Benjamin. Die Fische aus dem lithographischen Schiefer im Dresdener Museum (Mittheil. K. Mineral-Geol. Museum Dresden, 1881, Pt. IV, p. 99). CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 419 "Die Zahne zeichnen sich weder durch Farbe oder Glanz, noch durch Grosse aus, und sind nur mit Miihe herauszufinden. Sie liegen zerstreut, theils ganz vorn, besonders aber vor, unter und hinter dem Auge, ihre Spitze meist nach oben und vorn, zum Theil auch nach unten gekehrt; alle diese mogen noch auf den Kiefer- randern gesessen haben. Nun folgen, aber, durch das Operculum hindurch sicht- bar, zahlreiche bis zu seinem Hinterrande reichende Zahne, welche noch am ehesten eine regelmiissig senkrechte Lage zeigen; diese miissen am Parasphenoid und an den gegenliber liegenden Flachen der Basibranchiaha resp. der Schlundknochen befestigt gewesen sein. In der That bemerkt man denn auch an der mitten durch das Auge ziehenden Strecke des ersteren gleichfalls eine Anzahl kleiner Zahne. Fig. 7. Asthenocormus retrodorsalis, sp. nov. Anterior dentition. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 48636. X {. "Alle diese Zahne sind meist schwach gekrlimmt, sehr spitz und schlank bis plump kegelformig, mit glatter Oberflache. . . . Da sie iiberall nur in grosserer Anzahl beisammenliegen, so scheinen sie auch auf den Kieferrandern nicht in ein- fachen Reihen, sondern nach Art von Biirstenzahnchen gruppenweise gesessen zu haben (im ganzen damit tibereinstimmend ist das sporadische Vorkommen von Zahnen bei Exemplar II)." So far the dental characters of the type-species are seen to stand in perfect accord with those of the new form now under discussion. That which is alto- gether novel, however, and in fact unique among the Pachycorwidce, is the presence of a series of enlarged teeth with laterally compressed bases, situated at the front margin of the upper and lower jaws and extending also, as far as one may judge from their position in the matrix, for some distance posteriorly along the outer rim of the jaws. The form of these enlarged prehensile teeth recalls in a general way the compressed broad-based teeth which have been provisionally named Ancistrodon, except that the crown is more elevated, conical, and regularly arched. Some of them, also, appear to have had very deep roots. Figures of these prehensile . 420 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. teeth are given in the accompanying illustration (Fig. 7.) This peculiar differ- entiation of the dentition in Asthenocormus is most nearly approached among kindred forms by the Cretaceous Protosphyrcena, in which the more anteriorly placed teeth are especially large, much compressed, and implanted in deep sockets. In respect to various characters, the genera P achy cor mus, Hypsocormus, Astheno- cormus and Protosphyrcena represent, in the order named, successive stages of modification, at the same time closely mimicking in general form of body the Tertiary Xiphiida? or "sword-fishes." Family ASPIDORHYNCHID^. Genus Aspidorhynchus Agassiz. In this genus, according to Dr. A. S. Woodward, the vertebral centra are always in the form of delicate rings, each bearing its own arch. The ribs are very short and thin. In the abdominal region the neural spines appear to be separate from their supporting arches, though this is not quite certain; in the caudal region, both haemal and neural spines are fused with their arches, and the latter with their respective centra. As might be expected from the stout proportions of the rays, the supports for the dorsal and anal fins are especially robust; and they are shown to be more numerous than the vertebral segments beneath them. The scales are all thick and rhombic, strengthened by a slight internal median rib, and those of the flank united by a large peg-and-socket articulation. The lateral line pierces each scale it traverses.^'' 41. Aspidorhynchus acutirostris (Blainville) . (Plate LXIV, fig. 3.) (For synonymy cf. A. 8. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 419.) This species is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by a number of fine examples, certain of which are to be seen on exhibition in the Hall of Fossil Vertebrates. The complete suite of specimens is cataloged as follows: 12, 14, 4741, 4743, 4774, 4745, 4746, 4777 + 4777a, 4779, 4810, 4823, 4814, 4864, 4867, 4868 + 4868a. Genus Belonostomus Agassiz. 42. Belonostomus muensteri Agassiz. (Plate LX, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 429-30.) This species is represented in the collection of the Carnegie Museum by the following examples: Cat. Nos. 4115, 4795, 4796, 4850, 4865, 4866. "For a description of the cranial osteology and other interesting details of the structure of two species of Aspidorhynchus reference may be made to Assmann's paper "Ueber Aspidorhynchus" in Archivfiir Biontologie 1906, Bd. I, Heft 1, pp. 49-80. I CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 421 Suborder ISOSPONDYLI. Family PHOLIDOPHORID^. Genus Pholidophorus Agassiz. 43. Pholidophorus macrocephalus Agassiz. (Plate LVIII, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, pp. 467-8.) The synonymy of this species, as given by A. S. Woodward, agrees with the conclusions of Wagner and Vetter, excepting that the latter has proposed the trivial name P. magnus to designate the species, a procedure which is contrary to recognized codes of nomenclature. The following examples in the Carnegie Museum are referable to this species: Car. Mus. Cat. Nos. 694, 4793, 4811, 4898, 5067, 5087. Family OLIGOPLEURIDiE. Genus (Eonoscopus Costa. (Syn. Attakeopsis Thiolliere; Macrorhipis Wagner.) 44. (Eonoscopus cyprinoides (Wagner). (Plate LXV, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 495.) Two well-preserved individuals belonging to this species are contained in the Bayet Collection, and are cataloged under the following numbers: 4700, 5086. Examples of this species are rare in the Lithographic Limestone. Family LEPTOLEPID^. Genus Leptolepis Agassiz. 45. Leptolepis dubia (Blainville). (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 509.) This and the closely related L. sprattiformis are among the commonest fishes occurring in the Lithographic Stone of Bavaria, and both are abundantly repre- sented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum, many of the specimens being remarkably well preserved, and displaying nearly the entire cranial and skeletal osteology. To the species under consideration belong the following examples: Carnegie Mus. Cat. Nos. 9, 13, 4448, 4687, 4693, 4694, 4695, 4712, 4714, 4715, 4782, 4783, 4784, 4785, 4786, 4801, 4803, 4804, 4805, 4806, 4807, 4820, 4821, 4822, 4831, 4832, 4838, 4839, 4840, 4841, 4842, 4873, 4871, 4875, 4895, 5000, 5004, 5005, 5010, 5011, 5012, 5019, 5027, 5028, 5029, 5030, 5031, 5032, 5033, 5035, 5040, 5041, 422 MEMOIRS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 5044, 5065, 5069, 5070, 5075, 5089, 5090, 5091, 5092, 5093, 5094, 5095, 5096, 5101. Fig. 8. Restoration of Leptolepis dubia. (After A. S. Woodward.) 46. Leptolepis sprattiformis (Blainville). (Plate LXXIII, figs. 1-3.) (For synonymy cf. A. 8. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 513.) The following examples in the Carnegie Museum are referable to this species : Car. Mus. Cat. Nos. 861, 863, 864, 4030, 4031, 4107, 4108, 4109, 4110, 4111, 4112, 4114, 4116, 4117, 4118, 4119, 4120, 4121, 4122, 4123, 4124, 4125, 4126, 4128, 4149, 4242, 4243, 4244, 4246, 4247, 4249, 4251, 4252, 4253, 4254, 4255, 4256, 4258, 4260, 4261, 4262, 4263, 4264, 4417, 4665, 4815, 4834, 4835, 4877, 4878, 4879, 4880, 4881, 4882, 4883, 5007, 5009, 5006, 5024, 5025, 5026, 5043, 5047, 5048, 5059, 5062, 5063, 5064, 5082, 5084, 5104, 5106, 5113. Genus ^Ethalion Mlinster. 47. TEthalion knorri (Blainville). (Plate LXXIII, fig. 4.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 518.) This species is not particularly common in the Upper Jura of Solenhofen, and is represented in the collections of the Carnegie Museum by a number of examples, which bear the following catalog numbers: 865, 4688, 4689, 4800, 4830, 4837, 4843, 4845, 4846, 4852, 4869, 4870, 4872 + a, 4889, 4897, 5003, 5008, 5017, 5022, 5023, 5034, 5038, 5039, 5042, 5045, 5046, 5051, 5057, 5066, 5071, 5077, 5079, 5099. Genus Thrissops Agassiz. This is one of the more abundant genera in the Lithographic Limestone of France and Bavaria, and is represented in the Solenhofen fauna by three species, of which the following is the most important : CATALOG OF THE FOSSIL FISHES IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 423 48. Thrissops formosus Agassiz. (Plate LXII, fig. 2.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 521.) A large series of Thrissops belonging to this species are contained in the Bayet Collection of the Carnegie Museum, several complete and admirably preserved individuals being among the number. These specimens bear the following catalog numbers: 4030, 4702, 4789. 49. Thrissops salmoneus (Blainville). (Plate LXXII, fig. 1.) (For synonymy cf. A. S. Woodward, I. c, Pt. Ill, p. 522.) This species is represented in the collection by specimens bearing the following numbers: 870, 4717, 4773, 4813, 4818 + a, 4894, 5088, 5090. Genus Parathrissops novum. A genus resembling Thrissops in general characters, but distinguished from it by its relatively much shorter and compact form of trunk, and by the more anterior position of the dorsal fin, which arises somewhat in advance of the anal and is not much extended. Anal relatively shorter than in Thrissops. 50. Parathrissops furcatus sp. nov. (Plate LIX, fig. 2.) Type. — Nearly complete fish in counterpart; Carnegie Museum Cat. No. 4029 + 4029a. The type and only known species, attaining a total length of about 23 cm. Head with opercular apparatus contained four and one-half times in the total length of the fish; maximum depth of trunk equalling the length of the head with opercular apparatus, and contained a little more than two and one-half times in the length of the trunk from the pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. Vertebrae about forty-four in number, half of them being abdominal, and half caudal. Pelvic fins arising but little nearer to the anal than to the pectorals; dorsal fin, with fifteen rays, arising somewhat in advance of the origin of the anal, which is much elevated in front, and comprises about twenty-two rays; caudal fin deeply forked and with expanded lobes. Scales thin, ornamented with exceedingly delicate concentric striae. The holotype of this species is an admirably preserved individual having a total length of 23 cm. and depth of 5 cm. It is readily distinguished from all other species by the form and proportions of the body and more forward position of the dorsal fin, together with the deeply furcate and broad-lobed character of the caudal. 1 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. =t^ -pn ^u^S^^SM&vrmitoiauuLiXiilMuut.vuvwv u Plate LVII. r triwJ'iimjy"' Fig. 1. Cestracion zitteli Eastman. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4423. (Slightly Enlarged.) Fig. 2. Phorcynis catulina Thiolliere. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4780. X roV- Fig. 3. Squatina minor Eastman. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4737. X tVtt- Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LVIII. ■■)^:M •.■Ji;-f'.ir "' i> 1^:^ '.\C.^. .■^•- - \ ■r*^^ ^ <^V • ■r-i|j.jr K^--^"' 3 Fig. 1. Pholidophorus macrocephalus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4793 (227 mm. Fig. 2. Lepidotus ovalus sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4730 (372 mm.). Fig. 3. Homceolepis suborbiculata sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4762 (410 mm.). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LIX. I I Fig. 1. Caturus pachyurus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4724 (405 mm.). Fig. 2. Parathrissops {meatus gen. et sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4029 (235 mm.). Type. Fig. 3. Caturus furcatus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 872 (194 mm.). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LX. Fig. 1. Beloiwdumm inuenderi Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4850 (292 mm.). Fig. 2. Caturus fiircatus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 871 (200 mm.). Fig. 3. Sauropsis depressus sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4766. (300 mm. from End of Lower Lobe OF Tail to End of Pectohal Fin on Slab.) Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI, Plate LXI. » ■M .,;£:^^-' i'^'^" Fig. 1. Mesodon inacropterus (Agassiz). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4456 (50 mm.). Fig. 2. Mesodon macropterus (Agassiz). (Counterpart) Do., No. 4456a (50 mm.). Fig. 3. Gyrodus frontatus Agassiz. Juv. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 3003 (57 mm.). Figure Reversed on Plate. Fig. 4. Caturus furcatus var. macrurus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 866 (155 mm.). Fig. 5. Caturus furcatus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4809 (483 mm.). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate LXII. Fig. 1. Ophiopsis attenuata Wagner. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4856 (96 mm.). Fig. 2. Propterus conidens sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4825 (93 mm.). Type. Fig. 3. Propterus microstomus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4468 (96 mm.). Fig. 4. Histionotus redinis sp. nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5002 (95 mm.). Type. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LXIII, Fig. 1. Propterus speciosus Wagner. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4718 (167 mm.). Fig. 2. Macrosemius rostratus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4764 (160 jmm.). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LXIV. ( I Fig. 1. Eugnathus longiserratus (Agassiz). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4719 (145 mm.). Fig. 2. Eugnathus longiserratus (Agassiz). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4686 (180 mm.). Fig. 3. AspidorJujnchus acvtirnstris (Blainville). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4823 (152 mm.). Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol, VI. Plate LXV. Fig. 1. CEonoscopus cyprinoides (Wagner). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4700 (324 mm.). Fig. 2. Macrosemius dorsalis sp. Nov. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4765 (195 mm.). Type. Fig. 3. Pholidophorus macrocephalus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4729 (297 mm.). X a- > o > 3 O w o o Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. ■""i Plate LXVII. - L4Lf . ^^^A.1 U»T«*S*i'*3(C-tuff^' '% -i.'',\ Fig. 1. Belemnobatis sismondce Thiolliere. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4408. 683 mm. Fig. 2. Squatina alifera Mun.ster. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 5397. 965 mm. > w <: f I 00 o w DS o H PN t« H ec|?i X =o|ii X in i-i'tH O X o -* T— 1 O T— 1 iz; lO ^ '^ n !J1 Tt< ^ X o „ ■Jl ;? \^ X r/7 r/l K fe o fc « X H o <* k< O n &H <1 ^ i^ o < o O ^ ^ d o > o ST z z n rjl Oh > < 2 W -^ s ri CO S «3a •S 1 C^ tM 1— H c4 CO 6 6 d \^ \^ N Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate lxix. ?^^^ ^^ .-*^' Fig. 1. Gyrodus macro phthalmus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4734. 252 mm. Fig. 2. Gijrodus circularis Agassiz, C. M. Gat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4407. 850 mm. >^ Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LXX. ¥ Fig. 1. Ophiopsis procera Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4690. 140 mm. Fig. 2. Mcgalwus elegantissimm Wagner. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4854. 142 mm. Fig. 3. Meyalurus lepidotus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4732. 365 mm. ^ Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LXXI, Fk;. Fig. Fi(i. 1. Hi/psocormus macrodon (WA(iNEK). C. jNI. Cat. Foss. Fishe.s, No. 5:^99. 705 mm. 2. Hypmcormus macrodon (Wagner). C. INI. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. rUOl). 905 mm. from Curve to End gf Lower Lobe of Caudal. ■^. Hypsocormus insignis Wa(!Ner. C. M. C.\t. Foss. Fishes, No. 5.39S. 530 mm. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. VI. Plate LXXII. Fig. 1. Thrissops salmoneus (Blainville). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4717. 250 mm. Fig. 2. Thrissops formosiis Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4030. 288 mm. Fig. 3. Catunts furcatus Agassiz. C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No. 4774. 2.38 mm. Memoirs Carnegie Museum, vol. VI, Plate LXXIl Fig. 1. Leptolepis sprattifomis (Blainville). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, Xo. 4108. 95 mm. Fig. 2. Leptolepis sprattiformia (Blainville). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishe.s, Xo. 4109. 95 mm. Fig. 3. Caturus fin-catus A(;assiz. C. M. C.\.t. Fo.ss. Fishes, X"^o. 5049. 160 mm. Fig. 4. Jithalion knorri (Blainville). C. M. C.^t. Fo.ss. Fishes, Xo. 5017. ISO mm. over all. INDEX abax, Eviota, 286 Abbott, Professor Francis James, 2 abbotti, Tsenioides, 58 abbreviatus, Areliscus, 62 abei, Mugilogobius, 287 Aboma snyderi, 287; tsushimse, 56 Abudefduf saxatilis, 261; sordidus, 261 aburaco, Hexagrammus, 48, 49 abyssalis, Lepidotrigla, 283 Acanthocepola limbata, 260; mesaprion, 260 Acanthocybium petus, 27; sara, 27; so- landri, 27 Acanthodei, 391 Acanthogobio paltschevskii, 15 Acanthogobius flavimanus, 57, 289; hasta, 57; stigmathonus, 57 Acanthorhodeus asmussi, 19, 20; atremius, 206, 227, 229; guichenoti, 19; sciosemus, 206, 228, 229; Key to Japanese species of, 229 Acanthurus, 266 Acheilognathus, 215, 228, 231; brevianalis, 226; coreanus, 18; cyanostigma, 220, 221, 222, 226; intermedius, 223, 227; lanceolata, 223, 225; lanceolatus, 222, 224, 227; limbata, 220, 225; limbatus, 222, 226; longipinnis, 229; melanogaster, 223; mesembrinus, 227; moriokse, 206, 220, 221, 225, 227; rhombemii, 218, 226; rhombeus, 217, 218, 227; shimasui, 222; signifer, 18; smithi, 226; steenackeri, 218 Achirus plagusia, 63 Actinistia, 355, 392 Actinopterygii, 360 aculeata, Arcana, 268 aculeatum, Ophidium, 63 aculeatus, Centriscus, 325; Rhamphosus, 325; Zoarchias, 63 acutidens, Undina, 357 adamsi, Minous, 276 adenomus, Diaphus, 92 Adontosternarchus, 114; sachsi, 156, 157, 167, 178 ^thalion knorri, 422 sequilabiatus, Gymnotus, 122; Sternopy- gus, 122 ^thalion, 386 ^theospondyli, 375 Aetobatis poeyi, 348 sesticola, Bentenia, 246 affine, Myctophum, 69, 75, 76 affinis, Scopelus, 76 Agassiz, Louis, 350 agassizi, Cyclogaster, 281; Diaphus, 69, 85, 87, 95 agonasi, Polydactylus, 40, 259 Agonidse, 54, 280 Agrammus agrammus, 49, 277 Aionosus geneionemus, 290 akaara, Epinephelus, 33, 249 akajei, Dasyatis, 6 alascanus, Ammodytes, 301 alata, Lepidotrigla, 283 alatus, Lampanyctus, 103 albiflora, Scisena, 35, 36 albifrons, Gymnotus, 110, 148; Sternarchus, 145, 146, 148, 157, 166, 167, 173, 175, 178, 182, 183, 183, 184 albofasciatus, Sebastiscus, 273 alboplumbeus, Spheroides, 46, 47, 269 albus, Carapus, 118; Gymnotus, 118; Monopterus, 24 alcocki, Neoscopelus, 67, 69 Alectis ciliaris, 240 Alepocephalidte, 209 Alepocephalus umbriceps, 206, 209 Alexandrinum sp., 316; molini, 316 425 426 INDEX. altivelis, Plecoglossus, 10, 212 Alutera monoceros, 45 Amate japonica, 310 Amblygaster melanostictum, 7 Aniia, 414; indica, 339; kiensis, 247; lineata, 30; nigra, 247; semilineata, 247; sialis, 207, 246, 247 Amiidse, 412 Ammodytes alascanus, 301; personatus, 301 Ammodytidae, 301 Amphisile, 323 Amphistium, 330, 348; bozzianum, 332; paradoxum, 315, 330, 331, 332 Anabantidse, 42 anagirostris, Coelorhynchus, 306 anago, Leptocephalus, 25, 234 anastomella, Tylosurus, 25 Ancistrodon, 419 andersoni, Salarias, 29S Anguilla japonica, 24, 233 anguillaris, Plotosus, 214 anguillicaudatus, Misgurnus^ 14, 214 Anguillida?, 24, 233 angularis, Histionotus, 364 angustirostris, Limanda, 309 anomala, Psenopsis, 27, 241 anomaluR, Triacanthodes, 266 Anoplagonus inermis, 54 ansatus, Trachydermus, 52 Antennariidse, 312 Antennarius nox, 312, 313; tridens, 312 anteorbitalis, Diaphus, 69, 85, 92 Anthias, 251; japonicus, 252; margaritacea, 252; nobilis, 251; pulcher, 252 Antigonia rubescens, 264 Antigoniidse, 264 antiquus, Gillidia, 345; Toxotes, 337, 338, 345 Aoki, Mr. Kumakichi, 205, 206 Aphyocypris chinensis, 17; ensarca, 17 Apistus evolans, 275; venenans, 275 Aploactis aspera, 276 Aplodactylidse, 259 Apocryptes, 55; chinensis, 55 Apteronotus, 145; passan, 148 Apterygia nigromaculata, 24; saccogularis, 24 Araias ariommus, 310 Arcana aculeata, 268 Archseopteryx, 390 Arctoscopus japonicus, 47 arcuata, Sciaena, 37 "Ardeacocoi," 120 ardens, Franzia, 206, 251 ardesiaca, Nansenia, 206 Areliscus abbreviatus, 62; hollandi, 3, 62; interruptus, 312; purpureomaculatus, 63; rhomaleus, 63; semilsevis, 63 arenatus, Carapus, 122 argentata, Scisena, 38 argentea, Leiognathus, 241 argenteus, Hepatus, 266; Leiognathus, 29; Stromateoides, 27, 29; Stromateus, 27 Argentinidse, 10 argentiventris, Labracoglossa, 241 argus, Ophicephalus, 42 argyrophanes, Saurida, 212 ariommus, Araias, 310 Ariscopus iburius, 293 artedi, Brachyrhamphichthys, 133, 135; Hypopomus, 135, 136, 157, 158, 172, 178, 182; Rhamphichthys, 135 arthurius, Pagrus, 34 asakusse, Ophichthys, 235 asiaticus, Gymnotus, 110 Asano, Mr., 205 Aseraggodes kobensis, 310, 311 asiro, Otophidium, 301 asmussi, Acanthorhodeus, 19, 20 asotus, Parasilurus, 12, 213 Aspasma ciconiae, 297; laticephalum, 297; minimum, 297; misakium, 297 asper, Dasyscopelus, 68, 70, 73, 74; Mac- rourus, 306 aspera, Aploactis, 276 asperum, Myctophum, 73 Aspidontus elegans, 298 Aspidorhynchidse, 375, 420 Aspidorhynchus, 321; acutirostris, 420; miinsteri, 376; tenuirostris, 377 AsterospondyU, 391 INDEX. 427 Asthenocormus, 415, 420; retrodorsalis, 417, 419; titanius, 416, 418 AteleopodidEe, 299 Ateleopus japonicus, 299 Atherina bleekeri, 238; tsurugie, 239 Atherinidae, 238 Atherion elymus, 238 athymius, Saurogobio, 17 Atkinson, Mr. William Sackston, 207 atremius, Acanthorhodeus, 206, 229 atriceps, Ctenogobius, 287 atrilatus, Pseudaspius, 207, 231 atripinnis, Bregmaceros, 304 atrolumbus, Cossyphus, 261 Attakeopsis, 383, 421; desori, 383 attenuata, Ophiopsis, 362; Urosphen, 326 Aulacocephalus temmincki, 250 Aulichthys japonicus, 26, 237 Auliscus, 319 Aulopidse, 212 Aulopus japonicus, 212 Aulorhynchidse, 26, 237 Aulorhynchus, 319 Aulostoma, 320 Aulostomids, 317 aurantiacus, Pseudobagrus, 214 auratus, Carassius, 14 aureovittata, Seriola, 27 Auxis thazard, 26, 240 awoara, Epinephelus, 32 axillaris, Eigenmannia, 131; Sternopygus, 131 azonus, Pleurogrammus, 3, 47 azumanus, Zalanthias, 252 azurio, Choerodon, 261 balsenops, Sternarchella, 151, 152, 178; Sternarchus, 152 Balistes unicornu, 45 Banjos banjos, 34, 255, 256 Banjosidse, 255 barbatus, Gobius, 342 barbus, Hemibarbus, 15, 214; Barbus milodon, 16; schlegeli, 15; semibarbus, 14 basilewskianus, Spheroides, 46 ; Tetraodon, 46 Batoidei, 354, 391, 398 Bayet Collection, 315, 349, 36 1; 387, 389 Belemnobatis, 354; sismondte, 354, 401 Bellotti, Cristoforo, 243 Belone esocina, 25; microstoma, 25 Belonidse, 25 Belonostomus miinsteri, 376, 377, 420; speciosus, 377; subulatus, 378; tabu- latus, 378; tenuirostris, 377, 378 Bembras japonicus, 280 Bembridie, 54, 280 "Benimasu," 211 benmebari, Priacanthus, 30 bensasi, Upeneoides, 40; Upeneus, 259 Bentenia aesticola, 246 Berg, Dr. Leo S., 2, 23 bergi, Pseudaspius, 3, 22, 23 bernardi, Microdon, 367, 368; Pycnodus, 367 bernadoui, Ctenogobius, 55 Bero elegans, 53 Berycidse, 26, 239 berycoides, Doderleinia, 253 Berycomorphi, 327 Beryx decadactylus, 26 bicoloratus, Kareius, 60, 310 bidens, Opsariichthys, 21 bifasciatus, Tridentiger, 58, 390 bilineata, Lepidopsetta, 61, 309 biserratus, Rhamphosus, 321 biwse, Cobitis, 214; Leucogobio, 214 bleekeri, Atherina, 238; Halichceres, 43; Sciaena, 38 Blennidfe, 342 Blenniida;, 63, 298 Blennoidei, 342 blochii, Rhamphichthys, 138 Blochiidffi, 340 Blochius, 321, 323; longirostris, 341 Boleopthalmus, 55 bona-nox. Convolvulus, 306; Coryphse- noides, 207, 305 bonaparti, Sternarchus, 146, 147, 150, 157, 159, 178, 182, 184, 185 boninius, Cephalopholis, 206, 248 boops, Myctophum, 80; Scombrops, 30 428 INDEX. borealis, Spheroides, 46, 269 Bothus, 328 bozzianum, Amphistium, 332 Brachaluteres ulvarum, 267 Brachyopsis rostratus, 280 brachyptera, Remorina, 260 Brachyrhamphichthys artedi, 133, 135; brevirostris, 134; elegans, 132; miilleri, 136 brachyurus, Carapus, 118; Gymnotus, 118 brama, Pterycombus, 245, 246 Bramidse, 246 brandti, Pollachius, 64; Richardsonius, 18 brasiliensis, Sternarchus, 145, 146, 157, 173, 175, 178, 182 braueri, Myctophum, 80 Bregmaceros atripinnis, 304; japonicus, 304 Bregmacerotidse, 304 brevianalis, Acheilognathus, 226 brevipes, Lycodes, 300 brevirostris, Brachyrhamphichthys, 134; Hypopomus, 134, 157, 158, 172, 178, 182, 189; Triacanthus, 266; Zanclus, 333 Brotulids, 301, 302 brunneus (Ectenias), 207, 241; Glosso- gobius, 288 bryope, Zacalles, 298 Bryostemma otohime, 298, 299 burgeri, Dictyostoma, 299 burkei, Careproctus, 206, 281 Byam, Rev. Francis, 347 caballus, Mormyrus, 321 Calico Salmon, 211 cahforniense, Myctophum, 69, 75, 78 CalUonymida;, 58, 293, 297 CalUonymus, 295, 296; lunatus, 294; val- enciennesi, 58, 59, 293; vestens, 332 Calliurichthys, 297; doryssus, 294; japoni- cus, 294 Callopterus, 375 Calotomus japonicus, 264 Calymmichthys, 297; xenicus, 207, 296 canadum, Rachycentron, 30 candidus, Stromateoides, 28, 241; Stroma- teus, 28 canescens, Cheetodon, 333 Canthigaster rivulatus. 269 cantonensis, Periophthalmus, 55, 286 Capoeta elongata, 16. 215; gracilis, 214; intermedia, 223: lanceolata, 224; rhom- bea, 217 Carangidse, 27, 240, 330 Caranx equula, 240 Carapidse, 301 carapo, 120; Gymnotus, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 118, 157. 158, 167, 168, 175, 176, 179, 180, 186, 187; Sternopygus, 125 Carapus albus, 118: arenatus, 122; brachy- urus, 118; insequilabiatus, 118; macrou- rus, 122; sagamianus, 301; sanguino- lentus, 122; carapus, Gymnotus, 122; Sternopygus, 121 Carassius auratus, 14 cardinaUs, Evynnis, 34, 256 Careproctus burkei, 206, 281; curilanus, 282; gilberti, 206, 282; pycnosoma, 282 Caristiidffi, 243. 246 Caristius, 243, 246; japonicus, 243, 244, 245; macropus, 243 Carnegie, Andrew, 349. 389 carpio, Cyprinus, 14 Catosteomi, 317 catuhnus, Phorcynus, 396 Caturus, 372, 411; caturus, 411; cypri- noides, 373; driani, 375; elongatus, 374 ferox, 374, 411; furcatus, 373, 374, 411 gracilis, 374, 411; latus, 373; macrodus 373; macrurus. 411; maximus, 373 microchirus, 374. 411; nuchalis, 373 obovatus, 374, 411; pachyurus, 411 cayanus, Pristigaster, 7 Centriscoids, 317, 320 Centriscus, 324; aculeatus, 325 Centrobranchus, 67; choerocephalus, 69, 84 Centrolophus, 241. 242 Centropholis petersi, 246 Centrophorus, 208 centropomus, Vellitor. 278 Cephalacanthidae, 284 Cephalacanthus, 28(5 Cephalopholis boninius. 206, 248 INDEX. 429 cephalus, Mugil, 26, 239 Cepola schlegeli, 260 Cepolidse, 260 Ceratiidse, 312 Cestracion falcifer, 393 ; zitteli, 394 Cestraciontidge, 393 cetopsis, Coreius, 17 Chsenogobius macrognathus, 56, 288 Chsetodon canescens, 333; chirurgus, 334; lunula, 265; mesoleucus, 334; rhom- boides, 334; rhombus, 334; setifer, 207, 265; vagabundus, 207. 265 Chsetodontidse, 265, 333 Chseturichthys hexanemus, 290; sciistius, 290; stigmatius, 57 Champsodon vorax, 292 Champsodontidae, 292 chanchua, Scisena, 37 Characidse, 415 Characters common to Electrophorus and Gynmotus, 112 Chasmias misakius, 289 Chasmichthys dolichognathus, 57, 289; gulosus, 57, 289 Chaunaxfimbriatus,312,313;pictus,312,313 Cheilodipterida;, 30, 246 cheirophthahnus, Dactyloptena, 285; Ebi- sinus, 286 Chelidonichthys ischyrus, 206; kumu, 55, 282, 283 Chelidoperca hirundinacea. 250 Chimaeroidei, 391 Chimaeropsis, 391 chinensis, Aphyocypris, 17; Apocryptes, 55; Eperlanus, 11: Hippocampus, 26; Pristigaster, 7; Raja, 5; Zunasia, 7 chirurgus, Chsetodon, 334 Chloea sarchynnis. 56, 289 choerocephalus, Centrobranchus, 69, 84 Choerodon azurio, 261 Chondrostei, 390, 392 chosenicus, Rhodeus, 3, 20 Chromis notatus, 42, 261 Chrysophrys swinhonis, 34, 257 chrysops, Spheroides, 269 chrysorhynchus, Diaphus, 93, 94 chuantsi, Perca, 31 chuatsi, Perca, 31; Siniperca, 30, 31 ciconise, Aspasma, 297 ciUaris, Alectis, 240 cinctus, Plectorhynchus, 34, 255 cinerascens, Kyphosus, 257 cinereus, Mursenesox, 25, 235; Stromate- oides, 29 cinnamomeus, Pseudorhombus, 307 cirinensis, Coelacanthus, 358; Undina, 358, 359 cirrhifer, Monacanthus, 266; Stephano- lepis, 44, 266 Cirrhilabrus tenunincki, 262 Cirrhitidse, 41 citrinus, HopHchthys, 279 Cladoselache, 392 Clariger cosmurus, 291 CUnidae, 298 Clupea dubia, 386; inermis, 7; pallasi, 6; sprattiformis, 385 Clupeid*, 6, 208 clupeoides, Thrissops, 388 Cobitidffi, 12, 214 Cobitis biwse, 214; sinensis, 12; taenia, 214 Coccolepis, 390 Coelacanthidse, 355 Coelacanthus, 355; cirinensis, 358; harlem- ensis, 357; minutus, 358; penicillatus, 357; striolaris, 357 Coelorhynchus anagirostris, 306; japonicus, 306 cceruleus, Diaphus, 69, 85, 94, 95, 96, 207, 213; Scopelus, 94 Coilia ectenes, 8, 9; nasus, 8 coleanus, Pygseus, 333 Collichthys fragiUs, 39; lucidus, 38, 39; niveatus, 39 concatenatum, Ostracion, 268 concatenatus, Lactophrys, 268 Congrellus, 234 Conrad, Bernard, 110 Convolvulus bona-nox, 306 coreanicus, Paralichthys, 59 coreanus, Acheilognathus, 18; Elxis, 12; Gnathopogon, 16 430 INDEX; Coreius cetopsis, 17 Coreoperca herzi, 31 ; whiteheadi, 30 cornutup, Pleuronichthys, 309 Coryphisnoides bona-nox, 207, 305; gar- mani, 306; misakius, 306 cosmurus, Clariger, 291 Cossyphus atroliimbus, 261 costata, Lefua, 12, 13 Cottidje, 52, 277 cottoides, Pseiidobleniiius, 278 Cottus pcecilopus, 52; pollux, 277 Crenilabrus szajnochae, 335, 336 Cristiceps paradoxus, 343 crocodilus, Inegocia, 279; Thysanophrys, 54 Crossopterygia, 355 Crossopterygii, 392, 402 crossotus, Thysanichthys, 272, 273 crumenophthalma, Trachurops, 240 Cryptocentrus filifer, 288 Crypt ops hiimboldtii, 125, 127; lineatus, 127; virescens, 127 Ctenogobius atriceps, 287; bernadoui, 55; hadropterus, 55; pflaumi, 287; virga- tulus, 287 Culter erythropterus, 24; ilishseformis, 24; recurviceps, 23 cupido, Thalassoma, 263 curilanus, Careproctus, 281 Curimatinse, 415 curriculus, Squaliobarbus, 21 curta, Hymenophysa, 214 curtus, Parabembras, 54 curvirostris, Sternarchorhynchus, 141, 142; Sternarchus, 141 cyanopterus, Solenostomus, 236, 237 cyanostigma, Acheilognathus, 220, 221, 226 Cyclogaster agassizii, 281; frenatum, 281; tanakse, 281 Cyclogasteridse, 54, 281, 282r Cyclogaster tanakse, 54 Cyclopoma, 348; (?) micracanthum, 339 Cynias manazo, 4 Cynoglossus, 63 Cyprinidse, 14, 214 cyprinoides, Caturus, 373; ffionoscopus, 383 Cyprinus carpio, 14 Cypselurus hii-undo, 25 dabryi, Oreias, 14 Dactyloptena, 286; cheiropthalmus, 285; gilberti, 286; orientalis, 284, 285, 286 dactylopterus, Helicolenus, 274 Daicocus, 286 daimio, Pterogobius, 57, 289 Dalanthias, 251 Dapedius, 370, 402, 403 Dasyatidai, 6, 208 Dasyatis akajei, 6 Dasyscopelus, 67; asper, 68, 70, 73, 74; opalinus, 70; orientalis, 68, 70, 71, 213; pristilepis, 70, 71; spinosus, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75; Key to the Japanese species of, 70 dea, Iniistius, 264 deani, Zebrasoma, 348 Deania, 208; eglantina, 208 decadactylus, Beryx, 26 Decapterus russelli, 240 decemcirrosus, Misgurnus, 14 Dendrochirus jordani, 275 dentex, Osmerus, 10 denticulatus, Notagogus, 365 desori, Attakeopsis, 383; ffionoscopus, 383 Dexistes rikuzenius, 310 Diagramma orientale, 254 diaphanum, Ostracion, 268 Diaphus adenomus, 92; agassizi, 85, 87, 95; anteorbitalis, 69, 92; chrysorhynchus, 93, 94; coeruleus, 69, 85, 94, 95, 96, 207, 213; elucens, 93; engraulis, 95; gemellari, 86, 87; gigas, 69, 85, 93, 213; glandulifer, 69, 85, 90; lacerta, 86; latiis, 69, 85, 95, 213; nanus, 69, 85, 87, 88, 91; nippon- ensis, 69, 85, 86; perspicillatus, 93; rafinesquei, 91; sagamiensis, 69, 85, 95, 96, 213; tanakse, 69, 85, 87; splendidus, 95, 96; watasei, 67, 94, 95; Key to Japanese species of, 85 Dictyosoma temmincki, 63, 299 INDEX. 431 Dinogunnellus grigorjewi, 64 Dipnoi, 415 Ditrema temmincki, 42, 260 Doderleinia berycoides, 253 Dogfishes, 397 Dog Salmon (the), 211 doUchognathus, Chasmichthys, 57, 289 dorobae, Leuciscus, 18 Dofosomatidse, 8, 208 Doryptena tanegashimae, 290 doryssus, Calliurichthys, 294 Drian, M., 351 driani, Caturus, 375 dubia, Clupea, 386; Leptolepis, 386; Uro- sphen, 326 dubius, Leptolepis, 386 Ductor, 348; Leptosomus, 332, 333 Dules, 348 ; medius, 339 ; temnopterus, 340 dumerili, Saurogobio, 17 Dumortier, M., 352 dumortieri, Macrosemius, 365 Eastman, Charles R., Catalog of Fossil Fishes in Carnegie Museum. Part II. Supplement to Catalog of Fishes from the Upper Eocene of Monte Bolca, 315-348; Catalog of Fossil Fishes in Carnegie Museum. Part III. Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Cerin, France, 349-388; Catalog of Fossil Fishes in Carnegie Museum. Part IV. Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Solenhofen, Bavaria, 389^23. Ebisinus cheirophthalmus, 286 Echeneididse, 260 echinogaster, Stromateoides, 28, 29 ectenes, Coilia, 8, 9 Ectenias brunneus, 207, 241, 242 Eels (Gymnotid) of Tropical America, 109-195. By Max Mapes Ellis. egertoni, Microdon, 369; Pleuropholis, 382; Pycnodus, 369; Pygseus, 333 Eigenmann, Carl H., 4, 22, 109, 110, 195, 415 eigenmanni, Parapelecus, 3, 21 Eigenmannia, 113; axillaris, 131; hum- boldti, 127; macrops, 109, 126, 157, 167, 171, 178, 182, 186, 192; troscheh, 126, 131, 157, 172, 178, 182; virescens, 112, 124, 125, 126, 127, 130, 157, 158, 159, 160, 165, 167, 170, 171, 176, 178, 186, 187, 188, 189, 192, 193 elapoides, Pterogobius, 57, 289 Elasmobranchii, 316, 353, 391, 392 Electric Eel, 114 electricus, Electrophorus, 112, 114, 115, 157, 161, 162, 165, 169, 175, 178, 193, 194; Gymnotus, 110, 114, 115 Electrophoridse, 111, 195 Electrophorus, 113; electricus, 112, 114, 115, 157, 161, 162, 165, 169, 175, 178, 193, 194 elegans, Aspidontus, 298; Bero, 53; Brachy- rhamphichthys, 132; Microdon, 367, 369; Sebastichthys, 51, 272, 273; Steato- genys, 109, 157, 166, 172, 182 Eleginus navaga, 64 elephas, Mormyrus, 321 Ellis, Max Mapes, The Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America, 109-195 elongata, Capoeta, 16, 215; Ilisha, 7, 208 elongatus, Caturus, 374; Gnathopogon, 215, 217; Lampanyctus, 99, 100; Lucio- gobius, 291, 292; Zoarces, 299 elucens, Diaphus, 93 elvensis, Lepidotus, 361 Elxis coreanus, 12 elymus, Atherion, 238 Embiotocidse, 42, 260 emblemarius, Helicolenus, 273 Enchelyopus gilli, 64 Enedrias nebulosus, 63, 64, 299 Engraulidse, 8 engraulis, Diaphus, 95; Scopelus, 94 Engraulis japonicus, 8 Enneapterygius etheostoma, 298 enosimse, Scartichthys, 298 ensarca, Aphyocypris, 17 Eobothus, 328, 348 Eocottus, 341, 348; veronensis, 342 Eolabroides, 345, 348; szajnochae, 336 432 INDEX. Eperlanus chinensis, 11 ephippium, Lutjanus, 345 Ephippus, 348; longipennis, 334 ; rhombeus, 315 Epinephelus akaara, 30; 33; awoara, 32; epistictus, 250; ionthas, 3, 32; megacbir, 249, 250 ; morrhua, 249 ; septemf asciatus, 32, 250; tsirimenara, 32 Eptatretidse, 3 Eptatretus burgeri, 3, 4 Equula nuchalis, 29, 241 equula, Caranx, 240 Equulidffi, 29, 241 ercodes, Riidarius, 267 erebennus, Leptocephalus, 233, 234 Ernogrammus hexagrammus, 299 erosa, Erosa, 276 eso, Saurida, 12, 212 esocina, Belone, 25 esocinus, Pseudogobio, 15, 16, 214 etheostoma, Enneapterygius, 298 Etrumeus micropus, 7 Eugnathida;, 372, 410 Eugnathus longiserratus, 410 Euthyopteroma virgatum, 253, 254 evermanni, Myctophum, 69, 75, 80 evides, Thysanichthys, 206 Eviota abax, 286 evolans, Apistus, 275 Evynnis cardinalis, 34, 256 ExocoetidsB, 25 falcifer, Cestracion, 393 falsaiii, Histionotus, 364 fasciata, Solea, 60 f asciatus, Carapus, 117; Giton, 118; Gym- notus, 117; Neobythites, 207, 303, 304; Oplegnathus, 40, 259; Trachydermus, 52; Zebrias, 60, 61 Fauquier, William, 347 "Felisonca," 120 ferox, Caturus, 374 fibulatum, Myctophum, 81, 82, 83 Fierasferidae, 301 filifer, Cryptocentrus, 288 fimbriatus, Chaunax, 312, 313 fimbriidens, Ranulina, 58 Fishes: Catalog of Fossil Fishes in Car- negie Museum, Part II, Supplement to the Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Upper Eocene of Monte Bolca, bj^ C. R. Eastman, 315-348; Lantern-fishes of Japan, by Charles H. Gilbert, 67-107; Catalog of Fossil Fishes in Carnegie Museum, Part III, Catalog of Fossil Fishes from the Lithographic Stone of Cerin, France, by C. R. Eastman, 349- 388; Record of, obtained in Japan in 1911, by David Starr Jordan & William Francis Thompson, 205-313; Known from the Waters of Korea, by D. Starr Jordan & C. W. Metz, 1-65. Fistularia, 320; petimba, 237; serrata, 237 Fistulariidfe, 237 flammeus, Sebastodes, 270 fiavimanus, Acanthogobius, 57, 289 flos-maris, Iso, 238 Fluvidraco fulvidraco, 12; nudiceps, 213 formosus, Thrissops, 387, 388 fornasini, Ostracion, 207, 268 fourneti, Macrosemius, 365 fragilis, Collichthys, 39 Franzia ardens, 206, 251; nobilis, 206, 251, 252 frenatum, Cyclogaster, 281 fulvidraco, Fluvidraco, 12 furcatus, Caturus, 373, 374; Pachycormus, 373;Ura;us, 373 Furcina ishikawse, 53 ; osima3, 277 fuscescens, Sparus, 49; Teuthis, 44, 266 fuscus, Urolophus, 6, 208 Gadidse, 304 Gadoids, 327 Gadus macrocephalus, 65 Galeorhinidaj, 4, 207 Ganoids, 415 Garden, Alexander, 158 garmani, Coryphsenoides, 306 Gasterosteidse, 26 Gasterosteus, 318, 323, 324 Gaudry, Professor Albert, 353 INDEX. 433 gazzolae, Trygon, 316 gemellari, Diaphus, 86, 87 Gemphylidse, 240 geneionemus, Aionosus, 290 Gephyroberyx japonicus, 239 Gervais, M. Paul, 352 gibbosa, Tilesina, 54, 207, 280 gibbus, Pygaeus, 333 gigas, Diaphus, 69, 85, 93, 213 Gilbert, Charles H., The Lantern-fishes of Japan, 67-117 gilberti, CareproctuS; 206, 282; Dacty- loptena, 286; Hoplichthys, 279; Mycto- phum, 81; Podothecus, 54; Septipinna, 8 Gill, Dr. Theodore N., 323, 345 gilli, Enchelyopus, 64; Neobythites, 303 GiUidia, 348; antiquus, 345 Gimbel, Jake, 110, 154 gimbeli, Porotergus, 110, 152, 153, 178 Ginglymostoma, 396, 397 Girella mezina, 257; punctata 258; mel- anichthys, 258 Giton fascia tus, 118; var. pantherinus, 118 gladius, Xiphias, 341 glandulifer, Diaphus, 69, 85, 90 Glanencheli, 111 glaucea, Isuropsis, 207 Glossogobius brunneus, 288 Gnathonemus, 322 Gnathopogon, 16, 17, 214, 217; coreanus, 16; elongatus, 215; gracilis, 214; ishi- kawae, 206, 215; mayeda;, 215, 217; Key to Japanese species of, 217 Gnathypops ij^onis, 293 Gobiesocidse, 297 Gobiid^e, 55, 288, 341 Gobioides, 341 Gobius, 348; barbatus, 342; macrurus, 342; microcephalus, 344; smyrensis, 332 Goniistius zonatus, 41, 259 Gonoprokopterus mylodon, 16 Gonorhynchidse, 209 Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus, 209 gorbuscha, Oncorhynchus, 9 gracilis, Capoeta, 214; Caturus, 374; Gnathopogon, 214; Pseudolabris, 262 grandis, Undina, 358, 359 granulatus, Pholidophorus, 381 grigorjewi, Digunnellus, 64; Xystrias, 309 griseus, Mustelus, 207 guichenoti, Acanthorhodeus, 19 giiigardi, Ophiopsis, 362, 363 gulosus, Chasmichthys, 57, 289; Sac- costoma, 289 giintheri, Lepidotrigla, 55, 283; Leuco- gobio, 16, 215; Sebastodes, 49, 271 guttatus, Luciogobius, 292 Gymnocanthus intermedius, 52 Gymnorhamphichthys, 113; hypostomus, 109, 110, 139, 175, 178, 182 Gymnotid Eels of Tropical America. By Max Mapes Ellis, 109-195 Gymnotidse, 111, 195; electric organs, 161; geographical distribution, 157; history of the literature of, 110; locomotion and musculature of, 158 Gymnotids, new species of, 109 Gymnotinse, 112, 113 Gymnotus, 113; eequilabiatus, 122; aequi- labiatus nigriceps, 122; albifrons, 110, 148; albus, 118; asiaticus, 110; brachy- urus, 118; carapo, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 118, 158, 175, 176, 178, 179, 180, 186, 187, var. pantherinus, 119; carapus, 122; electricus, 110, 114, 115; fasciatus, 117; longirostris, 137; macru- rus, 120; obtusirostris, 124; putaol, 118; regius, 116; restrains, 110, 137, 138 gymnotus, Porotergus, 109, 152, 153, 178 Gyrodus circularis, 410; frontatus, 410; hexagonus, 409; macropthalmus, 410 Haase, Prof. Carl, 391 hadropterus, Ctenogobius, 55 hsematochila, Liza, 26, 239 Hsemulidse, 254 hakuensis, Leuciscus, 232; Richardsonius, 18 Halichoeres bleekeri, 43; poecilopterus, 43, 263; "pyrrhogrammus," 43 Halieut^ea stellata, 313 hamiltoni, Trichosoma, 8 434 INDEX. Hapalogenys mucronatus, 33, 255; nigri- pinnis, 33, 255 Harengula zunasi, 208 harlemensis, Coelacanthus, 357 Haseman, John D., 109, 147 hasemani, Sternarchus, 146, 147, 166, 167, 173, 178, 182, 184 hasta, Acanthogobius, 57; Pomadasis, 33 Hay, O. P., 317 heckeli, Thrissops, 388 helenjB, Macrosemius, 365 Helicolenus dactylopterus, 274; emble- marius, 273, 274; hilgendorfi, 274 Hemibarbus barbus, 15, 214; joiteni, 15; labeo, 15; maculatus, 14, 15 Hemibranchii, 317 Hemiramphid£e, 25, 238 Hemiramphus japonicus, 238 Hemirhynchus, 321 Hemitremia lagowskyi, 18 Hemitripterus villosus, 54 Heniochus macrolepidotus, 265, 266 Hennig, Dr. E., 370 Hepatidse, 266 Hepatus, 44, 266; argenteus, 266 Herzenstein, Dr. Solomon, 2 herzensteini, Protopsetta, 60 herzi, Coreoperca, 31; Pungtungia, 17 Heterodontidse, 4 Heterodontus japonicus, 4, 391 heterognathus, Leptocephalus, 233 Heterosomata, 327 Hexagrammidse, 47, 277 Hexagrammos otakii, 277 Hexagrammus aburaco, 48, 49; otakii, 48 hexagrammus, Ernogranunus, 299 hexanemus, Chgeturichthys, 290 hilgendorfi, Hehcolenus, 273, 274 "Hinemasu," 211 Hippocampus chinensis, 26, 323 hirundinacea, CheUdoperca, 250 hirundo, Cypselurus, 25 Histionotus angularis, 364; falsani, 364; oberndorferi, 364; parvus, 405; recUnis, 405 Histiophorus, 323, 341 Histiopteridse, 259 Histiopterus typus, 259 Holland, W.J.,' 62,315,346,389,396,400,418 hollandi, Areliscus, 3, 62 Holocentridse, 239 Holocentrum, 327 Holocentrus, 348; maculatus, 339; spino- sissimus, 239 Holostei, 392, 402 Homseolepis, 390, 402; drosera, 403; sub- orbiculata, 403 Honda, Dr. K., 1, 3, 21 hondae, Pseudoperilampus, 3, 20 Hoplias malabaricus, 193 Hoplichthyidae, 279 Hoplichthys citrinus, 279; gilberti, 279; langsdorfi, 279; regani, 279 humboldti, Cryptops, 125, 127; Eigen- mannia, 127; Myctophum, 78, 79, 80; Sternopygus, 125, 127 hyalocranius, Salanx, 11 Hymenophysa curta, 213 Hypopomus, 113; artedi, 135, 136, 157, 158, 172, 178, 182; brevirostris, 134, 157, 158, 172, 182, 189; mulleri, 135 Hyporhamphus sajori, 25, 238 Hypostomides, 320 hypostomus, Gymnorhamphichthys, 109, 110, 139, 175, 178, 182 Hypsocormus, 417, 420; insignis, 414, 415; macrodon, 416 ibis, Mormyrus, 321 iburius, Ariscopus, 293 Ichthyotomi, 391 Ichthyscopus lebeck, 293 Icichthys, 242 Icosteidse, 242 Icosteus, 242 Icticus, 242; ischanus, 207, 242 Ihara, B., 1, 3 iharse, Scisena, 3, 37 Ijima, Mr. Eitaro, 3, 206; Mr. Isao, 295 ijimse, Sebastodes, 3, 49; Synchiropus, 206, 295 INDEX. 435 Ilisha elongata, 7, 208 ilishseformis, Culter, 24 immaculatum, Ostracion, 268 iiiEequilabiatus, Carapus, 118 indica, Amia, 339 indicus, Platycephalus, 278 Inegocia crocodilus, 279; japonica, 278, 279 inermis, Anoplagonus, 54 ; Clupea, 6 ; Sebastodes, 51, 271 inghaghitsh, Salmo, 10 Iniistius dea, 264; niger; pavoninus, 264 Inimicus japonicus, 52, 276 inimontis, Notagogus, 365 intermedia, Capoeta, 223 intermedius, Acheilognathus, 223, 227; Gymnocanthus, 52 interruptus, Areliscus, 312 ionthas, Epinephelus, 3, 32 iracundus, Sebastodes, 270 ischanus, Icticus, 207, 242 ischinagi, Stereolepis, 32 Ischyodus, 391 ischyrus, Chelidonichthys, 206, 282 Ishikauia steenackeri, 233 Ishikawa, Professor Chiyomatsu, 217 ishikawse, Furcina, 53; Gnathopogon, 206, 216, 217; Trachypterus, 312 Iso flos-maris, 238 Isospondyli, 379, 421 Istiophoridae, 240 Istiophorus japonicus, 240 Isuropsis glaucea, 207 itakii, Verasper, 309 Itier, M. Jules, 351 itieri, Microdon, 371, 372; Pycnodus, 371 itinus, Sebastodes, 270 iyonis, Gnathypops, 293 izensis, Scorpsena, 274 "Jacana jacana," 120 jaculatrix, Scisena, 345 Japan, The Lantern-fishes of, 67-107 japonica, Amate, 310; Anguilla, 24, 233 Inegocia, 278; Lepidotrigla, 283, 284 Narce, 208; Pikea, 252; Pteroplatea, 6 Rhinoplagusia, 312; Scisena, 35; Sillago, 260; Squatina, 5; Zeus, 44 japonicum, Macrostoma, 67, 99 japonicus, Anthias, 252; Arctoscopus, 47; Ateleopus, 299; Aulichthys, 26, 237; Aulopus, 212; Bregmaceros, 304; Bem- bras, 280; Ca^Iorhynchus, 306; Calo- tomus, 264; Calliurichthys, 294; Caris- tius, 243, 244, 245; Engraulis, 8; Gephy- roberjTc, 239; Hemiramphus, 238; Hete- rodontus, 4; Inimicus, 52, 276; Istio- phorus, 240; Lampanyctus, 69, 98, 99; Lateolabrax, 30, 248; Latilus, 260; Lep- tocephalus, 233, 234; Macrorhamphosus, 237; Monacanthus, 266; Pseudolabrus, 43, 262; Pempheris, 246; Scomber, 26, 240; Sicyopterus, 290; Squalus, 4, 5; Stephanolepis, 44; Stolephorus, 208; Synodus, 212; Trachurus, 27, 240; Trichiurus, 27, 240; Uranoscopus, 42^ 293; Zebrias, 311; Zeus, 264 javus, Teuthis, 44, 266 joiteni, Hemibarbus, 15 Jordan, David Starr, 245 Jordan (David Starr) and William Francis Thompson, Record of the Fishes ob- tained in Japan in 1911, 205-313; A Catalog of Fishes known from the Waters of Korea, 1-65 jordani, Dendrochirus, 275; Gnathopogon, 217; Lampanyctus, 68, 69, 104; Pterois, 275 Jordanicus, 301; sagamianus, 301; um- bratilis, 301 Jouy, Pierre Louis, 2 jouyi, Parapelecus, 21 joyneri, Sebastodes, 271 Julis musume, 263 Jungersen, H. F. E., 318 Kareius bicoloratus, 60, 310 kasmira, Lutianus, 252 kenojei. Raja, 5, 208 keta, Oncorhynchus, 9 kiensis, Amia, 247 Kikuchi, T., 3 Kingsbury, Mr., 206 kisutch, Oncorhynchus, 211 436 INDEX. kobensis, Aseraggodes, 310, 311; Scseops, 308 kohleri, Undina, 357 Konosirus nasus, 8; punctatus, 8, 208 Korea, Catalog of fishes known from waters of. By David Starr Jordan and Charles WiUiam Metz, 1-65 Koshida, Mr. Tokishiro, 211 Kuhliidse, 248 kumu, Chelidonichthys, 55, 282, 283 kui-umeus, Rhodeus, 206, 229, 230 Kusano, Mr. K., 206 Kyphosidae, Kyphosus cinerascens, 257 labeo, Hemibarbus, 15 Labracoglossa argentiventris, 241 Labrax lyiuy, 30, 31 Labridaj, 43, 261, 335 Labrus malapterus, 343 lacepedii, Sternarchus, 148 lacerta, Diaphus, 86 Lactophrys concatenatus, 268; stellifer, 268; tritropis, 268 Ladislavia taczanowskii, 17 Isevis, Lepidotus, 360, 361 lagowskyi, Hemitremia, 18 LamnidiB, 207 Lampanyctus alatus, 103; elongatus, 99, 100; japonicus, 69, 98, 99; jordani, 68, 69, 104; leucopsarum, 98, 100; macrop- terus, 68, 69, 101, 102, 104, 106; micro- chir, 69, 98, 101; nannochir, 68, 69, 100; niger, 68, 69, 98, 100; oculeus, 102; punctatissimiis, 69, 98, 103; quercinus, 99; townsendi, 98, 99; warmingi, 99; Key to Japanese species of, 98 Lampetra mitsukurii, 207 lanceolata, Acheilognathus, 223, 225; Ca- poeta, 224 lanceolatus, Acheilognathus, 224, 227 langsdorfi, Hoplichthys, 279 Lantern-fishes (The) of Japan. By Charles H. Gilbert, 67-107 Laramichthys rathbunae, 38 Lateolabrax japonicus, 30, 248 laternatum, Myctophum, 69, 76 laticephalum, Aspasma, 297 Latilida?, 260 Latilus japonicus, 260 latipes, Oryzias, 24 latovittata, Oceanops, 260 latus, Caturus, 372; Diaphus, 69, 85, 95, 213; Sparus, 256 lebeck, Ichthyscopus, 293 Lefua costata, 12, 13 Leiocassis longirostris, 12 Leiognathus argentea, 241; argenteus, 29; rivulata, 241 Lepidaplois macrurus, 262; perditio, 261 Lepidopsetta bilineata, 60, 61, 309 Lepidosteoidei, 402 Lepidotrigla, 383; abyssalis, 284; alata, 283; giintheri, 55, 283; japonica, 283, 284; microptera, 55, 283; strauchii, 55, 283 Lepidotus, 370; elvensis, 361; laevis, 360, 361 ; minor, 404; notopterus, 404; ovatus, 404; subundatus, 360 Leptocephalidse, 25, 233 Leptocephalus anago, 25, 234; erebennus, 233, 234; heterognathus, 233; japonicus^ 233, 234; megastomus, 234; myriaster, 25, 233; nystromi, 233 leptocephalus, Pseudaspius, 23 Leptolepida;, 384, 421 Leptolepis, 384; dubia, 386, 421, 422; macrolepidotus, 385 ; pusillus, 385 ; sprat- tiformis, 385, 421, 422 leptorhynchus, Sternarchus, 109, 146, 147, 157, 178, 182, 183 leptosomus, Ductor, 332, 333; Simenchelys, 233; Solenostomus, 236, 237 Leuciscus, 232; dorobse, 18; hakuensis, 232; taczanowskii, 18, 233 Leucogobio biwse, 214; giintheri, 16, 215; mayedse, 215, 217 Leucopsarion petersi, 291 leucopsarum, Lampanyctus, 98, 100 lili, Synchiropus, 296 Limanda angustirostris, 309; yokohamse, 60, 309 INDEX. 437 limbata, Acanthocepola, 260; Capoeta, 222 limbatus, Acheilognathus, 220, 222, 226; Sternopygus, 127 lineata, Amia, 30 lineatus, Cryptops, 127; Rhamphichthys, 138; Sternopygus, 127 Liobagrus reini, 213 Liopsetta obscura, 60 litulon, Lophius, 65 Liza haematochila, 26, 239 Lobotes surinamensis, 252 Lobotidse, 252 longipennis, Ephippus, 334 longipinnis, Acheilognathus, 219, 226 longirostris, Blochius, 341; Gymnotus, 137; Leiocassis, 12 Longurio, 17 Lophiidse, 65, 312 Lophiomus setigerus, 65, 312 Lophius Utulon, 65 Lophobranchs, 317 Lotella phycis, 304 lucens, Ochetobius, 24 lucidus, CoUichthys, 38, 39 Luciogobius elongatus, 291, 292; guttatus, 292 lunatus, Calhonymus, 294 lunula, Chsetodon, 265 lunulata, Pterois, 274 Lutianidse, 252 Lutianus kasmira, 252; quinquelineatus, 207, 252; russeUi, 253; vitta, 253 Lutjanus ephippium, 345 Lycodes brevipes, 300 ; palearis, 300; reticu- latus, 300; tanaka?, 207, 299 Lycodida;, 64, 299 lyiuy, Labrax, 30, 31 macracanthus, Priacanthus, 30 macrocephalus, Gadus, 65; Pagrus, 35; Spams, 34, 35, 257 macrodus, Caturus, 373; Ophiopsis, 363 macrognathus, Chsenogobius, 56, 288 macrolepidotus, Heniochus, 265, 266; Lep- tolepis, 385; Neoscopelus, 68, 69 macrolepis, Onigocia, 278; Sternarchus, 150 Macropodus viridi-auratus, 42 Macropoma, 355 macrops, Eigenmannia, 109, 126, 157, 167, 171, 178, 182, 186, 192; Neobythites, 304; Sternopygus, 126; Watasea, 304 nfiacropus, Caristius, 243; Pteraclis, 243 macropterum, Myctophum (Lampanyc- tus), 106 Macrorhamphosidse, 237 Macrorhamphosus japonicus, 237; sagifue, 237 Macrorhipis, 421 macrorhynchus, Ophisurus, 25 Macrosemiidae, 361, 404 Macrosemius, 359, 406; dorsalis, 406; dumortieri, 365; fourneti, 365; helenae, 365; rostratus, 406 Macrostoma, 329 Macrostoma japonicum, 67; quercinum japonicum, 67, 99 macrostomus, Rhamphosternarchus, 144; Sternarchorhamphus, 144; Sternarcho- rhynchus, 144; Sternarchus, 144 Macrouridse, 305 Macrourus nasutus, 306; asper, 306 macrourus, Carapus, 122 macrurus, Gymnotus, 120; Lepidaplois, 262; Sternopygus, 121, 124, 125, 157, 158, 159, 169, 175, 178, 182, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 192, 194 maculata, Mene, 241 maculatus, Hemibarbus, 14, 15; Holo- centrus, 339 major, Pagrosomus, 34, 36, 256 malabaricus, Hoplias, 193 Malacanthidse, 260 malapterus, Labrus, 343 Manabe, Mr. Yoshiro, 206 manazo, Cynias, 4; Mustelus, 207 manchurica, Scisena, 38 marcgravii, Sternopygus, 122 margaritacea, Anthias, 252; Sacura, 252 marmoratus, Pseudoblennius, 53, 277; Rhamphichthys, 137; Sebastes, 273; Sebasticus, 52, 273 masou, Oncorhynchus, 9 438 INDEX. Massalongo, A. B., 315 "Masunosuke," 211 matsubarse, Sebastodes, 272 Matsudai, 252 maximilliana, Sternarchus, 148 maximus, Caturus, 373 mayedse, Gnathopogon, 215, 217; Leuco- gobio, 215, 217 medius, Dules, 339 Medusa;, 390 meerdervoorti. Raja, 5, 208 megachir, Epinephelus, 249, 250 niegalodiscus, Rhombochirus, 260 Megalurus, 412; elegantissimus, 412; lepi- dotus, 412 megastomus, Leptocephalus, 234 melanichthys, Girella, 258 melanogaster, Acheilognathus, 223 melanostictum, Amblygaster, 7 Mene, 348; maculata, 241; novae-hispanise, 346, 347; oblonga, 346, 348; rhombea, 346, 348 Menida;, 241 mesaprion, Acanthocepola, 260 mesembrina (Metzia), 206 mesembrinus, Acheilognathus, 227 Mesodon, 408; macropterus, 408 mesoleucus, Chgetodon, 334 Mesopus olidus, 10 Metz, Charles W. and David Starr Jordan, Catalog of fishes known from the waters of Korea, 1-265 (Metzia) mesembrina, 206, 227 Meyer, Hermann von, 352 meygun, Scisena, 38, 39 mezina, Girella, 257 micracanthum, Cyclopoma, 339 micracanthus, Smerdis, 339 Microcanthus strigatus, 265 microcephalus, Gobius, 344 microchir, Lampanyctus, 69, 98, 101 microchirus, Caturus, 374 Microdon bernardi, 367, 368; egertoni, 369; elegans, 367, 369; itieri, 371, 372; sauvanausi, 369; wagneri, 368 microdon, Salanx, 212 microptera, Lepidotrigla, 55, 283 macropterus, Lampanyctus, 68, 69, 98, 101, 102, 104, 106 micropus, Etrumeus, 7 microstoma, Belone, 25 microstomus, Sternopygus, 127 miiuy, Scisena, 35 minimum, Aspasma, 297 minimus, Eobothus, 328; Rhombus, 328, 329 Minous adamsi, 276; monodactylus, 276 minuta, Undina, 358 minutus, Coelacanthus, 358 miobuta, Rhodeus, 231 mirabilis, Rhamphiclithys (Brachyrham- phichthys), 133 misakium, Aspasma, 297 misakius, Chasmias, 289; Corypha^noides, 306; Pseudorhombus, 306 Misgurnus anguilhcaudatus, 14, 214; decemcirrosus, 14 mitsukurii, Lampetra, 207; Sciaena, 36, 258; Sebastichthys, 52, 273; Squalus, 4, 5; Tetrapterus, 240; Zacco, 232 modestus, Monacanthus, 45; Pseudaspius, 3, 23 Mogurnda, 286 molini, Alexandrinum, 316 Monacanthidse, 44, 266 Monacanthus cirrhifer, 266; japonicus, 266; modestus, 45 monoceros, Alutera, 45 monodactylus, Minous, 276 Monopteridse, 24 Monopterus albus, 24 monopterygius, Pleurogrammus, 48 moriokse, Acheilognathus, 206, 220, 221, 225, 227 Mormyrops, 321 Mormyrus caballus, 321; elephas, 321; ibis, 321; numenius, 321; ovis, 321; tamandua, 321 mormyrus, Sternarchorhynchus, 142; Sternarchus, 141 morrhua, Epinephelus, 249 moseri, Verasper, 59, 60 INDEX. 439 mucronatus, Hapalogenys, 33, 255 Mugil cephalus, 26, 239; soiuy, 26 Mugilidae, 26, 239 Mugilogobius abei, 287 miilleri, Brachyrhamphichthys, 136; Hypo- pomus, 135; Rhamphichthys, 133, 135; Sternarchorhamphus, 142, 143, 174, 175, 182, 183, 184; Sternarchorhynchus, 140, 141, 142; Sternarchus, 142, 185 Mullidffi, 39, 259 multifasciata, Neopercis, 293 miinsteri, Aspidorhynchus, 376; Belono- stomus, 376, 377 Mursenesocidse, 25, 235 Mursenesox cinereus, 25, 235 muricata. Raja, 316; Trygon, 316 muricatus, Trygon, 316 Mustelus griseus, 207; nianazo, 207 musume, Julis, 263 Myctophidse, 213; List of the Japanese species of the family of, 68 Myctophum, 67; affine, 69, 75, 76; as- perum, 73; boops, 80; braueri, 80; cahforniense, 69, 75, 78; evermanni, 69, 75, 80; fibulatum, 81, 82, 83; gilberti, 81; humbodti, 78, 79, 80; laternatum, 69, 75, 76; (Lampanyctus) macropterum, 106; nannochir, 100; pterotum, 69, 76, 81, 82, 83; reinhardti, 69, 75, 76, 80; suborbitale, 69, 76, 82; valdivise, 69, 76, 84 MyUobatidse, 6 Myhobatis rhombus, 6; tobijei, 6 mylodon, Barbus, 16; Gonoprokopterus, 16 my ops, Trachinocephahis, 212 myriaster, Leptocephalus, 25, 233 Myripristris, 327 Myridai, 235 Myrus uropterus, 235 Nakagawa, Mr. Kogetsuko, 206 Nannobrachium nigrum, 100 nannochir, Lampanyctus, 68, 69, 100; Myctophum, 100 Nansenia ardesiaca, 206, 210; groenlandica, 210, 211 nanus, Diaphus, 69, 85, 87, 88, 91 Narce japonica, 208 Narcobatida?, 208 Naseus unicornis, 266 Nash, Mrs. Anna Brown, 207 Nash, Mrs. Herbert Charles, 3 nasus, Coilia, 8; Konosirus, 8 nasutus, Macrourus, 306 nattereri, Sternarchogiton, 155, 157, 182, 186; Sternarchus, 155 navaga, Eleginus, 64 nebulosa, Zenopsis, 264 nebulosus, Enedrias, 63, 64, 299 Nemichthyidaj, 235 Nemichthys scolopaceus, 235 Neobythites fasciatus, 207; gilli, 303; macrops, 304; sivicola, 303, 304 Neobythites fasciatus and sivicola, Table of Comparative Measurements, 303 Neoditrema ransonneti, 42, 43, 260 Neopercis multifasciata, 292; sexfasciata, 41 ; snyderi, 41 Neoscopelus alcocki, 67, 69; macrolepi- dotus, 68, 69 niger, Iniistius, 264; Lampanyctus, 68, 69, 98, 100 nigra, Amia, 247 nigrescens, Gymnotus £equilabiatus, 122 nigriceps, Sternopygus aequilabiatus, 122 nigripinnis, Hapalogenj's, 33, 255 nigromaculata, Apterygia, 24 nigromaculatus, Pseudomonacanthus, 267 nigrum, Nannobrachium, 100 Niphon spinosus, 248 niphonius, Pseudopriacanthus, 259; Scom- beromorus, 26 nipponensis, Diaphus, 69, 85, 86 niveatus, Collichthys, 39 nobilis, Anthias, 251; Franzia, 206, 251, 252 nocturnus, Diaphus, 86 Notagogus, 363; decoratus, 407; denticu- latus, 365; inimontis, 365; ornatus, 366; pentlandi, 366 notatus, Chromis, 42, 261 novse-hispaniae, Mene, 346, 347 440 INDEX. nox, Antennarius, 312, 313 nozawse, Stromateus, 28 nuchalis, Caturus, 373; Equula, 29, 241; Urseus, 373 nudiceps, Fluvidraco, 213 "Numbfish," 114 numenius, Mormyrus, 321 nystromi, Leptocephalus, 233 oberndorferi, Histionotus, 364 oblonga, Mene, 346, 347 obovatus, Caturus, 374 obscura, Liopsetta, 60 obscurum, Sicydium, 291 obscurus, Odontobutis, 55, 286; Tridenti- ger, 57, 290 obtusata, Sphyi-fena, 26 obtusirostris, Gymnotus, 124; Sternopy- gus, 121, 124, 157, 178, 182 Oceanops latovittata, 260 ocellatus, Pteraclis, 246; Rhodeus, 20; Spheroides, 269 ocellifer, Pseudorhombus, 307 Ochetobius lucens, 24 oculeus, Lampanyctus, 102 ocyrhynchus, Therapon, 254 Odonteus, 348; sparoides, 338; var. de- pressus, 338 Odontobutis obscurus, 55, 286 Qilonoscopus cyprinoides, 383; desori, 383; elongatus, 384, 386, 421 Ogcophalidae, 313 olidus, Mesopus, 10 OligopleuridiB, 382 oligolepis, Pseudorhombus, 307; Tarphops, 207, 307; Uranoscopus, 293 Ohgopleuridge, 421 ohvaceus, ParaUchthys, 308 ommatura, Parapercis, 292 onca, Fehs, 120 Oncorhynchus keta, 9, 211; kisutch, 211; gorbuscha, 9; masou, 211; nerka, 211; tschawytscha, 211; yessoensis, 211 Onigocia macrolepis, 278; spinosa, 278 opalescens, Platyberyx, 245 opahnus, Dasyscopelus, 70 opercularis, Polyacanthus, 42; Synchiro- pus, 296, 297 Ophicephahda;, 42 Ophicephalus argus, 42; pekinensis, 42 Ophichthyida;, 25, 235 Ophichthys asakusse, 235 Ophidiidai, 301 Ophidium aculeatum, 63 Ophiopsis attemiata, 362, 405; guigardi, 362, 363; macrodus, 363; procera, 363, 404; tenuiserrata, 405 Ophisurus macrorhynchus, 25; serpens, 25 Opisthognathidffi, 293 Oplegnathidai, 40, 259 Oplegnathus fasciatus, 40, 259; punctatus, 259 Opsariichthys bidens, 21; uncirostris, 21, 232 oreas, Orthrias, 14 Oreias dabryi, 14; toni, 13 orientale, Diagramma, 254; Peristedion, 284, 285 orientahs, Dactyloptena, 284, 285, 286; Dasj'scopelus, 68, 70, 71, 213 ornatus, Notagogus, 366 Orthosternarchus, 113; tamandua, 144, 182, 186 Orthrias oreas, 14 oryza;, Rhodeus, 230, 231; Tanakia, 206, 230, 231 Oryzias latipes, 24 osimse, Furcina, 277 Osmerus dentex, 10, 11 Osteoglossum prionostoma, 40 Ostraciidse, Ostracion concatenatum, 268; diaphanum, 268; immaculatum, 268; fornasini, 207, 268; stelhfer, 268; triqueter, 268 Otaki, Mr. Y., 206 otakii, Hexagrammus, 48, 277 otohime, Bryostemma, 298, 299 Otophidium asiro, 301 ovatus, Phohdophorus, 380, 381 ; Thrissops, 387 ovis, Mormyrus, 321 Owston, Alan, 07, 95, 205, 206, 213 INDEX. 441 owstoni, Sebastodes, 206, 270 Owstonia totoniiensis, 293 oxyrhynchus, Sternarchorhynchus, 140, 142, 174, 178, 182 pachycephalus, Sebastichthys, 52, 273 Pachycormidse, 412, 416, 419 Pachycormus, 415, 420; furcatus, 373 psegnius, Solenostemus, 207, 235, 236 Pagrosomus major, 34, 36, 256 Pagrus arthurius, 34; macrocephalus, 35 Palseoniscidae, 390 Palseoscyllium formosum, 397, 398 Palseospinax, 391 palearis, Lycodes, 300 pallasi, Clupea, 6 paltschevskii, Acanthogobio, 15 pantherinus, Giton, var. fasciatus, 118; Gymnotus carapo, var. 119; Rham- phichthys, 138 Parabembras curtus, 54 Paracentropogon rubripinnis, 52, 275 Parachajturichthys polynemus, 289 Paracheilognathus, 226; rhombea, 218; rhombeus, 218 paradoxum, Amphistium, 330, 331, 332 paradoxus, Cristiceps, 343; Pterygocepha- lus, 343; Solenostomus, 236, 237 Paralichthys coreanicus, 59 ; olivaceus, 308 ; percocephalus, 59; swinhonis, 59 Parapelecus eigenmanni, 3, 21 ; jouyi, 21 Parapercis ommatura, 292; pulchella, 292 Parapristipoma trilineatum, 254 Parasilurus asotus, 12, 213 Parathrissops furcatus, 423 pardalis, Spheroides, 45, 269 parva, Pseudorasbora, 232 passan, Apteronotus, 148 pavoninus, Iniistius, 264 Pegasidse, 318 pekinensis, Ophicephalus, 42 Pempheridse, 246 Pempheris japonicus, 246 penicillata, Undina, 357, 358, 359 penicillatus, Coelacanthus, 357 Penopus, 302 pentlandi, Notagogus, 366 Perca chuatsi, 31; chuantsi, 31 Percidfe, 338 Percifonnes, 327 percocephalus, Paralichthys, 59 Percoidei, 330 percoides, Pseudoblennius, 53, 278 Percomorphi, 330 perditio, Lepidaplois, 261 Periopthalmus cantonensis, 55, 286 Peristediidaj, 284 Peristedion orientale, 284, 285 personatus, Ammodytes, 301 perspicillatus, Diaphus, 93 petersi, Centropholis, 246; Leucopsarion, 291 Peterson, O. A., 315, 401, 418 petimba, Fistularia, 237 Petromyzonidse, 207 petus, Acanthocybium, 27 pflaumi, Ctenogobius, 287 Pholidophoridse, 379, 421 Pholidophorus granulatus, 381; macro- cephalus, 421; magnus, 421; ovatus, 380, 381 ; similis, 380, 381 Pholis taczanowskii, 64 Phorcynis catulina, 396 Phorcynus catulinus, 396 Phoxinus, 18 phycis, Lotella, 304 pica, Plectorhynchus, 207, 254 pictus, Chaunax, 312, 313; Plectorhynchus, 255 Pikea japonica, 252 Pine-cone Porgy, 252 pinguis, Sphyrsena, 239 Plagiostomi, 353, 391, 393 plagusia, Achirus, 63 Platacidse, 265 Platax, 327, 329; teira, 265 platessa, Pleuronectes, 330 Platichthys stellatus, 60, 310 Platyberyx opalescens, 245 Platycephalidse, 54, 278 Platycephalus indicus, 54, 278 platypus, Zacco, 232 442 INDEX. Plecoglossus altivelis, 10, 212 Pleetorhynchus cinctus, 34, 255; pica, 207; pictus, 255 Pleuracanthus, 392 Pleurogrammus azoiius, 3, 47; monop- teiygius, 48 Pleuronectes platessa, 330; quadratulus, 328; scutifer, 60 Pleuronectidse, 59, 306 Pleuronectoidea, 327 Pleuronichthys cornutus, 309 Pleuropholis, 381; egertoni, 382; serrata, 382; thiollieri, 382 Pleuropterygii, 391 Plotosidaj, 214 Plotosus anguillaris, 214 Podothecus gilberti, 54; thompsoni, 54 poecilonotus, .Spheroides, 269 poecilopterus, Halichoeres, 43 poecilopus, Cottus, 52 poeyi, Aetobatis, 348 Pollachius brandti, 64 pollux, Cottus, 277 Polyacanthus opercularis, 42 Polydactylus agonasi, 40, 259; prionos- tomus, 40; sectarius, 40; xanthonemus, 40 Polynemida?, 40, 259 polynemus, Parachaeturichthys, 289 Polyodon, 392 Pomacentridse, 261, 338 Pomadasis hasta, 33 pondicerranium, Rachycentron, 30 Porotergus, 113; gimbeli, 110, 152, 153, 178; gymnotus, 109, 152, 153, 178 Prentice, Mr. S., 418 pretiosus, Ruvettus, 240 PriacanthidiT!, 30, 259 Priacantlius benmebari, 30; macracanthus, 30 Priem, Professor F., 361 prionostoma, Osteoglossum, 40 prionostomus, Polydactylus, 40 Pristigaster cayanus, 7; chinensis, 7 pristilepis, Dasyscopelus, 70, 71 Pristipomoides sieboldi, 253 Pristiurus, 391 procera, Ophiopsis, 363 Propterus conidens, 407 ; microstomus, 406 ; speciosus, 407 Protaulopsis, 319 Protopsetta herzensteini, 60 Protosphyrgeua, 420 Protospondyli, 360, 390 Protosyngnathus, 319 Psenopsis anomala, 27, 241 Psettodes, 331 Psettus, 327, 329 Pseudanthias venator, 252 Pseudaspius, 232; atrilatus, 207, 231; bergi, 3, 22, 23; leptocephalus, 23; modestus, 3, 23 Pseudobagrus aurantiacus, 214 Pseudoblennius cottoides, 278; marmo- ratus, 53, 277; percoides, 53, 278 Pseudogobio esocinus, 15, 16, 214; rivu- laris, 15; sinensis, 15 Pseudolabrus gracilis, 262; japonicus, 43, 262 Pseudomonacanthus nigromaculatus, 267 ; unicornu, 45 Pseudoperilampus hondse, 3, 20; typus, 21 Pseudopriacanthus niphonius, 259 Pseudorasbora, 17; parva, 16, 232 Pseudorhombus cinnamomeus, 307; misa- kius, 306; ocellifer, 307; oligolepis, 307 Pteraclidai, 246 Pteraclis, 244, 245; macropus, 243; ocel- latus, 246; velifera, 246 Pterogobius daimio, 56, 289; elapoides, 57, 289; zacalles, 289 Pterois jordani, 275; lunulata, 274 Pteroplatea japonica, 6 Pteropsaridge, 41, 292 pterotum, Myctophuni, 69, 76, 81, 82, 83 pterotus, Scopelus (Myctophum), 81 Pterycombus brama, 245, 246 Pterygocephalus, 348; paradoxus, 343 Pthinobranchii, 317 pulchella, Parapercis, 292 pulcher, Anthias, 252 punctata, Girella, 258 INDEX. 443 punctatissimus, Lampanyctus, 69, 98, 103; Stromateus, 28 punctatus, Konosirus, 8, 208; Oplegnathus, 259 Pungtungia herzi, 17 purpurascens, Seriola, 240 purpureomaculatus, Areliscus, 63 pusillus, Leptolepis, 385 putaol, Gymnotus, 118 Pycnodontidse, 367, 408 Pycnodus bernardi, 367; egertoni, 369; itieri, 371; sauvanausi, 369; wagneri, 368 pycnosoma, Careproctus, 282 Pyggeus, 333, 348; coleanus, 333; egertoni, 333; gibbus, 333 Pygosteus sinensis, 26 "pyrrhogrammus," Halichoeres, 43 quadi'atulus, Pleuronectes, 328 Quelch, J. J., 116 quercinus, Lampanyctus, 99 quinquelineatus, Lutianus, 207, 252 Rachycentridte, 30 Racliycentron canadum, 30; pondicer- ranium, 30 Radcliffe, Mr. Lewis, 302 radcliffei, Spectrunculus, 207, 301, 302 rafinesquei, Diaphus, 91 Raia rhinobatos, 400 Raja chinensis, 5; kenojei, 5, 208; meerder- voorti, 5, 6, 208; muricata, 316 Rajida}, 5, 208 ransonneti, Neoditrema, 42, 43, 260 Ranulina fimbriidens, 58 rastrum, Rhamphosus, 321, 324, 325; Uranoscopus, 324 rathbunse, Laramichthys, 38 recurviceps, Culter, 23 Regan, Dr. C. T., 245, 317 regard, Hoplichthys, 279 regius, Gymnotus, 116 regleyi, Thrissops, 387 reinhardti, Myctophum, 69, 75, 76, 80; Rhamphichthys, 138; Scopelus, 80 reini, Liobagrus, 213 Reis, Dr. Otto M., 402 Remorina brachyptera, 260 reticulatus, Lycodes, 300; Semicossyphus, 43, 261 Rhamphichthyidse, 195 Rhamphichthys artedi, 135; blochii, 138; brevirostris, 134; elegans, 132; lineatus, 138; marmoratus, 137; mirabilis, 133; miilleri, 133, 135; pantherinus, 138; reinhardti, 138; rostratus, 112, 137, 157, 158, 174, 176, 178, 181, 182 Rhamphosidse, 320 Rhamphosternarchus macrostomus, 144 Rhamphosus, 320, 348; aculeatus, 325; biserratus, 321; rastrum, 321, 324, 325 Rhinichthys, 23, 232 Rhinobates, 400 Rhinobatidse, 5, 354, 400 Rhinobatus, 391, 398; bugesiacus, 400; schlegeli, 5 Rhinoplagusia japonica, 312 Rhodeops, 226 Rhodeus, 227; chosenicus, 3, 19; kurumeus, 206, 229, 230; miobuta, 231; ocellatus, 20; oryza?, 230, 231 rhomaleus, AreUscus, 63 rhombea, Capoeta, 217; Mene, 246, 348; Paracheilognathus, 218 rhombeum, Acheilognathus, 218 rhombeus, Acheilognathus, 217, 218, 226, 227; Paracheilognathus, 218 Rhombochirus megalodiscus, 260 rhomboides, Chsetodon, 334 Rhombus, 328, 348; minimus, 315, 328, 329 rhombus, Cha^todon, 334; Ephippus, 334; MyUobatis, 6 Richardsonius brandti, 18; hakuensis, 18; semotilus, 18 rikuzenius, Dexistes, 310; Urocampus, 237 riukiuanus, Leptocephalus, 233, 234 rivularis, Pseudogobio, 15, 16 rivulata, Leiognathus, 241 rivulatus, Canthigaster, 269 rostratus, Brachyopsis, 280; Gymnotus, 110, 137, 138; Rhamphichthys, 112, 137, 157, 158, 174, 176, 178, 181, 182 444 INDEX. rubescens, Antigonia, 264 rubripes, Spheroides, 45 rubripinnis, Paracentropogon, 52, 275 Rudarius ercodes, 267 russelli, Decapterus, 240; Lutianus, 253 Ruvettus pretiosus, 240 saccogularis, Apterygia, 24 Saccostoma gulosus, 289 sachsi, Adontosternarchus, 156, 157, 167, 178; Sternarchogiton, 156; Sternarchus, 155, 156 Sacura margaritacea, 252 Safole tseniura, 248 sagamianus, Carapus, 301; Jordanicus, 301 sagamiensis, Diaphus, 69, 85, 95, 96, 213 sagifue, Macrorhamphosus, 237 Sagimoto, Mr. M., 206 sajori, Hyporhamphus, 25, 238 Salangidse, 11, 212 Salanx hyalocranius, 11; microdon, 212 Salarias andersoni, 298 Salmo, 211; inghaghitsh, 10; macrostomus, 211 Salmonida?, 9, 211 sanguinolentus, Carapus, 122 Saporta, Count de, 352 sara, Acanthocybium, 27 sarchynnis, Chloea, 56, 289 Sarcocheilichthys variegatus, 214 Sardinella zunasi, 7 Saurida argyrophanes, 212; eso, 12, 212 Saurogobio athymius, 17; dumerili, 17 Sauropsis curtus, 414; depressus, 412; longimanus, 412, 413, 414 sauvanausi, Microdon, 369; Pycnodus, 369 saxatilis, Abudefduf, 261 Scseops kobensis, 308 scalprum, Xesurus, 266 Scarichthyidse, 264 Scartichthys enosimse, 298 scherzeri, Siniperca, 30, 31 schlegeli, Barbus, 15; Cepola, 260; Rhino- batus, 5; Scisena, 37, 258; Sygnathus, 25, 237 Schmidt, Dr. Peter, 2 schneideri, Rhamphichthys, 138 schomburgkii, Rhamphichthys, 137 schotti, Sternarchella, 151, 152, 178; Stern- archus, 150, 151, 152 Sciaena albiflora, 35, 36; arcuata, 37 argentata, 38; bleekeri, 38; chanchua, 37 jaculatrix, 345; japonica, 35; meygun 38, 39; manchurica, 38; miiuy, 35 mitsukurii, 36, 258; schlegeli, 37, 258 tenlo, 35, 36; yeddoensis, 38 Scisenidse, 35 sciistius, Chseturichthys, 290; Xyrichthys, 206, 263 sciosemus, Acanthorhodeus, 206, 228, 229 scolopaceus, Nemichthys, 235 Scomber japonicus, 26, 240 Scomberomorus niphonius, 26; sinensis, 27 Scombridae, 26, 240 Scombroidei, 340 Scombrops boops, 30 Scopelus affinis, 76; cteruleus, 94; engraulis, 94; pterotum, 81; reinhardti, 80; spino- sus, 73 Scorpsena izensis, 274 Scorpsenidae, 49, 270 scutifer, Pleuronectes, 60 Scyllidaj, 396 Scyllium, 391, 397 scyllium, Triakis, 4 Sebastes marmoratus, 273 Sebastichthys elegans, 51, 272, 273; mit- sukurii, 52, 273; pachycephalus, 52, 273; vulpes, 51 Sebastiscus albofasciatus, 273; marmora- tus, 52, 273 Sebastodes flammeus, 270; giintheri, 49, 271; ijimse, 3, 49; inermis, 51, 271; iracundus, 270; itinus, 270; joyneri, 271; matsubarse, 272; owstoni, 270; schlegeli, 49, 50; steindachneri, 270; taczanowskii, 511; tokionis, 271, 272; trivittatus, 51 sectarius, Polydactylus, 40 securifer, Stromateus, 29 Selachii, 391, 393 semiarmatus, Trachurus, 27 semibarbus, Barbus, 14 INDEX. 445 Semicossyphus reticulatus, 43, 261 semilaevis, Areliscus, 63 semilineata, Amia, 247 Semionotida;, 360, 390, 402 semotilus, Richardsonius, 18 septemfasciatus, Epinephelus, 32, 250 Seriola aureovittata, 27; purpurascens, 240 serpens, Ophisurus, 25 Serranida;, 30, 248 serrata, Fistularia, 237; Pleuropholis, 382 setifer, Chsetodon, 207, 265 setigerus, Lophiomus, 65, 312 Setipinna gilberti, 8 sexfasciata, Neopercis, 41, 293 Shimada, Sekko, 3 shimasui, Acheilognathus, 222 "Shore Fishes of the Challenger," 237 sialis, Aniia, 207, 246 Sicydium obscurum, 291 Sicyopterus japonicus, 290, 291 sieboldi, Pristipomoides, 253; Zacco, 232 Siganus, 44, 266 signatus, Diaphus, 95, 96, 97 signifer, Acheilognathus, 18 sihama, Sillago, 41, 259 Sillaginidse, 41 Sillago japonica, 260; sihama, 41, 259 Silurids, 12, 213 Silurus calvarius, 12 Simencheljddse, 233 Simenchelys leptosonius, 233 simiUs, Ctenogobius, 286, 287; Pholido- phorus, 380, 381 Sindo, Mr. Michitaro, 206 sinensis, Cobitis, 12; Pseudogobio, 15; Pygosteus, 26; Scomberomorus, 26 Siniperca chuatsi, 30, 31; scherzeri, 30, 31 sismondse, Belemnobatis, 354 sivicola, Neobythites, 303; Watasea, 303 Smerdis micracanthiis, 339 Smith, Dr. Hugh M., 245 sniithi, Acheilognathus, 226 smyrensis, Gobius, 332 snyderi, Neopercis, 41, 287 soiuy, Mugil, 26 solandri, Acanthocybium, 27 Solea, 328; fasciata, 60 Soleida?, 60, 310 Solenichthyes, 317, 318 Solenostomidae. 235 Solenostomus cyanopterus, 236, 237 ; lepto- sonius, 236, 237; pagnius, 207, 235, 236; paradoxus, 236, 237 Soles, 327 sordidus, Abudefduf, 261 spadiceus, Spheroides, 269 Sparida;, 34, 256, 335 Sparnodus, 348; vulgaris, 335 sparoides, Odonteus, 338 Sparus fuscescens, 49; latus, 256; macro- cephalus, 34, 35, 257; swinhonis, 35 Spathobatis mirabilis, 400 speciosus, Belonostomus, 377 Spectrunculus radcliffei, 207, 301, 302 Spheroides alboplumbeus, 46, 47; basilew- skianus, 46; borealis, 46, 269; chrysops, 269; ocellatus, 269; pardahs, 45, 269; poecilonotus, 269; rubripes, 45; spadi- ceus, 269; vermicularis, 46; xanthop- terus, 45 Sphyraena obtusata, 26; pinguis, 239 Sphyrsenidse, 26, 239 Sphyrna zygfena, 4, 207 Sphyrnida?, 4, 207 spilurus, Upeneus, 259 Spinachia, 318, 319 spinosa, Onigocia, 278 spinosissimus, Holocentrus, 239 spinosus, Dasycopelus, 68, 70, 71, 73, 74, 75; Niphon, 248; Scopelus, 73 Spirinchus thaleichthys, 11; verecundus, 3, 11 splendidus, Diaphus, 95, 96 sprattiformis, Clupea, 385; Lcptolepis, 385 Squalida;, 4, 208 Squaliobarbus curriculus, 21 Squalus japonicus, 4; mitsukurii, 4 squamistrigatus, Tridentiger, 291 Squatina aUfera, 399; japonica, 5; minor, 399; speciosa, 400 Squatinidse, 5, 398 Starks, Prof. Edwin Chapin, 243, 318 446 INDEX. Steatogenys, 113; elegans, 109, 132, 157, 166, 172, 182 steenackeri, Achilognathus, 218; Ishikauia, 233 steindachneri, Sebastodes, 270 stellata, Halieutsea, 313 stellatus, Platichthys, 60, 310 stellifer, Lactophrys, 268; Ostracion, 268 Stephanolepis cirrhifer, 44, 266; japonicus, 44 Stereolepis ischinagi, 31, 32 Sternarchella, 113; balsenops, 151, 152, 178; schotti, 151, 152, 178 Sternarchidae, 195 Sternarchina;, 112, 113, 195 Sternarchogiton, 113; nattereri, 155, 157, 182, 186; sachsi, 156 Sternarchorhamphus, 113; macrostomus, 144; miilleri, 142, 143, 174, 175, 182, 183, 184; tamandua, 144 Sternarchorhynchus, 113; curvirostris, 141, 142; macrostomus, 144; mormyrus, 142; miilleri, 140, 141, 142; oxyrhynchus. 140, 142, 174, 178, 182 Sternarchus albifrons, 113, 145, 146, 148, 157, 158, 166, 167, 173, 175, 178, 182, 183, 184; balsenops, 152; bonaparti, 146, 150, 157, 159, 178, 182, 184, 185; brasiliensis, 145, 146, 157, 173, 175, 178, 182; curvirostris, 141; hasemani, 146, 147, 157, 166, 167, 173, 178, 182, 184, 185; lacepedii, 148; leptorhynchus, 109, 146, 147, 157, 178, 182, 183; macrolepis, 150; macrostomus, 144; maximilliana, 148; miilleri, 142, 185; nattereri, 155; sachsi, 155, 156; schotti, 150, 151, 152; tamandua, 144 Sternopygidse, 111 Sternopyginse, 112, 113, 195, 415 Sternopygus, 113; sequilabiatus, 122; axil- laris, 131; carapo, 125; carapus, 121; humboldtii, 125, 127; limbatus, 127; lineatus, 127; macrops, 126; macrurus, 121, 124, 125, 157, 158, 159, 169, 178, 182, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 192, 194; marcgravii, 122; microstomus, 127; nigri- ceps, 122; obtusirostris, 121, 124, 157, 178, 182; troscheli, 131; tumifrons, 127; virescens, 127, 165 Stethojulis terina, 202; trossula, 262, 263 stigmathonus, Acanthogobius, 57 stigmatius, Chgeturichthys, 57 Stolephorus japonicus, 208 strauchii, Lepidotrigla, 55, 283 strigatus, Microcanthus, 265 striolaris, Coelacanthus, 357 striolatus, Undina, 357 Stromateidse, 27, 241 Stromateoides argenteus, 27, 28; candidus, 28, 241 ; cinereus, 29; echinogaster, 28, 29 Stromateoididse, 27, 241 Stromateus argenteus, 28, 28; candidus, 28; nozawEe, 28; punctatissimus, 28; securi- fer, 29 suborbitale, Myctophum, 69, 76, 82 subovatus, Thrissops, 387 subulatus, Belonostomus, 378 subundatus, Lepidotus, 360 surinamensis, Lobotes, 139 swinhonis, Chrysophrys, 34, 257; Paral- ichthys, 59; Sparus, 35 "sword-fishes," 420 Syllaginidse, 259 Symphodus, 335, 348; szajnochse, 336 Synchiropus, 296; ijimse, 206, 295; opercu- laris, 296, 297 Syngnathidse, 25 Syngnathus, 323; schlegeli, 25, 237 Synodontidfe, 12, 212 Synodus japonicus, 212 szajnoch£e, Crenilabrus, 335, 336; Eola- broides, 336; Symphodus, 336 tabira, Acheilognathus, 206, 220, 226 tabulatus, Belonostomus, 378 taczanowskii, Ladislavia, 17; Leuciscus, 18, 233; Pholis, 64; Sebastodes, 51 taenia, Cobitis, 214 Tsenioides abbotti, 58 tajniura, Safole, 248 Taius tumifrons, 34, 35, 256 Takamura, Mr. T., INDEX. 447 tamandua, Mormyrus, 321; Orthostem- archus, 144, 182, 186; Sternarcho- rhamphus, 144; Sternarchus, 144 Tanaka, Shigeho, 90, 205 tanakse, Cyclogaster, 54, 281; Diaphus, 69, 85, 87; Lycodes, 207, 299 Tanakia, 231; oryz«, 206, 230, 231 tanegashimse, Doryptena, 290 Tarphops, 307; oligolepis, 207, 307 Tectospondyli, 391 teira, Platax, 265 Teleostei, 317, 392 Teleostomi, 355, 392, 402 Tembladore, 114 temmincki, Aulacocephalus, 250; Cirrhi- labrus, 262; Dictyosoma, 63; Ditrema, 260; Zacco, 21, 232 temnopterus, Dules, 340 tenlo, Scisena, 35, 36 tenuirostris, Aspidorhynchus, 377 ; Belono- stomus, 377, 378 Terauchi, Governor General of Korea, 1,3 terina, Stethojulis, 262 Tetragonolepis, 402, 403 Tetraodon basilewskianus, 46 Tetraodontida?, 45, 269 Tetrapturus mitsukurii, 240 Teiithida;, 44 Teuthididaj, 266 Teuthis, 266; fuscescens, 44, 266; javus, 44, 266 Thalassoma cupido, 263 thaleichthys, Spirinchus, 11 thazard, Auxis, 26, 240 Therapon ocyrhynchus, 254 theta, Diaphus, 91 Thiolliere, Victor, 350, 351 thiollieri, Pleuropholis, 382 thompsoni, Podothecus, 54 Thoracostei, 317, 318 Thrissops, 386, 398, 422; clupeoides, 388; formosus, 387, 388, 423; heckeli, 388; ovatus, 387; regleyi, 387; salmoneus, 422; subovatus, 387 Thyellina, 398 Thycanichthys crossotus, 272, 272; evides, 206, 272 Thysanophrys crocodilus, 54 Tiger-fish, 120 Tilesina gibbosa, 54, 207, 280 tobijei, Myliobatis, 6 toldonis, Sebastodes, 271, 272 toni, Oreias, 13 totomiensis, Owstonia, 293 townsendi, Lampanyctus, 68, 69, 98, 99 Toxotes, 348; antiquus, 337, 338, 345 Toyo Kisen Kaisha, 205 Trachinocephalus myops, 212 Trachurops crumenophthalma, 240 Trachurus japonicus, 27, 240 ; semiarmatus, 27; trachurus, 27 Trachydermus ansatus, 52; fasciatus, 52 Trachypteridi3e, 312 Trachypterus ishikawis, 312 Triacanthidse, 266 Triacanthodes anomalus, 266 Triacanthodidse, 266 Triacanthus brevirostris, 266 Triakis scyllium, 4, 207 Trichiurida?, 27, 240 Trichiurus japonicus, 27, 240 Trichodontidae, 47 Trichosoma hamiltoni, 8 tridens, Antennarius, 312 Tridentiger bifasciatus, 58, 290; obscurus, 57, 290; squamistragus, 291 Triglida;, 55, 282 triUneatum, Parapristipoma, 254 trivittatus, Sebastodes, 51 triqueter, Ostracion, 268 tritropis, Lactophrys, 268 Tropidostus, 238 troscheh, Eigenmannia, 126, 131, 157, 172, 178, 182; Sternopygus, 131 trossula, StethojuUs, 262 Trygon, 348; gazzolse, 316; muricata, 316; muricatus, 316 Trygonidse, 316 Trygonobatis vulgaris, 316 Trypauchen wakse, 292 tsirimenara, Epinephelus, 32 448 INDEX. tsurugae, Atherina, 239 tsushimse, Aboma, 56 Tucker, William, 110 tumifrons, Sternopygus, 127; Taius, 34, 35, 256 Tylosurus anastomella, 25 typus, Histiopterus, 259; Pseudoperilam- pus, 21 ulvarum, Brachaluteres, 267 umbratilis, Jordanicus, 301 umbriceps, Alepocephalus, 206 uncirostris, Opsariichthys, 21, 232 Undina, 355, 356, 390; acutidens, 357; cirinensis, 358, 359; grandis, 358, 359; kohleri, 357; minuta, 358; penicillata, 357, 358, 359, 402; striolatus, 357 unicornis, Naseus, 266 unicornu, Balistes, 45; Pseudomonacan- thus, 45 Upeneoides bensasi, 39, 40 Upeneus bensasi, 259; spilurus, 259 Urseus furcatus, 373 ; nuchalis, 373 Uranoscopidse, 42, 293 Uranoscopus japonicus, 42, 293; oligolepis, 293; rastrum, 324 Urocampus rikuzenius, 237 Urolophus fuscus, 6, 208 uropterus, Myrus, 235 Urosphen, 320, 325, 348; attenuata, 326; dubia, 326 Urosphenidffi, 320, 325 Usinosita, 312 vagabundus, Chsetodon, 207, 265 Vaimosa, 287 valdivise, Myctophum, 69, 76, 84 valenciennesi, Callionymus, 58, 59, 293 variegatus, Sarcocheilichthys, 214; Veras- per, 59, 60 Vaughan, Dr. T. Wayland, 348 velifer, Caturus, 375; Pteraclis, 246 Velii'erida;, 240 Vellitor centropomus, 278 venator, Pseudanthias, 252 veneficus, Zoarchias, 63, 299 venenans, Apistus, 275 Verasper itakii, 309; moseri, 59, 60 verecundus, Spirinchus, 3, 11 vermicularis, Spheroides, 46 veronensis, Eocottus, 342; Gobius, 342 vestense, Callionymus, 332 Vetter, B., 415 Vilifer, 246 villosus, Hemitripterus, 54 virescens, Cryptops, 127; Eigenmannia, 112, 124, 125, 126, 127, 130, 157, 158, 165, 167, 170, 176, 178, 186, 187, 188, 189, 192, 193; Sternopygus, 127, 165 virgatulus, Ctenogobius, 287 virgatum, Euthyopteroma, 253, 254 viridi-auratus, Macropodus, 42 vitta, Lutianus, 253 vorax, Champsodon, 292 vulgaris, Sparnodus, 335; Trygonobatis, 316 vulpes, Sebastichthys, 51 Wagner, Andreas, 352 wagneri, Microdon, 368; Pyenodus, 368 wakse, Trypauchen, 292 Wakamatsu, T., Governor of Fusan, 3 warmingi, Lampanyctus, 99 Watasea macrops, 304; sivicola, 303 watasei, Diaphus, 67, 94, 95 whiteheadi, Coreoperca, 31 Woodward, A. Smith, 319, 353, 356 xanthonemus, Polydactylus, 40 xanthopterus, Spheroides, 45 xenicus, Calymmichthys, 207, 296 Xesurus scalprum, 266 Xiphias gladius, 341 Xiphidiidffi, 298, 420 Xiphiiformes, 323, 340 Xyrichthys sciistius, 206, 263 Xystrias grigorjewi, 309 Yamagata, Vice-governor of Korea, 1, 3 Yamaoka, G., 3 yeddoensis, Scisena, 38 yokahamse, Limanda, 60, 309 INDEX. 449 Zacalles bryope, 298 zacalles, Pterogobius, 289 Zacco mitsukurii, 232; platypus, 232; sieboldi, 232; temmincki, 21, 232 Zalanthias azumanus, 252 Zanclus, 348; brevirostris, 333 Zebrasoma, 348; deani, 348 Zebrias fasciatus, 60, 61; japonicus, 311; zebrinus, 61, 311 zebrinus, Zebrias, 61, 311 Zeidae, 44, 264 Zenopsis nebulosa, 264 Zeus japonicus, 44, 264 Zittel, Karl A. von, 353 zitteli, Cestracion, 394 Zoarces elongatus, 299 Zoarchias aculeatus, 63; veneficus, 63, 299 zonatus, Goniistius, 41, 259 zunasi, Harengula, 208; Sardinella, 7 Zunasia chinensis, 7 zygsena, Sphyrna, 4, 207 EEPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM 1. The Crayfish of Allegheny County, Pa. By E. B. Williamson. 6 pp. {Very scarce.) $ .30 2. A Preliminary list of the Vascular Flora of Alle- gheny County, Pa. By J. A. Shafeb. Pp. 114. (Out of Print.) 3. Some New and Little Known Fossil Vertebrates. By J. B. Hatchek. Pp. 17, 4 Plates. (Very scarce.) 65 4. The Keptiles of Allegheny County, Pa. By D. A. Atkinson. Pp. 13. {Very scarce.) .60 5. Osteology of the Herodlones. By R. W. Shu- FELDT. Pp. 92, 2 Plates. {Out of print.) 6. Dentition of Titanotherium. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 7, 2 Plates. (Out of Print.) 7. Sabal Sigida; a New Species of Palm from the Laramie. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 2. (Out of print.) 8. Supplement to Dr. John Hamilton's List of the Coleoptera of Southwestern Pennsylvania. By Heney G. Ki^ges. Pp. 30. (Out of print.) 9. Osteology of the Flamingoes. By R. W. Shu- FELDT. Pp. 30, 6 Plates. (Very scarce.) 90 10. Description of a New Species of Baena (B. Hatcheri) from the Laramie Beds of Wyo- ming. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 2, 1 Plate. (Out of pritit.) 11. The Jurassic Dinosaur Deposits near Canyon City, Colorado. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 15. (Out of print.) 12. A Mounted Skeleton of Titanotherium dispar Marsh. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 9, 3 Plates.. . 13. Structure of the Fore Llmhs and Manus of Bron- tosaurus. By J. B. Hatches. Pp. 21, 2 Plates. 14. Genera and Species of the Trachodontidse (Ha- drosauridee, Claosanridse) Marsh. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 10 15. Some New Pennsylvania Thorns. By W. W. Ashe. Pp. 12 16. Osteology of the Psittaci. By B. W. Shdfeldt. Pp. 23, 4 Plates. (Scarce.) 17. An Annotated Catalogue of Shells of the Genus Fartula in the Hartman Collection Belonging to the Carnegie Museum. By H. H. Smith. Pp. 64 18. Two New Species of Bahaman Lepldoptera. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 19. Elosaurus Parvus; a New Species of the Sauro- poda. By O. A. Peteeson and C. W. Gilmoee. Pp. 10 20. The Boundary Controversy Between Pennsyl- vania and Virginia, 1743-1785. By Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 20, 3 Maps 21. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held at Fort Dunmore (Pittsburgh) for the District of West Augusta, 1775-1776. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 44 22. Minute Book of the Virginia Court Held for Yohogania County, first at Augusta Town (now Washington, Pa.), and afterward on the Andrew Keath Farm near West Elizabeth, ■ 1776-1780. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. 2 pts., pp. 295 2.25 23. IMinute or Order Book of the Virginia Court Held for Ohio County, Virginia, at Black's Cabin (Now West Liberty, W. Va.), &c. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 74 1.50 24. The Becords of Deeds for the District of West Augusta, Virginia, for the Court Held at Fort Dunmore, &c. Edited by Boyd Ceumeine. Pp. 90 1.75 25. Astropecten (?) montauus, &c. By Eael Doug- lass. Pp.4 iO 26. Discovery of the Semains of Astrodon (Pleuro- ccelus) in the Atlantosaurus Beds of Wy- oming. By J. B. Hatchee. Pp. 6. (Out of priAt.) 37. 38. 39. .35 40. .60 41. .25 42. .25 .35 43. 44, 1.25 45. .10 46. .15 47. 48. i .30 49, 50, .90 51, 52. 53, 27. Osteology of the Limicols. By R. W. Shofeldt. Pp. 56, 1 Plate 28. New Vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary, By Easl Douglass. Pp. 64, 1 Plate 29. Description of a New Genus and Species of Tor- toise from the Jurassic of Colorado. By O. P. Hay. Pp. 4, 1 Plate 30. Osteology of Oxydactylus. By O. A. Peteeson. Pp. 42, 12 Plates 31. Birds of Erie and Presque Isle. By W. E. C. Todd. Pp. 115, 3 Plates and Map 32. In Memoriam. J. B. Hatcher. By W. J. Hol- land. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 33. The Tropidoleptus Fauna at Canandaigua Lake, N. Y., with the Ontogeny of Twenty Species. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 98, 8 Plates. (Out of print.) 34. On Two Species of Turtles from the Judith Eiver Beds of Montana. By O. P. Hat. Pp. 5, 1 Plate. (Out of print.) 35. A Preliminary List of the Hemiptera of Western Pennsylvania.. By P. Modestus Wietnee. Pp. 49. (Scarce.) 36. The Trilobites of the Chazy Limestone. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 5 Plates. (Scarce.) The Crawfishes of Western Pennsylvania.. By A. E. Obtmann. Pp. 81. (Scarce.) Notes on the Geology of Southwestern I,Iontana. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 21, 1 Plate A New Crocodile from the Jurassic of Wyoming. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4, 1 Plate Procambarus, a New Subgenus of the Genus Cambarus. By A. E. Ortmann. Pp. 8 Presentation of Beproduction of Diplodocus Car- negei to the Trustees of the British Museum. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 10, 2 Plates List of the Birds Collected near Mombasa, E&st Africa, by William Doherty. By W. J. Hc.- LAND. Pp. 11 The Hyoid Bone in Mastodon Americanus. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 4 Additions and Corrections to the List of the Vascular Flora of Allegheny County, Pa. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 7 A New Species of Eneiffia. By Otto E. Jen- nings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate Note on the Occurrence of Triglochln palnstrls In Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. P. 1. A New Species of Ibidium (Gyrostachys). By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 4, 1 Plate The Agate Spring Fossil Quarry. By O. A. Peteeson. Pp. 8 Description of Two New Birds from British East Africa. By Harry C. Obeeholsee. Pp. 3. The Chazy Formation and Its Fauna. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 101, 4 Plates A New American Cybele. By J. E. Naebawat and Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 6 Plastron of the Protost^ginae. By G. E. Wie- LAND. Pp. 7 Description of New Species of Turtles of the Genus Testudo, collected from the Miocene by the Carnegie Museum; together with a De- scription of the Skull of Stylemys Nebrascen- sis. By Oi^iVEE P. Hay. Pp. 6, 8 Plates sir The Miocene Beds of Western NebrasV-^ -nd Eastern Wyoming and Their Vertebrate Faunas. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 52, 11 Plates. 55. A New Species of Lonicera from Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 5, 1 Plate 56. MerycochoBrus and a New Genus of Merycoido- donts, with Some Notes on Other Agriochca- ridse. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 15, 1 Plate. 57. Some New Merycoidodonts. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 18, 9 Plates. (Nos. 56 and 57 sold to- gether.) 1.00 1.26 .10 1.00 .75 .15 .50 $1.00 1.00 .40 .10 .16 .16 .20 .10 .15 .06 .05 .10 .10 .05 1.50 .16 .16 .25 1.00 .06 1.00 REPRINTS FROM THE ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM— Continued 68. On Further Collections of Fishes from Para- guay. By Cabl H. Eigenmann assisted by Waldo Lee McAtee and David Peekins Wabd. Pp. 48, 15 Plates 69. An Undetermined Element In the Osteology of the Mosasauridae. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 5 60. The Gasteropoda of the Ohazy Formation. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 58, 10 Plates 61. A Further Occurrence of Wynea Americana In Pennsylvania. By Otto E. Jennings. Pp. 2, 1 Plate 62. A Preliminary Account of the Pleistocene Fauna Discovered in a Cave Opened at Frankstown, P-^nnsylvania, in April and May, 1907. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 6, 2 Plates 63. Description of Vertebrate Fossils from the Vicinity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. By E. 0. Case. Pp. 8, 1 Plate 64. Notes on Ordovician Trilobites: nisenldae from the Black Biver Limestone near Ottawa, Canada. By Percy E. Eaymond and J. E. Narraway. " Pp. 14, 3 Plates 65. Ehinoceroses from the Ollgocene and Miocene Deposits of North Dakota and Montana. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 11, 2 Plates 66. Fossil Horses from North Dakota. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 11, 4 Plates 67. Some Ollgocene Lizards. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 8 ••• 68. Description of the Type Specimen of Stenomylus gracilis Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 14. 69. Brief Description of Some New Species of Birds from Costa Kica and a Eecord of Some Species not Hitherto Reported from that Country. By M. A. Carrikee, Jr. Pp. 2 70. Notes on Costa Eican Fonnicariidae. By M. A. Caeriker, Je. Pp. 3 71. Vertebrate Fossils from the Fort Union Beds. By Eael Douglass. Pp. 16, 2 Plates 72. A Preliminary List of the Lepidoptera of West- em Pennsylvania Collected In the Vicinity of Pittsburgh. By Henby Engel. Pp. 110 73 The Fauna of the Upper Devonian in Montana, Pt. 1. The Fossils of the Bed Shales. By Peecy E. Raymond. Pp. 18, 6 Plates 74. Description of a New Species of Procamelus from the Upper Miocene of Montana, with Notes upon Procamelus madlsonlus Douglass. By Earl Douglass. Pp. 7, 3 Plates 75. Some Sections of the Conemaugh Series between Pittsburgh and Latrobe, Pennsylvania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 12, 3 Plates 76. A Preliminary List of the Unlonldse of Western Pennsylvania, etc. By Dr. A. E. Oetmann. Pp. 33 77. A Geological Eeconnalssance In North Dakota, Montana, and Idaho; with Notes on Mesozoic and Cenozoic Geology. By Eael Douglass. Pd 78 7 Plates ••• Cabin' (now West Liberty, W. Va.), Sec. 78. Botanical Survey of Presque Isle, Erie Co., Pa. By O. E. Jennings. Pp. 133, 30 Plates 79. Catalog of Sesqui-Centennlal (Pittsburgh) Belles. By Douglas Stewaet. Pp. 30, 6 Plates 80. Dromomeryx, a New Genus of American Rumi- nants. By Eael Douglas. Pp. 23, 5 plates. 81. Fossils from the Glacial Drift and from De- vonian and MIssissippian near Meadvllle, Pennsylvania. 3y Wm. Millaed. Pp. 8 82. A New Species of Helodus. By Charles B. Eastman. Pp. 2 83. In Memoriam. Charles Chauncey Mellor. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 12, 1 Plate 84. Beports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Beport No. 1. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 51 85. Reports of Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum, 1908. Beport No. 2. By Marion L. Durbin. Pp. 18 1.26 « .20 1.35 .05 .10 .16 .20 .26 .30 .20 .25 .10 .05 .45 1.85 .60 .80 .60 1.00 2.75 .45 .30 .10 .05 .15 .50 .26 86. Contributions to a Knowledge of Odonata of the Neotropical Begion, Exclusive of Mexico and Central America. By P. P. Calvert. Pp. 207, 9 Plates 2.26 87. Deinosuchus hatcherl, a New Crenus and Spedea of Crocodile from the Judith Biver Beds of Montana. By W. J. Holland. Pp. 14 20 88. Reports on Expedition to British Guiana of the Indiana University and the Carnegie Museum. Beport No. 3. By C. B. Blossee. Pp. 6, 3 Plates. 89. Preliminary Description of Some New Tltanothe- res from the Uinta Deposits. By Earl Doug- las. Pp. 10, 3 Plates 26 90. An Annotated List of the Birds of Costa Rica Including Cocos Island. By M. A. Carrikee, Je. Pp. 601, 1 Plate 3.00 91. The Geology of the Coast of the State of Alagdas, Brazil. By J. C. Brannee. Pp. 18, 3 Plates .40 92. Description of a Collection of Fossil Fishes from the ±iituminous Shales at Riacho Doce, State of Alagoas, Brazil. By David Staeb Jordan. Pp. 12, 9 Plates 55 93. Notes on Ordovician TrUobltes, No. II. Asaph- idae from the 3cekmantown. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 10, 1 Plate 35 94. Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. IH. By Percy E. Raymond and J. E. Narbaway. Pp. 14, 2 Plates 35 95. Notes on Ordovician Trilobites, No. IV. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 21, 3 Plates 40 96. Notes on a Collection of Fishes Made by James Francis Abbott at Irkutsk, Siberia. By David Stare Joedan and William Francis Thomp- son. Pp. 8, 4 Plates 30 97. South American Tetrigldse. By Lawrence Beuner. Pp. 55 1.00 98. Preliminary List of the Fauna of the Allegheny and Conemaugh Series m Western Pennsyl- vania. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 15, 5 plates 80 99. Results of an Ichthyological Survey About the San Juan Islands, Washington. By Edwin Chapin Starks. Pp. 52, 3 plates 76 100. Descriptions of a New Species of Pygldinm. By Gael H. Eigenmann. P. 1, 1 plate 10 101. The Brachlopoda and Ostracoda of the Ohazy. By Percy E. Raymond. Pp. 45, 4 plates ... .50 102. A New Camel from the I^Iiocene of Western Nebraska. By O. A. Peterson.. .Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 103. A Mounted Skeleton of Stenomylus hitchcocki, the Stenomylus Quarry, and Bemarks Upon the Ai&nities of the Genus. By O. A. Peter- son. Pp. 7, 4 plates 15 104. A Mounted Skeleton of Diceratherium cookl, Peterson. By O. A. Peterson. Pp. 6, 1 plate .15 105. The Carnegie Museum Expedition to Central South America, 1907-1910. By W. J. Hol- land, Director. Pp. 4 15 106. A Brief Beport Upon the Expedition of the Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Hasbman. Pp. 13 and Localities at Which John D. Haseman Made Collections. By Carl H. Eigenmann. Pp. 16 25 107. Descriptions oi Some New Species of Fishes and Miscellaneous Notes on Others Obtained Dur- ing Expedition of Carnegie Museum to Central South America. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 13, 7 plates 50 108. An Annotated Catalog of the CicIUid Fishes Collected by the Expedition of Carnegie Mu- seum to Central South America, 1907-1910. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 45, 20 plates 1.26 109. Some New Species of Fishes i'rom the Rio Iguassu. By John D. Haseman. Pp. 14, 13 plates 65 110. A Contribution to the Ornithology of the Ba- hama Islands. By W. E. Clyde Todd and W. W. Worthington. Pp. 77, 1 plate 75 K ■'4 Date Due n.